Calendar

Table of Contents
Welcome t o C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e

1

Calendar

2

for

1986/87

Admission

3

Registration

4

Instructional

Guidelines

Changing R e g i s t r a t i o n

5

Status

...

Fees
General

6
7

Course

Information

8

Campus S e r v i c e s

12

Financial

17

A i d and Awards

Academic S t u d i e s / U n i v e r s i t y
T r a n s f e r Programs
Career/Vocational
Vocational,
Upgrading
Transfer

22

Programs

....

Pre-Employment
Programs

and
125

G u i de

132

Index
College

59

143
Board & A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
i n s i d e back

LYNNMOUR CAMPUS & ADMINISTRATIVE
OFFICES
205b P u r c e l l Way
North Vancouver, B . C .
V7J 3H5
Telephone (604) 986-1911
TDD ( f o r d e a f ) 9 8 0 - 9 9 2 1
SQUAMISH LEARNING CENTRE
37827 Second Avenue
P . O . Box 1 5 3 8 , S q u a m i s h , B . C .
VON 3G0
T e l e p h o n e (6U4) 8 9 2 - 5 3 2 2
T o l l f r e e from Vancouver: 986-3515
SECHELT LEARNING CENTRE
1360 I n l e t Avenue
P . O . Box 1 6 0 9 , S e c h e l t ,
VON 3A0
Telephone (604) 885-9310
Toll free from Vancouver:

B.C.

987-1535

P u b l i s h e d by: I n f o r m a t i o n S e r v i c e s
P h o t o g r a p h s : Edna S a k a t a
Word P r o c e s s i n g , L a y o u t : Donna
McMahon
P r i n t i n g : N o r t h Shore News

Welcome
Welcome t o C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e !
I f you a r e c o m i n g t o C a p i l a n o f o r
t h e f i r s t t i m e , I am happy t o t e l l
y o u t h a t t h e C o l l e g e i s a warm,
f r i e n d l y p l a c e i n w h i c h t o work
and s t u d y . If y o u have been h e r e
b e f o r e , y o u know t h a t t o be t h e
case.
In s p i t e o f a l l t h e p r e s s u r e s we
have f a c e d i n t h e p a s t few y e a r s ,
we a r e s t i l l a b l e t o o f f e r you
s m a l l c l a s s e s ; s m a l l enough t h a t
y o u r i n s t r u c t o r s w i l l know y o u by
name and r e c o g n i z e y o u when y o u
meet on o r o f f t h e c a m p u s .
Our s t a f f and a d m i n i s t r a t o r s a r e
dedicated to a s s i s t i n g the f a c u l t y
i n t h e i r e f f o r t s t o p r o v i d e you '
with the best l e a r n i n g
opportunity.
The d e d i c a t e d e f f o r t s o f a l l o u r
people t o g e t h e r w i t h our c a r e f u l l y
c r a f t e d programs of s t u d y make f o r
a powerful educational e x p e r i e n c e .
The p e r f o r m a n c e of o u r g r a d u a t e s
a t t h e u n i v e r s i t i e s and i n t h e
w o r k p l a c e i s one r e a s o n why we
have e a r n e d t h e r e p u t a t i o n o f
b e i n g an e x c e l l e n t c o l l e g e .
I w i s h you e v e r y s u c c e s s i n y o u r
s t u d i e s at C a p i l a n o .

Douglas

K. J a r d i n e
President

m

Calendar for 1986-87
1986 FALL TERM
AUGUST 2b ( M o n d a y ) : C a r e e r and
V o c a t i o n a l Program R e g i s t r a t i o n ,
( s e e F a l l 1986 T i m e t a b l e f o r
d e t a i l s ) (Faculty Advisors
present)

f r o m AUDIT t o CREDIT o r w i t h d r a w
f r o m a c o u r s e and not be i n v o i c e d
f o r the balance of t u i t i o n f e e s
owi n g .
FEBRUARY 18 ( W e d n e s d a y ) : F i n a l
Date f o r payment o f B a l a n c e o f
T u i t i o n Fees

AUGUST 2 6 , 2 7 , 2 8 , 29 (Tuesday F r i d a y ) : Academic Program
R e g i s t r a t i o n , (see F a l l 1986
Timetable for d e t a i l s )
(Faculty
Advisors present)

FEBRUARY 1 9 - 2 0 ( T h u r s d a y , F r i d a y ) :
M i d - t e r m b r e a k . No c l a s s e s
scheduled.

SEPTEMBER 3 (Wednesday): C l a s s e s
commence f o r a l l D i v i s i o n s

FEBRUARY 27 ( F r i d a y ) : L a s t day t o
WITHDRAW f r o m a c o u r s e , o r c h a n g e
s t a t u s f r o m CREDIT t o AUDIT, o r
change s e c t i o n s

SEPTEMBER 17 (Wednesday): L a s t day
t o ADD a c o u r s e o r change s t a t u s
f r o m AUDIT t o CREDIT o r w i t h d r a w
f r o m a c o u r s e and not be i n v o i c e d
f o r the balance of t u i t i o n f e e s
owing.
UCTUtSER 8 (Wednesday): F i n a l Date
f o r payment o f B a l a n c e o f T u i t i o n
Fees

APRIL 1 7 : Good F r i d a y .
Closed.
APRIL 2 0 : E a s t e r
CIosed.

Monday.

APRIL 2 1 - 3 U ( T u e s d a y Examination Period
APRIL 30 ( W e d n e s d a y ) :

OCTOBER 13 ( M o n d a y ) :
Day. C o l l e g e C l o s e d .

College

College

Thursday):

End o f

Term

Thanksgiving
1987 SUMMER TERM

OCTOBER 31 ( F r i d a y ) : L a s t day t o
Withdraw from a c o u r s e , o r change
s t a t u s f r o m CREDIT t o AUDIT, or
change s e c t i o n s
NOVEMBER 11 ( T u e s d a y ) :
C l o s e d f o r Remembrance

College
Uay.

DECEMBER 1 1 - 1 9 ( T h u r s d a y F r i d a y ) : Examination Period
DECEMBER 19 ( F r i d a y ) :

End o f

term

1987 SPRING TERM
JANUARY b ( M o n d a y ) : C a r e e r and
V o c a t i o n a l Program R e g i s t r a t i o n ,
( s e e S p r i n g 1987 T i m e t a b l e t o r
d e t a i l s ) (Faculty Advisors
present)
JANUARY 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 (Tuesday F r i d a y ) : Academic Program
R e g i s t r a t i o n , ( s e e S p r i n g 1987
Timetable for d e t a i l s )
(Faculty
Advisors present)
JANUARY 12 ( M o n d a y ) : C l a s s e s
commence f o r a l l D i v i s i o n s
JANUARY 23 ( F r i d a y ) : L a s t day t o
ADU a c o u r s e , or change s t a t u s

A P R I L : Summer t e r m r e g i s t r a t i o n i s
on a c o n t i n u o u s b a s i s . C o u n s e l l i n g
s e r v i c e s are a v a i l a b l e .

Admission
Who i s

Eligible

for

Admission

Date
Acceptance
Mailed

Any p e r s o n who i s a C a n a d i a n
c i t i z e n o r Landed Immigrant i s
e l i g i b l e f o r admission i f they are
i n a t l e a s t one of t h e f o l l o w i n g
categori es:

Term

Application
Deadline

F a l l 86
S p r i n g 87
Summer 87

May 3U/86
June 27/86
O c t . 31/86
Nov. 28/86
A p r . 1/87 as p r o c e s s e d

1 . P e r s o n s who have a B . C .
Secondary School g r a d u a t i o n
c e r t i f i c a t e or e q u i v a l e n t
educational record.

B. FUR CAREER AND VOCATIONAL
PROGRAMS AND COORSES

2 . P e r s o n s 18 y e a r s o f age o r
o l d e r who do not have a B . C .
Secondary School g r a d u a t i o n
c e r t i f i c a t e or e q u i v a l e n t .
3 . P e r s o n s who a r e s e c o n d a r y
school students a t t e n d i n g a school
i n t h e C o l l e g e R e g i o n and have t h e
w r i t t e n recommendation o f t h e i r
school p r i n c i p a l .
4 . P e r s o n s at l e a s t 16 y e a r s o f
age who can s a t i s f y a C o l l e g e
c o u n s e l l o r t h a t t h e y p o s s e s s an
i n t e r e s t i n , and an a p t i t u d e f o r ,
a vocation f o r which the College
p r o v i d e s i n s t r u c t i o n , may be
e l i g i b l e to enter the r e l a t e d
C o l l e g e Vocational program.

When t o A p p l y

for

Most C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l
programs have e a r l i e r a p p l i c a t i o n
d e a d l i n e s than those l i s t e d above.
For d e t a i l s p l e a s e r e f e r to the
s p e c i f i c program i n t h i s c a l e n d a r .
G e n e r a l l y , a p p l i c a t i o n s s h o u l d be
r e c e i v e d b e f o r e March 1 .

How t o A p p l y

for

A.

Campus

Lynnmour

Admission

1 . O b t a i n an " A p p l i c a t i o n f o r
A d m i s s i o n Form" from t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e . Persons
wishing to enter f u l l - t i m e
programs o f s t u d y o r who need
assistance in completing t h i s
form are a d v i s e d to arrange a
meeting with the C o l l e g e
Academic A d v i s o r by c a l l i n g t h e
A d v i s i n g O f f i c e at 9 8 6 - U 4 1 7 .

Admission

Generally, applications for
A d m i s s i o n t o t h e C o l l e g e may be
made at any t i m e d u r i n g t h e y e a r .
However, e a r l y a p p l i c a t i o n
d e a d l i n e s have been e s t a b l i s h e d i n
r e l a t i o n t o t h e f o r m a l In P e r s o n
r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d s f o r each
term.
A . FUR ACADEMIC STUDIES PROGRAMS
AND COURSES
Persons a p p l y i n g f o r Academic
S t u d i e s by t h e d e a d l i n e s l i s t e d
below w i l l , i f t h e y a r e a c c e p t e d ,
be r e g i s t e r e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e
p r i o r i t i e s l i s t e d on page 4
( " P r i o r i t y Sequence i n R e g i s t r a t i o n " ) . A c c e p t a n c e n o t i c e s and
p e r m i t s t o r e g i s t e r w i l l be m a i l e d
t o each s u c c e s s f u l a p p l i c a n t
w i t h i n one month o f t h e a p p l i c a t i o n d e a d l i n e . P e r s o n s who a p p l y
a f t e r t h e d e a d l i n e , but b e f o r e t h e
f o r m a l In P e r s o n r e g i s t r a t i o n
p e r i o d s , w i l l be a b l e t o r e g i s t e r
o n l y a t a l a t e r s eq uence i n t h e
registration period.

Persons w i s h i n g admittance to the
c o l l e g e t o e n t e r a C a r e e r program
must a r r a n g e an i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e
C a r e e r Program C o o r d i n a t o r p r i o r
t o b e i n g a d m i t t e d . I n d i v i d u a l s who
a r e not a d m i t t e d t o a p a r t i c u l a r
C a r e e r p r o g r a m may s t i l l be
e l i g i b l e f o r admission to the
C o l l e g e t o e n t e r an Academic
S t u d i e s or G e n e r a l S t u d i e s
p r o g r a m . If i n doubt p l e a s e
contact the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e .
2 . C o m p l e t e t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form
and b r i n g or m a i l i t t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e . Include with
y o u r A p p l i c a t i o n Form any f o r m e r
education records which are
r e q u i r e d , s u c h as H i g h S c h o o l
Graduation C e r t i f i c a t e s , O f f i c i a l
T r a n s c r i p t s from o t h e r
post-secondary i n s t i t u t i o n s ,
E n g l i s h Placement Test s c o r e s .

A c c e p t a n c e and a " P e r m i t t o
R e g i s t e r " from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e by m a i l . (See page 4 f o r
R e g i s t r a t i o n d a t e s and
procedures.)

B . Howe Sound and S e c h e l t

Centres

Each t e r m C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e o f f e r s
a number of c o u r s e s i n Howe Sound
and t h e S u n s h i n e C o a s t . S t u d e n t s
who w i s h t o be a d m i t t e d t o t h e
College in order to r e g i s t e r for
these courses should contact the
Squamish Campus (37827 - 2nd
Avenue, 8y2-b322 or t o l l f r e e from
North Van. 9 8 6 - 3 b l b ) or t h e
S e c h e l t C e n t r e (1360 I n l e t A v e n u e ,
886-9310 o r y 8 7 - l b 3 b ) t o r forms
and d e t a i l s of c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s .
Counselling services are a v a i l a b l e
a t b o t h c e n t r e s and t h e
A p p l i c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s a r e as
o u t l i n e d above.

S t u d e n t Number
Identification

Card

When a s t u d e n t has been a c c e p t e d
and i s f i r s t a d m i t t e d t o t h e
C o l l e g e s/he i s a s s i g n e d a
permanent s t u d e n t n u m b e r . T h i s
number c o n t r o l s t h e S t u d e n t ' s
R e c o r d , S t a t e m e n t ot G r a d e s and
College Identification Card.
C o l l e g e I d e n t i f i c a t i o n Cards are
i s s u e d at t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e
term f o r which a student i s
r e g i s t e r e d . These c a r d s w i l l be
avai1 a b l e . f r o m the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e w i t h i n two weeks a f t e r t h e
b e g i n n i n g ot c l a s s s e s . I f t h e c a r d
i s l o s t , a d u p l i c a t e may be
o b t a i n e d from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office for $3.0U.
To use t h e L i b r a r y S e r v i c e s of t h e
C o l l e g e , t o s i g n out a u d i o v i s u a l
m a t e r i a l s or to vote i n Student
Union e l e c t i o n s , a s t u d e n t must
have a C o l l e g e
Identification
Card.

3 . Once y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n f o r
A d m i s s i o n and s u p p o r t i n g documents
have been r e c e i v e d , t h e
a p p l i c a t i o n w i l l be p r o c e s s e d and
you w i l l r e c e i v e a L e t t e r o f

3

Registration
Once you have receive<i y o u r L e t t e r
of A c c e p t a n c e and " P e r m i t t o
R e g i s t e r " , you may s e l e c t y o u r
courses.

P r i o r i t y Sequence f o r
STUDIES R e g i s t r a t i o n

ACADEMIC
How t o

In o r d e r t o a v o i d l o n g l i n e - u p s a t
r e g i s t r a t i o n , t h e r e i s now a
system of p r i o r i t y r e g i s t r a t i o n .
The p r i o r i t i e s a r e :
PRIORITY #1 - R e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s
who have a c h i e v e d a Grade P o i n t
Average of 2 . 0 or g r e a t e r i n t h e i r
previous term.
PRIORITY #2 - New A p p l i c a n t s
r e s i d e n t i n t h e C o l l e g e Region i n
the f o l l o w i n g three c a t e g o r i e s :
i ) New a p p l i c a n t s who have
g r a d u a t e d f r o m h i g h s c h o o l i n an
a c a d e m i c program w i t h a Grade
P o i n t A v e r a g e of 2 . b o r g r e a t e r
(based on recommended f i n a l g r a d e s
f r o m hi gh s c h o o l ) .
i i ) New a p p l i c a n t s who have n o t
attended a h i g h school or p o s t s e c o n d a r y i n s t i t u t i o n i n an
a c a d e m i c program of s t u d i e s w i t h i n
two y e a r s of t h e t e r m t h e y a r e
registering.
i i i ) T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s from
another post-secondary i n s t i t u t i o n
who have a c h i e v e d a Grade P o i n t
A v e r a g e of 2 . 0 or g r e a t e r i n t h e i r
latest term.
PRIORITY #3 - A l l o t h e r r e t u r n i n g
s t u d e n t s and new s t u d e n t s f r o m
w i t h i n the C o l l e g e R e g i o n .
PRIORITY #4 - Uut of
applicants.

Capilano C o l l e g e . Returning
s t u d e n t s who have been
a c a d e m i c a l l y d i s q u a l i f i e d i n the
previous semester should c o n s u l t a
c o u n s e l l o r about e l i g i b i l i t y .

region

R e s i d e n t and R e t u r n i n g S t u d e n t
defined as:

1 . F o r A c a d e m i c Programs and
C o u r s e s a t Lynnmour:
a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and
t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
U f f i c e or t h e Squamish o r S e c h e l t
Campus. T i m e t a b l e s g i v i n g t h e
t i m e s o f c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s , room
numbers and i n s t r u c t o r s a r e
a v a i l a b l e approximately three
weeks p r i o r t o e a c h r e g i s t r a t i o n
peri od.
b . S e l e c t t h e c o u r s e s and s e c t i o n s
you w i s h t o t a k e and c o m p l e t e t h e
r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m . The DATE and
TIME f o r you t o r e g i s t e r w i l l be
printed i n the Timetable. A l l
r e g i s t r a t i o n w i l l t a k e p l a c e In
P e r s o n and payment of f e e s i s
r e q u i red a t t h a t t i m e .

a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and
t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
U f f i c e on t h e Lynnmour Campus o r
from the Squamish or S e c h e l t
Centre.
b . C o m p l e t e and r e t u r n t h e
r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m w i t h payment
attached to the a p p r o p r i a t e
centre.
4. F o r C o u r s e s on More t h a n One
Campus
a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and
t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e on t h e Lynnmour Campus o r
f r o m t h e Squamish and S e c h e l t
Centre.
b . C o m p l e t e and r e t u r n t h e
r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m w i t h payment
a t t a c h e d t o t h e Lynnmour Campus.
5. For E x t e n s i o n Courses
Activities
See page 7 o f

the

and

Calendar.

2 . F o r C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l
Programs and C o u r s e s
When t o
a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and
t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e o r t h e Squamish o r S e c h e l t
Centre.
b . C o m p l e t e and s u b m i t
r e g i s t r a t i o n forms and f e e s
payable to the appropriate
c o o r d i n a t o r f o r a p p r o v a l . F o r new
f u l l - t i m e students t h i s w i l l
n o r m a l l y i n v o l v e an i n t e r v i e w and
c o u n s e l l i n g . P a r t - t i m e C a r e e r and
V o c a t i o n a l s t u d e n t s may e i t h e r
m a i l i n or b r i n g i n t h e i r
r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and a p p r o p r i a t e
f e e s a t any t i m e .

are

RESIDENT:
A p e r s o n who has l i v e d
i n the o f f i c i a l C o l l e g e Region
( N o r t h V a n c o u v e r , West V a n c o u v e r ,
Howe S o u n d , or S u n s h i n e C o a s t ) f o r
a t l e a s t f o u r months as o f t h e
f i r s t day o f t h e t e r m f o r w h i c h
a p p l i c a t i o n i s made.
RETURNING STUDENT:
Any s t u d e n t
who has r e g i s t e r e d f o r , and has
a t t e n d e d , c r e d i t c l a s s e s at

Register

3 . F o r C o u r s e s i n Howe Sound and
the Sunshine Coast

c . R e g i s t r a t i o n can o f t e n be
completed p r i o r to the
r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d ; h o w e v e r , new
r e g i s t r a n t s who have been a c c e p t e d
and r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s who have
not c o m p l e t e d t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n
must s u b m i t a p p r o v e d r e g i s t r a t i o n
forms and f e e s p a y a b l e t o t h e
Registrar's Office during
R e g i s t r a t i o n for Career s t u d e n t s .

Register

1 . ACADEMIC STUDIES PROGRAMS AND
COURSES
Academic s t u d e n t s w i l l r e g i s t e r i n
the p r i o r i t y o u t l i n e d above.
Students should consult t h e i r
t i m e t a b l e f o r t h e e x a c t d a t e and
t i m e of r e g i s t r a t i o n .
In p e r s o n r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d s a r e
s c h e d u l e d as f o l l o w s :
FALL 1986 Term: A u g u s t 26 - 2 9 ,
iy86.
SPRING 1987 Term: J a n u a r y 6 - 9 ,
ly87.
i. CAREER AND VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS
AND COURSES
For t h o s e C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l
s t u d e n t s who have n o t
p r e - r e g i s t e r e d through t h e i r
coordinator prior to Registration:
FALL 1986 Term: A u g u s t 2 b , 1986
SPRING 1987 Term: J a n u a r y b,
1987
1

I m n n r t a n t n^foc t n
A p p l i c a t i o n Deadline
Academic P r i o r i t y

Career

and

FALL 1986

SPRING 1987

SUMMER 1987

May 3 0 , 1986

October

Ongoing - r e f e r t o
Summer T i m e t a b l e

r e f e r to s p e c i f i c
program i n c a l e n d a r

refer to s p e c i f i c
program i n c a l e n d a r

August

2 b , 1986

January

b, 1987

August
1986

26 - 2 9 ,

January

6 - 9 ,

September 3 , 1986

January

September 3 , 1986

for:

•

Vocational

In-Person

Registration

Career

Vocational

and

Rpmpmhpr

Academi c

3 1 , 1986

dependent

upon c o u r s e

dependent

upon c o u r s e

1 2 , 1987

dependent

upon c o u r s e

January

1 2 , 1987

dependent

upon c o u r s e

September 1 7 , 1986

January

2 3 , 1987

dependent

upon c o u r s e

October

8 , 198b

February

1 8 , 1987

on

October

3 1 , 1986

February

2 7 , 1987

dependent

1987

C l a s s e s Commence
Career/Vocational
Academic

Division

Division

F i n a l Date t o ADD a c o u r s e o r Change
S t a t u s f r o m AUDIT t o CREDIT o r w i t h d r a w
from a course w i t h o u t being i n v o i c e d
f o r balance of t u i t i o n f e e s .
F i n a l Date f o r
TUIT1UN FEES

payment of

BALANCE OF

F i n a l Date t o WITHDRAW, o r change S t a t u s
f r o m CREDIT t o AUDIT, o r change s e c t i o n s

Incf r n r t i o n i i

registration

upon c o u r s e

r.niH^lin^c

Student R e s p o n s i b i l i t y

Course Overload

English

It i s t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e
student to ensure that his/her
r e g i s t r a t i o n i s a c c u r a t e and
c o m p l e t e , and t h a t t u i t i o n f e e s
a r e p a i d at the a p p r o p r i a t e t i m e .
F a i l u r e t o do so may r e s u l t i n no
c r e d i t g r a n t e d f o r work done o r
immediate d e - r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r
n o n - p a y m e n t of t u i t i o n f e e s .

A course overload i s a
r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r more t h a n 16
c r e d i t hours of academic c o u r s e s
o r more t h a n t h e f u l l r e q u i r e m e n t s
s p e c i f i e d for a Career program.

A p p l i c a n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o be
f u n c t i o n a l in the English
l a n g u a g e . The C o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e
r i g n t t o a s s e s s t h e competence o f
a p p l i c a n t s i n the E n g l i s h lanyuaye
p r i o r to granting admission.

Right to

Register

A s t u d e n t who has not m a i n t a i n e d a
s a t i s f a c t o r y s t a n d i n g i n a program
i n any t e r m may be d e n i e d
permission to r e g i s t e r in t h a t
program i n a subsequent t e r m .
Change o f

Name a n d / o r

Address

It i s the r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of the
student to inform the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e of any changes i n h i s / h e r
name, a d d r e s s o r phone number.
D o c u m e n t a t i o n must be p r o v i d e d t o
s u p p o r t a change of name r e q u e s t .

S t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r a t t h e i r
d i s c r e t i o n for a course overload
up t o a t o t a l o f 21 c r e d i t h o u r s
so l o n g as t h e y have d i s c u s s e d
t h e i r need o r w i s h f o r an o v e r l o a d
with a c o u n s e l l o r . Science
s t u d e n t s , however, are
a u t o m a t i c a l l y allowed to r e g i s t e r
f o r more t h a n 16 c r e d i t h o u r s , so
l o n g as t h e t o t a l c r e d i t h o u r s
does not e x c e e d 21 c r e d i t h o u r s
and does not a r i s e f r o m
r e g i s t r a t i o n i n more t h a n f i v e
courses.
S t u d e n t s may n o t r e g i s t e r f o r a
course overload u n t i l a f t e r
the R e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d .

Proficiency

Those s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o e n r o l l
i n E n g l i s h must s u b m i t t h e r e s u l t s
o f t h e B . C . Government E n y l i s h
P l a c e m e n t Test w i t h t h e i r
r e g i s t r a t i o n forms o r must t a k e
the Capilano College E n g l i s h
D i a g n o s t i c Test before r e g i s t e r i n g
f o r any o f t h e s e c o u r s e s .
S c h e d u l e s of E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c
T e s t s w i l be a v a i l a b l e i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , 986-1911,
Squamish L e a r n i n g C e n t r e , 8 9 2 - b 3 2 2
(98b-3blb), Sechelt Learning
C e n t r e , 885-9310 (987-1535), or
the Humanities D i v i s i o n .

Changing Registration Status
Wait

Lists

S t u d e n t s who r e g i s t e r but a r e
u n a b l e t o get i n t o a c o u r s e
because i t i s f u l l w i l l
a u t o m a t i c a l l y be i n c l u d e d on
a c h r o n o l o g i c a l w a i t l i s t . These
l i s t s w i l l be p o s t e d f o r s t u d e n t
v i e w i n g . The s t u d e n t must a t t e n d
the f i r s t c l a s s of t h a t course t o
e i t h e r be a c c e p t e d i n t o t h e c l a s s
o r have h i s name r e m a i n on t h e
wait l i s t .

Course

i s s u e C o u r s e V e r i f i c a t i o n forms t o
each s t u d e n t . IT IS THE STUDENT'S
RESPONSIBILITY TO CHECK HIS/HER
LIST OF COURSES.
If a student b e l i e v e s t h a t t h e r e
i s an e r r o r i n h i s / h e r
r e g i s t r a t i o n , s/he must c o r r e c t
t h e e r r o r s w i t h a C o u r s e Change
Form b e f o r e t h e f i n a l w i t h d r a w a l
d a t e . F a i l u r e to c o r r e c t the e r r o r
may r e s u l t i n an ' F ' g r a d e on t h e
s t u d e n t ' s t r a n s c r i p t ( o r no c r e d i t
b e i n g g r a n t e d f o r work d o n e ) .

Verification
Adding or Changing a Course

F o l l o w i n g t h e l a s t day t o add a
course the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e w i l l

A student

may e n r o l l

in a course,

change s e c t i o n s , o r change f r o m
a u d i t t o c r e d i t s t a t u s (see c h a r t
page b) a f t e r t h e l a t e
r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d but b e f o r e t h e
f i n a l d a t e t o add a c o u r s e . T h i s
must be done on a C o u r s e Change
f o r m , be s i g n e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r s
i n v o l v e d and s u b m i t t e d t o t h e
Registrar's Office.
The a d d i t i o n o f a c o u r s e o r change
from a u d i t to c r e d i t s t a t u s a f t e r
t h e f i n a l d a t e t o add a c o u r s e may
o n l y be done i n e x c e p t i o n a l
c i r c u m s t a n c e s and w i t h t h e
approval of the I n s t r u c t o r ,
C o o r d i n a t o r and R e g i s t r a r .
Requests f o r such changes a f t e r
t h e f i n a l d a t e t o add a c o u r s e
s h o u l d be d i r e c t e d f i r s t t o t h e
Regi s t r a r .

Withdrawing from a Course or
Changing from C r e d i t t o A u d i t
Status
S t u d e n t s may w i t h d r a w f r o m a
c o u r s e or change f r o m c r e d i t t o
a u d i t s t a t u s a f t e r t h e l a s t day o f
the In-Person Registration period
but b e f o r e t h e f i n a l d a t e t o
w i t h d r a w f r o m a c o u r s e . T h i s must
be done on a C o u r s e Change Form
s i g n e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r
involved
and s u b m i t t e d t o t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office.
Requests a f t e r the f i n a l date to
withdraw from a c o u r s e r e q u i r e the
a p p r o v a l of t h e I n s t r u c t o r ,
C o o r d i n a t o r and R e g i s t r a r .
A p p r o v a l w i l l n o t n o r m a l l y be
g r a n t e d u n l e s s t h e r e c o r d s of t h e
C o l l e g e a r e i n c o r r e c t as t h e
r e s u l t of an e r r o r by t h e C o l l e g e ,
or the student i s s i m p l y
r e q u e s t i n g a change f r o m one
s e c t i o n t o a n o t h e r o f t h e same
c o u r s e , or i s t r a n s f e r r i n g t o a
l o w e r l e v e l a t t h e r e q u e s t of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r , or the student i s
u n a b l e t o meet t h e d e a d l i n e d a t e
b e c a u s e of i l l n e s s o r emergency
ci rcumstances.
•NOTE: A p p r o v a l f o r l a t e adds
a n d / o r l a t e d r o p s w i l l not be
granted s i m p l y because the student
was unaware o f , o r n e g l e c t e d t o
comply w i t h , t h e C o l l e g e ' s
r e g i s t r a t i o n p o l i c i e s and
procedures.

Financial Information
Tuition

Fees

d . P o s t - d a t e d cheques w i l l
accepted.

The new t u i t i o n f e e s f o r t h e
1986/87 i n s t r u c t i o n a l y e a r w i l l bp
announced i n t h e F a l l T i m e t a b l e
w h i c h w i l l be a v a i l a b l e at l e a s t
one month p r i o r t o t h e b e g i n n i n g
of t h e F a l l ' 8 6 t e r m . It i s l i k e l y
t h a t t h e y w i l l be h i g h e r t h a n i n
1 9 8 5 / 8 6 . For d e t a i l s of payment o f
fees c o n s u l t the T i m e t a b l e .
As a g e n e r a l g u i d e l i n e , t h e b a s i c
t u i t i o n fees f o r 1985-86 were:
- $ 2 1 . 5 0 p e r c r e d i t hour of
$15.50 i s refundable i f the
i s dropped w i t h i n the f i r s t
weeks of t h e t e r m .

which
course
two

- $20.00 non-refundable
registration fee.
- $ 2 . 0 0 p e r c r e d i t hour S t u d e n t
A c t i v i t y Fee t o a t e r m maximum of
$ 2 4 . 0 0 . (This fee i s o p t i o n a l f o r
c o u r s e s i n Howe Sound and on t h e
Sunshine C o a s t . )
- $ 5 . 0 0 R e c r e a t i o n a l F a c i l i t y Levy
f o r s t u d e n t s on t h e Lynnmour
campus r e g i s t e r e d i n 1 . 5 c r e d i t s
or m o r e .
- $25 l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r
students r e g i s t e r i n g a f t e r the
f i r s t two weeks of t h e t e r m .
- S3 p e r c r e d i t hour or a minimum
o f $25 l a t e payment p e n a l t y f o r
s t u d e n t s who have n o t s e t t l e d
t h e i r t u i t i o n f e e s a c c o u n t by t h e
end o f t h e f i f t h week o f t h e t e r m .

not

hp

e . S t u d e n t s whose f p e s a r e t o be
p a i d by a g e n c i e s , o t h e r t h a n
Government S c h o l a r s h i p s , a r e
required to present a l e t t e r to
t h i s e f f e c t at r e g i s t r a t i o n .
f . Students with outstanding debts
t o t h e C o l l e g e w i l l not be a l l o w e d
to r e g i s t e r u n t i l t h e i r debts are
cleared.
S p e c i a l Fee W a i v e r s f o r
C i t i zens

Senior

Any p e r s o n 60 y p a r s of age or o v e r
i s e n t i t l e d t o f r e e t u i t i o n , and
i s not r e q u i r e d t o pay s t u d e n t
a c t i v i t y fees or the c a p i t a l l e v y .
Applicants for t h i s sppcial senior
c i t i z e n f e e w a i v e r nepd o n l y
produce a p p r o p r i a t e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n
s u c h as t h e C o u r t e s y Card f o r
s e n i o r c i t i z e n s or Pharmacare
c a r d at t h e t i m e of r e g i s t r a t i o n .
S e n i o r c i t i z e n s must pay t h e $20
registration fee.
For c o s t r e c o v e r a b l e c o u r s e s s u c h
as A r t I n s t i t u t e and p r i v a t e m u s i c
i n s t r u c t i o n , s e n i o r s must pay f u l l
fees.
Non-Registration
Returning students with debts to
the Collpge ( e . g . Inst m a t e r i a l s ,
l o s t e q u i p m e n t , t u i t i o n f e e s not
p a i d ) w i l l be r e f u s e d r e g i s t r a t i o n
u n t i l such debts are e r a s e d .
Refunds

C o n d i t i o n s of

Registration

a . A l l c h e g u e s and money o r d e r s
a r e t o be made p a y a b l e t o
" C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e " and a c c o m p a n i e d
by a c o m p l e t e d R e g i s t r a t i o n F o r m .
b. Underpaid r e g i s t r a t i o n s
not be p r o c e s s e d .

will

c . A c h a r g e of $ 1 0 . 0 0 w i l l be
l e v i e d f o r c o s t s of h a n d l i n g
c h e q u e s r e t u r n e d by t h e bank f o r
i n s u f f i c i e n t f u n d s . The C o l l e g e
reserves the r i g h t to take only
money o r d e r s , c e r t i f i e d c h e q u e s ,
or c a s h f r o m s t u d e n t s whose
c h e q u e s a r e r e t u r n e d by t h e bank
for i n s u f f i c i e n t funds.

S t u d e n t s w i t h d r a w i n g from a c o u r s p
w i t h i n t h e f i r s t two weeks of a
t e r m w i l l be r e f u n d e d a p o r t i o n of
t h e t u i t i o n f e e s i f t h e y have p a i d
more t h a n t h e n o n - r e f u n d a b l e
d e p o s i t . In 1985/86 t h e n o n - r e f u n d a b l e p o r t i o n was $6 p e r c r e d i t
hour and t h e $20 r e g i s t r a t i o n f p e .
S t u d e n t s w i t h d r a w i n g from a c o u r s e
a f t e r t h e end of t h e s e c o n d week
of a t e r m r e c e i v e no r e f u n d s .

Fees P o l i c y - E x t e n s i o n Programs
and S e r v i c e s Department
I n f o r m a t i o n about E x t e n s i o n
( c r e d i t f r e e ) c o u r s e s and s e r v i c e s
i s p u b l i c i z e d in brochures

d i s t r i b u t e d by m a i l on t h e N o r t h
S h o r e , Howe Sound and S u n s h i n e
Coast.
T u i t i o n fees charged f o r Extension
Programs and S e r v i c e s a r e based on
the p r i n c i p l e of r e c o v p r i n g the
c o s t of i n s t r u c t i o n a l and r e l a t e d
expenses.
R e f u n d s : The C o l l e q e r e s e r v e s t h e
r i g h t t o c a n c e l any c o u r s e f o r
w h i c h r e g i s t r a t i o n does not r p a c h
t h e r e g u i r e d minimum, and t o
w i t h d r a w , p o s t p o n e , or combine
c l a s s e s o r t o change i n s t r u c t o r s .
F e e s a r e p a y a b l e at t i m e o f
r e g i s t r a t i o n . Fees p a i d f o r
c o u r s e s o r w o r k s h o p s c a n c e l l e d by
t h e C o l l e g e w i l l be r e f u n d e d i n
f u l l . A p p l i c a t i o n s for withdrawal
and r e f u n d w i l l not be a c c e p t p d
a f t e r t h p second s e s s i o n o f a
c o u r s e has been h e l d and i n t h p
casp of workshops of s h o r t
d u r a t i o n (up t o t h r e p c o n s e c u t i v e
days) withdrawal a p p l i c a t i o n s w i l l
be a c c e p t e d no l a t e r t h a n t h e day
b e f o r p t h e w o r k s h o p commenr.ps.
R e f u n d s a r p s u b j e c t t o a 20%
a d m i n i s t r a t i o n c h a r g e . R e f u n d s on
d i s c o u n t e d and p a c k a g e f e e s w i l l
be s u b j e c t t o t h p 20% a d m i n i s t r a t i o n charge against the f u l l
c o u r s e f e e . Any d e p a r t u r p f r o m t h e
f o r e g o i n g p o l i c y w i l l be s t a t e d i n
t h p c o u r s e or w o r k s h o p d e s c r i p t i o n . Under no c i r c u m s t a n c e s w i l l
r e f u n d s be g i v e n a f t e r t h e end o f
a course or workshop.
T r a n s f e r s : In s p e c i f i e d c o u r s e s a
s t u d e n t may t r a n s f e r f r o m one
course to another i f space i s
a v a i l a b l p . Fees a r e not t r a n s f e r a b l e f r o m one t e r m t o a n o t h e r .
Fee W a i v e r f o r S e n i o r C i t i z e n s :
P e o p l e age 60 and o v e r a r e
e l i g i b l e f o r a 10% d i s c o u n t on
f e e s f o r most c o u r s e s . Some
c o - s p o n s o r e d and c e r t a i n o t h e r
c o u r s e s are excluded from t h i s
p o l i c y . At t i m e o f r e g i s t r a t i o n
s e n i o r c i t i z e n s are asked t o
p r o v i d e p r o o f o f a g e , s u c h as a
Pharmacare c a r d , s e n i o r c i t i z e n s
c o u r t e s y c a r d or b i r t h
certificate.
A l s o see " L i m i t of
R e s p o n s i b i l i t y " , page 1 1 .

General Course Information
The

Instructional

Year

c r e d i t - f r e e c o u r s e o r a c t i v i t y who
has p a i d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e f e e .

The i n s t r u c t i o n a l y e a r i s d i v i d e d
i n t o two f o u r month t e r m s , F a l l
and S p r i n g , and an e q u i v a l e n t
Summer S e s s i o n of two months (May
and J u n e ) .

Course

Credits

A student w i l l r e c e i v e c r e d i t only
f o r t h e c o u r s e s i n w h i c h s/he i s
o f f i c i a l l y registered according to
the records i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office.
A c r e d i t hour n o r m a l l y r e p r e s e n t s
one hour p e r week o f c l a s s r o o m
work p e r t e r m . Most c o u r s e s
o f f e r e d a r e t h r e e c r e d i t hour
c o u r s e s . As s u c h , t h e y n o r m a l l y
r e q u i r e t h r e e c l a s s h o u r s p e r week
and may, i n a d d i t i o n , r e q u i r e
l a b o r a t o r i e s , s e m i n a r s and
tutorials.

Credit

Status

A s t u d e n t may. a t t e n d a l l c l a s s e s ,
s e m i n a r s , l a b s , e t c . of the course
and pay t h e normal t u i t i o n f e e .
S/he i s r e q u i r e d t o s u b m i t
a s s i g n m e n t s and s i t e x a m i n a t i o n s .
(See A t t e n d a n c e . )

Audit

Status

A s t u d e n t may a t t e n d a l l m e e t i n g s
of a c r e d i t c l a s s w i t h o u t r e c e i v i n g c r e d i t . The a u d i t s t u d e n t
attends a l l c l a s s e s , seminars,
l a b s , e t c . of t h e c l a s s and pays
t h e normal t u i t i o n f e e . S/he i s
not r e q u i r e d t o s i t e x a m i n a t i o n s
o r s u b m i t a s s i g n m e n t s . The s t a t u s
of a u d i t w i l l be d e n i e d by an
i n s t r u c t o r i f t h e s t u d e n t has not.
met t h e a t t e n d a n c e r e q u i r e m e n t s
f o r t h a t c l a s s . T h i s d e n i a l may be
appealed through t h e grade appeal
p r o c e s s . A u d i t s t u d e n t s w i l l be
a c c e p t e d on a s p a c e a v a i l a b l e
b a s i s , and a r e o n l y p e r m i t t e d t o
r e g i s t e r a f t e r t h e l a s t day o f
In-Person R e g i s t r a t i o n .

Credit-Free Status (Extension
Programs and S e r v i c e s )
A student

8

i s registered

for a

Course C h a l l e n g e

F a c u l t y members a r e a u t h o r i z e d t o
d i s m i s s f r o m a c l a s s a s t u d e n t who
is disruptive to the learning
process.

Procedure

The C o l l e g e has a p o l i c y w h i c h
allows registered College students
to request examination f o r
a c h i e v e m e n t i n c e r t a i n c o u r s e s . By
t h i s p r o c e d u r e , a s t u d e n t may
receive c r e d i t f o r a course
without t a k i n g the c o u r s e . I n t e r ested students should c o n s u l t a
counsellor for current information
on t h e c h a l l e n g e p r o c e d u r e . There
a r e c e r t a i n c o u r s e s w h i c h may n o t
be c h a l l e n g e d . A s t u d e n t
c h a l l e n g i n g a c o u r s e w i l l be
r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e normal t u i t i o n
fee f o r that course.
Courses c h a l l e n g e d s u c c e s s f u l l y
w i l l be i n d i c a t e d on t h e s t u d e n t ' s
transcri pt.
NOTE: C r e d i t f o r c o u r s e s
s u c c e s s f u l l y challenged w i l l apply
towards a C e r t i f i c a t e or Diploma
from C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e ; however,
some o t h p r i n s t i t u t i o n s may n o t
g r a n t c r e d i t f o r some c o u r s e s
challenged.

Attendance
A student i s expected t o attpnrl
a l l c l a s s e s i n which s/he i s r e g i s t e r e d , s i n c e e v a l u a t i o n of p r o g r e s s i n any c o u r s e i s c u m u l a t i v e ,
based on c l a s s a s s i g n m e n t s ,
p a r t i c i p a t i o n and e x a m i n a t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t e x p e c t i n g t o bp a b s e n t
from c l a s s e s b e c a u s e o f p r o l o n g e d
i l l n e s s i s a d v i s e d to n o t i f y
h i s / h e r i n s t r u c t o r as soon as
p o s s i b l e and t o a r r a n g e t o make up
m i s s e d i n s t r u c t i o n . The i n s t r u c t o r
may r e q u i r e that, a m e d i c a l
c e r t i f i c a t e be p r e s e n t e d t o
r e i n s t a t e the student.
If i l l n e s s prevents a student from
w r i t i n g a f i n a l examination or
a s s i g n m e n t , s/he may be a s s i g n e d a
grade or granted a d e f e r r a l at t h e
d i s c r e t i o n of h i s / h e r i n s t r u c t o r .
In s u c h c a s e s , a m e d i c a l
c e r t i f i c a t e must be s u b m i t t e d
w i t h i n one week o f t h e d a t e o f t h e
e x a m i n a t i o n o r due d a t e o f t h e
a s s i gnment.

Visitors
A p e r s o n may a t t e n d a c l a s s
s e s s i o n as a v i s i t o r f o r a l i m i t e d
p e r i o d o f t i m e , p r o v i d e d s / h e has
permission from the i n s t r u c t o r i n
a d v a n c e . T h i s p r i v i l p g e dops n o t
e x t e n d t o s c i e n c e and l a n g u a g e
l a b s o r c o u r s e s r e g u i r i n g t h e use
of m a c h i n e r y o r m a t e r i a l s . A
v i s i t o r i s not r e g i s t e r e d , does
not s i t e x a m i n a t i o n s , d o e s n o t
r e c e i v e c r e d i t and a t t e n d s n o t
more t h a n t h r e e weeks d u r i n g t h e
term.

E x a m i n a t i o n Week
For s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d i n acadpmic
c o u r s e s , t h e l a s t week o f t h e
i n s t r u c t i o n a l term i s designated
as an e x a m i n a t i o n w e e k . I f t h e r e
i s t o be an e x a m i n a t i o n i n a
c o u r s e n e a r t h e end o f a t e r m , i t .
i s d u r i n g t h i s week t h a t t h e
e x a m i n a t i o n w i l l be g i v e n . Such
e x a m i n a t i o n s w i l l be up t o t h r e p
h o u r s i n d u r a t i o n and n o r m a l l y
w i l l be s c h e d u l e d t o o v e r l a p w i t h
the regular meeting time f o r the
course i n q u e s t i o n . Faculty w i l l
be a c c e s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e e x a m i n a t i o n week t o meet w i t h s t u d e n t s t o
r e v i e w t h e i r a s s i g n m e n t s and f i n a l
l e t t e r g r a d e a n d / o r engage i n
other i n s t r u c t i o n a l l y r e l a t e d
activities.
For s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d i n
Carepr/Vocational programs, t h e
l a s t week o f t h e i n s t r u c t i o n a l
term w i l l i n c l u d e having r e g u l a r l y
scheduled c l a s s sessions during
w h i c h t i m e an e x a m i n a t i o n may be
a d m i n i s t e r e d , o r i n some p r o g r a m
areas a s p e c i a l examination
s c h e d u l e may be s e t .
Students should c o n s u l t w i t h t h e i r
instructors for detailed
information regarding examination
schedules.

ACADEMIC

POLICIES

Grading

System

C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e uses t h e
f o l l o w i n g c a t e g o r i e s ot g r a d i n g :

Letter

Grade
Point
Value

A+
A
A-

4 1/3
4
3 2/3

Excellent

B+
B
B-

3 1/3
3
2 2/3

Good

C+
C
C-

2 1/3
2
1 2/3

Satisfactory

D
CR
F
NC
I
W
NA
AUD

1
0
0
-

M i n i m a l Pass
C r e d i t Granted*
Fail
No C r e d i t Granted*+
Incomplete*
Withdrawn**
Not A t t e n d i n g * *
Audit*

Classification

* not c a l a c u l a t e d i n Grade
Average
+ not shown on t r a n s c r i p t

Point

A c o u r s e may be r e p e a t e d f o r t h e
p u r p o s e o f i m p r o v i n g a g r a d e . The
g r a d e f o r e a c h a t t e m p t w i l l be
recorded w i t h the h i g h e r grade
used i n t h e c o m p u t a t i o n of t h e
Grade P o i n t A v e r a g e . S t u d e n t s a r e
cautioned that other i n s t i t u t i o n s
may i n c l u d e b o t h g r a d e s i n t h e GPA
computation.
(GPA)

GPAs a r e r e p o r t e d on e a c h P e r m a nent S t u d e n t R e c o r d . The GPA i s
t h e sum o f t h e g r a d e p o i n t h o u r s
e a r n e d i n t h e t e r m , d i v i d e d by t h e
number of c r e d i t h o u r s a p p l i c a b l e
t o t h e Grade P o i n t C o m p u t a t i o n .
Interpretation

of

A s t u d e n t g r a n t e d an " I " g r a d e
must c o m p l e t e t h e n e c e s s a r y
a s s i g n m e n t s on t h e d a t e s p e c i f i e d
by t h e i n s t r u c t o r on t h e g r a d e
s h e e t o r s/he w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y
r e c e i v e a predetermined grade
w h i c h r e f l e c t s t h e work not
completed.
Upon t h e c o m p l e t i o n of t h e
r e q u i r e d a s s i g n m e n t s by t h e
s p e c i f i e d t i m e , the i n s t r u c t o r
w i l l r e c o r d t h e f i n a l g r a d e based
on t h e c o m p l e t e d w o r k .

Repeating a Course

Grade P o i n t A v e r a g e

c o m p l e t e d t h e work r e q u i r e d . An
" I " g r a d e i s o n l y awarded wnpre
t h e i n s t r u c t o r and s t u d e n t have
a r r a n g e d f o r t h e work t o be
c o m p l e t e d by a s p e c i f i e d d a t e ,
which i s noted i n the c l a s s l i s t
with grades.

Grades

" I " g r a d e s a r e g i v e n at t h e end o f
a t e r m when, i n t h e judgement o f
t h e i n s t r u c t o r , the s t u d e n t would
have a r e a s o n a b l e e x p e c t a t i o n o f
p a s s i n g t h e c o u r s e but has not

Students are cautioned that o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n s may i n c l u d e " 1 "
g r a d e s i n GPA c a l c u l a t i o n .
A s t u d e n t who r e g i s t e r s f o r a
c o u r s e , does not a t t e n d and does
not o f f i c i a l l y w i t h d r a w may be
a s s i g n e d a grade d e s i g n a t i o n of
" N A " . NA g r a d e s a r e a s s i g n e d as of
t h e f i n a l Drop d a t e f o r t h e t e r m
registered i n .
A l l " F " g r a d e s a r e r e c o r d e d on t h e
s t u d e n t ' s t r a n s c r i p t . These g r a d e s
are assigned a v a l u e of zero i n
t h e c a l c u l a t i o n of a s t u d e n t ' s
C u m u l a t i v e Grade P o i n t A v e r a g e .
Students are cautioned that other
i n s t i t u t i o n s may not g r a n t
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t for courses
completed w i t h a "D" g r a d e .
R e g i s t e r i n g as an a u d i t s t u d e n t
does not g u a r a n t e e t h a t a s t u d e n t
w i l l r e c e i v e a u d i t s t a t u s . Based
on a t t e n d a n c e and p a r t i c i p a t i o n
r e q u i r e m e n t s of t h e i n s t r u c t o r , an
i n s t r u c t o r w i l l c o n f i r m o r deny
t h e " a u d i t " s t a t u s of a s t u d e n t i n
their course. A denial ruling is
open t o a p p e a l by t h e s t u d e n t .
The g r a d e s "CR" or "NC" a r e
assigned to courses in which a
l e v e l of m a s t e r y i s r e q u i r e d f o r
s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n . When a
c o u r s e i s graded i n t h i s m a n n e r ,
t h e c o u r s e o u t l i n e must s t a t e t h e
necessary requirements to achieve
t h e g r a d e of CR.

Official
Grades

Transcript/Statement

of

A statement of grades i s e i t h e r
mailed or d i s t r i b u t e d from the
Registrar's Office.
O f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s are i s s u e d
o n l y at the request of the
s t u d e n t . The s t u d e n t must c o m p l e t e
a T r a n s c r i p t O r d e r Form and pay
Sb.OO f o r t h e f i r s t copy an"d $ 2 . 0 0
f o r each a d d i t i o n a l c o p y .

Appeal of

Final

Grades

It i s e s s s e n t i a l t h a t a s t u d e n t
t a k e i m m e d i a t e a c t i o n i f s/he
w i s h e s t o a p p e a l a g r a d e . To do so
s/he must c o n t a c t a c o u n s e l l o r not
l a t e r t h a n two weeks a f t e r r e c e i p t
of g r a d e s o r Change o f Grade
N o t i f i c a t i o n . The c o u n s e l l o r w i l l
d i s c u s s t h e g r a d e and a p p e a l
p r o c e d u r e w i t h t h e s t u d e n t and
attempt to arrange a meeting w i t h ,
t h e i n s t r u c t o r . The c o u n s e l l o r
w i l l provide the student with a
" F i n a l Grade A p p e a l " f o r m .
If the s t u d e n t wishes t o pursue
t h e a p p e a l , t h e s t u d e n t must do so
w i t h i n g f o u r t e e n c a l e n d a r days of
t h e d a t e on w h i c h t h e c o u n s e l l o r ' s
r e p o r t i s m a i l e d . F a i l u r e t o meet
t h i s t i m e l i n e w i l l be g r o u n d s f o r
d i s m i s s a l o f t h e a p p e a l . To
continiie the appeal,the student
c o m p l e t e s t h e " F i n a l Grade A p p e a l "
f o r m and s u b m i t s i t t o t h e
S e c r e t a r y o f t h e A p p e a l s Committee
w i t h a f e e o f $20 f o r e a c h c o u r s e
t o be a p p e a l e d .
A p p e a l s a r e c o n s i d e r e d by an
A p p e a l s Committee c h a i r e d by one
o f t h e C o l l e g e D p a n s . Thp
Committee c o n s i s t s o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s f r o m f a c u l t y , s t u d e n t s , and
a c o u n s e l l o r . During the Appeal
process a l l term g r a d e s , i n c l u d i n g
the f i n a l examination mark, are
t a k e n i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n . In a l l
cases the student i s informed i n
w r i t i n g of the Committee's
d e c i s i o n . S h o u l d t h e mark be
c h a n g e d , t h e $20 f e e i s r e f u n d e d .
Only t h o s e a p p e a l s t h a t f o l l o w t h e
above p r o c e s s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
Human e r r o r s and o m i s s i o n s i n
S t a t e m e n t o f G r a d e s w i l l be

the

corrected as soon as i d e n t i f i e d
without appeal or cost to the
student.

Diploma and C e r t i f i c a t e
Requi rements
Students who complete t h e i r
programs f i l l out a "Request for
Diploma or C e r t i f i c a t e " form at
the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e one month
before the end of the term in
which the program i s to be
completed.
Students who complete courses
which are not part of a program
may also apply to the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e for a C e r t i f i c a t e .

2. For a Career Studies Diploma
(by program)
a . Completed the program
requirements, f i f t y percent of
which must be completed at
Capilano C o l l e g e .
b. Obtained a 2.01) Grade Point
Average or b e t t e r .
3. For a General Studies Diploma
a . Completed 60 c r e d i t hours at
l e a s t 30 of which must be
completed at Capilano C o l l e g e .
b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point
Average or b e t t e r .

a . Completed 60 c r e d i t hours, of
which at l e a s t 3U must be
completed at Capilano C o l l e g e .

To be e l i g i b l e for a C e r t i f i c a t e ,
a student must have s u c c e s s f u l l y
completed the requirements of a
course or program of studies of
fewer than four terms in d u r a t i o n ,
at l e a s t f i f t y percent of which
must be completed at Capilano
C o l l e g e , and they must have
obtained at l e a s t a 2.0 GPA (where
c a l c u l a t e d ) in the l a s t term.

b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point
Average or b e t t e r .

There i s a $10 fee for diploma
replacement.

To be e l i g i b l e for an Associate in
Arts and Science Diploma, a
student must have:
1. For an Academic Studies Diploma

MERIT LIST
Sppcial r e c o g n i t i o n w i l l he
accorded part-time students with a
3.b0 cumulative grade point
average or higher when they have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a minimum
of 30, 45 or 60 semester hours at
Capi1ano Col 1ege.
PRESIDENT'S CITIZENSHIP AWARD
This award i s given in r e c o g n i t i o n
of the student who has made the
greatest c o n t r i b u t i o n s to College
life.
PRESIDENT'S AWARD
This award i s presented to one
Diploma graduate in Academic
Studies and one Diploma graduate
in a Career Program who have
achieved exceptional academic
excellence.
HAROLD KIRCHNER SCHOLARSHIP
Two graduating s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l
be presented a n n u a l l y . One
s c h o l a r s h i p w i l l go to the top
s c h o l a s t i c Career Program graduate
and-one s c h o l a r s h i p to the top
s c h o l a s t i c Vocational Program
graduate.

Academic
c . Obtained at l e a s t 4b c r e d i t
hours from the f o l l o w i n g subject
a r e a s , i n c l u d i n g at l e a s t 6 c r e d i t
hours in E n g l i s h (100 l e v e l or
h i g h e r ) , at l e a s t 6 credit, hours
from subjects l i s t e d in A below,
and at l e a s t lb c r e d i t hours from
200 level c o u r s e s .
A

B

Biolngy
Chemi s t r y
Computi ng
Science
Geography
Geo 1ogy
Mathematics
Physi cs

Anthropology
Art
Commerce
Economi cs
Engli sh
Fine Arts
French
German
History
Music
Phi losophy
P o l i t i c a l Studies
Psychology
Soci ology
Spani sh
Theatre
Women's Studies

10

S c h o l a s t i c Awards
DEAN'S LIST
Special recognition w i l l be
accorded students who complete a
f u l l program of studies at the
College with a 3.50 or higher
grade point average during the
term. Students with "I" grades are
not e l i g i b l e for the Dean's L i s t .
GOVERNOR-GENERAL'S SILVER MEDAL
This award i s presented to a
Diploma Graduate with the best
cumulative grade point average,
and who has attained t h i s grade
point average on a minimum of 15
c r e d i t hours per term or f u l l
program load as o u t l i n e d in the
calendar during attendance at
Capi1ano Col l e g e .
LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR'S MEDAL
Awarded for academic e x c e l l e n c e
and c o n t r i b u t i o n to the c o l l e g e
and community to a graduate in a
Vocational or Career program of
l e s s than two years d u r a t i o n .

Difficulties

Students who are experiencing
d i f f i c u l t i e s in t h e i r course work
during a term may be r e f e r r e d by
an i n s t r u c t o r to a C o u n s e l l o r . The
student i s encouraged to consult
with h i s / h e r i n s t r u c t o r and
Counsellor to evolve a
s a t i s f a c t o r y plan which w i l l
remedy these d i f f i c u l t i e s .

D i s r u p t i v e Students
In the case where the behaviour of
a student or group of students i s
such as to d i s r u p t the a c t i v i t y of
a c l a s s , an i n s t r u c t i o n a l group,
s e r v i c e area or study f a c i l i t y , a
member of the f a c u l t y or s t a f f may
ask the student(s) to modify t h e i r
behaviour. Should the student.(s)
f a i l to f o l l o w t h i s request, the
student(s) w i l l be asked to l e a v e .
If the student(s) refuses to
l e a v e , the f a c u l t y or s t a f f i s
advised to cancel the a c t i v i t y or
i n s i s t on an a l t e r n a t e place for
the student(s) to carry out the
activity.

Some t i m e between t h e c a n c e l l e d
a c t i v i t y and t h e n e x t m e e t i n g o f
t h e g r o u p , o r use of t h e f a c i l i t y ,
t h e s t u d e n t ( s ) w i l l be r e q u e s t e d
t o meet w i t h t h e p e r s o n n e l
i n v o l v e d and t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
f a c u l t y c o o r d i n a t o r . The p u r p o s e
of t h e m e e t i n g i s t o have a
commitment f r o m t h e s t u d e n t ! s ) t o
more r e a s o n a b l e b e h a v i o u r i n t h e
f u t u r e . In l i g h t of t h i s and a t
the d i s c r e t i o n of the c o o r d i n a t o r ,
o t h e r f a c u l t y a n d / o r t h e Dean may
be i n v i t e d t o t h e m e e t i n g o r
subsequent m e e t i n g s .
S h o u l d t h e b e h a v i o u r of t h e
s t u d e n t ( s ) c o n t i n u e t o be
d i s r u p t i v e , t h e c o o r d i n a t o r may
recommend t o t h e Dean t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t ( s ) be d e r e g i s t e r e d .

Student

Open U n i v e r s i t y

Records

A l l o f f i c i a l student records are
kept i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e .
The i n f o r m a t i o n on f i l e f o r a
student i s always a v a i l a b l e t o
t h a t s t u d e n t f o r e x a m i n a t i o n . No
i n f o r m a t i o n on f i l e i s d i v u l g e d t o
any agency or p e r s o n o t h e r t h a n
the student without the s t u d e n t ' s
permission except for
i n s t i t u t i o n a l research projects
a p p r o v e d by t h e C o l l e g e . The
process f o r approval of such
p r o j e c t s i s e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e
C o l l e g e and t h e C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
Student U n i o n . Students are
cautioned that student loan
a p p l i c a t i o n s and o t h e r s i m i l a r
^
a p p l i c a t i o n s have s u c h c o n s e n t
w r i t t e n in the document.

C h e a t i n g and P l a g i a r i s m
L i m i t of
A l l forms of c h e a t i n g , i n c l u d i n g
p l a g i a r i s m , are s e r i o u s o f f e n c e s
and w i l l n o r m a l l y r e s u l t i n a
g r a d e of z e r o on t h e e x a m i n a t i o n
or a s s i g n m e n t , o r , at the
i n s t r u c t o r ' s d i s c r e t i o n , a grade
of " F " f o r t h e c o u r s e . P l a g i a r i s m
i s t h e p r e s e n t a t i o n of a n o t h e r
p e r s o n ' s words o r i d e a s as i f t h e y
were o n e ' s o w n . I n t e n t i o n a l
p l a g i a r i s m i s b o t h d i s h o n e s t and a
r e j e c t i o n of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f
s c h o l a r s h i p . S t u d e n t s i n doubt
about t h e need f o r and p r a c t i c e s
o f acknowledgement of s o u r c e s
should f a m i l i a r i z e themselves with
proper s c h o l a r l y procedures. A
document e x p l a i n i n g t h e s e
procedures i s a v a i l a b l e from the
Media C e n t r e o r t h e A c h i e v e m e n t
Resource C e n t r e .

M i s u s e o f Computer

System

The m i s u s e of a computer s y s t e m
( s u c h as u n a u t h o r i z e d a c c e s s t o
o t h e r computer a c c o u n t s o r
u n a u t h o r i z e d use o f s y s t e m
s o f t w a r e ) i s not o n l y u n f a i r t o
o t h e r s t u d e n t s but can r e s u l t , a t
the i n s t r u c t o r ' s d i s c r e t i o n , in
s u s p e n s i o n of t h e o f f e n d e r ' s
computer access i n a c o u r s e , which
may r e s u l t i n an " F " g r a d e .
R e p e a t e d o f f e n c e s may r e s u l t i n a
permanent r e v o k i n g o f a l l c o m p u t e r
privileges.

Responsibility

The C o l l e g e a c c e p t s no r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r the c a n c e l l a t i o n or
d i s c o n t i n u a t i o n o f any c o u r s e or
p r o g r a m o r c l a s s of i n s t r u c t i o n
t h a t may be n e c e s s a r y as a r e s u l t
of an A c t o f G o d , f i r e , l a b o u r
p r o b l e m s , l a c k of f u n d s , o r o t h e r
similar causes.
The C o l l e g e a c c e p t s no
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r any i n j u r y ,
l o s s or expense s u s t a i n e d , a r i s i n g
o u t o f o r i n any way c o n n e c t e d
with a student's p a r t i c i p a t i o n in
any c o u r s e o r p r o g r a m .

Open L e a r n i n g

Institute

The Open L e a r n i n g I n s t i t u t e o f f e r s
c r e d i t and c r e d i t - f r e e u n i v e r s i t y
c o u r s e s by c o r r e s p o n d e n c e . For
i n f o r m a t i o n on c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s
and t r a n s f e r c r e d i t c o n t a c t t h e
I n s t i t u t e a t 7671 A l d e r b r i d g e Way,
Richmond, B . C .
V6X 1 Z 9 , TEL:
270-4131.

Knowledge

Network

A wide range of d i s t a n c e l e a r n i n g
c o u r s e s , b o t h c r e d i t , and non
c r e d i t , a r e o f f e r e d by t h e
p r o v i n c e t h r o u g h t h e Knowledge
N e t w o r k , c h a n n e l 1 8 . For f u r t h e r
information c a l l 875-8217.

Consortium

The Open U n i v e r s i t y C o n s o r t i u m o f
B . C . makes i t p o s s i b l e f o r
s t u d e n t s t o combine c l a s s r o o m based and home s t u d y c o u r s e s f r o m
a l l member i n s t i t u t i o n s i n o r d e r
to obtain a recognized u n i v e r s i t y
d e g r e e t h r o u g h t h e Open L e a r n i n g
I n s t i t u t e . C r e d i t s f r o m home s t u d y
c o u r s e s a t UBC, S F U , and U . V i c ,
a n d / o r O L l may be amalgamated t o
f o r m t h e b a s i s of t h e d e g r e e .
Knowledge Network b r o a d c a s t s
s u p p o r t and e n r i c h many of t h e s e
courses.

Course D e s c r i p t i o n

Code

On t h e r i g h t hand s i d e o f e a c h
course d e s c r i p t i o n there i s a
s e r i e s o f code l e t t e r s and
numbers, f o r example:
E n g l i s h 100
Language S k i l l s

(F,S)

(3,0,0)

The f i r s t l e t t e r ( s ) i n d i c a t e t h e
t e r m i n w h i c h t h e c l a s s w i l l be
o f f e r e d . Example: F-Fa 1 1 ,
S - S p r i n g , SU-Summer. T h u s , E n g l i s h
100 i s t o be o f f e r e d i n t h e F a l l
and S p r i n g t e r m s .
The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e
number o f c r e d i t h o u r s g r a n t e d
f o r the course (which i s u s u a l l y
e q u i v a l e n t , t o t h e number of
i n s t r u c t i o n a l hours per w e e k ) , t h e
s e c o n d number d e n o t e s t h e number
of l a b and c o n v e r s a t i o n a l h o u r s
p e r w e e k , and t h e t h i r d number
d e n o t e s t h e number of s e m i n a r /
t u t o r i a l / 4 t h i n s t r u c t i o n a l hours
p e r w e e k . T h u s , E n g l i s h 100 i s
o f f e r e d t h r e e h o u r s a week f o r
t h r e e c r e d i t h o u r s w i t h no l a b
time.

Services
College Telephone Numbers
During the summer of 1986 Capilano
College w i l l be i n s t a l l i n g a new
telephone system on campus. Many
departments, t h e r e f o r e , w i l l have
new phone numbers f o r the F a l l of
1986. Following i s a p a r t i a l
l i s t i n g of telephone numbers; f o r
numbers not l i s t e d , i n q u i r i e s
should be d i r e c t e d to the main
c o l l e g e l i n e , 986-1911.
UFFICE

OLD #

General
986-1911
enqui r i e s
l o c . 321
Extension
Advi si ng
Hotline
l o c . 443
Registration
l o c . 213
Health Services l o c . 271
Student Society l o c . 347

NEW

986-1911
986-5143
986-0417
986-9287
984-0835
986-1813

Student Society and Student
Activities
Every student who r e g i s t e r s for
c r e d i t courses at Capilano College
must pay Student A c t i v i t y f e e s ,
and i s thereby a member of the
Student S o c i e t y . The Student
Society i s a r e g i s t e r e d n o n - p r o f i t
s o c i e t y incorporated under the
S o c i e t i e s Act of B . C .
The Student Society has four main
goals:
1. To protect the r i g h t s of
students and to insure access to
quality education.
2. To p a r t i c i p a t e in the c o l l e g e
governance procedure by way of
d i r e c t student representation on
a l l boards and committees.
3. To provide a c t i v i t i e s of both
s o c i a l and p o l i t i c a l nature to a l l
students of the c o l l e g e .
4. To inform students of and
encourage t h e i r p a r t i c i p a t i o n in
events (both educational and p o l i t i c a l ) on the l o c a l , p r o v i n c i a l ,
n a t i o n a l , and i n t e r n a t i o n a l
level s .
In a d d i t i o n , the society has a
commitment to help students on a
day-to-day basis through services
such as the production of an
annual Student Handbook which
o f f e r s information on the operat i o n s , s e r v i c e s , and f a c i l i t i e s on
campus and in the community, and

12

the o r g a n i z a t i o n of s o c i a l events
to provide on-campus entertainment
for students as well as r a i s i n g
funds for clubs and a t h l e t i c
teams.
The Student Society i s d i r e c t e d by
an eleven member executive which
i s elected by the student body.
Half of the executive i s elected
in September, and the other half
in March. The Society o f f i c e s are
located in N b u i l d i n g next to the
North C a f e t e r i a and are open from
10 am to 5 pm d a i l y , and from 6 to
8 pm on Tuesday and Wednesday
evenings. For f u r t h e r information
c a l l 986-1813.

Student Newspaper
The student newspaper of Capilano
College i s the-Capilano C o u r i e r , a
bi-weekly p u b l i c a t i o n funded by
thp Student Union and run by an
independent s t a f f of student v o l u n t e e r s . The Courier i s a member
of Canadian U n i v e r s i t y P r e s s , a
co-operative news o r g a n i z a t i o n of
more than 60 c o l l e g e and u n i v e r s i t y papers from across Canada. As
the Courier i s w r i t t e n , typeset,
and l a i d out on campus, there are
always p o s i t i o n s open in the areas
of news and feature w r i t i n g ,
reporting, e d i t i n g , layout,
photography, artwork, t y p e s e t t i n g
and a d v e r t i s i n g . A l l i n t e r e s t e d
students are welcome to j o i n .
The Courier encourages input from
the e n t i r e c o l l e g e community.
C l a s s i f i e d ads (which are free to
students, s t a f f and f a c u l t y ) ,
l e t t e r s to the e d i t o r , and other
c o n t r i b u t i o n s can be submitted to
C-4 p o r t a b l e .

Lost and Found
Students may address i n q u i r i e s
about l o s t or found items to the
student store located in the lobby
of B u i l d i n g " B " .

Student Store
There i s a store located in the
lobby of B b u i l d i n g , which i s
j o i n t l y run by the Student Union
and R e t a i l Merchandising s t u d e n t s .

This small shop serves as a
laboratory f o r the merchandising
students to p r a c t i s e the s k i l l s
learned in the program, and a l s o
as an information s e r v i c e for
s t u d e n t s . The store s e l l s items
such as s t a t i o n e r y , c l o t h i n g ,
candy, and bus passes, and a l s o
acts as the Information Centre and
Lost and Found.

Special Needs Services
Special Needs S e r v i c e s , a component of the Achievement Resource
Centre, provides the support
s e r v i c e s necessary for students
with p h y s i c a l d i s a b i l i t i e s to take
part in c o l l e g e programs. Some of
these s e r v i c e s are advanced
timetable s c h e d u l i n g , p r o v i s i o n of
taped t e x t s and t e c h n i c a l aids
(Visualteks, talking calculators,
e t c . ) , and s p e c i a l i z e d exam
arrangements.
Information and advice i s
a v a i l a b l e on access (to b u i l d i n g s ,
washrooms, e t c . ) , f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e , t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and
p a r k i n g , and advocacy. In order to
obtain required s e r v i c e s , contact
Paul Jones, Special Needs A d v i s o r ,
AS FAR IN ADVANCE OF EACH
REGISTRATION AS POSSIBLE.

Sexual Harassment
The College makes every e f f o r t to
ensure that, no student or employee
i s subjected to sexual harassment.
Sexual harassment i s seen to be
any u n i n v i t e d sexual advances,
reguests for sexual f a v o u r s , and
other verbal or p h y s i c a l conduct
of a sexual nature when submission
to or r e j e c t i o n of such conduct by
an i n d i v i d u a l i s used as a b a s i s for d e c i s i o n s a f f e c t i n g employment, admission to the College or
r e g i s t r a t i o n in c o l l e g e c o u r s e s , a
s t u d e n t ' s marks or grades,
p a r t i c i p a t i o n in a c l u b , s o c i e t y
or o r g a n i z a t i o n ; o r , when such
conduct creates an i n t i m i d a t i n g ,
h o s t i l e or o f f e n s i v e working/
t e a c h i n g / l e a r n i n g environment.

P a r k i ng
Parking is a v a i l a b l e tn a l l
s t u d e n t s on t h e n o r t h and s o u t h
p a r k i n g l o t s o n l y . For e x a c t
l o c a t i o n s c o n s u l t t h e map on t h e
back i n s i d e c o v e r .
The f o l l o w i n g p a r k i n g r e g u l a t i o n s ,
w h i c h have been d e s i g n e d t o meet
the F i r e M a r s h a l ' s i n s t r u c t i o n s ,
are i n e f f e c t :
a . No r e s t r i c t i o n s a p p l y t o Open
P a r k i n g a r e a s on t h e N o r t h and
South campuses.
b . No p a r k i n g i s
F i r e Zone.

permitted

in a

c . V e h i c l e s may p a r k i n a L o a d i n g
Zone f o r up t o IS m i n u t e s w h i l e
l o a d i n g or u n l o a d i n g . V e h i c l e s
parked i n excess of t h i s time
p e r i o d are s u b j e c t to the C o l l e g e
t o w i n g p o l i c y (see f b e l o w ) .
d . R e s e r v e d P a r k i n g may be made
a v a i l a b l e to s e l e c t e d departments
and t o h a n d i c a p p e d p e r s o n s
r e q u i r i n g a v e h i c l e t o be p a r k e d
n e a r s p e c i f i c work a r e a s . In s u c h
c a s e s , a p e r m i t must be s e c u r e d
f r o m t h e F a c i l i t i e s Department
a l l o w i n g extended p a r k i n g
pri vi1eges .

a p p r o x i m a t e l y 8 : 3 0 am (0830 h r s . )
t h r o u g h 3 : 3 0 pm ( 1 5 3 0 h r s . ) and
6 : 3 0 pm (1830 h r s . ) t h r o u g h 9 : 0 0
pm (2100 h r s . ) Monday t h r o u g h
T h u r s d a y ; F r i d a y 8 : 3 0 am (0830
h r s . ) t h r o u g h 3 : 3 0 pm (1630 h r s . ) .
VENDING MACHINES
Vending s e r v i c e o f f e r i n g l i m i t e d
f o o d , b e v e r a g e and c o n f e c t i o n e r y
items i s a v a i l a b l e i n the South
Campus ( C a f e t h e a t r e ) and N o r t h
Campus f o y e r a r e a s .

OSE OF CAFETERIAS
L i m i t e d d i n i n g s p a c e ( s e a t i n g and
c i r c u l a t i o n ) does not a l l o w f o r
t h e use o f e i t h e r c a f e t e r i a f o r
s p e c i a l f u n c t i o n s d u r i n g the
p e r i o d the food s e r v i c e i s i n
operati on.

Bookstore
The B o o k s t o r e , l o c a t e d i n R
b u i l d i n g o f f e r s r e q u i r e d and
recommended t e x t s .
A p o s t a g e stamp s e l l i n g m a c h i n e i s
l o c a t e d i n t h e B o o k s t o r e . Canada
P o s t boxes a r e l o c a t e d on b o t h
N o r t h and S o u t h c a m p u s e s .

ATHLETICS
e . A l l t r a f f i c and p a r k i n g
must be o b s e r v e d .

signs

f . Vehicles parking in unauthori z e d a r e a s w i l l be towed away a t
t h e o w n e r ' s r i s k and e x p e n s e .
g . There i s a $10 f e e f o r e m e r g e n c y v e h i c l e s e r v i c e s , i . e . jump
s t a r t s , f l a t t i r e s , opening d o o r s .

Food and B e v e r a g e

Service

NORTH CAMPOS
The main c a f e t e r i a i s l o c a t e d i n
b u i l d i n g N o f f e r i n g f u l l h o t meal
s e r v i c e d u r i n g t h e F a l l and S p r i n g
t e r m s f r o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 8 : 0 0 am
( 0 8 0 0 h r s . ) t h r o u g h 8 : 3 0 pm ( 2 0 3 0
h r s . ) d a i l y e x c e p t F r i d a y s when i t
c l o s e s a t 3 : 3 0 pm (1530 h r s . ) .
SOUTH CAMPUS
The s a t e l l i t e c a f e t e r i a i s l o c a t e d
i n b u i l d i n g B, o f f e r i n g l i m i t e d
hot f o o d s and s n a c k i t e m s f r o m

Faculty
CHESTER, N . , B . A . P . E . ( U . o f
S a s k . ) , B . E d . , M . P . E . (UBC)
IAC0BELL1S, J . , B . P . E . , M . P . E .
(UBC)
C a p i l a n o i s a f u l l member of t h e
Totem C o n f e r e n c e , w h i c h i s t h e
g o v e r n i n g body f o r a l l i n t e r college a t h l e t i c s in B r i t i s h
C o l u m b i a . P r o v i n c i a l champions a r e
determined annually with winners
advancing to a n a t i o n a l f i n a l .
This a f f o r d s our C o l l e g e ' s h i g h l y
s k i l l e d student a t h l e t e s the
o p p o r t u n i t y t o meet w i t h and
compete a g a i n s t t h e b e s t C o l l e g e
a t h l e t e s in Canada. I n t e r col l p g i a t e l y , Capilano College
competes i n R u g b y , S o c c e r ,
B a s k e t b a l l , V o l l e y b a l l and G o l f .
At p r e s e n t , g y m n a s i u m - b a s e d B l u e s
teams o p e r a t e out of what was
f o r m e r l y Del brook H i g h S c h o o l ' s

Gymnasium. The f a c i l i t y has been
c o m p l e t e l y r e n o v a t e d and u p g r a d e d
t o meet C o l l e g e s t a n d a r d s . C o n t i n g e n t on s u c c e s s f u l f u n d - r a i s i n g ,
we p l a n i n 1986 t o b e g i n c o n s t r u c t i o n of a C o l l e g e R e c r e a t i o n a l
F a c i l i t y on campus t o i n c l u d e a
gymnasium, c o u r t s f o r r a c q u e t
s p o r t s , and s p a c e f o r a l l - C o l l e g e
activities.
Each y e a r , o u r many e x c e p t i o n a l
a t h l e t e s , working w i t h the
experienced Blues coaching s t a f f ,
have combined t o p r o d u c e s e v e r a l
Totem C o n f e r e n c e c h a m p i o n s h i p
t e a m s . C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e i s proud
of the accomplishments of i t s
s t u d e n t a t h l e t e s and o f i t s
growing r e p u t a t i o n f o r a t h l e t i c
excel 1 ence.
Opportunities to take part in
intramural a c t i v i t y are a l s o
p r o v i d e d by t h e C o l l e g e . A c t i v i t i e s o f f e r e d vary from y e a r to
y e a r w i t h e x p r e s s e d i n t e r e s t s , but
u s u a l l y i n c l u d e s u c h a c t i v i t i e s as
badminton, v o l l e y b a l l , b a s k e t b a l l ,
s o c c e r , t o u c h f o o t b a l l , and
Physical F i t n e s s .
The A t h l e t i c Department a n n u a l l y
s p o n s o r s s e v e r a l programs d i r e c t e d
t o w a r d b o t h t h e s t u d e n t body and
t h e community a t l a r g e . Programs
v a r y w i t h demand but i n t h e p a s t
have i n c l u d e d P r e - S k i F i t n e s s ,
B e g i n n e r and I n t e r m e d i a t e T e n n i s ,
and t h e B . C . C o a c h i n g
C e r t i f i c a t i o n Program.

Fitness

Centre

The F i t n e s s C e n t r e i s l o c a t . P d i n
t h e west c o r n e r o f t h e s o u t h
p a r k i n g l o t . The f a c i l i t y c o n t a i n s
s h o w e r s , l o c k e r r o o m s , s a u n a s , an
e q u i p m e n t room and an e x e r c i s e
a r e a , complete w i t h weight
t r a i n i n g and f i t n e s s t e s t i n g
f a c i l i t i e s . Scheduled f i t n e s s
sessions are intermingled with
l a r g e b l o c k s o f open f a c i l i t y
t i m e . The F i t n e s s C e n t r e ' s
professional staff w i l l provide
p e r s o n a l c o n s u l t a t i o n and t e s t i n g
services r e l a t i v e to h e a l t h ,
p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s , and w e i g h t
C o n t r o l on an a p p o i n t m e n t b a s i s .

COUNSELLING
Faculty
BAGSHAW, R . , B.Comm., M . A . ( U B C ) ,
M.A. ( C o l o r a d o )
JONES, D . , B . A . , M . A . ( D a l h o u s i e )
McCOLL, Y . , B . A . ( S i m m o n s ) , M . E d .
(Harvard)
NEWMAN, N . , B . A .
(Concordia),
M . S c . (San D i e g o )
S I E G R I S T , B . G . , M . B . A . (SFO)
General

Information

The s e r v i c e s of t r a i n e d c o u n s e l l o r s are a v a i l a b l e to a l l students
i n the C o l l e g e . C o u n s e l l o r s a s s i s t
students in educational planning
and p r o v i d e i n f o r m a t i o n and
c o n s u l t a t i o n i n the s o l u t i o n of
academic p r o b l e m s . C o u n s e l l o r s are
often helpful in dealing with
p e r s o n a l p r o b l e m s and have a r e a l
i n t e r e s t and e x p e r t i s e i n t h i s
a r e a o f s t u d e n t l i f e . The C o l l e g e
c o u n s e l l i n g o b j e c t i v e i s to
f a c i l i t a t e the a c t i v i t e s of
s t u d e n t s moving t o w a r d s e l f d i r e c t i o n i n d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g and
p l a n n i n g . C o u n s e l l o r s can a l s o
a s s i s t w i t h c a r e e r p l a n n i n g , and
vocational testing is available
f o r s t u d e n t s by a p p o i n t m e n t . O t h e r
s e r v i c e s a v a i l a b l e to students are
w o r k s h o p s i n s u c h a r e a s as c a r e e r
p l a n n i n g and s t r e s s management,
and a c o m p u t e r - a s s i s t e d c a r e e r
choice system.
A p p o i n t m e n t s t o see a c o u n s e l l o r
may be made t h r o u g h t h e f r o n t desk
l o c a t e d i n the M b u i l d i n g . D r o p - i n
c o u n s e l l i n g i s a l s o a v a i l a b l e some
days.
Those l i v i n g i n t h e Pemberton-Howe
Sound Region r e q u i r i n g t h e
a s s i s t a n c e of a c o u n s e l l o r s h o u l d
c o n t a c t t h e Squamish C e n t r e .
A p p o i n t m e n t s may be a r r a n g e d by
c a l l i n g 892-6322.
Sunshine Coast Region r e s i d e n t s
should c a l l the Sechelt C e n t r e ,
885-9310, for i n f o r m a t i o n .

Academic A d v i s i n g and
Planning

Educational

P r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t s may c o n t a c t
the A d v i s i n g Centre for i n f o r m a t i o n on a l l C o l l e g e programs and

14

c o u r s e s ; or admissions a p p o i n t ments c a n be made w i t h an A d v i s o r
throughout the year f o r a s s i s t a n c e
w i t h e d u c a t i o n a l p l a n n i n g and
program d e v e l o p m e n t . A d v i s o r s
v i s i t a l l secondary s c h o o l s i n the
C o l l e g e r e g i o n e a c h F a l l and
s p r i n g t o speak t o s t u d e n t g r o u p s
about o p p o r t u n i t i e s at C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e . High school students
p l a n n i n g t o e n t e r t h e C o l l e g e may
t a k e a d v a n t a g e of e a r l y a d m i s s i o n
i n t e r v i e w s at t h e i r s c h o o l by
c o n t a c t i n g t h e i r school c o u n s e l l o r
f o r a p p r o p r i a t e d a t e s . For
i n f o r m a t i o n o r an a p p o i n t m e n t w i t h
Greg Sharpe o r J e r i K r o g s e t h , c a l l
the "Advising H o t l i n e " at
986-11417.

Placement Centre
The P l a c e m e n t C e n t r e a s s i s t s
students in locating p a r t - t i m e ,
f u l l - t i m e , summer and c a r e e r
employment. A s s i s t a n c e i s a l s o
a v a i l a b l e to students requesting
v o l u n t e e r o r work e x p e r i e n c e
s i t u a t i o n s . In a d d i t i o n , t h e
Centre provides help with a
v a r i e t y of j o b search t e c h n i q u e s
s u c h as resume w r i t i n g and
i n t e r v i e w p r e p a r a t i o n , and h o u s e s
a l e n d i n g l i b r a r y of r e s o u r c e
m a t e r i a l s . Students wishing to
t a k e a d v a n t a g e of t h e s e s e r v i c e s
s h o u l d d r o p i n and r e g i s t e r a t t h e
Centre i n the M b u i l d i n g or
contact Lesley G i l l i s .

Career

Resource

Centre

The c o l l e g e a s s i s t s s t u d e n t s
c o n s i d e r i n g c a r e e r o p t i o n s by
p r o v i d i n g i n f o r m a t i o n and
r e f e r e n c e m a t e r i a l s on a w i d e
v a r i e t y o f c a r e e r o p t i o n s . The
c e n t r e houses a c o l l e c t i o n o f
s e l f - h e l p books, vocational
l i t e r a t u r e , c a l e n d a r s from
C a n a d i a n and f o r e i g n u n i v e r s i t i e s
and c o l l e g e s , and b r o c h u r e s and
f r e e i n f o r m a t i o n on campus and
community r e s o u r c e s . F o r
a s s i s t a n c e i n the c e n t r e , c o n t a c t
the A d v i s i n g C e n t r e / C o u n s e l l i n g
r e c e p t i o n i s t i n the M b u i l d i n g .

HEALTH SERVICES

AND FIRST

AID

Personnel
D. HARRIS, R . N . , M . O . A . , I n d .
F i r s t Aid
D r . L. JENSEN, B . S c . H o n s . ( S F U ) ,
M . D . (UBC)
D. S A V A G E . , R . N . , B . S c . N . ( U B C ) ,
Ind. F i r s t Aid
L o c a t e d i n t h e M b u i l d i n g on t h e
N o r t h Campus, t h e H e a l t h S e r v i c e s
and F i r s t A i d Department a r e
concerned w i t h m a i n t a i n i n g the
good g e n e r a l h e a l t h o f a l l
i n d i v i d u a l s on c a m p u s , i n c l u d i n g
s t u d e n t s , s t a f f and f a c u l t y , and
w i t h p r o v i d i n g a s a f e and h e a l t h y
a t m o s p h e r e i n w h i c h t o work and
s t u d y . Emphasis i s d i r e c t e d toward
p r e v e n t i o n o f d i s e a s e and i n j u r y
and a t t a i n m e n t o f a h e a l t h y l i f e
s t y l e . A Community H e a l t h N u r s e
and a p h y s i c i a n a r e a v a i l a b l e t o
provide the f o l l o w i n g s e r v i c e s :
1 . F i r s t A i d - come t o M 103 o r
phone l o c a l 2 7 1 . If no a n s w e r ,
c a l l the College switchboard " 0 " .
2 . H e a l t h C o u n s e l l i n g - o f f e r e d on
n u t r i t i o n , weight c o n t r o l ,
i m m u n i z a t i o n , b i r t h c o n t r o l and
other health related m a t t e r s .
3 . P h y s i c a l h e a l t h c a r e - such as
v i s i o n check, hearing t e s t s , blood
p r e s s u r e c h e c k , pregnancy t e s t s .
4 . D i a g n o s i s and t r e a t m e n t o f i l l n e s s ; appointments with College
P h y s i c i a n may be made by phone o r
i n person at M 1 0 3 .
5 . P a m p h l e t s and T e a c h i n g A i d s on
various t o p i c s are a v a i l a b l e in
the r e c e p t i o n area of Health
Services.
6 . Regular meetings of the H e a l t h
and S a f e t y C o m m i t t e e a r e h e l d .
Complaints or s u g g e s t i o n s r e g a r d ing hazards or p o t e n t i a l hazards
can be s u b m i t t e d i n w r i t i n g v i a
the Student R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s .
7. R e f e r r a l s to outside agencies
o r i n d i v i d u a l s c a n be made t h r o u g h
the Health S e r v i c e .

MEDIA CENTRE
Faculty
BIGGINS, P . , B.A. (Hon.)
(Manchester), A . L . A . , B . L . S . ,
M . L . S . (Toronto), M.A. (SFU)
CARTER, S . , B.A. C e r t , of E d .
( L a . ) , M.L.S. (Wash.)
M0DENES1, G . , J o u r n a l i s t i c Studies
( P e r u ) , B . A . , M . L . S . (UBC)
PRICE, C , B . S . (Conn.), M.A.
(Columbia), M.Sc. (Ore.)

General Information
For students at Capilano C o l l e g e ,
the Media Centre i s an e s s e n t i a l
r e s o u r c e . S k i l l s in research can
be learned there which w i l l be
valuable in whatever career i s
pursued. The Media Centre's main
aim i s to support a l l courses
offered by the C o l l e g e . If u s e r s '
requests cannot be s a t i s f i e d
immediately, other resources i n
the Lower Mainland are a c c e s s i b l e
through the network of p u b l i c ,
c o l l e g e and u n i v e r s i t y l i b r a r i e s .
Lynnmour
The Media Centre i s an i n t e g r a l
part of the i n s t r u c t i o n a l process
of the C o l l e g e . Books, f i l m s ,
magazines, A/V equipment and
s l i d e s are provided and users are
taught how to f i n d and make the
best use of these m a t e r i a l s .
Equipment and f a c i l i t i e s are
a v a i l a b l e in the Media Production
Centre for f i l m , tape and graphic
production.
For more i n f o r m a t i o n , c a l l or drop
by the Media Centre in B b u i l d i n g .
Sechelt
A small c o l l e c t i o n of general
reference i s held in the Learning
Centre on Inlet Avenue and
m a t e r i a l s are sent up each term to
support the courses o f f e r e d .
Access to the book and media
c o l l e c t i o n i s provided through use
of the microfiche c a t a l o g u e . In
a d d i t i o n , the Sunshine Coast
Aquaculture Resource Centre i s
housed in the Sechelt f a c i l i t y to
serve the growing demands in the
area on a l l aspects of f i s h

farming. A l l s e r v i c e s are
a v a i l a b l e to students and the
community a l i k e .

for students who wish to improve
t h e i r Math, Grammar, l i s t e n i n g ,
and concentration s k i l l s .

Squamish

- Computer A s s i s t e d I n s t r u c t i o n :
Spepd Reading (Micro Speed Read,
Speed Reader II) and Word
Processing (Think Tank,
WordStar, and AppleWorks).

A small c i r c u l a t i n g and reference
c o l l e c t i o n i s held at the Squamish
Campus, 37827 2nd Ave. The
c o l l e c t i o n supports the s e r v i c e s
and the courses offered at.
Squamish. Access to the book and
media c o l l e c t i o n at Lynnmour i s
provided through use of the
microfiche c a t a l o g u e . This s e r v i c e
i s a v a i l a b l e to students and
community members a l i k e .

ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE
Faculty

- Video Cassette Tapes: Learning
S k i l l s ("Speed L e a r n i n g " ,
" C o l l e g e S u r v i v a l S k i l l s , " and
"College Textbook Reading")
- Audio Cassette Tapes: Study and
Learning S k i l l s , M o t i v a t i o n /
Stress Management, Logical and
C r i t i c a l Thinking, Essay Writing
and Research, E n g l i s h Language
(Grammar, Punctuation e t c . ) ,
Academic S k i l l s , and more.

BUCHAN, D . L . , B.A. (UBC), M.A.
(Educ.) (SFU) (on leave)
D'HOLLANDER, R., B . C . Teaching
C e r t . , M.Ed. ( M c G i l l ) , C . A . S .
(Harvard)
HILL, B . , B . E d . (UBC)
JONES, P . , B.A. (Hons.) (UBC),
B.C. Teaching C e r t . , M.A. (UBC)
WRIGHT, D., B . S c . (Idaho), M.Sc.
(Brigham Young), Ph.D. (Arizona
State)

b. T u t o r i a l Assistance for s t u dents who seek to achieve better
grades or who require immediate
a t t e n t i o n with l e a r n i n g problems.

Achievement Resource Centre Lynnmour

The A . R . C . w i l l also conduct
workshops at the rpquest. of
f a c u l t y or community groups,
providing s u f f i c i e n t notice i s
gi v e n .

The Achievement Resource Centre
( A . R . C . ) i s located in the
southwest area of the L i b r a r y . A l l
students are welcome to use the
f a c i l i t i e s . The Centre provides
resources for those who seek to
increase t h e i r learning
e f f i c i e n c y . Students with l e a r n i n g
d i f f i c u l t i e s are i n v i t e d to t a l k
over t h e i r concerns with A . R . C .
faculty.
The lab also houses a Learning
L i b r a r y , a V . C . R . , and four Apple
computers. Study handouts on
various t o p i c s ( w r i t i n g research
papers, punctuation, e t c . ) and
selected computer programs are
available.
At present the Achievement
Resource Centre o f f e r s the
following services:
a . Self-paced Learning Programs

c . Assessment for students with
learning d i s a b i l i t i e s
d . Special Needs Services f o r
students with p h y s i c a l
d i s a b i l i t i e s ; see page 12, Special
Needs S e r v i c e s .

For more i n f o r m a t i o n , c a l l or drop
by the Achievement Resource Centre
i n B u i l d i n g " B " - Room 107 on the
South Campus.

The Mathematics Learning Centre
The A . R . C . and the Mathematics
department provide the f a c i l i t i e s
and s e r v i c e s of the Math Learning
Centre, a resource open to a l l
s t u d e n t s . The Centre i s located at
the south end of the f i r s t f l o o r
of J b u i l d i n g (J107) and o f f e r s
self-paced learning courses,
guided independent study in Mathe m a t i c s , and a Math l i b r a r y . In
the general study area there are
s i x Apple microcomputers a v a i l a b l e
for student use, which have
s t a t i s t i c a l and graphing packages

and o t h e r Math s o f t w a r e . A Math
V i d e o room i s e q u i p p e d w i t h t h r e e
VCRs and has v i d e o t a p e s on t o p i c s
i n A l g e b r a , C a l c u l u s , and
S t a t i s t i c s . Students r e q u i r i n g
a s s i s t a n c e may use t h e l e a r n i n g
a i d s or c o n s u l t t h e l a b
s u p e r v i s o r , o r Math i n s t r u c t o r s
who d r o p i n at a s s i g n e d t i m e s . I f
you have any q u e s t i o n s , c a l l t h e
Math d e p a r t m e n t or v i s i t t h e
Mathematics Learning C e n t r e .

Achievement Resource Centre
Squamish and S e c h e l t

a r e d e c r e a s i n g . H o w e v e r , many new
j o b o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e becoming
a v a i l a b l e , s u c h as j o b s i n
t e c h n i c a l and t r a d e s o c c u p a t i o n s .
Informed d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g based on
a w i d e r r a n g e of o p t i o n s i s
n e c e s s a r y . R e g a r d l e s s of t h e
d i r e c t i o n a woman may c h o o s e , t h e
Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e t r i e s t o
e n s u r e t h a t t h e d e c i s i o n i s based
on t h e i n d i v i d u a l ' s p a r t i c u l a r
i n t e r e s t s and a b i l i t i e s ; a n d , t h a t
a p e r s o n has c o n s i d e r e d a w i d e
range of o p t i o n s .

-

A . R . C . programs and s e r v i c e s a r e
also offered in these l o c a t i o n s .
Contact the l o c a l C o l l e g e
r e c e p t i o n i s t , f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n :
i n Squamish: 986-3515 ( t o l l f r e e
from North Van.) or 892-3027
( l o c a l ) ; in S e c h e l t : 987-1535
( t o l l f r e e ) , or 8 8 5 - 9 3 1 U .

WOMEN'S ACCESS CENTRE
Faculty
TREW, M a r s h a , B . A . ( K a n s a s S t a t e ) ,
M.A. (Central M i s s o u r i S t a t e ) ,
Ph.D. (Michigan State)
The Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e a t t e m p t s
to ensure equal o p p o r t u n i t y
for
women i n a l l a s p e c t s o f C o l l e g e
a c t i v i t i e s . For example, the
Centre i s a v a i l a b l e to f a c u l t y ,
s t a f f , a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , and
students to review p o l i c i e s ,
p r a c t i c e s and c u r r i c u l u m w h i c h may
p r e s e n t b a r r i e r s t o women.
The C e n t r e ' s f a c u l t y and s t a f f a r e
a v a i l a b l e to help w i t h c o m p l a i n t s ,
s u c h as s e x u a l h a r a s s m e n t , w h i c h
may p r e s e n t b a r r i e r s t o
e d u c a t i o n a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s . The
College s p e c i f i c a l l y prohibits
s e x u a l h a r a s s m e n t . I f you need
assistance, call us.
The Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e a l s o
attempts to ensure equal access t o
e d u c a t i o n f o r women by o f f e r i n g
short courses related to
e d u c a t i o n a l and c a r e e r p l a n n i n g .
E d u c a t i o n a l and c a r e e r p l a n n i n g
have become more d i f f i c u l t b e c a u s e
t h e employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s
t r a d i t i o n a l l y a v a i l a b l e t o women

To a s s i s t p o t e n t i a l s t u d e n t s and
c u r r e n t s t u d e n t s i n making
e d u c a t i o n a l and c a r e e r d e c i s i o n s ,
t h e Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e o f f e r s
s h o r t c o u r s e s and s e r v i c e s (see
c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s at back of
t h i s c a l e n d a r ) . These i n c l u d e
1. Career P l a n n i n g
2 . M a k i n g F r i e n d s w i t h a Computer
3 . A s s e r t i v e Communication
The C e n t r e has an e x t e n s i v e
l i b r a r y o f b o o k s , p e r i o d i c a l s and
p a p e r s by and about women. The
C e n t r e i s a p l a c e where you can
s t u d y , get a s s i s t a n c e f o r w r i t i n g
papers o r d o i n g p r o j e c t s , use the
l i b r a r y , and have t h e f a c u l t y and
s t a f f h e l p you w i t h g o a l - s e t t i n g .
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n , c a l l u s .

NATIVE STUDENT CENTRE
A N a t i v e S t u d e n t C e n t r e . h a s been
e s t a b l i s h e d on t h e Lynnmour campus
f o r s t u d e n t s i n CASP ( t h e C o l l e g e
A c h i e v e m e n t and S u p p o r t P r o g r a m ) .
The C e n t r e and C o u n s e l l i n g
s e r v i c e s are a l s o a v a i l a b l e f o r
t h e b e n e f i t of a l l N a t i v e s t u d e n t s
e n r o l l e d at C a p i l a n o . Programs and
e v e n t s f o r b o t h CASP s t u d e n t s and
t h e n o n - N a t i v e C o l l e g e community
are o f f e r e d through the c e n t r e .
The CASP r e c e p t i o n a r e a i s i n room
H404. F o r more i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e
CASP p r o g r a m , see t h e e n t r y i n t h e
back of t h e c a l e n d a r on page 1 2 9 .

EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND

SERVICES

The C o l l e g e o f f e r s a v a r i e t y o f
c o s t r e c o v e r a b l e c r e d i t f r e e and
c r e d i t c o u r s e s . There a r e no
p r e r e q u i s i t e s for admission to
t h e s e c o u r s e s but o c c a s i o n a l l y a

c e r t a i n l e v e l o f p r o f i c i e n c y may
be recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o
some c o u r s e s .
E x t e n s i o n c o u r s e s a r e not l i s t e d
in t h i s c a l e n d a r - - t h e y are
a d v e r t i s e d i n n e w s p a p e r s , by
d i r e c t m a i l and by s e a s o n a l
brochures d i s t r i b u t e d throughout
the c o l l e g e r e g i o n .
The w i d e v a r i e t y o f E x t e n s i o n
c o u r s e s o f f e r e d i s drawn f r o m t h e
areas of c r e a t i v e a r t s , m u s i c ,
social sciences, career
development, b u s i n e s s , computer
t r a i n i n g , personal development,
n a t u r a l s c i e n c e , f a s h i o n and
d e s i g n , and m e d i a . A f u l l r a n g e o f
c h i l d r e n ' s m u s i c programs i s
a v a i l a b l e . Educational study t o u r s
o f N o r t h A m e r i c a and a b r o a d a r e
organized p e r i o d i c a l l y .
Contract

Education

I n s t r u c t i o n a l d e s i g n and d e l i v e r y
i s a v a i l a b l e f o r any s i z e s t u d e n t
group i n a l l a s p e c t s of b u s i n e s s ,
t e c h n o l o g y , c o m m u n i c a t i o n , and
post-industrial training in
general.

Co-sponsorship
Activities

of

Educational

O r g a n i z a t i o n s and s o c i e t i e s a r e
encouraged to c o - s p o n s o r t h e i r
educational a c t i v i t i e s with
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . The C o l l e g e c a n
p r o v i d e f a c i l i t i e s , program d e s i g n
and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e s e r v i c e s and
welcomes t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o f o s t e r
w i d e r p u b l i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g on
s o c i a l , b u s i n e s s , a r t i s t i c and
technological issues.
C r e d i t - f r e e a c t i v i t i e s a r e an
attempt to respond to e d u c a t i o n a l
needs o t h e r t h a n t h o s e met by
post-secondary c r e d i t courses
o f f e r e d i n t h e C o l l e g e ' s Academic
and C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l p r o g r a m s . We
welcome y o u r s u g g e s t i o n s f o r new
c o u r s e s and a c t i v i t i e s .
F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n on E x t e n s i o n c o u r s e s and r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
phone 9 8 6 - 5 1 4 3 (Lower M a i n l a n d ) ,
8 9 2 - 5 3 2 2 (Howe S o u n d ) , o r 8 8 5 - 9 3 1 0
(Sunshine C o a s t ) . For E x t e n s i o n
Programs and S e r v i c e s t u i t i o n f e e
p o l i c y , p l e a s e s e e page 7 .

Financial Aid and Awards
FINANCIAL

may be i n e l i g i b l e
provincial loan.

AID

Staff
CASSELMAN, P . , B . A .
GIBBS, C , B . A .
P1RANI, Z .

,

The F i n a n c i a l A i d O f f i c e , l o c a t e d
i n t h e M b u i l d i n g ( N o r t h Campus)
may be c o n t a c t e d f o r i n f o r m a t i o n
and a s s i s t a n c e r e g a r d i n g t h e B . C .
Student A s s i s t a n c e Program,
B u r s a r i e s , S c h o l a r s h i p s and L o a n s .
Applications for f i n a n c i a l aid
a d m i n i s t e r e d by t h e F i n a n c i a l A i d
O f f i c e a r e a v a i l a b l e . The
Financial Aid Advisor i s a v a i l a b l e
to discuss f i n a n c i a l assistance
and p r o v i d e f i n a n c i a l c o u n s e l l i n g .
The o f f i c e s p o n s o r s w o r k s h o p s on
p e r s o n a l money management and
d i s t r i b u t e s a f r e e brochure c a l l e d
S t u d e n t Money Management. P l e a s e
c h e c k on our o f f i c e h o u r s w h i c h
w i l l be p o s t e d i n t h e M b u i l d i n g .

THE B . C . STUDENT
PROGRAM (BCSAP)

for

the

A d e t a i l e d b r o c h u r e and
a p p l i c a t i o n s are a v a i l a b l e at the
F i n a n c i a l A i d O f f i c e . You a r e
a d v i s e d t o a p p l y by t h e e a r l y
a p p l i c a t i o n d e a d l i n e o f J u l y 1 as
d e l a y s a r e common.
Work-Study

Program

The W o r k - S t u d y P r o g r a m , a p a r t of
the B r i t i s h Columbia Student
A s s i s t a n c e Program, i s designed t o
p r o v i d e on-campus work e x p e r i e n c e
for students requiring f i n a n c i a l
assistance while attending
c o l l e g e . A l i m i t e d number of p a r t t i m e on-campus j o b s , a v e r a g i n g
f i v e t o t e n h o u r s p e r w e e k , may be
a v a i l a b l e . The p r o g r a m i s open
only to students demonstrating a
f i n a n c i a l need under t h e t e r m s o f
the B.C. Student A s s i s t a n c e
P r o g r a m . For f u r t h e r d e t a i l s
c o n t a c t the F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e .

ASSISTANCE

The f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n i s based
on 1985/86 r e g u l a t i o n s and i s
subject to change.
T h i s program i s t h e m a j o r s o u r c e
of student f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e
and i s a c o m b i n a t i o n o f f e d e r a l
government Canada S t u d e n t Loan and
a p r o v i n c i a l government l o a n . The
amount o f a i d awarded i s based on
a s t a n d a r d means t e s t . The maximum
l o a n i s s e t at $1U5 p e r w e e k ,
w h i c h works o u t t o $ 3 , 3 6 0 f o r a
normal 32 week s c h o o l y e a r . The
maximum p r o v i n c i a l l o a n f o r s i n g l e
students i s $2,000 per year w h i l e
m a r r i e d s t u d e n t s w i t h dependent
c h i l d r e n o r s i n g l e p a r e n t s can
q u a l i f y f o r a maximum l o a n o f
$ 2 , 4 0 0 . These amounts a r e s u b j e c t
t o c h a n g e . The Canada S t u d e n t Loan
i s i n t e r e s t - f r e e w h i l e you a r e a
f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t and f o r s i x
months a f t e r you s t o p s t u d i e s . At
t h e end of s i x months you a r e
r e q u i r e d t o b e g i n repayment o f t h e
loan with i n t e r e s t to the bank.
E l i g i b l e a p p l i c a n t s are Canadian
c i t i z e n s o r l a n d e d i m m i g r a n t s who
q u a l i f y as B . C . r e s i d e n t s .
S t u d e n t s who f a i l t o make
s a t i s f a c t o r y s c h o l a s t i c progress

B . C . Government
Program

Scholarship

The B . C . Government w i l l
recognize
a c a d e m i c a c h i e v e m e n t by p r o v i d i n g
s c h o l a r s h i p money t o be a p p l i e d t o
t u i t i o n fees for students e n r o l l e d
i n c o l l e g e programs g r e a t e r t h a n
one y e a r i n d u r a t i o n . The t o p 10%
o f s t u d e n t s f r o m e a c h program/
f a c u l t y w i l l r e c e i v e a $400
s c h o l a r s h s i p t o be a p p l i e d t o t h e
n e x t y e a r ' s t u i t i o n f e e s . The n e x t
20% o f s t u d e n t s from e a c h program/
f a c u l t y w i l l r e c e i v e a $200
s c h o l a r s h i p towards the f o l l o w i n g
y e a r ' s t u i t i o n . These s c h o l a r s h i p s
w i l l be awarded a u t o m a t i c a l l y .
B.C.

Loan R e m i s s i o n Program

S t u d e n t s who r e c e i v e d B . C . S t u d e n t
Loans and have s u c c e s s f u l l y
c o m p l e t e d s t u d i e s i n t h e i r chosen
f i e l d a r e e l i g i b l e f o r a 25%
r e m i s s i o n ( f o r g i v e n e s s ) of t h e i r
n e g o t i a t e d B C S L . The government
w i l l pay t h e f o r g i v e a b l e - p o r t i o n
of t h e l o a n d i r e c t l y t o t h e l e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n where t h e s t u d e n t
n e g o t i a t e d B.C. Student Loans.
Interest

Relief

Plan

The Government o f Canada w i l l pay
t h e i n t e r e s t on f u l l - t i m p and

i

p a r t - t i m e Canada S t u d e n t Loans on
b e h a l f o f d e b t o r s who a r e e x p e r i e n c i n g f i n a n c i a l h a r d s h i p due t o
i n a b i l i t y t o f i n d employment o r t o
temporary d i s a b i l i t y . A d d i t i o n a l
i n f o r m a t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e from:
Student A s s i s t a n c e D i r e c t o r a t e
Department, o f S e c r e t a r y o f S t a t e
P . O . Box 2 0 9 0 , S t a t i o n D
Ottawa, Ontario
. K I P 6C6
T e l : (819) 994-1844 or
1-800-567-9602
A d e t a i l e d b r o c h u r e and
a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e at. t h e
F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e .
B.C.

Youth

Foundation

I n t e r e s t - f r e e loans are a v a i l a b l e
t o f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s who a r e B . C .
r e s i d e n t s and u n d e r 30 y e a r s o f
age. Students are requested to
a p p l y f i r s t t o t h e Canada
G u a r a n t e e d S t u d e n t Loan P l a n ( B . C .
Student A s s i s t a n c e Program). A
s u i t a b l e adult guarantor i s
r e q u i r e d . Loans may be f o r f e e s ,
books a n d / o r a m o n t h l y a l l o w a n c e
for l i v i n g costs.
Deadline:

Open

CAPILANO COLLEGE

FOUNDATION

The C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e F o u n d a t i o n i s
an i n d e p e n d e n t v o l u n t e e r community
o r g a n i z a t i o n , e s t a b l i s h e d under
t h e S o c i e t i e s Act t o e n c o u r a g e
community i n t e r e s t i n t h e c o l l e g e ,
t o r a i s e and a d m i n i s t e r d o n a t i o n s
p r i m a r i l y to a i d worthy students
who r e q u i r e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e .
Membership i n t h e F o u n d a t i o n i s
open t o a l l c o n t r i b u t o r s .
C o n t r i b u t i o n s s h o u l d be s e n t t o
The T r e a s u r e r , C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
F o u n d a t i o n , c/o O ' N e i l l , G o l d s t o n e
& C o . , S u i t e 6 - 144 W. 15th S t . ,
North Vancouver, B.C.
V7M 1 R 5 .

CAPILANO COLLEGE FOUNDATION
BURSARIES AND SCHOLARSHIPS
Unless otherwise noted, d e a d l i n e
d a t e s a r e O c t o b e r 31 ( F a l l
s e m e s t e r ) and J a n u a r y 31 ( S p r i n g
semester).

1.7

Margaret Campbell B u r s a r y

-

$400

T h i s award i s made p o s s i b l e by t h e
N o r t h Shore B u s i n e s s and
P r o f e s s i o n a l Women's C l u b i n
r e c o g n i t i o n of A l d e r m a n M a r g a r e t
Campbell's outstanding c o n t r i b u t i o n t o the North Vancouver
Community and as p a s t p r e s i d e n t o f
the Canadian F e d e r a t i o n of
B u s i n e s s and P r o f e s s i o n a l Women's
C l u b . The b u r s a r y i s open t o women
s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d at C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e i n at l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s .
Capilano College
Scholarships

Foundation

F o u r $600 s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l be
awarded a n n u a l l y t o t h e h i g h e s t
achieving f u l l - t i m e students in
t h e Academic and C a r e e r programs
as d e t e r m i n e d by Grade P o i n t
Average. S e l e c t i o n i s automatic.
S c h o l a r s h i p s are l i m i t e d to
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s and a r e
intended to help defray t u i t i o n
f e e and book c o s t s .
Michael Carr

M e m o r i a l Award -

$250

T h i s award w i l l be g i v e n a n n u a l l y
to a student e n r o l l e d i n the
s e c o n d s e m e s t e r o f any f i r s t y e a r
p r o g r a m a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . The
award w i l l go t o a s t u d e n t who has
combined h a r d work and p e r s e v e r ance i n s c h o l a s t i c s and a t h l e t i c s
and who has shown i n v o l v e m e n t i n
t h e c o m m u n i t y . S t u d e n t s who a r e
p u r s u i n g s t u d i e s i n s p i t e of
handicaps are encouraged to a p p l y .
L e t t e r s of r e f e r e n c e f r o m an
i n s t r u c t o r and an a t h l e t i c c o a c h
may be r e q u e s t e d t o s u p p l e m e n t t h e
a p p l i c a t i on .
Deadline:

Open

C o n s t a n c e MacGregor M e m o r i a l
S c h o l a r s h i p - $400

have a c h i e v e d an e x c e l l e n t ,
s t a n d i n g i n the study of S o c i a l
Science, p a r t i c u l a r l y in relation
t o Canadian a f f a i r s .
Mary N e i l

Memorial

BURSARIES

N.B. - B u r s a r i e s are non-repayable
g r a n t s based on need and
satisfactory standing.

Bursary

T h i s $400 award i s p r e s e n t e d by
t h e West V a n c o u v e r U n i v e r s i t y
Women's C l u b i n memory o f Mary
N e i l , a f o r m e r p r e s i d e n t and
a c t i v e member. She was a much
l o v e d and r e s p e c t e d member of t h e
c l u b and had a l i f e - l o n g i n t e r e s t
i n e d u c a t i o n . The b u r s a r y i s
p r e s e n t e d each y e a r t o a m a t u r e
woman s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g f u l l - t i m e
o r p a r t - t i m e who has s a t i s f a c t o r y
academic s t a n d i n g , demonstrated
f i n a n c i a l need and who i s r e g i s t e r e d i n t h e academic program.
Park Royal

INTERNAL AWARDS -

Scholarships

Park Royal has e s t a b l i s h e d two
s c h o l a r s h i p s of $ 5 0 0 . One w i l l be
awarded t o t h e f i r s t y e a r f u l l time student with the highest
Grade P o i n t A v e r a g e i n t h e C a r e e r
D i v i s i o n who i s r e t u r n i n g f o r t h e
s e c o n d y e a r of t h e p r o g r a m , and
the other to the f i r s t year
s t u d e n t w i t h t h e h i g h e s t Grade
P o i n t Average i n the Academic
D i v i s i o n who i s r e t u r n i n g f o r a
second y e a r .

The f o l l o w i n g b u r s a r i e s a r e
a d m i n i s t e r e d by t h e F i n a n c i a l A i d
U f f i c e . Appl i c a t i o n . f o r m s a r e
a v a i l a b l e and s h o u l d be s u b m i t t e d
before the d e a d l i n e s .
Unless otherwise noted, d e a d l i n e
d a t e s a r e O c t o b e r 31 ( F a l l t e r m )
and J a n u a r y 31 ( S p r i n g t e r m ) .
Adult Basic Education

Grants

S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r e d i n BTSD. ESL
and CAP p r o g r a m s may be e l i g i b l e
f o r g r a n t s of up t o $240 f o r
f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s and $160 f o r
p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Contact
F i n a n c i a l Aid for d e t a i l s .
B.C.

Telephone

Company Awards

Two awards o f $500 w i l l be awarded
i n the S p r i n g t e r m . Students
c o m p l e t i n g f i r s t y e a r who i n t e n d
t o c o n t i n u e second y e a r at
C a p i l a n o and who have an
o u t s t a n d i n g s c h o l a s t i c r e c o r d may
be s e l e c t e d f o r t h e s e a w a r d s .
B i r k s Family Foundation

Bursary

C a r o l i n e S m i t h M e m o r i a l Award
One $150 award w i l l be g r a n t e d
a n n u a l l y i n memory o f C a r o l i n e
Smith.

A b u r s a r y o f $250 w i l l be awarded
in the S p r i n g semester.
Satisfactory scholastic standing
is a requirement.

John P e r c y W i l l i a m s o n M e m o r i a l
Fund

Capilano College
Association

B u r s a r i e s w i l l be awarded i n t h e
S p r i n g t e r m . A minimum GPA o f 2 . 3
(C+) i s r e q u i r e d .

A b u r s a r y o f $300 w i l l be awarded
i n e a c h o f t h e F a l l and S p r i n g
s e m e s t e r s . F i n a n c i a l need i s t h e
main c r i t e r i o n .

Deadline:

Faculty

J a n u a r y 31
C o l l e g e Employees Union

Bursaries

George Raven Wood Fund
The C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e F o u n d a t i o n
has e s t a b l i s h e d t h i s s c h o l a r s h i p
i n r e c o g n i t i o n of t h e g e n e r o u s
support r e c e i v e d from the E s t a t e
of the l a t e Donald Anderson
M a c G r e g o r . The p u r p o s e of t h e
s c h o l a r s h i p i s to recognize the
i n c r e a s i n g i m p o r t a n c e of t h e s t u d y
of Canadian a f f a i r s i n p o s t s e c o n d a r y i n s t i t u t i o n s . To be
e l i g i b l e t o a p p l y , a s t u d e n t must

18

A l a r g e number of b u r s a r i e s w i l l
be awarded i n b o t h F a l l and S p r i n g
t e r m s . A minimum GPA o f 2 . 3 (C+)
i s r e q u i r e d . A l i m i t e d number of
f i r s t s e m e s t e r s t u d e n t s may be
considered in exceptional cases
but must p r o v i d e a l e t t e r o f
r e c o m m e n d a t i o n f r o m an i n s t r u c t o r .
B u r s a r i e s are a v a i l a b l e to
p a r t - t i m e and f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .

A b u r s a r y o f $300 w i l l be awarded
on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need t o
a f u l l - t i m e student i n each of t h e
F a l l and S p r i n g s e m e s t e r s .
Credit

Union F o u n d a t i o n

Bursary

The C r e d i t U n i o n F o u n d a t i o n o f
B . C . awards two $200 g r a n t s e a c h
y e a r on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l
n e e d . A p p l i c a n t s must be C a n a d i a n

c i t i z e n s and r e s i d e n t s of t h e
s e r v e d by t h e C o l l e g e .
C r e d i t Union F o u n d a t i o n :
B u t t e r f i e l d Bursary

area

Sid

T h i s t r u s t fund was e s t a b l i s h e d by
t h e N o r t h Shore Community C r e d i t
U n i o n i n honour o f S i d B u t t e r f i e l d
f o r his a c t i v e leadership in every
f a c e t of the C r e d i t U n i o n .
I n t e r e s t f r o m t h i s f u n d w i l l be
disbursed annually to provide
e d u c a t i o n a l and v o c a t i o n a l b u r s a r i e s t o a s s i s t young p e o p l e who
e x h i b i t l e a d e r s h i p q u a l i t i e s and
d e d i c a t i o n to t h e i r f e l l o w man.
C r e d i t Union F o u n d a t i o n : Tom
Dearlove Memorial Bursary
T h i s m e m o r i a l f u n d was e s t a b l i s h e d
t o honour Tom D e a r l o v e , t h e f i r s t
t r e a s u r e r o f t h e N o r t h Shore
Community C r e d i t U n i o n . B u r s a r i e s
w i l l be awarded t o s t u d e n t s who
r e f l e c t Tom D e a r l o v e ' s s p e c i a l
i n t e r e s t i n good c i t i z e n s h i p and
community w o r k .

to

D e l t a Kappa Gamma I n t e r n a t i o n a l
S o c i e t y o f Women E d u c a t o r s , Kappa
Chapter Bursaries
Two b u r s a r i e s of $300 e a c h w i l l be
awarded d u r i n g t h e c o l l e g e y e a r t o
female s i n g l e parents r e s i d i n g in
B . C . and s t u d y i n g f u l l o r p a r t t i m e i n any p r o g r a m . C a n d i d a t e s
w i l l have a c h i e v e d a s a t i s f a c t o r y
a c a d e m i c s t a n d i n g and w i l l have
demonstrated f i n a n c i a l need.
Howard/Yano

Award

T h i s $250 award w i l l be g i v e n t o a
s t u d e n t i n an a c a d e m i c p r o g r a m .
The d o n o r p r e f e r s t h a t t h e c a n d i d a t e have an i n t e r e s t i n a r c h i t e c t u r e but s u c h i n t e r e s t would not
n e c e s s a r i l y be a p r e r e q u i s i t e .
Deadline:

January

31

Operation

Chapter

Founded i n 1900 i n C a n a d a , t h e
IODE i s a n a t i o n a l women's o r g a n i z a t i o n w i t h o v e r 600 c h a p t e r s i n
e v e r y p r o v i n c e and b o t h t e r r i t o r i e s . The L i o n s G a t e c h a p t e r has
e s t a b l i s h e d a bursary for Music
Therapy s t u d e n t s who combine
s c h o l a s t i c e x c e l l e n c e and
f i n a n c i a l need.
I n s t i t u t e of C h a r t e r e d
of B r i t i s h Columbia

Accountants

A $300 b u r s a r y i s a v a i l a b l e t o a
f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t at C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e completing the f i r s t year
of the U n i v e r s i t y T r a n s f e r
p r o g r a m , who i s p r o c e e d i n g t o
s e c o n d y e a r or t o a u n i v e r s i t y i n
t h e commerce o p t i o n , has a good
record in the accounting c l a s s e s
c o m p l e t e d , has m a i n t a i n e d a s e c o n d
c l a s s s t a n d i n g o v e r a l l , has
f i n a n c i a l need and who i s
i n t e r e s t e d i n becoming a C h a r t e r e d
Accountant.
Stephen Leskard Bursary

D e l t a Kappa Gamma I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Alpha Province Bursary
A $200 b u r s a r y w i l l be awarded
a f e m a l e s t u d e n t who i s i n
f i n a n c i a l need.

I . O . D . E . L i o n s Gate
B u r s a r y - $300

B u r s a r i e s f r o m t h i s f u n d w i l l be
a l l o c a t e d to students i n the Found a t i o n s of V i s u a l Communications
and f i r s t y e a r C o m m e r c i a l A r t
p r o g r a m s . C a n d i d a t e s w i l l be
j u d g e d on t h e i r a r t i s t i c a b i l i t i e s . F i n a n c i a l need of t h e
c a n d i d a t e s i s paramount. Apply to
the program c o o r d i n a t o r .
Union

Each S p r i n g a $200 b u r s a r y i s
granted to a student with f i n a n c i a l need who e x h i b i t s l e a d e r s h i p ,
c i t i z e n s h i p and good s c h o l a s t i c
s t a n d i n g . E l i g i b l e candidates are
r e s i d e n t s of N o r t h V a n c o u v e r C i t y
o r D i s t r i c t who have c o m p l e t e d one
y e a r at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e .
North Vancouver
Club Bursary

University

Women's

A $100 b u r s a r y w i l l be awarded t o
a female student from North
V a n c o u v e r who i s p u r s u i n g a d e g r e e
i n S c i e n c e or B u s i n e s s Management.
The donor p r e f e r s t h a t t h e b u r s a r y
be awarded t o a m a t u r e woman.

Fund

These b u r s a r i e s a r e awarded t o
B u s i n e s s Management s t u d e n t s .
Funds f o r O p e r a t i o n L i n k a r e p r o v i d e d by v o l u n t a r y
contributions
of e m p l o y e r s p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n
B u s i n e s s Management's work
p r a c t i c u m program. Apply to the
F i n a n c i a l A i d O f f i c e by O c t . 3 1 .
Maureen P i e k a a r

Bursary

T h i s b u r s a r y was e s t a b l i s h e d i n
memory o f Maureen P i e k a a r , a
t e a c h e r i n the Medical O f f i c e
A s s i s t a n t Program. A bursary of
$250 t o $300 w i l l be awarded t o an
MOA s t u d e n t who i s i n f i n a n c i a l
need and has a s a t i s f a c t o r y
s t a n d i n g o f 70% o r b e t t e r i n t h e
f i r s t t e r m o f t h e MOA p r o g r a m .
Student

Union

Bursaries

The S t u d e n t U n i o n p r o v i d e s s e v e r a l
b u r s a r i e s annually to f u l l - t i m e
and p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s . F i n a n c i a l
need i s t h e main r e q u i r e m e n t .
Vancouver

Fund

N o r t h S h o r e Community C r e d i t
Awards

Link Bursary

Foundation

Bursaries

F o r more t h a n t w e n t y y e a r s t h e
V a n c o u v e r F o u n d a t i o n has been
providing f i n a n c i a l assistance to
students enrolled in postsecondary i n s t i t u t i o n s i n B r i t i s h
C o l u m b i a . Under t h e b l o c k g r a n t
s c h e m e , lump sums a r e p r o v i d e d t o
23 p o s t - s e c o n d a r y i n s t i t u t i o n s f o r
d i s b u r s a l by r e s p e c t i v e f i n a n c i a l
aid personnel to deserving s t u d e n t s . These g r a n t s , a d m i n i s t e r e d
through the i n s t i t u t i o n ' s
f i n a n c i a l a i d o f f i c e , are to
a s s i s t f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s who have
i d e n t i f i e d v o c a t i o n a l or academic
o b j e c t i v e s , demonstrated a b i l i t y
t o r e a c h t h o s e o b j e c t i v e s , and
who, a l o n g w i t h t h e i r f a m i l i e s
when p o s s i b l e , a r e c o n t r i b u t i n g
towards t h e i r e d u c a t i o n a l c o s t s ,
but s t i l l r e g u i r e and m e r i t
further financial assistance.

INTERNAL AWARDS -

SCHOLARSHIPS

The C o l l e g e has a l i m i t e d number
of s c h o l a r s h i p s to o f f e r t o
students with a demonstrated
r e c o r d of s c h o l a s t i c e x c e l l e n c e a t
C a p i l a n o Col l e g e .

Capilano College
Scholarships

Athletic

S e v e r a l a t h l e t i c s c h o l a r s h i p s have
been e s t a b l i s h e d by c o n t r i b u t i o n s
from the f o l l o w i n g d o n o r s :
Vancouver Safeway E m p l o y e e s Union
K e i t h Plumbing
Time Out S p o r t s
Arrow T r a n s p o r t
C a r l i n g O'Keefe Breweries
Quadra A t h l e t i c
Budget R e n t - a - C a r
Confratellanza Italo-Canadesse
S c h o l a r s h i p s a r e awarded on t h e
following c r i t e r i a :
1 . above a v e r a g e a c a d e m i c s t a n d i n g
2 . l e a d e r s h i p and c h a r a c t e r
3 . demonstrated e x c e p t i o n a l
athletic ability
In a d d i t i o n , p r e f e r e n c e i s g i v e n
t o s t u d e n t s who a t t e n d C a p i l a n o
f o r t h e i r second y e a r o f s t u d i e s .
Apply t o : Joseph I a c o b e l l i s , Dept.
o f F i t n e s s ft A t h l e t i c s
Capilano College
Scholarships

Board

Entrance

These s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l be awarded
on t h e b a s i s of a c a d e m i c m e r i t .
One s c h o l a r s h i p i n t h e form o f a
t u i t i o n f e e w a i v e r f o r two
c o n s e c u t i v e academic terms i n a
program o f s t u d y o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s
c h o i c e w i l l be made a v a i l a b l e
through each of the high s c h o o l s
i n the C o l l e g e r e g i o n .
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Fee
Scholarships

Waiver

S e v e r a l s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l be
awarded t o o u t s t a n d i n g r e t u r n i n g
f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s who have
c o m p l e t e d one y e a r at C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e . The s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l be
i n the form of fee w a i v e r s f o r
s e c o n d y e a r . C a n d i d a t e s w i l l be
a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e l e c t e d by Grade
Point Average.

20

C e r t i f i e d General Accountants
A s s o c i a t i o n of B.C.

Up t h e

The C e r t i f i e d G e n e r a l A c c o u n t a n t s
A s s o c i a t i o n o f B . C . o f f e r s two
s c h o l a r s h i p s e q u i v a l e n t to the
first year's tuition
(approximatel y $550) t o a s t u d e n t g r a d u a t i n g
f r o m an a c c o u n t i n g / b u s i n e s s p r o gram who has been a d m i t t e d t o t h e
CGA program f r o m C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e .
A p p l y t o t h e B u s i n e s s Management
Program C o o r d i n a t o r .
D a v i s and C o .
Scholarships

Legal

Secretarial

A $300 s c h o l a r s h i p w i l l be awarded
t o an o u t s t a n d i n g s t u d e n t
e n t e r i n g the second term of the
Legal S e c r e t a r i a l Program.
L u c i l l e Fisher
Scholarship

Memorial

T h i s s c h o l a r s h i p , d o n a t e d by t h e
West Vancouver M e m o r i a l L i b r a r y
and West Vancouver M u n i c i p a l
Employees A s s o c i a t i o n , w i l l be
awarded t o a s t u d e n t i n a F a l l
Term c o u r s e w h i c h e m p h a s i z e s t h e
d e v e l o p m e n t of a s t u d e n t ' s
c r e a t i v e s k i l l s and a b i l i t i e s i n
t h e use o f t h e E n g l i s h l a n g u a g e .
F a c u l t y i n E n g l i s h and Communicat i o n s w i l l d e t e r m i n e t h e w i n n e r of
t h i s s c h o l a r s h i p . Contact the
C o o r d i n a t o r s i n the Communications
or E n g l i s h d e p a r t m e n t .
The P a u l G a l l a g h e r
Excellence

Scholarship

for

Dr. Paul G a l l a g h e r , former
P r i n c i p a l of C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e , was
noted f o r h i s s c h o l a s t i c a c h i e v e m e n t , q u a l i t i e s of l e a d e r s h i p ,
e n t h u s i a s t i c a p p r o a c h t o work and
l e i s u r e , warmth and c o m p a s s i o n
t o w a r d s o t h e r s and h i s b e l i e f i n
t h e i n n a t e goodness o f p e o p l e . In
h i s honour t h e C o l l e g e Board has
e s t a b l i s h e d t h e Paul G a l l a g h e r
S c h o l a r s h i p f o r E x c e l l e n c e . The
r e c i p i e n t of t h i s S c h o l a r s h i p w i l l
exemplify the u n i v e r s a l q u a l i t i e s
o f e x c e l l e n c e e s p o u s e d by D r .
Gallagher.
A p p l i c a n t s must be C a n a d i a n
c i t i z e n s or l a n d e d i m m i g r a n t s and
must have c o m p l e t e d at l e a s t 15
c r e d i t h o u r s of c o u r s e work at
Capilano College p r i o r to t a k i n g

Scholarship.

The v a l u e o f t h e S c h o l a r s h i p
c o n s i s t s o f a d i r e c t payment t o
t h e C o l l e g e o f t u i t i o n f e e s and
o t h e r s e t c h a r g e s and an a l l o w a n c e
o f $250 p e r t e r m t o w a r d s
the cost
o f books and o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l
e x p e n s e s . The S c h o l a r s h i p may be
h e l d f o r a maximum o f two t e r m s .
A p p l i c a t i o n forms a r e a v a i l a b l e
f r o m t h e F i n a n c i a l A i d O f f i c e and
must be s u b m i t t e d t o t h e F i n a n c i a l
A i d O f f i c e r no l a t e r t h a n December
31.
K a t h l e e n Herauf
Scholarship

Memorial

T h i s award i s g r a n t e d on t h e b a s i s
o f s c h o l a s t i c e x c e l l e n c e and
f i n a n c i a l need t o a s t u d e n t i n t h e
Legal A s s i s t a n t Program i n t h e
Spring semester. Apply to the
Legal A s s i s t a n t Program
Coordinator.
R i t a Johnson

Memorial

Award

T h i s award was e s t a b l i s h e d i n
honour o f R i t a J o h n s o n , who w o r k e d
i n t h e Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e a t
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . She was w o r k i n g
towards a M a s t e r ' s degree i n
C o u n s e l l i n g a t UBC. R i t a began
p o s t - s e c o n d a r y s t u d i e s i n her
middle years a f t e r r a i s i n g four
c h i l d r e n , and t h e M e m o r i a l Award
was e s t a b l i s h e d t o a s s i s t m a t u r e
women s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d i n e i t h e r
p a r t - t i m e or f u l l - t i m e s t u d i e s i n
any f i e l d o f p o s t - s e c o n d a r y s t u d y .
P r e f e r e n c e w i l l be g i v e n t o m a t u r e
women who have an i n t e r e s t i n
a c a d e m i c s t u d i e s and who have a
d e m o n s t r a t e d i n t e r e s t i n and
a w a r e n e s s of women's i s s u e s .
A p p l i c a n t s may be ( o r p l a n t o be)
p a r t - t i m e or f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Student a p p l i c a n t s w i l l h o p e f u l l y
have at l e a s t a ' B ' a v e r a g e .
Prospective student a p p l i c a n t s
w i l l h o p e f u l l y d e m o n s t r a t e an
active interest in returning to
school and/or paid employment.
A p p l i c a t i o n s are a v a i l a b l e at the
Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e , B135 and
the F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e in M
b u i l d i n g and c a n be s u b m i t t e d at
any t i m e .

Harold

Kirchner

Scholarship

-

$100

Two g r a d u a t i n g s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l
be p r e s e n t e d a n n u a l l y . One
s c h o l a r s h i p w i l l go t o t h e t o p
s c h o l a s t i c Career Program
g r a d u a t e , and one t o t h e t o p
s c h o l a s t i c V o c a t i o n a l Program
graduate.
Music S c h o l a r s h i p

Fund

Scholarships for students in Music
T r a n s f e r , M u s i c T h e r a p y , and
Commercial M u s i c w i l l be awarded
t o s t u d e n t s who d e m o n s t r a t e
academic a c h i e v e m e n t . Apply t o t h e
C o o r d i n a t o r of M u s i c P r o g r a m s .
Science Faculty

Scholarships

T h i s s c h o l a r s h i p f u n d , r a i s e d by
the Natural Sciences f a c u l t y , w i l l
be used t o p r o v i d e two $500
scholarships to outstanding
students entering a f u l l - t i m e
f i r s t y e a r s c i e n c e program i n t h e
f a l l semester. Students wishing to
a p p l y f o r t h e s e awards and who
e x p e c t t o g r a d u a t e from h i g h
school w i t h high marks, should
o b t a i n an a p p l i c a t i o n f o r m a t t h e
Natural Sciences D i v i s i o n o f f i c e .
D e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i s s i o n of
a p p l i c a t i o n s i s May 1 s t .
The S o c i e t y o f Management
Accountant of B r i t i s h Columbia
Scholarship
The S o c i e t y p r o v i d e s an award o f
$500 t o w a r d s r e m i s s i o n of t h e
Registered I n d u s t r i a l Accountants
f e e s . T h i s award i s a v a i l a b l e t o
the graduating student a t t a i n i n g
t h e h i g h e s t mark i n Cost and
Management A c c o u n t i n g . C o n t a c t t h e
C o o r d i n a t o r , B u s i n e s s Management.
T . Buck S u z u k i
Scholarship

Memorial

Two $50U s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l be
awarded f o r e x c e l l e n c e t o f u l l
time Natural Sciences students;
one f i r s t y e a r s t u d e n t and one
s e c o n d y e a r s t u d e n t . S t u d e n t s who
a r e i n t h e p r o c e s s of c o m p l e t i n g
f i r s t o r second y e a r N a t u r a l
S c i e n c e s must a p p l y f o r t h e award
through the Natural Sciences
D i v i s i o n by t h e m i d d l e o f A p r i l .

Gerry Turner Memorial

Award

T h i s award i s g r a n t e d on t h e b a s i s
of s c h o l a s t i c e x c e l l e n c e and
f i n a n c i a l need t o a s t u d e n t i n t h e
O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Program i n
the Spring Semester. Apply to the
Office Administration Coordinator,

Academic Studies/University Transfer
Academic t r a n s f e r c o u r s e s o f f e r e d
at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e p r o v i d e the
s t u d e n t w i t h a v a r i e t y of academic
o p t i o n s w i t h i n t h e framework of a
t w o - y e a r , comprehensive c o l l e g e .
Students t r a n s f e r r i n g to a u n i v e r s i t y can s e l e c t f u l l programs of
study a c c e p t a b l e f o r e q u i v a l e n c y
t o c o u r s e s i n t h e f i r s t two y e a r s
o f u n i v e r s i t y (see n o t e on
C o u n s e l l i n g ) . S t u d e n t s who d e s i r e
to take p a r t - t i m e academic s t u d i e s
o r who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n a c a d e m i c
c o u r s e s at the f i r s t or s e c o n d year l e v e l , without the i n t e n t i o n
of c o n t i n u i n g to u p p e r - l e v e l
s t u d y , can s e l e c t f r o m a range o f
courses in various d i s c i p l i n e s .
S t u d e n t s i n need o f e x t r a h e l p i n
key a r e a s of a c a d e m i c s t u d y can
s e l e c t c o u r s e s aimed a t b a s i c
l i t e r a c y (see n o t e s on E n g l i s h
e n t r a n c e r e q u i r e m e n t s and Math
Learning Centre).
Students i n t e r e s t e d in s p e c i a l
f i e l d s of s t u d y s u c h as C a n a d i a n
S t u d i e s , Women's S t u d i e s , L a b o u r
Studies, Interdisciplinary Studies
o r s e l f - p a c e d l e a r n i n g can s e l e c t
from i n n o v a t i v e programs i n t h e s e
a r e a s (as o f f e r e d f r o m y e a r t o
year).
The f o c u s of a c a d e m i c i n s t r u c t i o n
a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e i s on d i s c i p l i n a r y and i n t e r - d i s c i p l i n a r y
study of the h i g h e s t i n t e l l e c t u a l
c a l i b r e . The C o l l e g e c a r e f u l l y
r e v i e w s t h e c u r r i c u l u m and
d e l i v e r y modes t o e n s u r e a c a d e m i c
c u r r e n c y and a c c e p t a b l e u n i v e r s i t y
equivalency.
A s i g n i f i c a n t , basic library
c o l l e c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e as a r e
f u l l media r e f e r e n c e s e r v i c e s t o
complement t h e c o u r s e s o f s t u d y .
A c o u n s e l l i n g and a d m i s s i o n s
placement s t a f f a s s i s t s s t u d e n t s
i n s e l e c t i n g t h e b e s t p r o g r a m of
s t u d i e s . The f i n a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
f o r course s e l e c t i o n , however,
r e s t s w i t h the s t u d e n t .

A s s o c i a t e i n A r t s and S c i e n c e
Di ploma
A s t u d e n t who has c o m p l e t e d t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s of any f o u r - t e r m
C o l l e g e p r o g r a m may r e c e i v e an
A s s o c i a t e i n A r t s and S c i e n c e

22

D i p l o m a , p r o v i d e d she/he has
f u l f i l l e d the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s as o u t l i n e d under D i p l o m a
and C e r t i f i c a t e R e q u i r e m e n t s .

T r a n s f e r To and From O t h e r
Institutions
The Academic D i v i s i o n t a k e s
seriously its responsibility to
maintain t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y with
other post-secondary i n s t i t u t i o n s .
To t h i s e n d , m e e t i n g s a r e h e l d
with other i n s t i t u t i o n s to ensure
t h a t c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e i s commonly
a c c e p t a b l e and t h a t a f u l l t r a n s f e r p a c k a g e can be a r t i c u l a t e d .
Changes i n p r o g r a m s , new c o u r s e s
o r new c o u r s e n u m b e r i n g s a r e
c a r e f u l l y compared between
i n s t i t u t i o n s and t h i s C o l l e g e
s t r i v e s t o o f f e r t h e most c o m p l e t e
t w o - y e a r package p o s s i b l e w i t h i n
budget and f a c i l i t y r e s t r a i n t s .
There i s agreement among a l l
p u b l i c B.C. c o l l e g e s to accept
e a c h o t h e r ' s c r e d i t s upon t r a n s f e r , i f a p p l i c a b l e t o a program
given in the admitting c o l l e g e ,
and g i v e n s u i t a b l e e q u i v a l e n c y .
Capilano College reserves the
r i g h t to review i n d i v i d u a l course
credi t .
Transfer c r e d i t s are granted tn
s t u d e n t s on a d m i s s i o n f o r
a c c e p t a b l e work done a t o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n s ; the t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s
r e d u c e t h e t o t a l number o f c r e d i t s
which are r e q u i r e d at C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e f o r a c e r t i f i c a t e or
d i p l o m a . Students wishing t r a n s f e r
c r e d i t should present s u i t a b l e
documentation to the R e g i s t r a r ' s
o f f i c e f o r a d j u d i c a t i o n by t h e
a p p r o p r i a t e f a c u l t y . A l l approved
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s a r e n o t e d on t h e
s t u d e n t ' s Permanent S t u d e n t
R e c o r d . F u l l i n f o r m a t i o n on
t r a n s f e r of s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s i s
a v a i l a b l e from the Admissions
A d v i s o r , c o u n s e l l o r s and i n t h e
pertinent instructional d i v i s i o n .
Transfer information accurate
t o t h e t i m e o f p r i n t i n g i s t o be
found i n t h e T r a n s f e r Guide s e c t i o n a t t h e back o f t h e c a l e n d a r .
Students are urged t o read t h i s
s e c t i o n when e s t a b l i s h i n g t h e i r
programs of s t u d y .

C o u n s e l 1 i ng
A l l academic s t u d e n t s are a d v i s e d
t o see t h e A d m i s s i o n s A d v i s o r o r a
Counsellor to plan t h e i r courses
of s t u d y . Students s h o u l d c o n s u l t
t h e G u i d a n c e I n f o r m a t i o n and t h e
U n i v e r s i t y T r a n s f e r Guide i n t h i s
calendar.

English Entrance

Requirements

At p r e s e n t new s t u d e n t s who w i s h
to e n r o l l in E n g l i s h courses must,
BEFORE REGISTERING IN ANY ENGLISH
COURSE, have w r i t t e n e i t h e r t h e
ERIBC ( E d u c a t i o n a l R e s e a r c h
I n s t i t u t e of B . C . ) sponsored
E n g l i s h P l a c e m e n t T e s t (EPT) o r
w r i t e the E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c Test
(EDT) g i v e n by t h e E n g l i s h
Department o f C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . '
EDT
EDTs a r e g i v e n p r i o r t o , and
d u r i n g , t h e r e g i s t r a t i o n week a t
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . These t e s t s a r e
a d m i n i s t e r e d by t h e E n g l i s h
Department and may be used f o r
admission to English courses
o f f e r e d at Capilano C o l l e g e o n l y .
No p r e - r e g i s t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d .
Schedules f o r these t e s t s are
published i n the term t i m e t a b l e
and a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e by
c o n t a c t i n g the Humanities D i v i s i o n
o f f i c e . S t u d e n t s who, because of
exceptional c i r c u m s t a n c e s , c a n n o t
attend any s c h e d u l e d s i t t i n g s o f
t h e t e s t , may a p p l y t o t h e
C o o r d i n a t o r of E n g l i s h f o r
p e r m i s s i o n t o w r i t e t h e t e s t on an
i n d i v i d u a l b a s i s . Every effort,
must be made t o a t t e n d t h e
s c h e d u l e d s i t t i n g s , h o w e v e r , and
p e r m i s s i o n t o have a p e r s o n a l
s i t t i n g w i l l be g r a n t e d o n l y i n
extraordinary cases. Exceptions
w i l l be made o n l y f o r s t u d e n t s
whose i n s t r u c t o r s who have a d v i s e d
them t o r e w r i t e t h e EDT.

Writing

Lab

(B102/103)

The w r i t i n g l a b c o n s i s t s o f a
s t u d y a r e a and a t u t o r i a l a r e a . In
the study a r e a , s t u d e n t s are
e n c o u r a g e d t o work on e s s a y s .
Grammar and c o m p o s i t i o n r e f e r e n c e
m a t e r i a l s and some f a c u l t y
a s s i s t a n c e w i t h s p e c i f i c problems
i s p r o v i d e d . In t h e t u t o r i a l a r e a ,

s t u d e n t s may s i g n up f o r 2 0 - m i n u t e
i n d i v i d u a l c o n s u l t a t i o n s . Students
s h o u l d b r i n g marked w r i t t e n work
as a b a s i s f o r d i s c u s s i o n .
S t u d e n t s book t h e s e a p p o i n t m e n t s
by s i g n i n g a p o s t e d s c h e d u l e .
The W r i t i n g Lab i s n e i t h e r a
p r o o f r e a d i n g s e r v i c e nor a
substitute for a regular English
c o m p o s i t i o n c o u r s e . It o f f e r s
remedial assistance for s p e c i f i c
w r i t i n g problems.

Math L e a r n i n g C e n t r e

Women's S t u d i e s

A Women's S t u d i e s P r o g r a m
c o n s i s t i n g of a v a r i e t y of
transfer credit, college credit
and c r e d i t - f r e e c o u r s e s , has been
d e v e l o p e d at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e .
In a d d i t i o n t o t h e Women's S t u d i e s
C o l l e g e c r e d i t and t r a n s f e r c r e d i t
c o u r s e s , t h e r e a r e a c a d e m i c and
career courses in other
d i s c i p l i n e s of s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t t o
women.

(J107)
Canadian S t u d i e s

T h i s c e n t r e i s e q u i p p e d w i t h math
learning a i d s , video tapes,
diagnostic tests, calculators,
m i c r o c o m p u t e r s and r e f e r e n c e
t e x t b o o k s . S t u d e n t s t a k i n g math
c o u r s e s a r e e n c o u r a g e d t o make use
o f t h i s c e n t r e t o s t u d y m a t h , and
t o seek a s s i s t a n c e f r o m t h e f a c u l t y member o r s u p e r v i s o r on d u t y .
S e l f - s t u d y programs a r e a v a i l a b l e
for students wishing to r e f r e s h or
improve t h e i r mathematical s k i l l s
t h r o u g h t h e A l g e b r a 12 l e v e l .
Refer to the course d e s c r i p t i o n s
of Math 0 0 9 , 0 1 0 , O i l , 012 and
c o n s u l t w i t h a math i n s t r u c t o r f o r
further information.

Self-Paced Learning

Program

(SPL)

In k e e p i n g w i t h t h e C o l l e g e ' s
p o l i c y f o r the development of
a l t e r n a t i v e i n s t r u c t i o n a l modes,
i t i s p o s s i b l e f o r the student to
pursue s t u d i e s i n f i r s t - y e a r
B i o l o g y and C h e m i s t r y on a s e l f paced t e r m f o r m a t . R e f r e s h e r
c o u r s e s i n Math up t o t h e Grade 12
l e v e l are a l s o a v a i l a b l e in t h i s
self-study format.
These packaged c o u r s e s , p r e p a r e d
f o r home s t u d y w i t h t h e a i d o f
cassette t a p e s , manuals, s l i d e s
and f i l m l o o p s , a r e d e s i g n e d t o
o f f e r s t u d e n t s who a r e u n a b l e t o
m a i n t a i n r e g u l a r attendance at the
Lynnmour Campus o r a s a t e l l i t e
c e n t r e the o p p o r t u n i t y to pursue
c o l l e g e c o u r s e s . They a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who a r e
a t t e n d i n g any c o l l e g e c e n t r e ,
p r o v i d i n g these students w i t h a
v i a b l e a l t e r n a t i v e to the usual
lecture/tutorial
instructional
format.

Specialty

S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o c o n c e n t r a t e
t h e i r s t u d i e s on C a n a d i a n c o n t e n t
c o u r s e s can c h o o s e c o u r s e s f r o m
the l i s t below. A l l courses hold
f u l l t r a n s f e r c r e d i t and t r a n s f e r
i n t o t h e Canadian S t u d i e s Program
at S F U . To q u a l i f y f o r a C a n a d i a n
S t u d i e s S p e c i a l t y , c o m p l e t e one o f
the C o l l e g e ' s three diplomas with
a t l e a s t 24 c r e d i t s f r o m t h e
f o l l o w i n g l i s t . Choose t h e s e
c r e d i t s from c o u r s e s i n at l e a s t
t h r e e d i f f e r e n t d e p a r t m e n t s . Of
t h e 24 c r e d i t s you c h o o s e , at
l e a s t s i x must be numbered 200 o r
above. For a Canadian S t u d i e s
S p e c i a l t y t o be a p p l i e d t o a
G e n e r a l S t u d i e s D i p l o m a , an
E n g l i s h or Communications course
is required.
1986/87 -

Fall

B u s i n e s s Management 1 7 8 , 1 7 9 , 255
E c o n o m i c s 101
E n g l i s h 202
F r e n c h 1 3 0 , 1 9 0 , 290
Geography 106
H i s t o r y 1 1 0 , 205
Labour S t u d i e s , 100, 110, 1 1 5 ,
1 1 7 , 1 1 9 , 1 4 2 , 1 5 1 , 1 8 2 , 210
P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 104
S o c i o l o g y 201
Spring
B i o l o g y 105
B u s i n e s s Management 1 7 8 , 1 7 9 , 256
E n g l i s h 203
F r e n c h 1 3 1 , 1 9 1 , 291
Geography 108
G e o l o g y 111
H i s t o r y 111
Labour S t u d i e s 1 0 1 , 1 1 0 , 1 1 1 , 142,
151
P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 104

Course d e s c r i p t i o n s appear under
the a p p r o p r i a t e d i s c i p l i n e .
APPLY TO THE REGISTRAR t o have t h e
S p e c i a l t y added t o y o u r D i p l o m a a t
t h e t i m e o f g r a d u a t i o n . Drop y o u r
name o f f a t t h e R e g i s t r a r t o be
p l a c e d on o u r m a i l i n g l i s t .

S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p l i c a t i o n s
T e c h n o l o g y (SCAT) P r o g r a m
The Department o f C o m p u t i n g
S c i e n c e o f f e r s a t w o - y e a r program
l e a d i n g t o a Diploma of Technology
i n S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p l i c a t i o n s . The g o a l of t h e p r o g r a m i s
to produce graduates employable i n
a t e c h n i c a l e n v i r o n m e n t where
t h e i r a c a d e m i c and p r o g r a m m i n g
s k i l l s w i l l e n a b l e them t o s o l v e
p r o b l e m s of a s c i e n t i f i c n a t u r e .
The p r o g r a m i s t h e o n l y t w o - y e a r
program i n the p r o v i n c e t h a t i s
oriented primarily to technical
s o f t w a r e d e v e l o p m e n t and
a p p l i c a t i o n s . As t h e m a j o r p o r t i o n
of t h e p r o g r a m i s u n i v e r s i t y
t r a n s f e r a b l e , g r a d u a t e s have t h e
o p t i o n of e n t r y i n t o t h i r d y e a r
Computing S c i e n c e or the j o b
market.
See Department of C o m p u t i n g
S c i e n c e f o r more d e t a i l s .

SCIENCE:
A.

GENERAL

Non-Science

INFORMATION

B i o l o g y 1 0 4 , 10b o r 1 1 3 . ( N o t e :
Transfer c r e d i t for these Biology
courses is l i m i t e d to non-science
students.)
C h e m i s t r y 1 0 4 , 10b
C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e 1 0 0 , 104
G e o l o g y 1 1 0 , 111
Geography 1 1 2 , 114
Math 1 0 0 , 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 0 b , 1 0 8 , 109
P h y s i c s 104
Students p l a n n i n g to pursue
s t u d i e s i n E c o n o m i c s a t UBC must
t a k e Math 110 and Math 1 1 1 ; SFU
r e q u i r e s Math 108 o r Math 1 1 0 .
Please check the p r e r e q u i s i t e s
given i n the i n d i v i d u a l course
descriptions.
N o t e : B i o l o g y 104 and C h e m i s t r y
030 f u l f i l l B i o l o g y and C h e m i s t r y
requirements for the N u r s i n g
Program at B C I T .

Students

Capilano College Natural Sciences
D i v i s i o n o f f e r s a complete f i r s t
and s e c o n d - y e a r u n i v e r s i t y
t r a n s f e r program i n B i o l o g y ,
C h e m i s t r y , Computing S c i e n c e ,
Math and P h y s i c s . A t w o - y e a r
u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r a b l e program i n
S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p l i c a t i o n s
Technology i s a l s o o f f e r e d .
In a d d i t i o n , t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s
Division offers science transfer
requirements i n the f o l l o w i n g :
pre-Medicine, pre-Dentistry,
E n g i n e e r i n g , Geology, Geophysics
and o t h e r e a r t h s c i e n c e s , P h y s i c a l
Geography, F o r e s t r y , A g r i c u l t u r e ,
P h a r m a c y , Home E c o n o m i c s ,
R e h a b i l i t a t i o n M e d i c i n e , Dental
Hygiene. Students wishing s p e c i f i c
course requirements for a
p a r t i c u l a r program s h o u l d c o n t a c t
the Natural Sciences D i v i s i o n .
For f i r s t - y e a r and s e c o n d - y e a r
t r a n s f e r programs, s e l e c t courses

24

listed

below:

Students

Students p l a n n i n g to c o n t i n u e
s t u d i e s at a u n i v e r s i t y a r e
a d v i s e d to c o n s i d e r the f o l l o w i n g
courses to f u l f i l l t h e i r Science
requi rement:

B. S c i e n c e

from those

iii)
FIRST

i) Biological
Biochemistry)
FIRST

Sciences

Science

YEAR

(including

YEAR

B i o l o g y 110/111 o r 108/111
C h e m i s t r y 110/111 o r 108/109
P h y s i c s 110/111 o r 108/111 o r
114/115
Math 110/111
E n g l i s h ( s i x c r e d i t s - see c o u r s e
descriptions)
SECOND YEAR
A complete s e l e c t i o n of s e c o n d year courses which are t r a n s f e r a ble to a l l three B.C. u n i v e r s i t i e s
is a v a i l a b l e . Consult the Biology
Department f o r t h e s p e c i f i c
requirements to t r a n s f e r i n t o
t h i r d year at the u n i v e r s i t y of
your c h o i c e .

ii)

Computing

Computing S c i e n c e 103/104/105
C h e m i s t r y 110/111 o r 108/109 (UBC)
Math 110/111
P h y s i c s 110/111 o r 1 1 4 / 1 1 5 or
108/111
E n g l i s h (6 c r e d i t s )
(UBC)
E n g l i s h (3 c r e d i t s ) o r P h i l o s o p h y
110 (SFU)
SECOND YEAR
FOR TRANSFER TO UBC:
Computing S c i e n c e 222/223
Math 2 0 0 / 2 0 5 / 2 3 0
A r t E l e c t i v e s (6 c r e d i t s )
E l e c t i v e s (6 c r e d i t s )
FOR TRANSFER TO S F U :
Computing S c i e n c e 222/223/224/226
Math 205
E l e c t i v e s (15 c r e d i t s )
C o n s u l t SFU c a l e n d a r f o r
p r e r e q u i s i t e s t o upper d i v i s i s o n
courses.

Chemistry

FIRST

YEAR

C h e m i s t r y 110/111 o r 108/109
P h y s i c s 114/115 o r 110/111 o r
108/111
Math 110/111
E n g l i s h ( s i x c r e d i t s - see c o u r s e
d e s c r i p t i ons)
Elective (six credits)
SECOND YEAR
C h e m i s t r y 200/201 and 204/205
( T r a n s f e r t o UBC. C o n s u l t a
f a c u l t y member)
P h y s i c s 200/201 and 210/211 o r
220/221 and 210/211
Math 2 3 0 , 231 o r 235 ( d e p e n d i n g
upon u n i v e r s i t y - c o n s u l t a
f a c u l t y member)
Math 200
E l e c t i ve
S c i e n c e E l e c t i v e f r o m Math o r
P h y s i cs
(Recommended Math 235)
(Optional f o r Chemistry honours
students)

iv) Geological Sciences (including
G e o p h y s i c s , G e o c h e m i s t r y and o t h e r
earth sciences)
F I R S T YEAR ONLY
G e o l o g y 110/111
P h y s i c s 108/111 o r 110/111 o r
114/115
C h e m i s t r y 110/111 o r 108/109
Math 110/111
E n g l i s h ( s i x c r e d i t s - see c o u r s p
descriptions)

v)

Mathematics

F I R S T YEAR
Math

110/111

P h y s i c s 1 1 4 / 1 1 5 o r 110/111 o r
108/111
C h e m i s t r y 110/111 o r 108/109
English (six c r e d i t s )
Elective (six credits)*
* (Math 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , C o m p u t i n g
S c i e n c e 103 a r e recommended f o r
SFU-bound s t u d e n t s . C o m p u t i n g
S c i e n c e 1 0 3 , 105 a r e recommended
f o r UBC-bound s t u d e n t s . )

SECOND

YEAR

Registration

Math 2UD, 2 3 0 , 2 3 1 , 20b o r 2 1 5 ,
235
C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e 103/105
Non S c i e n c e E l e c t i v e ( s i x c r e d i t s )
E l e c t i ve

vi)

Physics

FIRST

In a c o u r s e w i t h h i g h demand,
r e g i s t r a t i o n p r i o r i t y w i l l be
g i v e n t o s t u d e n t s who have not
a t t e m p t e d t h e c o u r s e p r e v i o u s l y at
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . Any s t u d e n t who
has a t t e m p t e d t h e c o u r s e w i t h i n
t h e l a s t y e a r w i l l not be a l l o w e d
t o r e g i s t e r without the
instructor's permission.

YEAR

P h y s i c s 1 1 4 / 1 1 5 , o r 110/111 o r
108/111
C h e m i s t r y 110/111 o r 108/109
Math 110/111
E n g l i s h ( s i x c r e d i t s - see c o u r s e
descriptions)
Non-science E l e c t i v e or Geology,
B i o l o g y or C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e ( s i x
credits)
SECOND

Priority

Lab/Course

Relationship

Many c o u r s e s r e q u i r e t h a t s t u d e n t s
complete a l a b and/or t u t o r i a l .
Student should ensure t h a t they
a r e aware of l a b / t u t o r i a l
r e q u i r e m e n t s and t h e t i m e t a b l e f o r
these components. Students should
note t h a t i t i s n e c e s s a r y t o pass
b o t h l a b s and l e c t u r e s .

YEAR

P h y s i c s 2 0 0 / 2 0 1 , 2 1 0 / 2 1 1 , 220/221
Math 2 0 0 , 2 3 0 , 235
Non-science E l e c t i v e (six c r e d i t s )
Science E l e c t i v e (six c r e d i t s )

The c o s t o f t h e l a b s a r e i n c l u d e d
in the t u i t i o n f e e , except for lab
m a n u a l s and some f i e l d t r i p c o s t s .

Academic C o u r s e
Students i n t e r e s t e d in
Physics should c o n s u l t
instructors.

Honours
Physics

v i i ) S c i e n t i f i c Computing
A p p l i c a t i o n s T e c h n o l o g y (SCAT)
FIRST YEAR
Computing S c i e n c e 103/104/105
Math 1 0 1 / 1 2 0 , 1 1 0 / 1 1 1 , 200
P h y s i c s 110/111 or 114/115
E n g l i s h 100
SECOND

YEAR

Computing S c i e n c e 130/222/223/224
225/226/227/228/229/230
Math 205/230
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n r e g a r d i n g
a d m i s s i o n and b a c k g r o u n d r e q u i r e d
see d e s c r i p t i o n under t h e
Department of Computing S c i e n c e .

Descriptions

F u l l d e s c r i p t i o n s of a l l academic
c o u r s e s can be f o u n d i n t h e
alphabetical listings following.
S t u d e n t s a r e u r g e d t o read
c a r e f u l l y the general d i s c i p l i n e
i n f o r m a t i o n i n c l u d e d i n each
s e c t i o n . It i s the s t u d e n t ' s
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y t o be f a m i l i a r w i t h
t h e s p e c i a l i n f o r m a t i o n needed t o
s e l e c t academic c o u r s e s . P l e a s e
note t h a t u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r a b l e
c o u r s e s f o r A r t and M u s i c a p p e a r
under t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e program
headings in the Career/Vocational
s e c t i o n of the C a l e n d a r .

Course D e s c r i p t i o n

Code

On t h e r i g h t hand s i d e of e a c h
course d e s c r i p t i o n there i s a
s e r i e s of code l e t t e r s and
numbers, f o r example:
E n g l i s h 100

v i i i ) O t h e r Programs o r
C o m b i n a t i o n s o f Programs
Consult Natural Science D i v i s i o n
for course s e l e c t i o n , p a r t i c u l a r l y
w i t h regard to second-year
choices.

Language S k i l l s

(F,S)

See page 11 f o r

full

(3,0,1)
explanation.

AnthropologyInstructional

Faculty

BERDICHEWSKY, B . , B . A . ( U .
C h i l e ) , Ph.D. (Madrid)
L I N D , K . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC)

General

of

Information

S t u d e n t s who i n t e n d t o m a j o r o r
minor in Anthropology should take
b o t h A n t h r o p o l o g y 120 and 121 i f
t h e y w i l l be a t t e n d i n g UBC, SFU o r
the U n i v e r s i t y of V i c t o r i a .
Women's S t u d i e s 1 2 2 , Women i n
A n t h r o p o l o g y , may be s u b s t i t u t e d
f o r A n t h r o p o l o g y 12U o r 1 2 1 ,
m i n o r / m a j o r program a t SFU and
U V i c . Women's S t u d i e s 122 a l s o
r e c e i v e s 200 l e v e l c r e d i t i n
Women's S t u d i e s a t SFU and U . V i c .
University

Transfer

Credit

A l l Anthropology courses at
C a p i l a n o t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and
U . V i c . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e
T r a n s f e r Guide at t h e back o f t h e
calendar.

A n t h r o p o l o g y 120
Introduction to Anthropology
(F)
(3,0,0)
A survey of the d i s c i p l i n e to
i n c l u d e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o human
e v o l u t i o n and o u r p l a c e among t h e
p r i m a t e s ; s t r u c t u r e and o r g a n i z a t i o n of s o c i e t y , and t h e i n d i v i d u a l and s o c i e t y . Emphasis w i l l be
p l a c e d on t h e c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y of
s o c i a l i n s t i t u t i o n s of n o n - W e s t e r n
c u l t u r e s s u c h as e c o n o m i c s , f a m i l y
p a t t e r n s , s o c i a l control in small
c o m m u n i t i e s , r e l i g i o n and m a g i c .

A n t h r o p o l o g y 123
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o A r c h a e o l o g y and
t h e P r e h i s t o r i c P a s t (F)
(3,0,0)
A s u r v e y o f t h e g o a l s of
Archaeology, i t s t h e o r e t i c a l
f r a m e w o r k , and t h e method and
techniques to treat m a t e r i a l .
Relationship with other
d i s c i p l i n e s , b o t h i n s o c i a l and
natural sciences. Reconstruction
and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of t h e
prehistoric past, i l l u s t r a t e d with
e x a m p l e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e
opportunity to v i s i t
A r c h a e o l o g i c a l c o l l e c t i o n s and
l a b o r a t o r i e s and w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e
i n group l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s .

A n t h r o p o l o g y 124
A r c h a e o l o g y and Human
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Origins

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e t h e o r y and
e v i d e n c e f o r t h e p h y s i c a l and
s o c i o - c u l t u r a l e v o l u t i o n of humank i n d as p r e s e n t e d by A r c h a e o l o g y
and P h y s i c a l A n t h r o p o l o g y .
Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e in f i e l d
t r i p s t o museums and A r c h a e o l o g y
laboratories.

200
Social

A n t h r o p o l o g y 249
Comparative C u l t u r e s :
Study i n A n t h r o p o l o g y

A Field
(S)
(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : A n t h r o p o l o g y 120 o r
by w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of t h e
i nstructor.
An i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y c o u r s e t o
consider in depth a p a r t i c u l a r
g e o g r a p h i c a r e a and i t s p e o p l e .
Comparative i n s t i t u t i o n s , c u l t u r a l
e c o l o g y , the l a n d s c a p e , methods of
o b s e r v a t i o n and s t u d y . S t u d e n t s
and i n s t r u c t o r s s t u d y i n t h e
field.
1986/87.

Anthropology
Women's S t u d i e s 122
Women i n A n t h r o p o l o g y

A s t u d y of t h e s o c i a l s t r u c t u r e
and o r g a n i z a t i o n of v a r i o u s
c u l t u r e s of t h e w o r l d . Emphasis on
t h e d y n a m i c s of c u l t u r e , t h e
c r o s s - c u l t u r a l approach, the
t h e o r e t i c a l issues in
A n t h r o p o l o g y . Focus 1 9 8 6 : C u l t u r e s
of t h e P a c i f i c R i m .

A n t h r o p o l o g y 202
Introduction to C u l t u r a l
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Anthropology 120,
Women's S t u d i e s 1 2 2 , o r by w r i t t e n
p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .

The s t u d y of p e o p l e , c u l t u r e and
e n v i r o n m e n t . Themes w i l l i n c l u d e
the archaeological r e c o r d ; ecology
of e a r l y food p r o d u c t i o n ; a d a p t i v e
s t r a t e g i e s of h u n t e r / g a t h e r e r s ,
p a s t o r a l i s t s and p e a s a n t s ; c u r r e n t
e c o l o g i c a l c o n c e r n s from an
anthropological
perspective.

26

(3,0,0)

A s t u d y o f t h e r e l a t i o n s between
e t h n i c g r o u p s i n c l u d i n g an
e x a m i n a t i o n o f how e t h n i c g r o u p s
come t o be d e f i n e d , how t h e y a r e
m a i n t a i n e d , s t e r e o t y p i n g , and how
these processes i n t e r r e l a t e with
o t h e r s o c i a l v a r i a b l e s s u c h as
e c o n o m i c s , e d u c a t i o n , v i o l e n c e and
t h e f a m i l y . The f o c u s w i l l u s u a l l y
be on B . C . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
engaged i n some p r i m a r y r e s e a r c h .

Not o f f e r e d
Anthropology
Intermediate
(F)
(3,0,0)

A n t h r o p o l o g y 121
Introduction to S o c i a l
A n t h r o p o l o g y (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

An e x a m i n a t i o n of A n t h r o p o l o g i c a l
c o n c e p t s and t h e o r i e s o f c u l t u r e ,
as w e l l as t h e a n a l y s i s o f
c u l t u r a l p a t t e r n s such as k i n s h i p ,
religion, politics, belief
s y s t e m s , l a n g u a g e , and t h e r o l e o f
Anthropology in a changing w o r l d .

A n t h r o p o l o g y 204
E t h n i c R e l a t i o n s (S)

Ecology

(F)

(3,0,0)

The a n t h r o p o l o g i c a l
perspective
a p p l i e d t o women i n d i f f e r e n t
c u l t u r e s of the w o r l d ; t h e i r r o l e
in economic, p o l i t i c a l , r e l i g i o u s ,
k i n s h i p and e x p r e s s i v e s y s t e m s .
E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h e work o f women
a n t h r o p o l o g i s t s and t h e e f f e c t o f
t h e o r y on u n d e r s t a n d i n g women.
What i s women's e x p e r i e n c e i n
c u l t u r e s and a r e a s s u c h as t h e
E s k i m o , Amazon, I s r a e l i k i b b u t z ,
Greece, A f g h a n i s t a n , I n d i a , Mexico
and A f r i c a .
Anthropology c r e d i t i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r t h i s c o u r s e . P l e a s e see
Women's S t u d i e s f o r f u r t h e r
i nformati on.

Biology
Instructional

Faculty

CAMFIELD, R . G . , B . S c . ( H o n s . )
( M o n a s h ) , P h . D . (UBC)
FITZ-EARLE, M., B . S c .
(Nottingham), M . S c , Ph.D.
(Toronto)
RICKER, N . A . , B . A .
(Calif.),
M . S c , P h . D . (UBC), C o o r d i n a t o r
of N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s D i v i s i o n
TROUP, V . N . , B . S c . ( H o n s . )
( M c M a s t e r ) , M . S c . (UBC)
WADE, L . K . , B . S c , M . S c . ( U B C ) ,
P h . D . ( A . N . U . ) , C o o r d i n a t o r of
Biology
Laboratory Supervisors
Technician

and

CANNING, J . , B . S c , P r o f .
Teacher's C e r t . (UBC), Laboratory
Supervisor
DE JONG WESTMAN, M . , B . S c ( U B C ) ,
Laboratory Supervisor
MCDONELL, L . , B . H . E . ( U B C ) ,
Laboratory Supervisor
SANDERSON, C , B . S c . ( D u r h a m ) ,
Laboratory Supervisor
WILLIAMSON, B . , D i p l . T e c h .
(BCIT), Laboratory Technician

General

Information

Capilano College Biology Department o f f e r s c o u r s e s t o meet a
v a r i e t y o f e d u c a t i o n a l n e e d s . The
B i o l o g y 104/105 and 104/113
s e q u e n c e s meet t h e l a b o r a t o r y
science requirements for Arts
s t u d e n t s as w e l l as a g e n e r a l
i n t e r e s t b i o l o g y c o u r s e . Those
p l a n n i n g a major i n b i o l o g y or
other l i f e science (e.g. A g r i c u l t u r e ) should e n r o l l in Biology
110/111. Students l a c k i n g Biology
1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 1 1 , or b o t h t h e s e
s u b j e c t s , should e n r o l l in Biology
108 r a t h e r t h a n B i o l o g y 1 1 0 . P r e p r o f e s s i o n a l s t u d e n t s who i n t e n d
to enter d e n t i s t r y , medicine,
f o r e s t r y , home e c o n o m i c s ,
r e h a b i l i t a t i o n m e d i c i n e or d e n t a l
hygiene should a l s o take Biology
1 1 0 / 1 1 1 . The d e p a r t m e n t a l s o
o f f e r s a new c o u r s e i n G e n e t i c s ,
Biology 201, to f o l l o w Biology
200.
A p r e r e q u i s i t e waiver examination
f o r B i o l o g y 110/111 i s h e l d d u r i n g
t h e f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s i n
S e p t e m b e r . Those who p a s s t h i s
exam may r e g i s t e r d i r e c t l y i n

second-year b i o l o g y courses at
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . H o w e v e r , no
c r e d i t i s given for Biology
1 1 0 / 1 1 1 . The p r e r e q u i s i t e w a i v e r
exam i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r t h o s e
s t u d e n t s who must have c r e d i t i n
f i r s t - y e a r biology for t h e i r
subsequent e d u c a t i o n a l g o a l s .
Contact the Biology Coordinator
for further d e t a i l s .
A complete s e l e c t i o n of s e c o n d year courses i s a v a i l a b l e which
meet t h e c r e d i t t r a n s f e r
r e q u i r e m e n t s of t h e t h r e e B . C .
u n i v e r s i t i e s . Some of t h e s e
c o u r s e s may be i n c l u d e d i n t h e
requirements for p r e - p r o f e s s i o n a l
p r o g r a m s , and f o r s p e c i f i c l i f e
s c i e n c e p r o g r a m s . The s t u d e n t
should consult the Biology
Department f o r d e t a i l s o f c o u r s e
requirements for various programs.

B i o l o g y 105
Environmental

Biology

Prerequisite:

None

University

Transfer

Credit

Unless otherwise i n d i c a t e d a f t e r
the course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l
B i o l o g y courses t r a n s f e r to SFU,
UBC and U . V i c . For more d e t a i l s
c o n s u l t the T r a n s f e r Guide at the
back o f t h e c a l e n d a r .

(3,3,0)

The s e c o n d s e m e s t e r o f a c o u r s e
d e s i g n e d p r i m a r i l y as a l a b o r a t o r y
s c i e n c e e l e c t i v e f o r s t u d e n t s who
do n o t p l a n t o t a k e f u r t h e r
courses i n b i o l o g y except for
B i o l o g y 204. Basic p r i n c i p l e s of
e c o l o g y w i l l be d e v e l o p e d and
the impact of contemporary s o c i e t y
on t h e e n v i r o n m e n t w i l l be
a s s e s s e d . Major t o p i c s i n c l u d e :
e c o l o g i c a l c o n c e p t s and
environmental i s s u e s .

B i o l o g y 108
Basic Introductory
(F) ( 4 . 5 , 3 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

A l l biology courses except Biology
200 r e q u i r e w e e k l y l a b o r a t o r y
p e r i o d s a n d / o r f i e l d t r i p s . Some
c o u r s e s a l s o have e x t e n d e d f i e l d
t r i p s . Students' contributions
to the c o s t of l a b o r a t o r i e s are
included i n the course t u i t i o n
f e e . Lab m a n u a l s f o r t h o s e c o u r s e s
r e q u i r i n g them must be p u r c h a s e d
f o r a n o m i n a l f e e . The s t u d e n t i s
expected to defray in part the
costs associated with f i e l d t r i p s .

(S)

Biology

None

This course i s designed f o r the
s t u d e n t who has n o t had b o t h
B i o l o g y 12 and C h e m i s t r y 1 1 . It
c o v e r s both the course content of
B i o l o g y 110 and t h e b a c k g r o u n d
necessary for the student l a c k i n g
Biology 12, Chemistry 11, or b o t h .
Students l a c k i n g e i t h e r of t h e s e
c o u r s e s a r e STRONGLY RECOMMENDED
t o t a k e B i o l o g y 108 i n s t e a d o f
B i o l o g y 1 1 0 . Upon s u c c e s s f u l
c o m p l e t i o n of B i o l o g y 1 0 8 ,
students are f u l l y q u a l i f i e d to
t a k e B i o l o g y 111 i n t h e S p r i n g
semester.

B i o l o g y 110
Introductory Biology
(F,S)
(3,3,0)

I

P r e r e q u i s i t e : None; h o w e v e r ,
B i o l o g y 12 and C h e m i s t r y 11 a r e
s t r o n g l y recommended.

B i o l o g y 104
Human B i o l o g y

(F)

Prerequisite:

None

(3,3,0)

The f i r s t s e m e s t e r o f a c o u r s e
d e s i g n e d p r i m a r i l y as a l a b o r a t o r y
s c i e n c e e l e c t i v e f o r s t u d e n t s who
do not p l a n t o t a k e f u r t h e r
courses in b i o l o g y . Basic
p r i n c i p l e s of human b i o l o g y w i l l
be p r e s e n t e d and t h e i m p a c t o f t h e
e n v i r o n m e n t upon humans w i l l be
e v a l u a t e d . Major t o p i c s w i l l
i n c l u d e human p h y s i o l o g y , human
g e n e t i c s and human d i s o r d e r s .

The s t a n d a r d i n t r o d u c t o r y
biology
c o u r s e f o r s t u d e n t s who p l a n t o
take further courses in s c i e n c e .
Major t o p i c s w i l l i n c l u d e the
o r i g i n o f l i f e , c e l l s t r u c t u r e and
f u n c t i o n , c e l l d i v i s i o n and
introductory genetics.

27

B i o l o g y 111
Introductory Biology
(F.S) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )

II

Prerequisite:

110 o r 108

Biology

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of B i o l o g y 110
which f u r t h e r develops the
d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c b i o l o g i c a l
concepts i n c l u d i n g b i o l o g i c a l
s y s t e m s , e v o l u t i o n and e c o l o g y .

Biology 110
SPL - I n t r o d u c t o r y Biology
(F.S) (3,3,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : None, but
12 and C h e m i s t r y 11 a r e
recommended.

B i o l o g y 200
G e n e t i c s I (F)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 110 and 1 1 1 .
B i o l o g y 214 i s recommended.

Biology
strongly

B i o l o g y 111
SPL - I n t r o d u c t o r y B i o l o g y
(F.S) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )
Biology

Prerequisite:

110 o r 108

104

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of t h e s t u d y o f
human anatomy and p h y s i o l o g y
commenced i n B i o l o g y 1 0 4 . The
course w i l l involve a d e t a i l e d
d i s c u s s i o n of a s e l e c t i o n o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g t o p i c s : t h e l i v i n g body
as a w h o l e ; t h e m u s c u l o - s k e l e t a l ,

28

B i o l o g y 201
G e n e t i c s II ( S )

(3,3,0)
200. Biology

II

Physiology

Biology

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p l e s
and mechanisms o f h e r e d i t y .
Emphasis w i l l be p l a c e d on an
a n a l y t i c a l approach to c l a s s i c a l
g e n e t i c s , g e n e t i c s o f humans and
population g e n e t i c s . Laboratory
e x p e r i m e n t s and p r o j e c t s w i l l be
an i m p o r t a n t component o f t h i s
course.

Prerequisite: Biology
215 i s recommended.

A self-paced learning course
equivalent in content to Biology
1 1 1 , open t o a l l s t u d e n t s but
designed s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r students
who a r e u n a b l e t o a t t e n d t h e
Lynnmour campus or a s a t e l l i t e
c e n t r e on a r e g u l a r b a s i s , o r who
have t i m e t a b l e p r o b l e m s . Labs w i l l
be done on t h e same b a s i s as
r e g u l a r B i o l o g y 111 s e c t i o n s .

B i o l o g y 113
Human Anatomy and
(S) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )

(3,3,0)

B i o l o g y 213
Vertebrate Zoology
Prerequisite:

(S)

Biology

(3,3,0)
110 and 1 1 1 .

A comparative survey of the major
c l a s s e s of v e r t e b r a t e s , emphasizing evolutionary trends e s p e c i a l l y
i n d e v e l o p m e n t and m o r p h o l o g y o f
organ systems. Adaptive f e a t u r e s
i n v e r t e b r a t e s a r e c o n s i d e r e d . The
l a b o r a t o r y complements t h e l e c t u r e
component w i t h r e p r e s e n t a t i v e
vertebrates being examined.

I

A s e l f - p a c e d l e a r n i n g course
equivalent in content to Biology
1 1 0 , open t o a l l s t u d e n t s but
designed s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r students
who a r e u n a b l e t o a t t e n d t h e
Lynnmour campus or a s a t e l l i t e
c e n t r e on a r e g u l a r b a s i s , o r who
have t i m e t a b l e p r o b l e m s . Labs w i l l
be done on t h e same b a s i s as
r e g u l a r B i o l o g y 110 s e c t i o n s .

Prerequisite:

n e r v o u s , h o r m o n a l , and u r i n a r y
s y s t e m s ; and a s t u d y of t h e
d e v e l o p m e n t of t h e m a j o r body
s y s t e m s . A p p l i c a t i o n s of g e n e t i c s
and m o l e c u l a r b i o l o g y t o t h e s e
s y s t e m s a l s o w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
The l a b o r a t o r y component o f t h e
course w i l l provide a complementa r y p r a c t i c a l s t u d y of t h e s y s t e m s
and t h e i r component p a r t s .

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of t h e study of t h e
p r i n c i p l e s and mechanisms of
h e r e d i t y . Emphasis w i l l be p l a c e d
on an a n a l y t i c a l a p p r o a c h t o
m o l e c u l a r g e n e t i c s and t o g e n e t i c
e n g i n e e r i n g and i t s a p p l i c a t i o n s .
L a b o r a t o r y s t u d i e s of m o l e c u l a r
b i o l o g y t e c h n i q u e s and p r a c t i c e
w i l l complement t h e l e c t u r e s .

(F)

Prerequisite:

110 and 1 1 1 .

I - Structural

Basis

P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 110 and 111
and c o n c u r r e n t r e g i s t r a t i o n i n
C h e m i s t r y 2 0 0 , i f not a l r e a d y
completed.
An i n t e g r a t e d s t u d y o f t h e s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n o f c e l l s and
t h e i r components. U l t r a - s t r u c t u r e
o f c e l l o r g a n e l l e s as d e t e r m i n e d
by e l e c t r o n m i c r o s c o p y w i l l be
r e l a t e d to the molecular f u n c t i o n s
o f c e l l s . E m p h a s i s w i l l a l s o be
p l a c e d on t h e t e c h n i q u e s used t o
study c e l l s , the e v o l u t i o n a r y
o r i g i n o f c e l l s and t h e i r
c o m p o n e n t s , and on c o m p a r i s o n s
between s p e c i a l i z e d c e l l s t r u c t u r e
and f u n c t i o n . The l a b o r a t o r y
e x e r c i s e s w i l l use modern methods
o f m i c r o s c o p y and s e p a r a t i o n t e c h niques i n a d e t a i l e d study of c e l l
s t r u c t u r e s and t h e i r f u n c t i o n s .

B i o l o g y 215
Cell Biology
Biochemistry

B i o l o g y 212
I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology
Biology

B i o l o g y 214
Cell Biology
(F) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )

II - I n t r o d u c t i o n
(S) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )

to

(3,3,0)

A comparative survey of the major
p h y l a and c l a s s e s o f i n v e r t e b r a t e s
w i t h e m p h a s i s upon p h y l o g e n y ,
a d a p t i v e b i o l o g y and e c o l o g y o f
e a c h g r o u p . The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d
around the major u n i f y i n g concept
of e v o l u t i o n . Problems of
contemporary i n t e r e s t i n the f i e l d
o f i n v e r t e b r a t e z o o l o g y . The
l a b o r a t o r y complements t h e l e c t u r e
components and i n c l u d e s a t h r e e day f i e l d t r i p t o t h e B a m f i e l d
Marine S t a t i o n .

P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 214 and
c o n c u r r e n t r e g i s t r a t i o n i n Chem.
2 0 1 , i f not a l r e a d y c o m p l e t e d .
An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e f u n d a m e n t a l
p r i n c i p l e s and b a s i c f a c t s o f
biochemistry s t a r t i n g with protein
s t r u c t u r e and enzyme f u n c t i o n s .
C e l l e n e r g e t i c s , b i o s y n t h e s e s and
mechanisms w h i c h c o n t r o l c e l l
m e t a b o l i s m w i l l a l s o be c o n s i d e r e d . The l a b o r a t o r y w i l l i n v o l v e
d e t a i l e d experimental analyses,
using the current techniques of
b i o c h e m i s t r y , of the m o l e c u l a r
f u n c t i o n s of c e l l s and t i s s u e s .

Chemistry
B i o l o g y 220
P r i n c i p l e s of
(F) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )

Instructional

P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 110 and 1 1 1 ;
C h e m i s t r y 110 and 1 1 1 .
C o r e q u i s i t e : T r a n s f e r t o UBC
r e q u i r e s Chemistry 200/201.
A c o m p r e h e n s i v e t r e a t m e n t of
i n t r o d u c t o r y m i c r o b i o l o g y . The
o r i g i n , b a s i c s t r u c t u r e , growth
and g e n e t i c s o f m i c r o - o r g a n i s m s
w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . The l a b
provides p r a c t i c a l experience in
standard m i c r o b i a l t e c h n i q u e s .

B i o l o g y 221
P r i n c i p l e s of
(S) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

Faculty

Microbiology

Microbiology

B i o l o g y 220

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of B i o l o g y 2 2 0 ,
emphasizing metabolism,
i m m u n o l o g i c a l a s p e c t s , and e c o l o g y
o f m i c r o - o r g a n i s m s . The r o l e o f
micro-organisms in a g r i c u l t u r e ,
v a r i o u s i n d u s t r i e s , h e a l t h and
s a n i t a t i o n i s c o n s i d e r e d . The l a b
a l s o i n c l u d e s a major p r o j e c t of
i n t e r e s t to the s t u d e n t .

G I L C H R I S T , A . B . , P h . D . (SFU)
LE COUTEUR, P . C . , B . S c , M . S c .
(Auckland), Ph.D. ( C a l i f . ) ,
C o o r d i n a t o r of C h e m i s t r y ,
G e o l o g y , and P h y s i c s
READ, D . W . , B . A . , M . S c . ( U B C ) ,
Ph.D. (McGill)
Laboratory Supervisors
Technicians

and

ALLAN, B . J . , D i p l . T e c h . ( B C I T ) ,
Laboratory Technician
SMITH, I.,
H.N.C. (Aberdeen),
Laboratory Supervisor

General

C h e m i s t r y 104
Fundamentals of C h e m i s t r y
(3,3,0)

(F)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : None, but some
c h e m i s t r y and m a t h e m a t i c s
recommended.
A course s p e c i f i c a l l y designed for
t h e n o n - s c i e n c e s t u d e n t s who need
f i r s t - y e a r chemistry requirements
f o r n u r s i n g , home e c o n o m i c s and
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n , e t c . A study
of chemical p r i n c i p l e s ,
s t o i c h i o m e t r y , the chemical bond;
atomic s t r u c t u r e ; chemical
periodicity;
introductory
thermochemistry; gases.

Information

A l l chemistry courses i n c l u d e
weekly t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y
periods unless otherwise s t a t e d .
The c o s t of t h e l a b s i s i n c l u d e d
in the course t u i t i o n fee except
f o r l a b m a n u a l s and some f i e l d
t r i p c o s t s . Students are required
t o have (and w e a r ) s a f e t y g l a s s e s
in a l l laboratory periods.

University

Transfer

C h e m i s t r y 105
Fundamentals of Chemistry
(3,3,0)
Prerequisite:

(S)

C h e m i s t r y 104

A s t u d y o f l i q u i d s , s o l i d s , and
changes of s t a t e ; o x i d a t i o n reduction, electrochemistry,
representative inorganic chemistr y ; e q u i l i b r i u m ; a c i d s , b a s e s and
s a l t s ; organic chemistry.

Credit

A l l Chemistry c o u r s e s , except 030,
c a r r y t r a n s f e r c r e d i t t o S F U , UBC
and U . V i c . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e
T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back of t h e
calendar.

C h e m i s t r y 030
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C h e m i s t r y
(SU) o r ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : None (No
transfer credit)

university

This course i s designed for those
s t u d e n t s who have had no p r e v i o u s
c h e m i s t r y , and who w i s h t o go on
i n s c i e n c e s . No l a b s a r e g i v e n .
C h e m i s t r y 030 f u l f i l l s t h e
entrance chemistry requirement f o r
t h e N u r s i n g program at BCIT.
Atoms, m o l e c u l e s , the m o l e ,
c h e m i c a l f o r m u l a s , i o n i c and
covalent bonding. Balancing
equations, simple stoichiometry
problems, s o l u t i o n s , a c i d s , bases
and s a l t s , e q u i l i b r i u m , gas l a w s .

C h e m i s t r y 108
Basic Chemistry

(F)

(4.5,3,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 11 o r Chem
0 3 0 , Math 12 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Math
110 must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y ,
if
not a l r e a d y c o m p l e t e d . S t u d e n t s
w i t h C h e m i s t r y 12 p e r m i t t e d t o
e n r o l l i n C h e m i s t r y 108 o n l y w i t h
Chemistry department's p e r m i s s i o n .
T h i s c o u r s e c o v e r s t h e m a t e r i a l of
C h e m i s t r y 110 a n d , i n a d d i t i o n ,
p r o v i d e s the background necessary
f o r a s t u d e n t who has n o t t a k e n
Chemistry 12.

C h e m i s t r y 109
Basic Chemistry

(S)

(4.5,3,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 8 . Math
111 must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y ,
if
not a l r e a d y c o m p l e t e d . S t u d e n t s
w i t h C h e m i s t r y 110 p e r m i t t e d t o
e n r o l l i n C h e m i s t r y 109 o n l y w i t h
Chemistry Department's p e r m i s s i o n .
This course covers the m a t e r i a l of
C h e m i s t r y 111 a n d , i n a d d i t i o n ,

Commerce
p r o v i d e s the background n e c e s s a r y
f o r a s t u d e n t who has n o t t a k e n
Chemistry 12.

C h e m i s t r y 110
P r i n c i p l e s and Methods
C h e m i s t r y ( F ) (3,3,0)

of

C h e m i s t r y 200
Organic Chemistry

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 12 and
Math 1 2 . Math 110 must be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y i f not a l r e a d y
completed.
A c o u r s e f o r s t u d e n t s who p l a n
c a r e e r s i n s c i e n c e . A study of
s t o i c h i o m e t r y ; t h e gaseous s t a t e ;
s o l i d s ; l i q u i d s ; s o l u t i o n s ; atomic
s t r u c t u r e ; the p e r i o d i c system;
chemical bonding; thermochemistry.
C h e m i s t r y 110
SPL - P r i n c i p l e s and Methods
C h e m i s t r y ( F . S ) (3,3,0)

A s e l f - p a c e d l e a r n i n g course
equivalent in content to Chemistry
1 1 0 , open t o any s t u d e n t but
d e s i g n e d t o be of p a r t i c u l a r v a l u e
t o t h o s e s t u d e n t s who a r e u n a b l e
t o a t t e n d t h e Lynnmour Campus or a
s a t e l l i t e c e n t r e on a r e g u l a r
basis.

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 1 1 0 . Math
111 must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y ,
if
not a l r e a d y c o m p l e t e d .
Thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , e q u i l i b r i u m , a c i d s , b a s e s and s a l t s ;
redox e q u a t i o n s , e l e c t r o c h e m i s t r y ;
t r a n s i t i o n m e t a l s and t h e i r
complexes; organic chemistry.

of

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 109
o r 1 1 1 . Any s t u d e n t who has
attempted the course w i t h i n the
l a s t y e a r w i l l n o t be a l l o w e d t o
r e g i s t e r without the i n s t r u c t o r ' s
permission.
A study of nomenclature, s t r u c t u r e , and s p e c t r o s c o p y of o r g a n i c
molecules; alkanes, alkenes,
a l k y n e s , o r g a n o m e t a l 1 i c compounds,
alcohols, ethers, alkyl halides;
mechanisms and s t e r e o c h e m i s t r y .

C h e m i s t r y 201
Organic Chemistry
Prerequisite:

(S)

(3,3,0)

C h e m i s t r y 200

Aromatic chemistry, aldehydes,
k e t o n e s , a c i d s and t h e i r
d e r i v a t i v e s , carbanions; amines;
n i t r o , a z o , d i a z o and r e l a t e d
compounds; h e t e r o c y c l i c s ;
carbohydrates, protein chemistry;
polymers; natural products.

A s e l f - p a c e d l e a r n i n g course
equivalent in content to Chemistry

Inorganic

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 105 w i t h
" B " s t a n d i n g o r C h e m i s t r y 109 o r
1 1 1 , and Math 1 1 1 .
A s t u d y of g a s e s , t h e r m o d y n a m i c s ,
thermochemistry; e q u i l i b r i u m ,
electrochemistry, solutions,
quantitative inorganic analysis.
B i o l o g i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n s of t h e s e
topics stressed.
C h e m i s t r y 205
Introduction to Physical
C h e m i s t r y ( S ) (3,3,0)
Prerequisite:

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 1 1 0 . Math
111 must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y i f
not a l r e a d y c o m p l e t e d .

30

(3,3,0)

C h e m i s t r y 204
Introduction to P h y s i c a l
C h e m i s t r y ( F ) (3,3,0)

of

C h e m i s t r y 111
SPL - P r i n c i p l e s and Methods
C h e m i s t r y ( F , S ) (3,3,0)

(F)

Instructional

Faculty

AM0N, N . , B . A . ( K e n t ) , M . A . (SFU)
ECCLES, E . , R . N . ( S t . P a u l ' s ) ,
B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
L A U R I L A , W . E . , B . A . S c , M.Math
(Waterloo)
SAYRE, J . E . , B . S . , B . A . ( D e n v e r ) ,
M.A. (Boston)
TOWSON, K . V . , B . S c , M . S c
(SFU)
WATKISS, C , B . S c . ( C a r l e t o n ) ,
M . S c , Ph.D. (Toronto)
WILSON, J . , B.Comm. ( U B C ) , C A .

The C o l l e g e o f f e r s a two y e a r
t r a n s f e r p a c k a g e t o UBC c o n s i s t i n g
o f t h e " P r e - C o m m e r c e Y e a r " and
" F i r s t Year Commerce" as f o l l o w s :

Pre-Commerce

Year

of

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 12 and
Math 1 2 . Math 110 must be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y i f not a l r e a d y
completed.

C h e m i s t r y 111
P r i n c i p l e s and Methods
C h e m i s t r y ( S ) (3,3,0)

111 and d e s i g n e d t o be o f
p a r t i c u l a r value to those students
who a r e u n a b l e t o a t t e n d t h e
Lynnmour Campus o r a s a t e l l i t e
c e n t r e on a r e g u l a r b a s i s .

Inorganic

C h e m i s t r y 204

A s t u d y of a c i d s and b a s e s ,
c h e m i c a l k i n e t i c s , main group
systematic chemistry; t r a n s i t i o n
e l e m e n t s and c o o r d i n a t i o n
comp1 e x e s .

To e n t e r t h e P r e - C o m m e r c e Y e a r
c o n t a c t the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e at
9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 2 1 3 , and a s k t o be
mailed a "College Admissions
A p p l i c a t i o n F o r m " . The P r e Commerce Y e a r r e q u i r e s 30 c r e d i t s
w h i c h MUST i n c l u d e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
a) E c o n o m i c s 2U0 and 201 - t h e s e
may be t a k e n i n e i t h e r o r d e r ;
b) E n g l i s h 10U o r 102 ( n o t b o t h )
f o l l o w e d by ONE o f E n g l i s h 1 0 4 ,
105, 106, 108.

-

c ) The M a t h e m a t i c s r e q u i r e m e n t i s :
- I f Grade 12 A l g e b r a was
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed w i t h a "C"
g r a d e o r b e t t e r , t a k e Math 108
f o l l o w e d by Math 109 ( N o t e : 110
and 111 can be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r
1 0 8 / 1 0 9 , but t h i s c o m b i n a t i o n i s
more o r i e n t e d t o w a r d s s c i e n c e t h a n
business).
- If Grade 12 A l g e b r a was n o t
t a k e n ( o r t h e g r a d e a c h i e v e d was
l e s s t h a n a " C " ) , t a k e Math 105
f o l l o w e d by 108 ( N o t e : a g a i n 110
c o u l d be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 1 0 8 ) .
- I f Grade 11 A l g e b r a was n o t
t a k e n ( o r t h e g r a d e a c h i e v e d was
l e s s t h a n a " C " ) , t h e n Math 010
w i l l have t o be t a k e n b e f o r e t h e
Math 105/108 s e q u e n c e c a n be
started.
d ) 12 c r e d i t s ( f o u r c o u r s e s ) of
e l e c t i v e s . S t u d e n t s may c h o o s e any
u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r courses at the
C o l l e g e , but i t i s s u g g e s t e d t o
spread t h e s e around r a t h e r than

t a k i n g 3 or 4 courses
discipline.

First-Year

in only

one

Commerce

Upon c o m p l e t i o n of t h e P r e Commerce y e a r s t u d e n t s must t h e n
APPLY f o r a d m i s s i o n t o t h e
Commerce Program i t s e l f by g e t t i n g
a "Commerce P r o g r a m A p p l i c a t i o n "
f r o m t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s o f f i c e . There
a r e o n l y 3b s e a t s a v a i l a b l e i n
F i r s t Year Commerce and p r e f e r e n c e
w i l l be g i v e n t o s t u d e n t s w i t h t h e
b e s t Pre-Commerce Year r e c o r d s who
want t o t a k e t h e e n t i r e F i r s t y e a r
Commerce P r o g r a m . A p p l i c a t i o n s t o
t h e Commerce P r o g r a m s h o u l d be
made i m m e d i a t e l y i n l a t e s p r i n g
once t h e Pre-Commerce Y e a r c o u r s e s
a r e c o m p l e t e and g r a d e s r e c e i v e d .
S t u d e n t s who w a i t u n t i l l a t e
summer may f i n d t h a t a l l s p a c e s
have been f i l l e d .
In t h e F a l l Semester s t u d e n t s
a d m i t t e d t o the F i r s t Year
Commerce Program w i l l t a k e :
Commerce 210
Economics 211
Commerce 220
Commerce 251
and one u n i v e r s i t y
e l e c t i ve.

transfer

F o r t h o s e w i t h Math 108/109 (or
110/111) i n t h e i r Pre-Commerce
Year:
C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e 100
E c o n o m i c s 212
Commerce 253
and two u n i v e r s i t y
transfer
electi ves.
Math 1 0 5 / 1 0 8 :

C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e 100
E c o n o m i c s 212
Commerce 253
M a t h e m a t i c s 109
and one u n i v e r s i t y
transfer
e l e c t i ve.

Commerce 253
Financial Accounting

UVic

Some c o u r s e s i n t h e UBC t r a n s f e r
p a c k a g e do not t r a n s f e r t o SFU o r
UVic. Students w i s h i n g to t r a n s f e r
t o e i t h e r of these i n s t i t u t i o n s
a r e , t h e r e f o r e , s t r o n g l y urged t o
contact the C o u n s e l l i n g D i v i s i o n
before applying for admission to
" F i r s t Year Commerce."

Prerequisite:

I

(F)

A p p l i c a t i o n s of b a s i c m a t h e m a t i c s
t o commerce and b u s i n e s s . T o p i c s
include cost/benefit analysis,
discounted cash f l o w , t r a n s p o r t a t i o n problems, l i n e a r programming.
to

UBC.

Organizational
(3,0,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f
o r g a n i z a t i o n s - - w h a t t h e y a r e , how
t h e y f u n c t i o n , how i n d i v i d u a l s
behave w i t h i n t h e m . T o p i c s i n c l u d e
f o r m a l s t r u c t u r e s , t h e r o l e of
groups w i t h i n o r g a n i z a t i o n s ,
m o t i v a t e d work e f f o r t , l e a d e r s h i p ,
change.
Transferable

t o SFU and

Commerce 251
Fundamentals of
(F)
(3,0,0)

UBC.

Accounting

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e f u n d a m e n t a l
p r i n c i p l e s behind the p r e p a r a t i o n
o f f i n a n c i a l r e p o r t s and
statements. Topics i n c l u d e general
f i n a n c i a l statement s t r u c t u r e ,
revenue r e c o g n i t i o n , v a l u a t i o n o f
r e c e i v a b l e s , i n v e n t o r y , a s s e t s and
1i a b i 1 i t i e s .
Transferable

t o UBC and

(3,0,0)

Commerce 251

t o UBC and

UVic.

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Pre-Commerce
Mathematics requirements

Transferable

(S)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of the study of the
c o n c e p t s of f i n a n c i a l a c c o u n t i n g ,
i n c l u d i n g c o r p o r a t i o n income t a x ,
income t a x r e p o r t i n g ,
interc o r p o r a t e i n v e s t m e n t s and t a x e s ,
p e n s i o n s , f o r e i g n e x c h a n g e and
statement a n a l y s i s .
Transferable

Commerce 210
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods

Commerce 220
P r i n c i p l e s of
Behaviour (F)

A F a l l s e m e s t e r Grade P o i n t
Average (GPA) of 2 . 6 7 w i t h no
g r a d e below C - MUST be a c h i e v e d t o
continue i n t o the Spring semester,
when t h e f o l l o w i n g c o u r s e s w i l l be
taken:

For those w i t h

T r a n s f e r t o SFU o r

UVic.

For c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s of
C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e , E c o n o m i c s and
Mathematics c o u r s e s , see t h e
relevant sections elsewhere i n
this calendar.

Computing Science
Instructional

Faculty

BENTLEY, A . E . T . , B . S c . ( U B C ) ,
M.A., Ph.D. ( M i s s o u r i ) ,
C o o r d i n a t o r of Computing S c i e n c e
EDWARDS, E . , B . S c , M . S c . (UBC)
FREEMAN, M . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c .
( C a l . T e c h . ) , P h . D . (UBC)
HARRIS, L . F . , B . A . , M . A . ( U B C ) ,
P h . D . ( A u s t r a l i a N a t . U.)
HAUSCHILDT, R . , B . S c . ( H o n s . )
( Q u e e n ' s ) , M . S c . (UBC)
PALFFY-MUHORAY, P . , B . A . S c ,
M . A . S c . , P h . D . (UBC)
VERNER, R . H . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c .
(EWSC), B . C . T e a c h i n g C e r t . (UBC)
WATERMAN, A . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c .
(SFU)
WATKISS, C , B . S c . ( C a r l e t o n ) ,
M . S c , Ph.D. (Toronto)

General

Information

The C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e Department
o f f e r s computing courses at the
f i r s t and s e c o n d - y e a r u n i v e r s i t y
l e v e l , as w e l l as c o m p u t i n g
c o u r s e s i n t h e two y e a r ,
u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r a b l e , diploma
program i n S c i e n t i f i c Computing
A p p l i c a t i o n s Technology (SCAT).
Students e n r o l l e d i n these courses
have e x c e l l e n t a c c e s s t o t h e
c o l l e g e ' s computing f a c i l i t i e s
which i n c l u d e f i v e microcomputer
l a b s and two HP3000 t e r m i n a l l a b s .

1. University

Transfer

Program

Students p l a n n i n g to major i n
C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e and S c i e n c e
s t u d e n t s f u l f i l l i n g Computing
Science e l e c t i v e requirements
n o r m a l l y t a k e Comp 1U3/104/105 i n
t h e i r f i r s t year. Non-science
s t u d e n t s w i s h i n g an i n t r o d u c t i o n
t o c o m p u t e r s and programming
n o r m a l l y t a k e Comp 1 0 0 . The f i r s t
and s e c o n d y e a r p r o g r a m r e q u i r e ments l e a d i n g t o a Computing
S c i e n c e degree are l i s t e d i n the
SCIENCE: GENERAL INFORMATION
s e c t i o n . F o r d e t a i l s on t h e
t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y of each course
c o n s u l t the t r a n s f e r guide at the
back of t h e c a l e n d a r .

32

2 . S c i e n t i f i c Computing
A p p l i c a t i o n s T e c h n o l o g y (SCAT)
Program
The Department of C o m p u t i n g
Science o f f e r s a t w o - y e a r program
l e a d i n g to a Diploma of Technology
i n S c i e n t i f i c Computing
A p p l i c a t i o n s . The g o a l of t h e
program i s t o produce g r a d u a t e s
employable i n a t e c h n i c a l
e n v i r o n m e n t where t h e i r a c a d e m i c
and programming s k i l l s w i l l e n a b l e
them t o s o l v e p r o b l e m s o f a
s c i e n t i f i c nature.
The p r o g r a m i s t h e o n l y t w o - y e a r
program i n t h e p r o v i n c e t h a t i s
oriented p r i m a r i l y to t e c h n i c a l
s o f t w a r e d e v e l o p m e n t and a p p l i c a t i o n s . As t h e m a j o r p o r t i o n of t h e
program i s u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r a b l e
g r a d u a t e s have t h e o p t i o n o f e n t r y
i n t o t h i r d y e a r Computing S c i e n c e
or the j o b m a r k e t .
The p r o g r a m i s i n t e n d e d f o r p e o p l e
who have c o m p l e t e d h i g h s c h o o l
s u c c e s s f u l l y w i t h a B . C . Secondary
School G r a d u a t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e or
equivalent, including English 12,
P h y s i c s 11 ( P h y s i c s 12
p r e f e r a b l y ) , and A l g e b r a 12 w i t h
at l e a s t a ' B ' g r a d e .
An a p p l i c a t i o n form f o r e n t r y i n t o
t h e program i s a v a i l a b l e f r o m t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s o f f i c e or the N a t u r a l
Sciences Division o f f i c e . I n i t i a l
s e l e c t i o n o f a p p l i c a n t s w i l l be
made b e g i n n i n g May 2 U , 1 9 8 6 .

Note 2 : S t u d e n t s w i l l r e c e i v e
c r e d i t f o r o n l y ONE o f Comp 100 o r
Comp 1 0 3 .

COMP 103
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Programming
Pascal (F,S)
(4,0,0)

Descriptions

COMP 100
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Programming
BASIC ( F , S )
(3,0,0)

in

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C "
A l g e b r a 11 o r Math 0 1 0 .

in

An i n t r o d u c t i o n

and

in

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C " g r a d e
i n A l g e b r a 12 o r Math 0 1 2 , o r a t
l e a s t a " C - " i n Math 1 0 5 .
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o programming u s i n g
P a s c a l ; general understanding of
computers, p r i n c i p l e s of programming; s p e c i f i c experience in
w r i t i n g and e x e c u t i n g p r o g r a m s ;
applications will stress s c i e n t i f i c and s t a t i s t i c a l c a l c u l a t i o n s a s
w e l l as d a t a p r o c e s s i n g p r o b l e m s .
1 and 2 u n d e r Comp 1 0 0 .

COMP 104
Fundamental Concepts of
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

SECOND YEAR
Computing S c i e n c e 130/222/223/224
225/226/227/228/229/230
Math 205/230

to computers

Note 1 : Any s t u d e n t who has
attempted t h i s course w i t h i n the
l a s t y e a r w i l l not be a l l o w e d t o
r e g i s t e r without the i n s t r u c t o r ' s
permission.

See Notes

FIRST YEAR
Computing S c i e n c e 103/104/105
Math 1 0 1 / 1 2 0 , 1 1 0 / 1 1 1 , 200
P h y s i c s 110/111 o r 114/115
E n g l i s h 100

Course

computer programming f o r n o n science s t u d e n t s . Students
intending to take f u r t h e r
computing courses should c o n s i d e r
Comp 103 i n s t e a d o f Comp 1 0 0 .
Topics covered i n c l u d e p r i n c i p l e s
o f p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g and a l g o r i t h m
d e s i g n ; c o m p u t e r s and t h e i r 0 / S ;
a p p l i c a t i o n s to problems i n
s t a t i s t i c s , data processing,
accounting, social sciences,
e n t e r t a i n m e n t ; language of
i n s t r u c t i o n i s BASIC.

Computing

P r e r e q u i s i t e : COMP 103 w i t h a t
l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e , o r Comp 100
and Math 1 0 5 / A l g e b r a 12 w i t h a t
least a " B - " grade.
Theoretical introduction to
computing s c i e n c e ; computer
o r g a n i z a t i o n and a r c h i t e c t u r e ;
information representation;
m a c h i n e and a s s e m b l y l a n g u a g e s ;
a d d r e s s i n g schemes; machine
a r i t h m e t i c ; problem s o l v i n g w i t h
low l e v e l l a n g u a g e s . H a n d s - o n
e x p e r i e n c e w i t h d i s s e m b l y language
programming and d e b u g g i n g .

COMP 105
Program Design

(S)

(3,0,0)

COMP 223
Discrete Structures

(F)

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Comp 103 and Math 1 1 0 .

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Comp 104 and Math 1 1 1 .

C o n t i n u a t i o n o f Comp 1 0 3 ; e x p e r i ence i n a p p l i c a t i o n programming
and programming m e t h o d o l o g y ;
e m p h a s i s on l a r g e r p r o j e c t s w i t h a
s c i e n t i f i c orientation; projects
w i l l i n c l u d e problem s p e c i f i c a t i o n , program d e s i g n , v a l i d a t i o n ,
e v a l u a t i o n , documentation.

Introduction to mathematical
m o d e l s and f o r m a l t o p i c s used i n
computing s c i e n c e ; Boolean a l g e bra, sets, functions, relations;
i n d u c t i o n and r e c u r s i o n , p r o o f s ;
graphs, t r e e s , a p p l i c a t i o n s ;
f i n i t e state machines.

See Note

COMP 224
Numerical

1 u n d e r COMP 1 0 0 .

COMP 130
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o APL ( F )

(1,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Math 110 and Comp 1 0 3 .
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o APL (A Programming
Language) both as m a t h e m a t i c a l
n o t a t i o n and as a c o m p u t e r
programming l a n g u a g e . APL p r i m i t i v e s and t h e i r u s e , a r r a y s o f
d a t a and t h e i r m a n i p u l a t i o n ,
modular d e s i g n of s o l u t i o n s to
problems, p r a c t i c a l experience in
w r i t i n g and u s i n g APL p r o g r a m s .
Examples w i l l be t a k e n f r o m
v a r i o u s a r e a s of S c i e n c e and
Mathematics.

NOTE: E n t r y i n t o any 200 l e v e l
Computing S c i e n c e c o u r s e r e q u i r e s
p e r m i s s i o n of t h e Computing
Science Coordinator.

COMP 222
Data S t r u c t u r e s and P r o g r a m
O r g a n i z a t i o n (F)
(4,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Comp 104 and Comp 1 0 5 .
O r g a n i z a t i o n of programs and t h e i r
d a t a s t r u c t u r e s ; methods f o r
m o d u l a r program d e s i g n , u s e o f
procedures, c o n s t r u c t s f o r flow of
c o n t r o l ; machine l e v e l data t y p e s ,
programming l a n g u a g e d a t a t y p e s ,
programmer d e f i n e d d a t a t y p e s ,
a p p l i c a t i o n s to searching,
sorting.

Computation

(S)

version; interfacing techniques;
laboratory experience in these
topics.

COMP 227
Data Base C o n c e p t s

(S)

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Comp 222 and Comp 2 2 3 .
D e s i g n and i m p l e m e n t a t i o n o f d a t a
base management s y s t e m s . F i l e s .
N e t w o r k , r e l a t i o n a l and
h i e r a r c h i c a l d a t a base t h e o r y .

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Comp 1 0 5 , Math 2 0 0 , and
Math 2 3 0 .

COMP 228
D a t a Base A p p l i c a t i o n s
Corequisite:

(S)

(1,0,0)

Comp 227

I n t r o d u c t i o n t o FORTRAN; t h e o r y
and t e c h n i q u e s i n a n a l y s i s o f
s c i e n t i f i c data using numerical
methods; n o n - l i n e a r e q u a t i o n s ,
l i n e a r a l g e b r a , i n t e r p o l a t i o n and
function approximation,
integration.

Development and d e s i g n o f a d a t a
b a s e on a m i c r o c o m p u t e r . Use o f
d a t a base p a c k a g e s .

COMP 225
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computer
(S)
(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Comp 2 2 2 , Math 200 and
Math 2 0 5 .

Graphics

P r e r e q u i s i t e s : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Comp 2 2 2 , Math 200 and
Math 2 3 0 . C o r e q u i s i t e : Comp 2 3 0 .
A survey of the m a t h e m a t i c s ,
i m p l e m e n t a t i o n t e c h n i q u e s , and
practices underlying graphical
d i s p l a y o f i n f o r m a t i o n . How
computers d i s p l a y g r a p h i c a l d a t a ,
r e l a t i o n s h i p between a n a l y t i c a l
geometry and g r a p h i c s , i m p l e m e n t a t i o n t e c h n i q u e s used i n g r a p h i c s ,
i n t e r f a c e s t o v a r i o u s programming
l a n g u a g e s and h a r d w a r e , h a n d s - o n
e x p e r i e n c e programming g r a p h i c s .

COMP 226
Introduction to D i g i t a l
(F)
(3,3,0)

Hardware

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Comp 1 0 4 , Math 111 and
P h y s i c s 111 o r 1 1 5 .
Elementary c i r c u i t t h e o r y ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o l i n e a r and n o n - l i n e a r
devices; logic gates; f l i p - f l o p s ;
c l o c k e d l o g i c ; A/D and D/A c o n -

COMP 229
Computer S i m u l a t i o n and M o d e l l i n g
(S)
(3,0,0)

C r e a t i o n and use o f c o m p u t e r
models of p h y s i c a l p r o b l e m s ;
p r a c t i c a l examples of models u s i n g
numerical i n t e g r a t o r s , d i f f e r e n t i a l e q u a t i o n s o l v e r s and l i n e a r
algebra programs. Introduction to
queuing t h e o r y . This course i s
c o n c e r n e d w i t h t h e use o f t h e s e
t o o l s r a t h e r than t h e i r d e s i g n .

COMP 230
Introduction to
Programming ( S )

Systems
(4,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e s : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Comp 222 and Comp 2 2 6 .
P e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r and
Comp 104 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r
Comp 2 2 6 .
Operating systems, s i n g l e tasking
and m u l t i - u s e r ; m u l t i - t a s k i n g on
m i c r o , m i n i , and m a i n f r a m e
c o m p u t e r s . The ' C programming
language. F i l e systems, resource
a l l o c a t i o n , s e c u r i t y . UNIX.

Economics
Instructional

Faculty

AMON, N . , B . A . ( K e n t ) , M . A . (SFU)
MIRZA, M . A . , B . S c . ( U . L o n d o n ) ,
P h . D . (SFU)
MOAK, K . W . , B . A . ( U . V i c . ) , M . P . A .
(U.Vic.)
SAYRE, J . E . , B . S . , B . A . ( D e n v e r ) ,
M.A. (Boston)

General

Information

Economics i s a s o c i a l s c i e n c e
concerned w i t h the a l l o c a t i o n of
s c a r c e r e s o u r c e s and i n v o l v i n g t h e
p r o d u c t i o n , d i s t r i b u t i o n and
c o n s u m p t i o n of w e a l t h . E c o n o m i c s
100 and 101 a r e
introductory
c o u r s e s w h i c h r a i s e and e x p l o r e
the k i n d s of q u e s t i o n s economists
d e a l w i t h . They a l s o s e r v e as an
i n t r o d u c t i o n to the study of
f o r m a l e c o n o m i c t h e o r y i n t h e 200
level courses.
S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o m a j o r i n
Economics or Commerce s h o u l d
c o m p l e t e E c o n o m i c s 200 and 201
before proceeding to t h i r d - y e a r
c o u r s e s a t UBC, SFU o r e l s e w h e r e .
S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o m a j o r i n
E c o n o m i c s at SFU a r e a l s o a d v i s e d
t o c o m p l e t e E c o n o m i c s 120 and 1 2 1 .
S t u d e n t s who p l a n on e n t e r i n g t h e
Commerce Program s h o u l d t a k e
E c o n o m i c s 200/201 i n t h e i r
first
year.
University

Transfer

F r i e d m a n . Contemporary
e c o n o m i c p o l i c i e s and
c o n c e p t s as s u p p l y and
dealt w i t h .

E c o n o m i c s 101
C a n a d i a n E c o n o m i c s - Macro and
M i c r o C o n s i d e r a t i o n s (F)
(3,0,0)
An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e c o n t e m p o r a r y
s t r u c t u r e of t h e C a n a d i a n economy
o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e and
t a r i f f s , t h e e f f e c t s of f o r e i g n
i n v e s t m e n t and o w n e r s h i p ; t h e
p r o b l e m s of r e g i o n a l d i s p a r i t i e s
and p o v e r t y ; t h e i n t e r p l a y o f
b u s i n e s s , government and u n i o n s
and f e d e r a l - p r o v i n c i a l
relations
and t a x a t i o n p o l i c i e s a r e
c o n s i d e r e d . Focus i s on t h e hard
economic c h o i c e s t h e p e o p l e of
Canada now f a c e .

E c o n o m i c s 120
Economic H i s t o r y o f t h e
P r e - I n d u s t r i a l Era (F)
(3,0,0)
A b r o a d sweep o f e c o n o m i c h i s t o r y
from man's e a r l i e s t b e g i n n i n g s t o
t h e I n d u s t r i a l R e v o l u t i o n . The
e c o n o m i c s of p r e h i s t o r i c m a n , t h e
R i v e r C i v i l i z a t i o n s , G r e e c e , Rome
and Europe i n t h e M i d d l e Ages a r e
s t u d i e d , w h i l e emphasis i s p l a c e d
on t h e t r a n s i t i o n f r o m European
F e u d a l i s m to e a r l y forms of
capital ism.

The f o r m a l K e y n e s i a n t h e o r y of
n a t i o n a l income d e t e r m i n a t i o n and
some c o n t e m p o r a r y c r i t i q u e s of
t h i s theory are c o n s i d e r e d .
Included i s the study of the
p o s s i b l e c a u s e s o f and s o l u t i o n s
t o unemployment and i n f l a t i o n and
the importance of i n t e r n a t i o n a l
t r a d e . Government f i s c a l and
m o n e t a r y p o l i c i e s a r e examined i n
detai1.

E c o n o m i c s 201
P r i n c i p l e s of Microeconomic
(F.S)
(3,0,0)

Theory

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t one 100
l e v e l Economics c o u r s e i s s t r o n g l y
recommended.
A s t u d y of t h e t h e o r e t i c a l
c o n s t r u c t s o f consumer b e h a v i o u r
and t h e o p e r a t i o n of b u s i n e s s
f i r m s i n t h e m a r k e t economy u n d e r
c o n d i t i o n s of p e r f e c t c o m p e t i t i o n ,
o l i g o p o l y , monopoly and monopol i s t i c c o m p e t i t i o n . Included i s
the a n a l y s i s of the f i r m ' s
e q u i l i b r i u m p o s i t i o n and t h e d e t e r m i n a n t s of income d i s t r i b u t i o n .

E c o n o m i c s 211
Intermediate Microeconomic
A n a l y s i s (F)
(3,0,0)
Prerequisite:
108 o r 1 1 0 .

Economics

2 0 1 , Math

Credit

Unless otherwise i n d i c a t e d a f t e r
the course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l
Economics c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r t o S F U ,
UBC and U . V i c . F o r d e t a i l s c o n s u l t
t h e T r a n s f e r Guide i n t h e back o f
the c a l e n d a r .

E c o n o m i c s 100
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Economics
(F.S) (3,0,0)
.
A course that i n v o l v e s t r a c i n g the
d e v e l o p m e n t of c o n f l i c t i n g v i e w s
of the nature of the c a p i t a l i s t
e c o n o m i c s y s t e m . The c o u r s e w i l l
f o c u s on t h e h i s t o r i c a l d e v e l o p ment of c a p i t a l i s t s o c i e t y and on
t h e d i v e r g e n t i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s of
t h e o p e r a t i o n of c a p i t a l i s m as
f o u n d i n t h e w r i t i n g s of s u c h
e c o n o m i s t s as Adam S m i t h , D a v i d
R i c a r d o , K a r l M a r x , J . M . Keynes

34

and M i l t o n
government
such b a s i c
demand a r e

E c o n o m i c s 121
Economic H i s t o r y
E r a (S)
(3,0,0)

of the

Industrial

A study of the I n d u s t r i a l
R e v o l u t i o n and s u b s e q u e n t e c o n o m i c
growth to the present i n context
of s e v e r a l c o u n t r i e s i n c l u d i n g
C a n a d a . C o n t r a s t i s made between
t h e p a t h s of d e v e l o p m e n t o f
t o d a y ' s i n d u s t r i a l n a t i o n s and
t h o s e n a t i o n s t h a t a r e now
attempting to i n d u s t r i a l i z e .

E c o n o m i c s 200
P r i n c i p l e s of Macroeconomic
(F,S)
(3,0,0)

Theory

Consumer b e h a v i o u r ,
production,
exchange, e q u i l i b r i u m of the f i r m
under d i f f e r e n t m a r k e t s t r u c t u r e s ,
f a c t o r m a r k e t s , economic w e l f a r e .
Transferable

one 100
is strongly

UBC.

E c o n o m i c s 212
I n t e r m e d i a t e Macroeconomic
A n a l y s i s (S)
(3,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Economics 2 1 1 .
C o r e q u i s i t e : Math 1 0 9 .
Income and employment t h e o r y ,
monetary t h e o r y , t h e open economy,
e c o n o m i c f l u c t u a t i o n s and g r o w t h .
Transferable

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t
l e v e l Economics c o u r s e
recommended.

to

to

UBC.

English
Instructional

Faculty

E n g l i s h Placement Test

BELLMAINE, M . , A . A . ( C o l o r a d o ) ,
B.A. ( S t a n f o r d ) , M.A. ( C a l i f .
State)
BROWNELL, F . , B . A . ( W a s h . S t .
L o u i s ) , M . A . , P h . D . (Boston)
CLIFFORD, J . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
CONNELL, P . L . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
COUPE, R . , B . A . ( T a s m a n i a ) , P h . D .
(UBC)
COUPEY, P . L . , B . A . ( M c G i l l ) , M . A .
(UBC)
FAHLMAN R E I D , M . L . , B . A . ( U B C ) ,
M.A. (Toronto)
FORST, G . N . , B . A . , P h . D . (UBC)
GILBERT, S . R . , B . A . ( U . V i c . ) , M . A .
(UBC)
HINDMARCH, G . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
JANTZEN, D . H . , B . A . ( U B C ) , M . A .
(York)
MCKEOWN, T . « B . A . , M . A . , P h . D .
(UBC)
SCHERMBRUCKER, W . G . , B . A .
(Capetown), P . G r a d . C e r t , i n E d .
( L o n d o n ) , M . A . , P h . D . (UBC)
SHERRIN, R . G . , B . F . A . , M . F . A .
(UBC)
THESEN, S . , B . A . , M . A . (SFU)
WHITTAKER, E . M . , B . A . (UBC)

General

Information

Students i n t e n d i n g to t r a n s f e r to
u n i v e r s i t y should complete E n g l i s h
200 and 2 0 1 , and a r e e n c o u r a g e d t o
take other second-year E n g l i s h
c o u r s e s . E n g l i s h 200 and 201 a r e
sometimes r e q u i r e d f o r c e r t a i n
A r t s and E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m s .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d seek u n i v e r s i t y
c a l e n d a r s and h e l p f r o m A d v i s o r s
in determining requirements.

Those s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o e n r o l l
i n E n g l i s h courses i n t h e Academic
D i v i s i o n must s u b m i t t h e r e s u l t s
o f t h e B . C . Government E n g l i s h
Placement Test w i t h t h e i r
r e g i s t r a t i o n forms.
Schedules of E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c
T e s t s f o r t h o s e who have n o t t a k e n
the E n g l i s h Placement T e s t , w i l l
be p o s t e d i n t h e r e c e p t i o n a r e a
and t h e H u m a n i t i e s D i v i s i o n .
P l e a s e r e f e r t o Academic S t u d i e s
G e n e r a l I n f o r m a t i o n f o r more
specific details.

E n g l i s h as a Second Language
See l i s t i n g i n t h e P r o g r a m s and
C o u r s e s f o r S p e c i a l Needs s e c t i o n
of t h e C a l e n d a r .

S t u d e n t s may r e c e i v e e x t r a h e l p
w i t h c o m p o s i t i o n : h e l p i n grammar,
o r g a n i z a t i o n , t h e s i s development
and d o c u m e n t a t i o n may be had i n
t h e E n g l i s h W r i t i n g Lab d u r i n g t h e
s e m e s t e r by s i g n i n g a l i s t p o s t e d
i n B 1 0 2 / 1 0 3 . S t u d e n t s s i g n up f o r
i n d i v i d u a l 20 m i n u t e a p p o i n t m e n t s .

E n g l i s h 010
Language S k i l l s

(F.S)

(3,0,0)

Note: C r e d i t s e c t i o n s of t h i s
course are t r a n s f e r a b l e to SFU.

Transferable
Transfer

to SFU.

Credit

Unless otherwise i n d i c a t e d a f t e r
the course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l
E n g l i s h courses t r a n s f e r to SFU,
UBC and U . V i c . F o r d e t a i l s c o n s u l t
t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e i n t h e back o f
the c a l e n d a r .

Transferable

t o SFU and UBC.

E n g l i s h 102
Composition (S)

(3,0,0)

A composition course designed f o r
t h o s e who w i s h a more i n t e n s i v e
and c o m p r e h e n s i v e a p p r o a c h t o
E n g l i s h Composition than o f f e r e d
by t h e u s u a l f i r s t - y e a r
composition course ( E n g l i s h 1 0 0 ) .
N o t e : E n g l i s h 100 and E n g l i s h 102
DO NOT t r a n s f e r t o g e t h e r as f i r s t
year E n g l i s h .

E n g l i s h W r i t i n g Lab

An i n t e n s i v e c o u r s e i n b a s i c
language s k i l l s t o enable, the
Note: For f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t a t UBC, s t u d e n t s
student to proceed without
must t a k e two c o u r s e s f r o m one o f
d i f f i c u l t y t h r o u g h an a c a d e m i c
the f o l l o w i n g l i s t s :
c o l l e g e program. C u r r i c u l u m wi11
a) E n g l i s h 1 0 0 , 1 0 4 , 1 0 S , 1 0 6 , 108 e v o l v e f r o m t h e a s s e s s e d needs o f
b) E n g l i s h 1 0 2 , 1 0 4 , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , 108 t h e s t u d e n t s .

University

p r e c i s e , a p p r o p r i a t e and e f f e c t i v e
s e l e c t i o n of words, w i t h
p r o g r e s s i v e l y i n c r e a s i n g emphasis
on e f f e c t i v e o r g a n i z a t i o n and
development of m a t e r i a l . Problems
i n mechanics of w r i t i n g are d e a l t
w i t h i n d i v i d u a l l y , i n group d i s c u s s i o n and by r e v i s i o n o f e s s a y s .

E n g l i s h 100
Composition (F.S)

(3,0,0)

A course i n the fundamentals of
good w r i t i n g , g i v i n g s t u d e n t s i n tensive practice in writing for a
v a r i e t y of p u r p o s e s , w i t h emphasis
on t h e e s s a y f o r m . T h r o u g h o u t t h e
term a t t e n t i o n i s given to

E n g l i s h 104
Fiction (F,S)

(3,0,0)

A study of s e l e c t e d 20th century
s h o r t s t o r i e s and n o v e l s , e a c h o f
i n t r i n s i c l i t e r a r y m e r i t . The
c h i e f a i m o f t h e c o u r s e , beyond
b r o a d e n i n g and d e e p e n i n g t h e
s t u d e n t ' s u n d e r s t a n d i n g and
a p p r e c i a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e , i s to
encourage o r i g i n a l responses t o
l i t e r a r y e x p r e s s i o n and t o
increase the student's a b i l i t y to
express those responses i n w e l l d e v e l o p e d o r a l and w r i t t e n
criticism.

E n g l i s h 105
Poetry (F.S)

(3,0,0)

A s t u d y o f s e l e c t e d m a j o r and
s i g n i f i c a n t minor 20th c e n t u r y
p o e t s whose p o e t r y i s o f i n t r i n s i c
l i t e r a r y m e r i t . The c h i e f a i m o f
t h e c o u r s e , beyond b r o a d e n i n g and
deepening the s t u d e n t ' s
u n d e r s t a n d i n g and a p p r e c i a t i o n o f
l i t e r a t u r e , i s t o encourage
o r i g i n a l responses t o l i t e r a r y
e x p r e s s i o n , and t o i n c r e a s e t h e
s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y to express those
responses i n wel1-developed o r a l
and w r i t t e n c r i t i c i s m .

35

E n g l i s h 106
Drama ( F , S )

(3,0,0)

A s t u d y o f s e l e c t e d and
r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p l a y s p r i m a r i l y of
t h e 2Uth c e n t u r y . The c h i e f a i m o f
t h e c o u r s e , beyond b r o a d e n i n g and
deepening the s t u d e n t ' s
u n d e r s t a n d i n g and a p p r e c i a t i o n o f
l i t e r a t u r e , i s to encourage
o r i g i n a l responses to l i t e r a r y
e x p r e s s i o n and t o i n c r e a s e t h e
s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y to express those
responses i n wel1-developed
criticism.

E n g l i s h 108
Ideas i n C o n t e m p o r a r y
(F,S)
(3,0,0)

Literature

A study of 20th century w o r k s ,
e a c h of i n t r i n s i c l i t e r a r y m e r i t ,
a r r a n a g e d under a s u b j e c t h e a d i n g
of s i g n i f i c a n c e i n t h e
c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d . The s u b j e c t t o
be d i s c u s s e d i n e a c h s e c t i o n w i l l
be announced a t t h e t i m e o f
r e g i s t r a t i o n . Works w i l l be drawn
f r o m v a r i o u s g e n r e s and w i l l be
s t u d i e d as a r t i s t i c a l l y formed
e x p r e s s i o n s of f e e l i n g s and i d e a s ,
b o t h s e p a r a t e l y and i n r e l a t i o n t o
one a n o t h e r .

Creative

S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a
c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g course should
a r r a n g e a b r i e f i n t e r v i e w w i t h any
c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g i n s t r u c t o r and
b r i n g along a sample of t h e i r
w o r k . S t u d e n t s w i l l be c o u n s e l l e d
r e g a r d i n g the nature of the
c o u r s e , and w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
o b t a i n an i n s t r u c t o r ' s s i g n a t u r e
in order to enter the course. C a l l
9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 502 on Tuesday o r
Thursday 11:00 - 1 6 : 0 0 t o arrange
an a p p o i n t m e n t .

(F,S)

(3,0,0)

An i n t e n s i v e w o r k s h o p c o u r s e
designed to help students develop
e x p r e s s i v e s k i l l and c r a f t s m a n s h i p
i n p o e t r y , f i c t i o n , and d r a m a .
Students are r e q u i r e d to w r i t e
e x t e n s i v e l y i n t h e i r chosen genre
and t o d e v e l o p an a w a r e n e s s
t h r o u g h w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e of a t

36

E n g l i s h 191
Creative

Writing

(S)

(3,0,0)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of

English 190.

E n g l i s h 200
English Literature
(3,0,0)

to

1660

(F,S)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 1U0 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
A study of t e x t s i n a l l major
genres from s e l e c t e d major a u t h o r s
to 1660. This course w i l l provide
the student w i t h a broad
h i s t o r i c a l and c r i t i c a l f r a m e o f
r e f e r e n c e as w e l l as some i n - d e p t h
s t u d y of i n d i v i d u a l w o r k s .

E n g l i s h 201
English Literature
(F,S)
(3,0,0)

Writing

E n g l i s h 190
Creative Writing

l e a s t one o f t h e o t h e r g e n r e s .
Students are a l s o required to
submit t h e i r w r i t i n g r e g u l a r l y f o r
g r o u p d i s c u s s i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
e n c o u r a g e d t o d e v e l o p t h e i r work
t o the p o i n t at which i t should
become a c c e p t a b l e f o r p u b l i c a t i o n
i n THE CAPILANO REVIEW and o t h e r
l i t e r a r y magazines.

S i n c e 1660

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; or
instructor's written permission.
A course s i m i l a r to E n g l i s h 200,
but c o v e r i n g t h e l a t e r p e r i o d
indicated.

E n g l i s h 202
Canadian L i t e r a t u r e

(F)

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
A course designed to f a m i l i a r i z e
the student w i t h major
r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors from the
c o l o n i a l b e g i n n i n g s o f Canada t o
World War I I . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l
i n v e s t i g a t e v a r i o u s themes and
s t y l e s which evolved through the

e a r l y l i t e r a t u r e and w h i c h a r e
r e f l e c t e d i n contemporary Canadian
l i t e r a t u r e . Examples of
s i g n i f i c a n t F r e n c h - C a n a d i a n works
w i l l be s t u d i e d i n t r a n s l a t i o n .

E n g l i s h 203
Canadian L i t e r a t u r e

(S)

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
The c o n t i n u a t i o n o f E n g l i s h 2 0 2 ,
becoming more i n t e n s i v e i n t h e
i n v e s t i g a t i o n of i n d i v i d u a l m a j o r ,
modern a u t h o r s o f p o e t r y , n o v e l s
and p l a y s i n Canada s i n c e World
War I I . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l s t u d y t h e
emergence o f s i g n i f i c a n t
c o n t e m p o r a r y themes and t h e
Canadian response to them.

E n g l i s h 204
M a j o r A m e r i c a n W r i t e r s t o 1850
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
A course designed to f a m i l i a r i z e
the student w i t h the w r i t i n g s of
s e l e c t e d major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e
A m e r i c a n w r i t e r s and t o p r o v i d e
the student w i t h a broad
h i s t o r i c a l and c r i t i c a l f r a m e o f
r e f e r e n c e . Texts are considered
b o t h f o r t h e i r own l i t e r a r y m e r i t s
and i n h i s t o r i c a l c o n t e x t .

E n g l i s h 205
Major American W r i t e r s
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

s i n c e 1850

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
A course designed to f a m i l i a r i z e
the student w i t h s e l e c t e d major
A m e r i c a n w r i t i n g f r o m 1850 t o
1 9 3 0 . The c o u r s e c o n s i d e r s t h e
t e x t s f o r t h e i r own l i t e r a r y
m e r i t s and i n a b r o a d h i s t o r i c a l
and c r i t i c a l c o n t e x t .

E n g l i s h 206
Second Y e a r Drama ( F , S )

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n of
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
This course continues from E n g l i s h
106 i n i n v e s t i g a t i n g v a r i o u s f o r m s
of d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e chosen
l a r g e l y from a p r e - 2 0 t h c e n t u r y
reading l i s t . Students w i l l
e x p l o r e s p e c i f i c e l e m e n t s of s t y l e
and f o r m , v a r i o u s p e r i o d s o f drama
h i s t o r y , and v a r i o u s g e n r e s of
drama.

E n g l i s h 212
Readings i n World L i t e r a t u r e
1780 ( F ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

to

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
A course to acquaint students with
a v a r i e t y of m a j o r o r i n f l u e n t i a l
works of l i t e r a t u r e from the
c l a s s i c a l Greek e r a t o t h e end o f
t h e 18th c e n t u r y , and t o p r o v i d e
t h e s t u d e n t w i t h a broad
h i s t o r i c a l and c r i t i c a l f r a m e o f
r e f e r e n c e . Texts are c o n s i d e r e d
b o t h f o r t h e i r own l i t e r a r y m e r i t s
and i n h i s t o r i c a l c o n t e x t .

E n g l i s h 213
Readings i n World L i t e r a t u r e
1780 ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Since

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
A course s i m i l a r to E n g l i s h 212,
but c o v e r i n g t h e p e r i o d f r o m 1780
t o 1 9 2 0 , w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e 1 9 t h
century.

E n g l i s h 215
P o e t r y and P o e t i c s , P r i o r t o
20th Century (F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

the

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n of
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.

T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s an
i n v e s t i g a t i o n of p o e t r y b e f o r e t h e
2 0 t h c e n t u r y . S t u d e n t s w i l l have
an o p p o r t u n i t y t o r e a d l o n g w o r k s
a n d / o r t o c o n c e n t r a t e on t h r e e o r
four major p o e t s .

E n g l i s h 291
Creative Writing (F o r S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

E n g l i s h 216
P o e t r y and P o e t i c s o f t h e 2 0 t h
C e n t u r y (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s an i n t e n s i v e
workshop i n the w r i t i n g of
f i c t i o n . It w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on
f u r t h e r i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s knowledge
of the s t a t e of c u r r e n t f i c t i o n
w h i l e g i v i n g the student the
o p p o r t u n i t y t o d e v e l o p an
a w a r e n e s s of v o i c e , word c h o i c e
and r h y t h m , d i a l o g u e , c h a r a c t e r ,
and p o i n t s - o f - v i e w .

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s a s t u d y of
t h e o r i e s of w r i t i n g , t h e o r i e s of
t h o u g h t and u n d e r s t a n d i n g of
t r a d i t i o n as t h e y r e l a t e t o 2 0 t h
c e n t u r y p o e t r y and p o e t i c s . Not a
survey, t h i s course presents the
o p p o r t u n i t y f o r i n t e n s i v e study of
s e v e r a l s i g n i f i c a n t poets and/or
t h e d e v e l o p m e n t of a p a r t i c u l a r
form.

E n g l i s h 290
Creative Writing (3,0,0)

Poetry

(F o r

S)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : E n g l i s h 190 o r 1 9 1 ,
or i n s t r u c t o r ' s w r i t t e n
permi s s i o n .
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s an i n t e n s i v e
w o r k s h o p i n t h e w r i t i n g of p o e t r y .
I t w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on f u r t h e r i n g
t h e s t u d e n t ' s knowledge o f c u r r e n t
p o e t r y f o r m s w h i l e a t t h e same
time i n c r e a s i n g awareness of o n e ' s
own v o i c e , o n e ' s i n d i v i d u a l ground
f o r w r i t i n g , and t h e d e v e l o p m e n t
o f o n e ' s own p o e t i c .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o r e a d
a v a r i e t y of contemporary work,
b o t h poems and s t a t e m e n t s p o e t s
have made about t h e i r own p o e t i c s .
S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y
t o t r y a v a r i e t y of f o r m s , f o r
i n s t a n c e , the short l y r i c , the
s e r i a l poem, n a r r a t i v e v e r s e ,
prose p o e t r y .

Fiction

P r e r e q u i s i t e : E n g l i s h 190 o r 1 9 1 ,
or i n s t r u c t o r ' s w r i t t e n
permission.

S t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o r e a d
a v a r i e t y of w o r k s of c o n t e m p o r a r y
f i c t i o n and t o d i s c u s s v a r i o u s
t e c h n i q u e s . In t h e i r w r i t i n g , t h e y
w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y o f
t r y i n g out these t e c h n i q u e s i n
b o t h s h o r t and e x t e n d e d forms o f
fiction.

Fine Arts
Instructional

Faculty

JUNGIC, J . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
ROSENBERG, A . , B . A . , M.A. (U o f
Toronto)

General

Information

A major i n a r t h i s t o r y can l e a d t o
careers i n the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s :
architecture, interior design,
commercial a r t , a r t g a l l e r y
c u r a t o r i a l w o r k , museum w o r k , a r t
dealing, teaching, art restorat i o n , travel consulting, etc.

Credit

A l l F i n e A r t s c o u r s e s have d i r e c t
or i n d i r e c t t r a n s f e r c r e d i t at
UBC, SFU and U . V i c . P l e a s e c h e c k
t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f
the calendar for further informat i o n . Academic s t u d e n t s may a l s o
take s t u d i o a r t coures f o r c r e d i t
i n the Career A r t s Program. Please
consult the appropriate section in
the calendar for d e t a i l s
concerning these c r e d i t o f f e r i n g s .

F i n e A r t s 100
The H i s t o r y

of Art

Prerequisite:

I (F)

F i n e A r t s 101
The H i s t o r y o f A r t

Prerequisite:

II

(S)

(3,0,0)

None

Beginning w i t h the a r t of the
I t a l i a n Renaissance, t h i s course
s t u d i e s the h i s t o r y of p a i n t i n g ,
s c u l p t u r e , and a r c h i t e c t u r e t o t h e
present day. Individual a r t i s t s
i n c l u d i n g Leonardo, M i c h e l a n g e l o ,
R e m b r a n d t , G o y a , Van Gogh and
P i c a s s o are s t u d i e d i n a d d i t i o n t o
the l a r g e r p e r i o d s t y l e s . Because
w o r k s o f a r t so p e r f e c t l y r e f l e c t
t h e i r age, the economic, s o c i a l ,
and r e l i g i o u s i d e a s o f e a c h p e r i o d
w i l l be c l o s e l y c o n s i d e r e d .

F i n e A r t s 104
Introduction to Visual
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

Literacy

I

None

T h i s c o u r s e e x a m i n e s some o f t h e
g e n e r a l o r p a r t i c u l a r themes
apparent i n Western A r t :
Classicism, Medievalism;
h i s t o r i c a l works, p o r t r a i t s ,
l a n d s c a p e s , t h e human f i g u r e . A
c o n f r o n t a t i o n w i t h a wide range of
images and i d e a s w i l l e n c o u r a g e
t h e s t u d e n t t o become v i s u a l l y
l i t e r a t e and c o n f i d e n t i n t h e
i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of a l l aspects of
v i s u a l work.

None

F i n e A r t s 105
Introduction to Visual
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

Literacy

None

In t h i s c o u r s e t h e r e w i l l be an
e m p h a s i s on l o c a l a r c h i t e c t u r e ,
recent B.C. a r t , c e r t a i n aspects
of North American p a i n t i n g t r e n d s
a n d , when t h e c o u r s e i s t e a m
t a u g h t w i t h t h e a s s i s t a n c e o f an
i n s t r u c t o r from Media R e s o u r c e s ,
t h e r e w i l l be an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
t h e a e s t h e t i c s o f F i l m and V i d e o .
As i n F i n e A r t s 1 0 4 , t h e e m p h a s i s
w i l l be on d e v e l o p i n g v i s u a l
literacy.

(19th

None

This course s t u d i e s the mainstream
o f modern a r t b e g i n n i n g w i t h t h e
p a i n t i n g s of Jacques L o u i s David
produced d u r i n g the French
R e v o l u t i o n and c o n c l u d i n g w i t h t h e
a r t of Cezanne. Emphasis i s given
t o i n d i v i d u a l a r t i s t s and w o r k s by
G o y a , D e l a c r o i x , M o n e t , Van G o g h ,
G a u g u i n , and o t h e r s a r e s t u d i e d i n
d e p t h . A e s t h e t i c r e v o l u t i o n s and
counter-revolutions are explored
i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h t h e s o c i a l and
p o l i t i c a l upheavals that c h a r a c t e r i z e the nineteenth century.

F i n e A r t s 211
H i s t o r y o f Modern A r t
C e n t u r y ) (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

(3,0,0)

This course s t u d i e s the h i s t o r y of
a r t beginning w i t h the pyramids
and tombs o f Egypt and c o n c l u d i n g
w i t h t h e G o t h i c C a t h e d r a l s and
I t a l i a n f r e s c o p a i n t i n g s of the
High M i d d l e Ages i n E u r o p e . An
u n d e r s t a n d i n g and a p p r e c i a t i o n o f
a r t a r e t h e aims of t h e c o u r s e and
t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s and c l a s s
d i s c u s s i o n students w i l l develop
an ' e y e ' f o r s e e i n g , and
a p p r o p r i a t e terms to d e s c r i b e the
w o r k s s h o w n . Our i n v o l v e m e n t w i t h
t h e a r t of t h e p a s t w i l l c l e a r l y
r e v e a l how c h a n g i n g s t y l e s i n
a r c h i t e c t u r e , p a i n t i n g , and
s c u l p t u r e a r e i n f l u e n c e d by t h e
h i s t o r i c a l c o n t e x t and t h e

38

F i n e A r t s 210
H i s t o r y o f Modern A r t
Century) (F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Prerequisite:

Art h i s t o r y courses are designed
t o e n r i c h and broaden t h e
s t u d e n t ' s knowledge o f c u l t u r e
p a s t and p r e s e n t , s t i m u l a t e v i s u a l
a w a r e n e s s and p r o v i d e a n a l y t i c a l
t o o l s w i t h w h i c h t o decode v i s u a l
images.

University Transfer

p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s
t h o u g h t of each p e r i o d .

(20th

None

This h i s t o r y of 20th century a r t
b e g i n s w i t h t h e work o f P i c a s s o
and M a t i s s e and s t u d i e s t h e i m p a c t
o f r e v o l u t i o n a r y movements o f a r t
s u c h as F u t u r i s m , C o n s t r u c t i v i s m ,
D a d a , and S u r r e a l i s m . A m e r i c a ' s
post-war c o n t r i b u t i o n : Abstract
E x p r e s s i o n i s m , Pop, Minimalism,
C o n c e p t u a l , and E a r t h A r t i s
s t u d i e d as w e l l as new d i r e c t i o n s
i n t h e a r t o f t h e 8 0 ' s . The a i m o f
t h i s c o u r s e i s t o d e m y s t i f y modern
a r t by s t u d y i n g t h e u n d e r l y i n g
c o n c e p t s and t h e o r i e s , w h i c h w i l l
r e v e a l how c l o s e l y a r t e x p r e s s e s
the ethos of contemporary l i f e .

II
F i n e A r t s 220
I t a l i a n Renaissance Art
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
A study of I t a l i a n p a i n t i n g ,
s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e f r o m
Giotto t o the a r t i s t s of the Early
R e n a i s s a n c e i n T u s c a n y and
a d j a c e n t r e g i o n s . The c o u r s e
concludes with a c o n s i d e r a t i o n of
t h e a r t of L e o n a r d o da V i n c i and
the f o r m a t i o n of the High
Renaissance c l a s s i c a l s t y l e .

French
F i n e A r t s 221
I t a l i a n R e n a i s s a n c e and M a n n e r i s t
A r t (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
This course begins w i t h
M i c h e l a n g e l o i n F l o r e n c e and
e x p l o r e s t h e d i f f u s i o n of t h e H i g h
Renaissance s t y l e in p a i n t i n g ,
s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e i n Rome
and V e n i c e . F o c u s i s t h e n g i v e n t o
t h e d i s s o l u t i o n of c l a s s i c i s m i n
t h e work o f t h e M a n n e r i s t a r t i s t s
and a r c h i t e c t s . The c o u r s e ends
w i t h a c o n s i d e r a t i o n of the l a t e
work o f M i c h e l a n g e l o .

Instructional

CANTIN ORR-EWING, L . , B . A .
( M o n t r e a l ) , M . A . (SFU)
KEMPO, 0 . , B . A . ( A l t a . ) , M . A . ,
Ph.D.
(UBC)
REID, F . , M.A. ( E d i n b u r g h )
Instructional Associate
GACINA, J e a n e t t e

Next O f f e r i n g :

Programs

LEVEL

COURSES

Beginners French
(0 - Grade 11)

French

100/101

Intensive
Oral French

French

Uni v .
Preparatory
French
Grade ( 1 2 )

French
130/131

French
120/121

1st y e a r
Univ. French

French
190/191

French
170/171

T.B.A.

French
270/271

2nd y e a r
U n i v . French

S t u d e n t s may o p t t o t a k e a p a i r o f
c o u r s e s i n one p r o g r a m , t h e n
change t o a n o t h e r p a i r o f c o u r s e s
in a d i f f e r e n t program. Students
are a l s o encouraged t o t a k e
c o u r s e s i n any two programs a t t h e
same t i m e . I t w o u l d be a d v i s a b l e
t o c o n s u l t a member of t h e F r e n c h
Department b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g .

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l French courses are t r a n s f e r a b l e t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c . F o r
d e t a i l s c o n s u l t the T r a n s f e r Guide
a t t h e back of t h e c a l e n d a r .

F r e n c h 100
Beginners' French (F)
Prerequisite:

F r e n c h 101
B e g i n n e r s ' French (S)
Prerequisite:

(3,1.75,0)

F r e n c h 100

This c o u r s e , together w i t h French
100, covers high school French
G r a d e s 8 , 9 , 10 and 11 and
prepares the student f o r French
130 o r F r e n c h 1 2 0 . (See u n d e r
I n t e n s i v e O r a l F r e n c h c o u r s e s and
French courses below.)

Language Lab S u p e r v i s o r
NOEL, J o y c e

Summary o f
F i n e A r t s 250/251
R e n a i s s a n c e and M a n n e r i s t A r t :
D i r e c t e d Study Abroad i n F l o r e n c e
(SU) ( 6 , 0 , 1 )

l a n g u a g e t h r o u g h p h o n e t i c s and
pronunciation d r i l l s .

Faculty

(3,1.75,0)

None

F o r a b s o l u t e b e g i n n e r s and t h o s e
who do n o t have Grade 11 F r e n c h o r
t h e e q u i v a l e n t . An i n t e n s i v e
i n t r o d u c t i o n to the French

INTENSIVE ORAL FRENCH PROGRAMS
I n t e n s i v e O r a l c o u r s e s have a
one-day-per-week immersion
a p p r o a c h : 5 1/2 h o u r s o f A u d i o /
V i s u a l c l a s s , c o n v e r s a t i o n , and
l a b . The e m p h a s i s i n t h e I n t e n s i v e
O r a l c o u r s e s i s on C a n a d i a n c o n t e n t and t h e a u d i o - v i s u a l method
i s used. Students are required to
s u p p l y two new t a p e s o n t o w h i c h a
lesson i s recorded f o r p r a c t i c e at
home d u r i n g t h e w e e k .

F r e n c h 130
U n i v e r s i t y Preparatory French
(F,S) ( 3 , 1 . 7 5 , 0 )
Prerequisite:
100/101

Grade 11 o r

I

French

T h i s i s a c o u r s e d e s i g n e d by
Canadian l i n g u i s t s w i t h i n a
C a n a d i a n c o n t e x t . The method
emphasizes t h e spoken l a n g u a g e .
May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
French 120.

F r e n c h 131
U n i v e r s i t y Preparatory French
(F,S) (3,1.75,0)

II

P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 130 o r
w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of t h e
i nstructor
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f F r e n c h 1 3 0 . At
t h i s l e v e l t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be
expected to s t a r t w r i t i n g short
c o m p o s i t i o n s . May be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 121.

F r e n c h 190
F i r s t Year U n i v e r s i t y
(F.S) (3,1.75,0)

French

I

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Grade 1 2 , o r F r e n c h
130/131, or French 120/121, or
w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of the
instructor.
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of French 130/131.
At t h i s l e v e l t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be
expected to p a r t i c i p a t e in short
d i s c u s s i o n s , give oral presentat i o n s , and w r i t e c o m p o s i t i o n s . May
be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h F r e n c h
170.
Not o f f e r e d e v e r y

year.

F r e n c h 191
F i r s t Year U n i v e r s i t y
(F.S) (3,1.75,0)

French

II

P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 190 o r w r i t ten p e r m i s s i o n of the i n s t r u c t o r .
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of F r e n c h 1 9 0 . May
be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h F r e n c h
171.
Not o f f e r e d e v e r y

year.

FRENCH PROGRAMS
The f o l l o w i n g F r e n c h c o u r s e s meet
on a t w i c e - a - w e e k b a s i s : t h r e e
hours of i n s t r u c t i o n , p l u s t h r e e
q u a r t e r s o f an h o u r o f
c o n v e r s a t i o n with a n a t i v e French
s p e a k e r , and one hour o f l a n g u a g e
l a b o r a t o r y w o r k . (The e x c e p t i o n i s
F r e n c h 2 7 0 / 2 7 1 , w h i c h has t h r e e
h o u r s o f i n s t r u c t i o n , one hour o f
t u t o r i a l , one and a h a l f h o u r s o f
c o n v e r s a t i o n and 3/4 h o u r o f l a b .
IMPORTANT: S t u d e n t s i n t e n d i n g t o
p r o c e e d t o a m a j o r o r honour
program at a u n i v e r s i t y s h o u l d
e n r o l l in these courses.

F r e n c h 120
U n i v e r s i t y Preparatory French
(F) ( 3 , 1 . 7 5 , 0 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 100/101
F r e n c h 11 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f
Instructor

I

F r e n c h 121
U n i v e r s i t y Preparatory French
(S) ( 3 , 1 . 7 5 , 0 )
Prerequisite:
p e r m i s s i o n of

II

F r e n c h 120 o r
instructor

This c o u r s e , together with French
1 2 0 , c o n s t i t u t e s Grade 12 F r e n c h .
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of French 120, t h i s
course is designed to give a
l i m i t e d f l u e n c y i n s p e a k i n g and
r e a d i n g as w e l l as w r i t i n g s k i l l s .
May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
French 131.

F r e n c h 170
F i r s t Year U n i v e r s i t y
(F) ( 3 , 1 . 7 5 , 0 )

French

I

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Grade 12 F r e n c h , o r
F r e n c h 1 2 0 / 1 2 1 , o r F r e n c h 130/131
or permission of i n s t r u c t o r
To be t a k e n by a l l s t u d e n t s
i n t e n d i n g t o proceed t o a major or
honours program a t a n o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n . Continues the l i n g u i s t i c
d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e s t u d e n t by
means o f grammar r e v i s i o n , w r i t t e n
and o r a l e x e r c i s e s , w e e k l y
a s s i g n m e n t s , c o m p o s i t i o n s on and
s t u d i e s in French l i t e r a r y t e x t s .
May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
French 190.

F r e n c h 171
F i r s t Year U n i v e r s i t y
(S) ( 3 , 1 . 7 5 , 0 )

French

II

P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 170 o r
permissison of I n s t r u c t o r
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work done i n
French 170, i n c l u d i n g composition
and s t u d y o f F r e n c h l i t e r a r y
t e x t s . May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y
w i t h French 191.

or

This c o u r s e , together w i t h French
1 2 1 , c o n s t i t u t e s Grade 12 F r e n c h .

40

This i s a c o n v e r s a t i o n a l approach
to the French language, i n c l u d i n g
continuing instruction in basic
grammar. May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y
w i t h French 130.

F r e n c h 270
Second Year U n i v e r s i t y
(F) ( 3 , 1 . 7 5 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

French

I

French 170/171,

or

French 190/191,
Instructor.

or permission of

An a d v a n c e d c o u r s e w i t h e m p h a s i s
on w r i t t e n w o r k , i n c l u d i n g f o r m a l
translation, s t y l i s t i c exercises,
d i c t a t i o n s and c o m p r e h e n s i o n
t e s t s . L i t e r a r y works chosen from
2 0 t h c e n t u r y n o v e l s w i l l be
s t u d i e d , r e q u i r i n g some b a c k g r o u n d
r e a d i n g . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s
c u l t u r a l e n r i c h m e n t t h r o u g h medium
o f s l i d e s , f i l m s and m u s i c . May be
taken concurrently w i t h French
290.

F r e n c h 271
Second Y e a r U n i v e r s i t y
(S) ( 3 , 1 . 7 5 , 0 )

French

II

P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 270 o r
permission of I n s t r u c t o r . This
c o u r s e s h o u l d be t a k e n , whenever
p o s s i b l e , i n the term f o l l o w i n g
French 270.
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work o f
F r e n c h 2 7 0 , l i t e r a r y t e x t s w i l l be
chosen from 2 0 t h c e n t u r y F r e n c h
w o r k s ; background r e a d i n g
r e q u i r e d . Course i n c l u d e s c u l t u r a l
e n r i c h m e n t . May be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 2 9 1 .

Geography
Instructional

Faculty

EWING, K . , B . A . , M . S c . ( M i c h i g a n )
MCGILLIVRAY, B . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
WILSON, G . , B . S c . (NY S t a t e ) , M . A .
(UBC)
General

Information

Geography c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d f o r
s t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n
p u r s u i n g a c a r e e r i n Geography as
w e l l as f o r t h o s e s t u d e n t s
d e s i r i n g b o t h A r t s and S c i e n c e
e l e c t i v e s . The s t u d y o f Geography
opens t h e d o o r s f o r men and women
i n a w i d e v a r i e t y of f i e l d s
i n c l u d i n g : T e a c h i n g , Urban
P l a n n i n g , F o r e s t r y , Resource
Management, R e c r e a t o n , Economic
Consulting, Mining, Fisheries,
Weather F o r e c a s t i n g , and Map
m a k i n g . The f o c u s of Geography i s
on t h e e n v i r o n m e n t i n w h i c h we
l i v e . These c o u r s e s i n Geography
w i l l g i v e y o u a w h o l e new
p e r s p e c t i v e on t h e w o r l d .
University

Transfer

Credit

A l l Geography c o u r s e s a t C a p i l a n o
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r
G u i d e at t h e back of t h e c a l e n d a r .

a s p e c t s t h a t range from the r o l e
o f and need f o r n u c l e a r e n e r g y t o
the demonstration of s o l a r p a n e l s .
These t o p i c s a r e a p p r o a c h e d
through a p p l i c a t i o n of e c o l o g i c a l
p r i n c i p l e s , l e c t u r e s , seminars,
f i e l d t r i p s , guest s p e a k e r s ,
f i l m s , and s l i d e s .
Geography 106
B r i t i s h Columbia: A Regional
A n a l y s i s (F) (3,0,0)
A body of i n f o r m a t i o n t h a t i s
f r e q u e n t l y m i s s i n g from our
e d u c a t i o n i s t h a t of t h e p r o v i n c e
we l i v e i n . T h i s c o u r s e i n f o r m s
you about B . C . - - i t s p h y s i c a l
e n v i r o n m e n t , t h e r i s k s of l i v i n g
i n t h i s p r o v i n c e , the v a r i e t y of
p e o p l e s , and t h e e c o n o m i c s
i n v o l v e d i n i t s r e s o u r c e s . From an
economic, p o l i t i c a l , h i s t o r i c a l ,
and c u l t u r a l p e r s p e c t i v e one
l e a r n s t h a t contemporary problems
a r e f r e q u e n t l y a f u n c t i o n of t h e
p a s t . For t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d
i n b u s i n e s s , t e a c h i n g , or wanting
a b a s i c k n o w l e d g e of B . C . , t h i s i s
an e x c e l l e n t c o u r s e .
N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e a l s o s e r v e s as
Canadian Studies c r e d i t t o SFU.
Geography 108
Canada: A Topical

Geography 100
Human Geography

Geography

(S) (3,0,0)
(F)

(3,0,0)

Different cultures in d i f f e r e n t
l a n d s c a p e s a r e compared and
c o n t r a s t e d t o our own. This c o u r s e
e x a m i n e s t h e many i s s u e s of human
p o p u l a t i o n , p e r c e p t i o n of t h e
e n v i r o n m e n t , d i f f u s i o n of i d e a s ,
and c u l t u r a l a s p e c t s o f r e s o u r c e
use and u r b a n g r o w t h , t o g i v e
s t u d e n t s a v i e w i n t o t h e many
c o n c e r n s on t h e human s i d e o f
Geography.

The u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f Canada and
C a n a d i a n s i s becoming more and
more i m p o r t a n t t o o u r e c o n o m i c and
s o c i a l w e l l - b e i n g . This course
e x a m i n e s C a n a d i a n p r o b l e m s and
i s s u e s i n t e r m s of t h e d i f f e r e n t
regions in Canada. Topics include
t h e c h a n g i n g economy, c u l t u r a l
d i v e r s i t y , u r b a n g r o w t h , and
r e s o u r c e management, as we f o c u s
on t h e M a r i t i m e s , Q u e b e c , O n t a r i o ,
t h e W e s t e r n p r o v i n c e s , and t h e
Northern f r o n t i e r .

Geography 101
Environmental Geography:
P e r c e p t i o n * Change ( F ) (3,0,0)

Note: This course c a r r i e s Canadian
S t u d i e s c r e d i t t o SFU and i s a
component of t h e p r o f e s s i o n a l
development program.

This course introduces the student
t o e n v i r o n m e n t a l i s s u e s and
concerns through examining the
c o n f l i c t s between o u r l i f e s t y l e s
and a t t i t u d e s , and t h e p h y s i c a l
e n v i r o n m e n t . The c o u r s e c o n c e n t r a t e s on e n e r g y i n o u r e n v i r o n ment—examining i n t e r e s t i n g

Geography 112
Introduction to Earth

Environments

( F , S ) (3,2,0)

l a b s and f i e l d t r i p s t o e x p l a i n
processes in landscape developm e n t . Some o f t h e e n v i r o n m e n t s t o
be c o n s i d e r e d a r e : g l a c i a l ,
v o l c a n i c , c o a s t a l , a r i d and
f l u v i a l . Maps and a e r i a l
p h o t o g r a p h s w i l l be used t o
i l l u s t r a t e the various f e a t u r e s .
E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on
C a n a d i a n e x a m p l e s and t h e
i n t e r a c t i o n s between p e o p l e and
t h e i r physical environment, eg.
t h e p h y s i c a l and c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y
of the F r a s e r R i v e r D e l t a ; t h e
A t h a b a s c a t a r s a n d s and n a t i v e
p e o p l e s ; p i p e l i n e s and p e r m a f r o s t .
Note: This course f u l f i l l s the
r e q u i r e m e n t s as l a b s c i e n c e
transfer credit.

Geography 114
Weather and C l i m a t e ( F , S )

(3,2,0)

A course introducing students to
t h e s t u d y of o u r a t m o s p h e r i c
environment. P r i n c i p l e s of
c l i m a t o l o g y and m e t e o r o l o g y w i l l
be e x p l a i n e d ( u s i n g f i l m s ,
l e c t u r e s , l a b s and d i s c u s s i o n
groups), to permit a basic
u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e w e a t h e r we
e x p e r i e n c e d a i l y . E m p h a s i s w i l l be
p l a c e d on C a n a d i a n e x a m p l e s and
t h e i n t e r a c t i o n s between c l i m a t e
and o t h e r e l e m e n t s o f o u r
e n v i r o n m e n t , i n c l u d i n g man ( a i r
p o l l u t i o n , u r b a n c l i m a t e and
mountain weather f o r e x a m p l e ) .
Note: This course f u l f i l l s the
r e q u i r e m e n t s as l a b s c i e n c e
transfer credit.

Geography 200
T e c h n o l o g y and E c o n o m i c
E n v i r o n m e n t s ( S ) (3,0,0)
An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e c o n c e p t s and
themes o f e c o n o m i c g e o g r a p h y i n
t e r m s o f p r o d u c t i o n and c o n s u m p t i o n . The t r a d i t i o n a l p r i m a r y ,
s e c o n d a r y , t e r t i a r y and q u a t e r n a r y
d i v i s i o n s i n economic geography
are reviewed i n terms of contemp o r a r y i s s u e s s u c h as d e v e l o p m e n t
versus underdevelopment, p o v e r t y ,
the l o c a t i o n of i n d u s t r i a l
a c t i v i t i e s and t h e N o r t h - S o u t h
dialogue.

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o P h y s i c a l
Geography u s i n g f i l m s , l e c t u r e s ,

4 I

Geology
Geography 201
Urban S t u d i e s ( S )

Instructional

(3,0,0)

More and more o f us a r e l i v i n g i n
an u r b a n w o r l d . T h i s c o u r s e i s
d e s i g n e d t o e x a m i n e p r o b l e m s and
i s s u e s t h a t a r i s e w i t h urban
l i v i n g ; including psychological
problems, the c o s t of h o u s i n g ,
transportation i s s u e s , slums,
s u b u r b a n l i v i n g , and t h e f u t u r e
d i r e c t i o n of c i t i e s . While t h i s
course uses l o c a l e x a m p l e s , i t
a l s o draws on e x a m p l e s f r o m o t h e r
c i t i e s i n the w o r l d . This course
approaches these t o p i c s through
f i e l d t r i p s i n t o the c i t y , s l i d e s ,
f i l m s , and s i m u l a t e d g a m e s . Urban
s t u d i e s l e a d s t o c a r e e r s i n urban
p l a n n i n g , real e s t a t e , land
management, a r c h i t e c t u r e , and
u r b a n p o l i t i c s as w e l l as g i v i n g
g e n e r a l community a w a r e n e s s .

Geography 205
E c o n o m i c Geography
B a s i n (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

of the

Pacific

T h i s c o u r s e examines the P a c i f i c
B a s i n i n terms of i t s s o c i a l ,
e c o n o m i c and p o l i t i c a l g e o g r a p h y .
The e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on t h e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s t h a t e x i s t between
c o u n t r i e s o f t h e P a c i f i c B a s i n and
B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a . In p a r t i c u l a r ,
t h r e e c o u n t r i e s w i l l be e x a m i n e d - J a p a n , K o r e a , and C h i n a . T h i s
c o u r s e i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e
I n t e r n a t i o n a l S t u d i e s Co-op
Program.

Geography 221
Map and A i r p h o t o
(S) ( 3 , 2 , 0 )

ATHAIDE, D . , B . S c . ( M c G i l l ) ,
M . S c , Prof. Teacher's C e r t .
(UBC)
TH0ML1NS0N, A . G . , B . A . , M . S c ,
P r o f . T e a c h e r ' s C e r t . (UBC)

General

Geology c o u r s e s a r e d e s i g n e d f o r
students planning a u n i v e r s i t y
degree program i n the g e o l o g i c a l
s c i e n c e s or i n the a r t s ,
humanities or s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
G e o l o g y 110 and 111 a r e e s p e c i a l l y
a p p r o p r i a t e f o r s t u d e n t s i n need
o f a l a b o r a t o r y s c i e n c e . These
c o u r s e s p r o v i d e an u n d e r s t a n d i n g
o f t h e o r i g i n , s t r u c t u r e , compos i t i o n and h i s t o r y o f t h e e a r t h .
Courses i n c l u d e weekly two-hour
l a b o r a t o r y i n v e s t i g a t i o n s or the
equivalent in f i e l d projects.
Laboratory t u i t i o n fees are
included in the course f e e ,
however s t u d e n t s must p u r c h a s e a
l a b o r a t o r y manual and s h a r e some
field trip costs.

University

Transfer

Interpretation

other

T h i s i s a second year course which
i s e s s e n t i a l f o r those c o n s i d e r i n g
Geography as a m a j o r and i s a l s o
a p p r o p r i a t e f o r t h o s e who i n t e n d
to pursue c a r e e r s in Geography,
F o r e s t r y , M i n i n g , C a r t o g r a p h y , and
t h e numerous o t h e r a r e a s t h a t use
maps and a i r p h o t o s . T h i s c o u r s e
c o m b i n e s l e c t u r e s and l a b s t h a t
c o v e r t h e b a s i c s o f map r e a d i n g
and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , map m a k i n g ,
a e r i a l p h o t o g r a p h y , and r e m o t e
s e n s i n g o f t h e human and p h y s i c a l
landscape.

Credit

A l l Geology c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r
G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e c a l e n d a r .

(F)

known as p l a t e t e c t o n i c s .
I n t e r v e n t i o n by man i n t h e
o p e r a t i o n s o f , and i n t e r a c t i o n s
between, a t m o s p h e r i c ,
h y d r o s p h e r i c , and l i t h o s p h e r i c
c y c l e s i s examined.

G e o l o g y 111
H i s t o r i c a l Geology

Information

G e o l o g y 110
P h y s i c a l Geology

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t one
Geography c o u r s e .

42

Faculty

(3,2,0)

In P h y s i c a l G e o l o g y t h e s t r u c t u r e
and c o m p o s i t i o n o f t h e e a r t h ' s
i n t e r i o r i s deduced from i n d i r e c t
evidence: g r a v i t y , magnetism,
h e a t - f l o w , v o l c a n o e s , and
e a r t h q u a k e s . Knowledge o f t h e
c o m p o s i t i o n and s t r u c t u r e o f t h e
c o n t i n e n t s and o c e a n b a s i n s i s
a l s o g a i n e d f r o m t h e s e same
i n d i r e c t s o u r c e s as w e l l as d i r e c t
s t u d y o f m i n e r a l s and r o c k s and
t h e ways i n w h i c h t h e y a r e
c o n s t a n t l y b e i n g a l t e r e d and
r e c y c l e d . This process (the rock
c y c l e ) w i l l be seen as t h e r e s u l t
o f i n t e r a c t i o n s between t h r e e
p r o c e s s e s : t h e a t m o s p h e r i c and
hydrospheric cycles ( s o l a r p o w e r e d ) and t h e l i t h o s p h e r i c
cycle (nuclear-powered), also

Prerequisite:
equi v a l e n t .

(S)

Geology

(3,2,0)
110 o r

The main theme o f t h i s c o u r s e i s
t h e g e o l o g i c e v o l u t i o n o f Canada
and t h e a d j a c e n t ocean b a s i n s
s i n c e t h e e a r t h o r i g i n a t e d more
t h a n 4.5 b i l l i o n y e a r s a g o . T o p i c s
t o be s t u d i e d i n c l u d e : age and
o r i g i n of the s o l a r system,
d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f r e l a t i v e and
a b s o l u t e ages o f m i n e r a l s , t h e
g e o l o g i c time s c a l e ; o r i g i n of
c o n t i n e n t s , ocean b a s i n s ,
a t m o s p h e r e , and s e a - w a t e r , o r i g i n
o f l i f e , f o s s i l s and s t r a t i g r a p h i c
paleontology; geological history
of the North American c o n t i n e n t
and t h e A t l a n t i c , A r c t i c and
P a c i f i c Oceans; the g e o l o g i c a l
h i s t o r y o f C a n a d a ' s m i n e r a l and
f o s s i l fuel resources;
environmental impacts of m i n e r a l
and e n e r g y p r o j e c t s i n C a n a d a .

German
Instructional
HANKIN, B . ,
(Wash.)

Faculty

B.A.

Instructional

(UBC),

M.A.

Associate

FREIBERG,

Renate

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l German c o u r s e s a t C a p i l a n o
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r
G u i d e a t t h e back of t h e c a l e n d a r .

N a t i v e s p e a k e r s o f German who w i s h
to t a k e a f i r s t or s e c o n d - y e a r
German c o u r s e must c o n s u l t w i t h
t h e German i n s t r u c t o r f i r s t .
U n i v e r s i t y r u l e s governing such
students d i f f e r within departm e n t s , but t h e Language Department
has c o r r e s p o n d e n c e d e a l i n g w i t h
matters relevant to c r e d i t
t r a n s f e r and p o i n t of e n t r y ; i n
o r d e r t o a v o i d any m i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g , such students are i n v i t e d to
d i s c u s s these problems w i t h the
department p r i o r t o e n r o l l m e n t .

German 100
B e g i n n i n g German ( F )

SFU
S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o p r o c e e d t o
SFU and t o p u r s u e f u r t h e r c o u r s e s
i n German a r e reminded of t h e
present equivalency standards.
E l e c t i v e c r e d i t w i l l be g i v e n a t
SFU f o r a l l C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
German c o u r s e s . E x e m p t i o n f r o m and
placement in higher courses are
d e t e r m i n e d by t h e r e s u l t s of a
placement t e s t or other assessment
p r o c e d u r e . As a r e s u l t o f t h e
p l a c e m e n t t e s t , a r e a c r e d i t may be
g r a n t e d w h i c h would c o u n t t o w a r d a
m a j o r i n German. C o u r s e s w h i c h do
n o t q u a l i f y t o w a r d a m a j o r w i l l be
awarded e l e c t i v e c r e d i t o n l y .

Prerequisite:

help gain a greater i n s i g h t
t h e c u l t u r e s of t h e Germanspeaking peoples.

German 201
Intermediate

German (S)

into

(3,1.75,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : German 200 o r i t s
equivalent with written permission
of the i n s t r u c t o r .
C o n t i n u e s t h e r e v i e w and d e v e l o p ment o f German l a n g u a g e s k i l l s a t
the Intermediate l e v e l . Together
w i t h German 200 i t c o m p l e t e s t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e Second Y e a r
of c o l l e g e / u n i v e r s i t y German.

(3,1.75,0)

None

A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n to
t h e German l a n g u a g e : c o m p r e h e n s i o n
and s p e a k i n g a r e r e i n f o r c e d
t h r o u g h r e a d i n g and w r i t i n g .
F i l m s , t a p e s , games, f i e l d t r i p s ,
e t c . h e l p d e v e l o p an a w a r e n e s s o f
the c u l t u r e s of the Germanspeaking c o u n t r i e s .

German 101
B e g i n n i n g German (S)

(3,1.75,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : German 100 o r i t s
equivalent with written permission
of the i n s t r u c t o r .

UBC
In t h e c a s e o f UBC, p r e s e n t e q u i valent standards provide t r a n s f e r
c r e d i t on t h e f o l l o w i n g b a s i s :
Capilano College

UBC

German 1UU and 101
(3 c r e d i t s e a c h )
German 200 and 201
(3 c r e d i t s e a c h )

100 ( 3 )

T h i s c o u r s e i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of
German 100 and must be t a k e n i n
order to r e a l i z e F i r s t Year l e v e l
c o l l e g e / u n i v e r s i t y German. German
101 s h o u l d be t a k e n whenever
p o s s i b l e , in the term f o l l o w i n g
Geman 1 0 0 .

200 ( 3 )

The s t u d e n t w i s h i n g t o m a j o r
f u l f i l l s department requirements
w i t h German 2 2 3 , w h i c h may be
t a k e n i n t h e t h i r d y e a r by
p e r m i s s i o n of the d e p a r t m e n t .
NOTE: A l l c o u r s e s i n German
i n c l u d e a t o t a l o f f i v e and
o n e - h a l f h o u r s of i n s t r u c t i o n p e r
w e e k , made up o f t h r e e h o u r s of
l e c t u r e s ; one and o n e - h a l f h o u r s
o f l a b o r a t o r y p r a c t i c e ; and one
hour o f c o n v e r s a t i o n a l p r a c t i c e
with a native speaker.

German 200
Intermediate

German (F)

(3,1.75,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : German 1 0 1 , Grade
1 1 , 12 German o r t h e e q u i v a l e n t
w i t h w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of the
instructor.
German 200 r e v i e w s b a s i c German
grammar and usage and i n t r o d u c e s
s t u d e n t s t o German p o e t r y and
modern German s h o r t s t o r i e s by
s u c h a u t h o r s as K a f k a , B r e c h t and
B o l l . I t aims t o i m p r o v e t h e
a b i l i t y t o s p e a k , r e a d , w r i t e and
u n d e r s t a n d German as w e l l as t o

43

History
Instructional

Faculty

CAMPBELL, R . , B . A . ( C a l i f o r n i a ) ,
M . A . (UBC)
LEGATES, M . . B . A .
(Washington),
M.A., M . P h i l . , Ph.D. (Yale)
General

Information

Students planning to major i n
h i s t o r y s h o u l d have a t l e a s t f o u r
h i s t o r y c o u r s e s at t h e C o l l e g e .
These c a n be ANY f o u r c o u r s e s . An
i n t e n d e d m a j o r s h o u l d a l s o have a
b r o a d s a m p l i n g of c o u r s e s i n t h e
S o c i a l S c i e n c e s and H u m a n i t i e s .
Students planning to major in
h i s t o r y at SFU s h o u l d t a k e s i x
h i s t o r y c o u r s e s i n t h e f i r s t two
y e a r s . F o r UBC t h e r e q u i r e m e n t i s
four h i s t o r y c o u r s e s . Students
p l a n n i n g t o t a k e honours s h o u l d
a c q u i r e a r e a d i n g knowledge o f an
appropriate non-English language.
University

Transfer

Credit

A l l H i s t o r y c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o
( i n c l u d i n g Women's S t u d i e s 120)
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t the T r a n s f e r
G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e c a l e n d a r .

H i s t o r y 102
Europe from the R e f o r m a t i o n to
French R e v o l u t i o n (F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

1 9 t h and 2 0 t h
(3,0,0)

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s on s u c h
t o p i c s as t h e I n d u s t r i a l
R e v o l u t i o n , the r i s e of p o l i t i c a l
i d e o l o g i e s , n a t i o n a l i s m and
i m p e r i a l i s m , t h e two w o r l d w a r s ,
and t h e i n t e r - w a r p e r i o d .

H i s t o r y 108
I s s u e s and Themes i n U . S .
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

History

A s t u d y o f A m e r i c a n h i s t o r y , 1607
t o 1877, which analyses the s o c i a l

44

H i s t o r y 109
I s s u e s and Themes i n U . S .
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

A s t u d y o f U . S . h i s t o r y f r o m 186b
t o t h e p r e s e n t . The c o u r s e w i l l
a n a l y s e the development of America
as a w o r l d power a f t e r t h e C i v i l
War. S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s i s g i v e n t o
" A m e r i c a n " c u l t u r e and a p p r o p r i a t e
c o m p a r i s o n s a r e made w i t h C a n a d a .

H i s t o r y 110
Canada B e f o r e
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Confederation

A s t u d y o f New F r a n c e and B r i t i s h
North A m e r i c a . S p e c i a l emphasis
w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e i s s u e s and
ideas which are s i g n i f i c a n t i n the
c r e a t i o n o f C a n a d a . In p a r t i c u l a r
we w i l l l o o k a t t h e m a k i n g o f
Canadian s o c i e t y i n the years
before C o n f e d e r a t i o n .

H i s t o r y 111
Canada S i n c e
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Present

A study of North American urban
l i f e which analyses the process of
u r b a n i z a t i o n i n Canada and t h e
United S t a t e s . S p e c i a l emphasis i s
p l a c e d on t h e c o m p a r i s o n s o f u r b a n
d e v e l o p m e n t i n t h e two c o u n t r i e s .

H i s t o r y 205
B r i t i s h Columbia (F)

(3,0,0)

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e an o v e r v i e w o f B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a , emphas i z i n g i t s s o c i a l and p o l i t i c a l
development from the 18th c e n t u r y
t o r e c e n t t i m e s . The c o u r s e w i l l
a l s o e x a m i n e some a s p e c t s o f t h e
development of t h e North S h o r e .

H i s t o r y 207
E u r o p e i n t h e M i d d l e Ages and
Renaissance (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
T h i s c o u r s e c o v e r s a c o l o u r f u l and
c r e a t i v e p e r i o d i n European
h i s t o r y f r o m t h e 3rd t o t h e 1 5 t h
c e n t u r y . Topics i n c l u d e the l a t e
Roman E m p i r e and r i s e o f C h r i s t i a n i t y , m o n a s t i c i s m and t h e c h u r c h ,
f e u d a l s o c i e t y and p o l i t i c s , t h e
r i s e of t o w n s , the c r u s a d e s , t h e
B l a c k D e a t h , and t h e a r t , c u l t u r e
and s o c i e t y o f R e n a i s s a n c e I t a l y .

Confederation

This course w i l l analyse the
d e v e l o p m e n t of Canada s i n c e 1 8 6 7 .
In p a r t i c u l a r we w i l l d i s c u s s t h e
i s s u e s t h a t a f f e c t most C a n a d i a n s :
r e l a t i o n s with the United S t a t e s ,
p r o s p e r i t y and p o v e r t y , and t h e
m a k i n g of a C a n a d i a n " c u l t u r e " . By
t h e end o f t h e c o u r s e s t u d e n t s
s h o u l d have n o t o n l y a b e t t e r
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h i s c o u n t r y ' s
p a s t , but a l s o what makes Canada
unique.

H i s t o r y 200
The C i t y , t o

H i s t o r y 201
The C i t y , 1800 t o t h e
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

History

the

A g e n e r a l survey of European
h i s t o r y which begins w i t h the
s i x t e e n t h century Protestant Ref o r m a t i o n and i n c l u d e s a b s o l u t i s m ,
the s c i e n t i f i c r e v o l u t i o n , the
E n l i g h t e n m e n t , t h e o l d r e g i m e and
the French R e v o l u t i o n .
H i s t o r y 103
Europe i n the
C e n t u r i e s (S)

and p o l i t i c a l d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h a t
n a t i o n from e a r l y s e t t l e m e n t
t h r o u g h t h e C i v i l War e r a .
Emphasis i s p l a c e d on t h e
d e v e l o p m e n t o f an " A m e r i c a n "
c u l t u r e , and a p p r o p r i a t e
c o m p a r i s o n s a r e made w i t h t h e
development of Canada.

1800 ( F )

(3,0,0)

An a n a l y s i s of W e s t e r n E u r o p e a n
u r b a n l i f e , f o c u s s i n g on t h e
Ancient Medieval, Renaissance,
B a r o q u e and e a r l y i n d u s t r i a l c i t y .
S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on
social
history.

Women's S t u d i e s 120
Women and t h e P a s t : An
Survey (F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Historical

A s u r v e y o f t h e l i v e s o f women
f r o m t h e A n c i e n t World t o 2 0 t h
c e n t u r y N o r t h A m e r i c a . An u n c o v e r i n g of women's p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n and c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e m a k i n g
o f h i s t o r y . P r i v a t e l i v e s as w e l l
as p u b l i c and p o l i t i c a l a c t i v i t i e s
w i l l be s t u d i e d . The c o u r s e w i l l
examine r e a s o n s b e h i n d t h e e x t e n t
t o w h i c h women have been " h i d d e n
from h i s t o r y " .
Transferable

t o S F U , UBC and

UVic.

Labour Studies
Instructional

Faculty

AMUN, N . , B . A . ( K e n t ) , M . A . (SFU)
BOLTON, M . , B . A . , L L . B . (UBC)
DIAMOND, S .
L A V A L L E , E . , B.Comm., L L . B . ( U B C ) ,
M . A . (Duke)
MCGRADY, L . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , L L . B .
(Man.)
MACLEAN, A . N . , B . A . ( A l t a . ) , L L . B .
(UBC)
MEREDITH, G .
MERRALL, B . , ( D i p l o m a ) L a b o u r
C o l l e g e of Canada
O'DONNELL, S . , B . A . ,
M . A . (UBC)
PETRIE, P. B . A . , M . A . , (Maine)
STOFFMAN, L . , B . A . (UBC)
RUSH, S . , B . A . (W. O n t a r i o ) , L L . B .
(UBC)

General

Information

The Labour S t u d i e s Program i s
c o m m i t t e d t o meet t h e s p e c i a l
e d u c a t i o n needs o f B . C . w o r k e r s ,
t h e i r o r g a n i z a t i o n s and t h e l a b o u r
movement i n g e n e r a l .
Close r e l a t i o n s with the labour
movement a r e m a i n t a i n e d t h r o u g h
the U s e r s ' A d v i s o r y Committee
w h i c h i s open t o r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s
o f u n i o n s who u s e t h e p r o g r a m .
T h i s h a r d - w o r k i n g group of
r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s a c t i v e l y engage i n
p r o m o t i n g and d e v e l o p i n g t h e
program.
Courses i n Labour S t u d i e s are
o f f e r e d on b o t h a c r e d i t and
c r e d i t - f r e e b a s i s . The F a l l
p r o g r a m i s o f f e r e d i n O c t o b e r and
November and t h e S p r i n g p r o g r a m i n
March t h r o u g h May. Each F a l l and
Spring a s p e c i a l brochure
d e s c r i b i n g t h e c o u r s e s t o be
o f f e r e d i s i s s u e d . This brochure
i s a v a i l a b l e by w r i t i n g t h e
program or t e l e p h o n i n g .
Courses are o f f e r e d i n the evening
and on w e e k e n d s . Many p a r t i c i p a n t s
i n t h e program have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e s p a i d by t h e E d u c a t i o n
Department of t h e i r U n i o n .
Some of t h e c r e d i t c o u r s e s o f f e r e d
i n t h e program a r e as f o l l o w s :

LSP 100
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Economics f o r
Trade U n i o n i s t s ( F ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

LSP 113
P u b l i c S e r v i c e S t a f f R e l a t i o n s Act
(PSSRA) ( F . S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

I n t r o d u c e s e c o n o m i c s and
e m p h a s i z e s b o t h o r t h o d o x and
a l t e r n a t i v e v i e w s o f how t h e
C a n a d i a n economy has d e v e l o p e d and
how i t o p e r a t e s . C a n a d i a n economy
i s p l a c e d i n an h i s t o r i c a l and
international perspective.
D i s c u s s i o n w i l l c e n t r e around
government p o l i c i e s t o w a r d s
u n e m p l o y m e n t , i n f l a t i o n and t h e
Canadian d o l l a r .

A wide e x a m i n a t i o n of the f e d e r a l
l a b o u r laws d e a l i n g s p e c i f i c a l l y
w i t h t h e p u b l i c s e c t o r w o r k e r and
t h e i r i m p a c t . There w i l l be
e m p h a s i s on l a b o u r l a w r e s e a r c h
methods and t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n ,
c o l l e c t i v e agreements, grievances
and b a c k - t o - w o r k l e g i s l a t i o n f o r
"essential" service workers.

LSP 101
Labour Economics: A l t e r n a t i v e s
Options (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

LSP 115
Issues i n Occupational
Safety (F.S)
(1,0,0)
and

T h i s c o u r s e b u i l d s on t h e m a t e r i a l
f r o m LSP 100 t o p r o v i d e i n f o r m a t i o n on a l t e r n a t i v e e c o n o m i c
models i n c l u d i n g M a r x i s t e c o n o m i c
t h e o r y . D i s c u s s i o n w i l l f o c u s on
t h e d e v e l o p m e n t and n a t u r e o f
c a p i t a l i s t e c o n o m i c s and t h e
c a u s e s of s h o r t and l o n g t e r m
economic c r i s e s .

LSP 110
The B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a L a b o u r
(F.S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

Code

Among o t h e r i s s u e s , t h i s c l o s e
l o o k a t t h e B . C . Labour Code
examines u n f a i r l a b o u r p r a c t i c e s ,
t h e Labour R e l a t i o n s B o a r d ,
collective bargaining, s t r i k e s ,
e s s e n t i a l s e r v i c e s and g r i e v a n c e
a r b i t r a t i o n . Sessions w i l l also
cover labour law, procedures
b e f o r e t h e LRB and a r b i t r a t i o n
b o a r d s , as w e l l as p o r t i o n s of t h e
Human R i g h t s C o d e .

H e a l t h and

A g e n e r a l b a c k g r o u n d t o and o v e r view o f t h e main s o c i a l , m e d i c i n a l , e c o n o m i c , t e c h n i c a l and l e g a l
issues f a c i n g B.C. workers in the
f i e l d o f h e a l t h and s a f e t y .
S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o
the Worker's Compensation B o a r d .

LSP 116
Workers' Compensation - Act
WCB ( F . S )
(1,0,0)

and

The s t a t u t o r y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e
framework of t h e Workers'
Compensation Board i s examined.
The c o u r s e i s a d j u s t e d t o t h e
e x p e c t a t i o n s of the m a j o r i t y of
p e o p l e e n r o l l e d i n any t e r m , but
i s g e n e r a l l y geared t o f a m i l i a r i z e
s t u d e n t s w i t h t h e p r e p a r a t i o n and
p r e s e n t a t i o n of appeals t o the
B o a r d o f Review and C o m m i s s i o n e r s .
A l l phases of c l a i m s h a n d l i n g are
examined, from i n i t i a l acceptance
or r e j e c t i o n , i n c l u d i n g s e t t i n g of
wage r a t e s t o a s s e s s m e n t s and t h e
payment o f p e n s i o n s .

LSP 111
The Canada L a b o u r Code
(F,S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

LSP 117
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o UIC
(F.S)
(1,0,0)

A b r o a d e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e code
and d e c i s i o n s w h i c h a f f e c t u n i o n s
under f e d e r a l l a b o u r j u r i s d i c t i o n .
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n t r o d u c e methods
o f l a b o u r l a w r e s e a r c h and t h e i r
a p p l i c a t i o n . E m p h a s i s w i l l be
p l a c e d on t h e p o l i c y u n d e r l y i n g
t h e code and t h e c r e a t i o n and
e f f e c t of the c o l l e c t i v e
agreement.

This course emphasizes a p r a c t i c a l
u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e framework o f
unemployment i n s u r a n c e a n d ,
t h e r e f o r e , t h e j a r g o n used i n t h e
a c t and by t h e c o m m i s s i o n . The
course w i l l cover the s t r u c t u r e of
C a n a d a ' s Unemployment I n s u r a n c e
A c t , i n c l u d i n g t h e most r e c e n t
amendments. I t w i l l o u t l i n e t h e
q u a l i f i c a t i o n s needed i n o r d e r t o
c l a i m unemployment i n s u r a n c e ,

Procedures

45

i n c l u d i n g " i n s u r a b l e employment,"
the " v a r i a b l e entrance r e q u i r e m e n t , " " r e p e a t e r s , " "new e n t r a n c e
and r e - e n t r a n c e " and " p a r t - t i m e
worker."

LSP 119
C i v i l R i g h t s and t h e
(F.S)
(1,0,0)

Workplace

To s t u d y t h e s p e c i f i c c i v i l r i g h t s
problems a r i s i n g i n the w o r k p l a c e ,
i n c l u d i n g i s s u e s of p o l i t i c a l ,
e c o n o m i c and l e g a l r i g h t s o f t h e
worker; examination of l e g a l
remedies a v a i l a b l e to t r a d e unions
and t h e employee t o p r e v e n t
i n f r i n g e m e n t of c i v i l r i g h t s i n
the w o r k p l a c e ; p r o t e c t i o n of c i v i l
r i g h t s u n d e r t h e p r o v i n c i a l and
f e d e r a l l e g i s l a t i o n through
c o n t r a c t i n g and i n c o l l e c t i v e
agreements. A p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g
format w i t h d i s c u s s i o n s of c u r r e n t
c i v i l rights issues, " r i g h t - t o work" l e g i s l a t i o n , r a c e and s e x
discrimination.

LSP 131
Race and E t h n i c R e l a t i o n s
•(F.S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
The i s s u e o f r a c i s m has been used
i n t h e p a s t t o weaken and d i v i d e
u n i o n s . This course w i l l help
u n i o n i s t s become s e n s i t i v e t o
c o m p l e x i t i e s o f r a c e and e t h n i c
r e l a t i o n s ; give p r a c t i c a l advice
on i n t e g r a t i n g m i n o r i t y w o r k e r s
i n t o t h e u n i o n and d e v e l o p
t e c h n i q u e s t o d e a l w i t h b i a s e s and
p r e j u d i c e a t t h e w o r k p l a c e and i n
the community. Approaches to
combatting the d i s r u p t i v e e f f e c t s
o f r a c i s m w i l l be d i s c u s s e d .
LSP 140
H i s t o r y o f t h e L a b o u r Movement
Canada ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

in

A survey of the h i s t o r y of the
l a b o u r movement i n Canada f r o m t h e
f o r m a t i o n of the working c l a s s i n
t h e 19th c e n t u r y t h r o u g h mass
i n d u s t r i a l u n i o n i s m . By l o o k i n g at
s p e c i f i c c o n f l i c t s a good o v e r v i e w
i s o b t a i n e d of the s t r u g g l e s of
t h e l a b o u r movement t o g a i n t h e
r i g h t to o r g a n i z e , o b t a i n union
r e c o g n i t i o n , bargain c o l l e c t i v e l y
and p r o v i d e d e c e n t wages and
working c o n d i t i o n s .

46

LSP 142
H i s t o r y o f t h e L a b o u r Movement
B.C. (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

in

The b i r t h and g r o w t h o f t r a d e
u n i o n i s m i n B . C . Through a w i d e
c o l l e c t i o n o f p r i n t e d and v i s u a l
materials participants w i l l
a n a l y z e t h e raw and v i t a l
s t r u g g l e s between B . C . ' s w o r k i n g
p e o p l e and t h e i n d u s t r i a l i s t s who
opposed t h e m . The m a j o r e c o n o m i c
and p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s of t h e
movement w i l l be t r a c e d ; t h e r i g h t
to o r g a n i z e , the r i g h t to b a r g a i n ,
t h e demand f o r t h e n i n e and
e i g h t - h o u r d a y , the problems of
r a c i s m and i m m i g r a t i o n , t h e
s t r u g g l e to organize the
i n d u s t r i a l , p u b l i c and c l e r i c a l
s e c t o r s , t h e f i g h t f o r women's
rights, political expression...

LSP 151
Leadership S k i l l s ,
and A d v o c a c y ( F , S )

Assertivenes
(1,0,0)

P a r t I a t t e m p t s not o n l y t o
p r o v i d e women w i t h t h e s k i l l s t h e y
need t o t a k e a l e a d e r s h i p r o l e i n
t h e i r t r a d e u n i o n , but a l s o t a k e s
a c a r e f u l l o o k a t t h e way s e x r o l e
s t e r e o t y p i n g i n h i b i t s us f r o m
developing these s k i l l s . This part
i s d i v i d e d i n t o the f o l l o w i n g
a r e a s : Women and P o w e r ,
A s s e r t i v e n e s s , Advocacy,
O r g a n i z i n g and Group D y n a m i c s .

LSP 210
Arbitration

(F,S)

(1.5,0,0)

T h i s c o u r s e , w h i c h i s open t o
s t u d e n t s who have p r e v i o u s l y
c o m p l e t e d LSP 1 1 0 , 1 1 1 , 113 o r any
o t h e r L a b o u r Law c o u r s e , w i l be an
advanced a r b i t r a t i o n c o u r s e
d e a l i n g w i t h m a t t e r s s u c h as r u l e s
of e v i d e n c e , procedures, s e l e c t i o n
o f a r b i t r a t o r s , a r b i t r a t i o n powers
and a b r i e f h i s t o r y o f
a r b i t r a t i o n . It w i l l d e a l w i t h
grievance a r b i t r a t i o n a r i s i n g out
of the c o l l e c t i v e agreement.

Mathematics
Instructional

Facultly

BENTLEY, A . E . T . , B . S c . ( U B C ) ,
M.A., Ph.D. (Missouri),
HARRIS, L . F . , B . A . , M . A . , ( U B C ) ,
P h . D . ( A u s t r a l . N a t . U)
HAUSCHILDT, R . , B . S c . ( H o n s . )
( Q u e e n ' s ) , M . S c . (UBC)
JOHNSTON, J . , B . M a t h ( W a t e r l o o ) ,
B . E d . ( T o r o n t o ) , M.Math
(Waterloo)
RENNIE, R . R . , B . S c , M . S c .
( B r i g h a m Y o u n g ) , P h . D . (UBC)
TOWSON, K . V . , B . S c , M . S c . ( S F U ) ,
C o o r d i n a t o r of M a t h e m a t i c s
VERNER, R . H . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c .
(EWSU), B . C . T e a c h i n g C e r t . (UBC)
WATERMAN, A . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c .
(SFU), B.C. Teaching C e r t . ,
(UBC)
WATKISS, C , B . S c ( C a r l e t o n ) ,
M . S c , Ph.D. (Toronto)
Laboratory

Supervisor

LYNN, W . , B . S c . ( C a r l e t o n ) ,
M.A.Sc. (Waterloo)

General

Information

The M a t h e m a t i c s Department o f f e r s
courses in Mathematics p r i m a r i l y
a t t h e f i r s t and second y e a r
u n i v e r s i t y l e v e l . In a d d i t i o n
r e f r e s h e r courses or s k i l l
upgrading courses are a v a i l a b l e .
F o r a d e t a i l e d d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e
C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e c o u r s e s and
p r o g r a m s , see t h e c a l e n d a r s e c t i o n
e n t i t l e d Computing S c i e n c e .

Refresher/Skill
Courses

Development

OPTION 1 - M a t h e m a t i c s 0 0 9 , 0 1 0 ,
O i l , 012
These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d i n t h e
Math L e a r n i n g C e n t r e on a s e l f study f o r m a t . D i a g n o s t i c t e s t s ,
w o r k b o o k s , v i d e o t a p e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d i n s t r u c t i o n are
a v a i l a b l e . R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r each
course i s ongoing throughout the
academic y e a r . For placement
w i t h i n the s e r i e s i t i s suggested
t h a t y o u c o n s u l t a math i n s t r u c t o r . Post-secondary i n s t i t u t i o n s
i n B . C . r e c o g n i z e t h e s e q u e n c e of
Math 0 1 0 , O i l and 012 as an
A l g e b r a 12 e q u i v a l e n t . These
c o u r s e s r e c e i v e no t r a n s f e r c r e d i t
a t UBC ( e x c e p t i f combined w i t h

Math 110 o r 108) o r U . V i c . , but
t h e s e q u e n c e Math 0 1 0 , O i l and 012
r e c e i v e s t r a n s f e r c r e d i t f o r SFU's
Math 1 0 0 .
OPTION 2 - M a t h e m a t i c s 105
Math 105 i s a p r e c a l c u l u s c o u r s e
a t t h e A l g e b r a 12 l e v e l w h i c h i s
r e c o g n i z e d by p o s t - s e c o n d a r y
i n s t i t u t i o n s i n B . C . as an A l g e b r a
12 e q u i v a l e n t . It i s run on a
r e g u l a r c l a s s r o o m f o r m a t and
r e q u i r e s a "C" g r a d e o r b e t t e r i n
A l g e b r a 11 as a p r e r e q u i s i t e . Math
105 r e c e i v e s no t r a n s f e r c r e d i t a t
UBC ( e x c e p t i f combined w i t h Math
110 o r 108) o r U . V i c . , but does
r e c e i v e t r a n s f e r c r e d i t f o r SFU's
Math 1 0 0 .

M a t h e m a t i c s 009
Arithmetic (SU.F.S)
Prerequisite:

(1,0,0)

Math 009 o r
instructor.

R e v i e w s and d e v e l o p s b a s i c
a l g e b r a i c s k i l l s necessary in the
s o l u t i o n of a l g e b r a i c e q u a t i o n s
and t h e f a c t o r i z a t i o n o f
polynomials. Introduction to
a n a l y t i c geometry w i t h e m p h a s i s on
s t r a i g h t l i n e s . The c o u r s e i s
o f f e r e d on a s e l f - s t u d y f o r m a t .

Mathematics O i l
Intermediate Algebra with
Functions (SU.F.S) (1,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Math 010 o r
p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r .

Prerequisite:
p e r m i s s i o n of

1"

(1,0,0)

Math O i l o r
instructor.

Academic T r a n s f e r

(SU,F,S)

F o r t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y see " O p t i o n
of M a t h e m a t i c s i n t r o d u c t i o n .

M a t h e m a t i c s 012
Trigonometry (SU.F.S)

For t r a n f e r a b i l i t y see "Option
of Mathematics i n t r o d u c t i o n .

A r e v i e w of t h e b a s i c a r i t h m e t i c
o p e r a t i o n s . A p p l i c a t i o n s to
percentage, r a t i o , proportions,
a r e a s and v o l u m e s . T h i s i s a
s e l f - s t u d y course p r i m a r i l y
intended for returning students
who r e q u i r e a b a s i c math
refresher.

Prerequisite:
p e r m i s s i o n of

For t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y see " O p t i o n
of M a t h e m a t i c s i n t r o d u c t i o n .

Introduction to the t r i g o n o m e t r i c
functions, trigonometric i d e n t i t i e s ; inverses, t r i a n g l e s , vectors
and a p p l i c a t i o n s . T h i s c o u r s e i s
o f f e r e d on a s e l f - s t u d y f o r m a t .

None

M a t h e m a t i c s 010
Elementary Algebra
(1,0,0)

This course c o n t i n u e s the d e v e l o p ment o f t h e a l g e b r a i c s k i l l s
i n t r o d u c e d i n Math 0 1 0 . I n e q u a l i t i e s ; f u n c t i o n s , e x p o n e n t i a l and
l o g a r i t h m i c f u n c t i o n s ; systems of
linear equations; analytic
geometry w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e
conic s e c t i o n s . This course i s
o f f e r e d on a s e l f - s t u d y f o r m a t .

1"

Courses

E n t e r i n g s t u d e n t s s h o u l d use t h e
f o l l o w i n g two s e c t i o n s , P a r t s A
and B, as g u i d e l i n e s f o r s e l e c t i n g
math c o u r s e s a t t h e f i r s t - y e a r
l e v e l . Due t o t h e s p e c i a l i z e d
needs o f some p r o g r a m s a t t h e
u n i v e r s i t i e s , the Mathematics
Department a d v i s e s s t u d e n t s t o
consult the u n i v e r s i t y calendar
and t o seek g u i d a n c e f r o m a
c o l l e g e c o u n s e l l o r o r math
i n s t r u c t o r f o r the a p p r o p r i a t e
course s e l e c t i o n .
A . STUDENTS PLANNING TO PROCEED IN
S C I E N C E , COMPUTING S C I E N C E , MATHEMATICS, ECONOMICS, ARCHITECTURE,
ENGINEERING AND FORESTRY.
These s t u d e n t s n o r m a l l y t a k e Math
1 1 0 , 111 d u r i n g t h e i r f i r s t y e a r .

1"
Comments:
1 . Math 1 0 1 , 102 a r e recommended
by some s c i e n c e d e p a r t m e n t s a t
SFU.
2. Science students should cons i d e r t a k i n g Comp 1 0 3 , 104 o r 105
as e l e c t i v e s i n t h e i r f i r s t y e a r .

3 . The M a t h e m a t i c s Department
encourages those students with
o n l y a "C" g r a d e i n A l g e b r a 12 t o
t a k e Math 1U5 b e f o r e a t t e m p t i n g
Math 1 1 0 .
B. STUDENTS PLANNING TO PROCEED
ARTS OR COMMERCE PROGRAMS.

IN

Students p l a n n i n g to pursue a
program i n t h e F a c u l t y o f A r t s ,
who w i s h t o s a t i s f y a o n e - y e a r
science course e l e c t i v e , normally
t a k e one of t h e f o l l o w i n g t w o course combinations:
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math

101 and
101 and
101 and
105 and
105 and
108 and
108 and
108 and
110 and

100
102
Comp 100
108
110
Comp 100
101
109
111

Students planning to enter F i r s t
Year Commerce at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
o r a t UBC a f t e r one y e a r a t
C a p i l a n o Col l e g e t a k e :
a) Math 105 J4 108 o r Math 105 &
110 ( F o r s t u d e n t s h a v i n g c o m p l e t e d
A l g e b r a 11 w i t h a " C " grade o r
better)
b) Math 108 & 109 o r Math 110 &
111 ( F o r s t u d e n t s h a v i n g c o m p l e t e d
A l g e b r a 12 w i t h a " C " g r a d e o r
better)
For t r a n s f e r t o SFU, the f o l l o w i n g
a r e r e q u i r e d : Math 105 ( i f B . C .
A l g e b r a 12 not c o m p l e t e d ) and Math
1 0 8 . In a d d i t i o n , Math 101 i s
a d v i s e d . F o r Honours i n B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Math 109 i s
requi r e d .
F o r a d e t a i l e d d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e
Commerce c o u r s e s and programs at
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e see t h e c a l e n d a r
s e c t i o n t i t l e d Commerce.
Students planning to study
Economics a t UBC must t a k e Math
108 and 1 0 9 .

University Transfer

Credit

Unless otherwise stated a f t e r the
course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l the
f o l l o w i n g Mathematics courses

48

t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r
G u i d e i n t h e back o f t h e c a l e n d a r .

and t r i g o n o m e t r y . P r i m a r i l y f o r
s t u d e n t s who a n t i c i p a t e t a k i n g
c a l c u l u s c o u r s e s o r who r e q u i r e an
A l g e b r a 12 e q u i v a l e n t c o u r s e .

M a t h e m a t i c s 100
Introduction to College
M a t h e m a t i c s (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

NOTES:
1) F o r t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y see
" O p t i o n 2" of Mathematics
introduction.
2) Any s t u d e n t who has a t t e m p t e d
t h i s course w i t h i n the past year
w i l l not be a l l o w e d t o r e g i s t e r
without the i n s t r u c t o r ' s
permission.

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C "
i n A l g e b r a 11 or Math 010

grade

A s e l e c t i o n o f t o p i c s from s e t
theory, logic, matrices, linear
programming, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
optimization techniques, business
m a t h e m a t i c s and a b r i e f i n t r o d u c t i o n t o computer p r o g r a m m i n g .

M a t h e m a t i c s 101
Introduction to S t a t i s t i c s
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
Prerequisite:
010

Algebra

11 o r

M a t h e m a t i c s 108
C a l c u l u s f o r B u s i n e s s and S o c i a l
Sciences I (F,S)
(3,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C " g r a d e
i n A l g e b r a 12 o r Math 0 1 2 , o r at
l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Math 1 0 5 .

Math

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e l a n g u a g e of
s t a t i s t i c s and some s t a t i s t i c a l
m e t h o d s , i n c l u d i n g random
v a r i a b l e s and t h e i r d i s t r i b u t i o n ;
random s a m p l i n g , normal
d i s t r i b u t i o n , estimation of
p a r a m e t e r s and t e s t i n g h y p o t h e s e s .

A b r i e f review of a l g e b r a ,
f u n c t i o n s , and a n a l y t i c g e o m e t r y .
The d e r i v a t i v e w i t h a p p l i c a t i o n s
to curve s k e t c h i n g , o p t i m i z a t i o n ,
g r o w t h and d e c a y . The i n t e g r a l
with applications.
No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t w i l l
f o r Math 1 0 8 / 1 1 0 .

be g i v e n

See Note 2 i n Math 1 0 5 .
M a t h e m a t i c s 102
S t a t i s t i c a l Methods ( S )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t
g r a d e i n Math 101

(3,0,0)
a

"C-"

A study of important s t a t i s t i c a l
methods commonly used i n t h e a n a l y s i s of r e s e a r c h d a t a , i n c l u d i n g
t - t e s t s and t h e i r n o n - p a r a m e t r i c
c o m p e t i t o r s , one and t w o - w a y
a n a l y s i s of v a r i a n c e , c h i - s q u a r e
t e s t s and r e g r e s s i o n a n a l y s i s .

M a t h e m a t i c s 105
P r e - C a l c u l u s Mathematics
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e i s not
t r a n s f e r a b l e t o UBC e x c e p t i f
combined w i t h Math 110 o r 1 0 8 .
P r e r e q u i s i t e : A l g e b r a 11 o r Math
010 w i t h at l e a s t a " C " g r a d e .
A r e v i e w o f a l g e b r a and a
d i s c u s s i o n of f u n c t i o n s , g r a p h s

M a t h e m a t i c s 109
C a l c u l u s f o r B u s i n e s s and S o c i a l
S c i e n c e s II ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Math 108 o r Math 1 1 0 .
F u n c t i o n s of s e v e r a l independent
variables, partial derivatives,
extrema, Lagrange m u l t i p l i e r s ,
integration techniques, multiple
i n t e g r a l s , some t e c h n i q u e s f o r
s o l v i n g d i f f e r e n t i a l e q u a t i o n s and
difference equations.
No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t w i l l
f o r Math 1 0 9 / 1 1 1 .

be g i v e n

See Note 2 i n Math 1 0 5 .

M a t h e m a t i c s 110
Calculus I (F,S)

(4.5,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C " g r a d e
i n A l g e b r a 12 or Math 012 o r a t
l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e i n Math 1 0 5 .

A b r i e f review of f u n c t i o n s ;
t r i g o n o m e t r y ; a n a l y t i c geometry;
the d e r i v a t i v e , t e c h n i q u e s of
d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n , a p p l i c a t i o n s of
t h e d e r i v a t i v e t o MAX-MIN and
related rate problems, the
d e f i n i t e i n t e g r a l , l o g a r i t h m i c and
exponential
functions.
NOTES:
1) No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t w i l l be
given f o r Mathematics 108/110.
2) The M a t h e m a t i c s Department
encourages those students w i t h
o n l y a " C " g r a d e i n A l g e b r a 12 t o
t a k e Math 105 b e f o r e a t t e m p t i n g
Math 1 1 0 .
3) See n o t e 2 i n Math 1 0 5 .

M a t h e m a t i c s 111
C a l c u l u s II (S)

The Math Department o f f e r s a f u l l
second y e a r u n i v e r s i t y
transfer
program i n m a t h .
S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o t a k e 200
l e v e l math s h o u l d seek a d v i c e f r o m
math i n s t r u c t o r s .

M a t h e m a t i c s 200
Linear Algebra (F,S)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t
g r a d e i n Math 1 1 1 .

(3,0,0)
a

"C-"

A s t u d y of v e c t o r s p a c e s , l i n e a r
transformations, matrices,
determinants, eigenvalues,
quadratic forms.

M a t h e m a t i c s 230
C a l c u l u s III
(F)

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Math 1 1 1 .
C o r e q u i s i t e : Math 200 ( i f not
a l r e a d y completed) or p e r m i s s i o n
of
instructor.
A n a l y t i c geometry o f t h r e e d i mensions; p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n ,
a p p l i c a t i o n s ; d o u b l e and t r i p l e
i n t e g r a l s ; transformations to
various coordinate systems.

M a t h e m a t i c s 231
C a l c u l u s IV ( S )

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t
g r a d e i n Math 2 3 0 .
(4.5,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t
g r a d e i n Math 1 1 0 .

a

"C-"

A study of the a n t i - d e r i v a t i v e ;
t h e i n t e g r a l , t e c h n i q u e s of
i n t e g r a t i o n and a p p l i c a t i o n s o f
the i n t e g r a l ; sequences, i n f i n i t e
s e r i e s and T a y l o r ' s Theorem.
No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t
f o r Math 1 0 9 / 1 1 1 .

will

M a t h e m a t i c s 120
S t a t i s t i c a l Computing

(S)

be

given

(1,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Math 101 and Math
1 1 0 , w i t h a g r a d e of " C - " o r
better in each.
A study of important s t a t i s t i c a l
methods u s e d i n t h e a n a l y s i s o f
e x p e r i m e n t a l d a t a , w i t h an
e m p h a s i s on t h e use of s t a t i s t i c a l
computer s o f t w a r e p a c k a g e s . T o p i c s
i n c l u d e : s i n g l e and m u l t i f a c t o r
a n a l y s i s of v a r i a n c e , l i n e a r
r e g r e s s i o n and c o r r e l a t i o n , n o n l i n e a r and m u l t i p l e r e g r e s s i o n ,
goodness of f i t t e s t s , n o n parametric t e s t s .

M a t h e m a t i c s 205
Introduction to P r o b a b i l i t y
S t a t i s t i c s (S)
(3,0,0)

and

N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d
i n t h e s p r i n g when s u f f i c i e n t
s t u d e n t demand i s e v i d e n t d u r i n g
the previous F a l l semester.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Math 111 w i t h a t
l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e or Math 110 and
p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r .
A c a l c u l u s based s t u d y o f
p r o b a b i l i t y , i n v e s t i g a t i n g the
e l e m e n t s of p r o b a b i l i t y , d i s c r e t e
and c o n t i n u o u s random v a r i a b l e s ,
m a t h e m a t i c a l e x p e c t a t i o n , moment
generating functions, Central
L i m i t Theorem, s a m p l i n g f r o m
normal p o p u l a t i o n s .

M a t h e m a t i c s 215
Introduction to Analysis
(S)
(3,0,0)

a

"C-"

V e c t o r c a l c u l u s ; l i n e and s u r f a c e
i n t e g r a l s ; Green's Theorem; v e c t o r
f i e l d s ; divergence theorem;
S t o k e ' s Theorem; a p p l i c a t i o n s .

M a t h e m a t i c s 235
Introduction to D i f f e r e n t i a l
E q u a t i o n s (S)
(3,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n e a c h o f Math 200 and Math
230.
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o o r d i n a r y
differential equations; f i r s t
o r d e r e q u a t i o n s ; second o r d e r
linear equations; f i r s t order
l i n e a r s y s t e m s ; phase p l a n e ,
a p p l i c a t i o n s t o p h y s i c s , geometry
and e l e c t r i c c i r c u i t s .

I

N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d
i n t h e s p r i n g when s u f f i c i e n t
s t u d e n t demand i s e v i d e n t d u r i n g
the previous F a l l semester.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " B - "
a v e r a g e i n Math 110 and 1 1 1 .
A c o u r s e f o r s t u d e n t s who p l a n t o
proceed i n M a t h e m a t i c s . L o g i c ,
s e t s , f u n c t i o n s , l i m i t s of
s e q u e n c e s and s e r i e s ; i n t r o d u c t i o n
to c o n t i n u i t y , the d e r i v a t i v e ,
Riemann I n t e g r a l .

49

Music

Philosophy

MUSIC TRANSFER PROGRAM

Instructional

T h i s program i s d e s i g n e d f o r
s t u d e n t s who d e s i r e t o go on t o a
B . M u s . d e g r e e program a t a
Canadian u n i v e r s i t y . A l l courses
i n t h i s program c a r r y t r a n s f e r
c r e d i t t o t h e M u s i c Department o f
UBC. T r a n s f e r a b i l i t y has a l s o been
a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e F a c u l t y of M u s i c
at t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f V i c t o r i a . The
p r o g r a m c o n s i s t s of a l i b e r a l a r t s
e d u c a t i o n and s p e c i a l i z e d m u s i c
training, including theory,
h i s t o r y , and a p p l i e d m u s i c . Some
courses also carry t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y
i n t o t h e F a c u l t y of E d u c a t i o n at
UBC.

BATTERSBY, M . , B . A . ( N Y U ) ,
Ph.D.
(UBC)
BROWNE, A . , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D .
(UBC)
DIXON, J . , B . A . , P h . D . (UBC)

In a d d i t i o n , s t u d e n t s d e s i r i n g t o
t r a n s f e r i n t o the F a c u l t y of A r t s
w i t h a m a j o r i n M u s i c may t a k e
M u s i c 100/101 and M u s i c 120/121 i n
t h e i r f i r s t y e a r , and M u s i c
200/201 and 220/221 i n t h e i r
second y e a r .
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n look i n
the Career s e c t i o n of the c a l e n d a r
under M u s i c .

University

Faculty

Transfer

s t u d e n t w i l l be t a u g h t t h r o u g h
e x t e n s i v e e x a m p l e s how t o d e t e c t
false reasoning, i l l e g i t i m a t e
appeals to emotions, i n c o n s i s t e n c i e s and c o n t r a d i c t i o n s . The g o a l
i s t o develop our l o g i c a l
a w a r e n e s s t o t h e p o i n t t h a t we c a n
no l o n g e r be v i c t i m i z e d by t h e
r h e t o r i c o f e v e r y d a y l i f e , and c a n
d e v e l o p o u r own arguments w i t h
c l a r i t y and c o n f i d e n c e .

Credit

A l l of t h e P h i l o s o p h y c o u r s e s
o f f e r e d at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e have
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t at e v e r y
univers it y in B r i t i s h Columbia.
P r o s p e c t i v e philosophy majors
should consult the f a c u l t y .

P h i l o s o p h y 101
Introductory Philosophy
(F)
(3,0,0)
No

prerequisite

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p h i l o s o p h i e s of m o r a l i t y , p o l i t i c s ,
knowledge and t h e i n v i s i b l e w o r l d ,
w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p
between l a w and m o r a l i t y ; c i v i l
d i s o b e d i e n c e ; r e a s o n and p a s s i o n ;
E x i s t e n t i a l i s m ; Feminism; freedom
and d e t e r m i n i s m ; Communism; doubt
and c e r t a i n t y ; t h e n a t u r e of
r e a l i t y . The e m p h a s i s o f t h i s
course v a r i e s from i n s t r u c t o r to
i n s t r u c t o r and p r o s p e c t i v e
students should consult the
o u t l i n e s of d i f f e r e n t i n s t r u c t o r s '
c o u r s e s when r e g i s t e r i n g .

P h i l o s o p h y 102
Introductory Philosophy
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
A continuation

of P h i l o s o p h y

101.

N o t e : There i s no p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r
t h i s c o u r s e (one does not need
c o m p l e t e d c r e d i t i n P h i l o s o p h y 101
to take i t ) . Students e n t e r i n g the
C o l l e g e a r e welcome t o b e g i n t h e i r
introduction to philososphy with
this course.

P h i l o s o p h y 120
Understanding S c i e n t i f i c
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Reasoning

This course w i l l provide students
w i t h an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern
f o r m a l l o g i c , and t h e n u t i l i z e
t h a t s k i l l to e x p l o r e such t o p i c s
as t h e n a t u r e and t e s t i n g o f
s c i e n t i f i c t h e o r i e s i n both the
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , t h e
d i f f e r e n c e between c a u s a l
r e l a t i o n s and c o r r e l a t i o n s , and
rational decision making. Attent i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o b o t h t h e
p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g and p h i l s o p h i c a l
a s p e c t s of s c i e n t i f i c r e a s o n i n g .
There a r e no p r e r e q u i s i t e s , b u t
the course i s a natural c o n t i n u a t i o n o f P h i l o s o p h y 1 1 0 , and w i l l
a p p e a l e s p e c i a l l y t o s t u d e n t s who
have an i n t e r e s t i n e i t h e r t h e
n a t u r a l or s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .

P h i l o s o p h y 130
P h i l o s o p h y of S c i e n c e (S)

(3,0,0)

S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n how t o
understand the a c t i v i t y of s c i e n c e
t h r o u g h t h e o r e t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n on
i t and d e t a i l e d s t u d y o f d e v e l o p ments w h i c h p r o m i s e t o b r i n g a b o u t
s c i e n t i f i c r e v o l u t i o n s . Topics to
be d i s c u s s e d m i g h t i n c l u d e : s o c i o biology, a r t i f i c i a l intelligence,
the concept of i n t e l l i g e n c e , the
nature of e x p l a n a t i o n , the r o l e of
observation in science, determini s m and i n d e t e r m i n i s m , c a u s a t i o n ,
inductive inference, s c i e n t i f i c
m e t h o d , l a w s and t h e o r i e s , and t h e
s t a t u s of t h e o r e t i c a l c o n s t r u c t s .

P h i l o s o p h y 110
Logical
No

Self-Defense

(F,S)

(3,0,0)

prerequisite

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c r u l e s
of c l e a r and r a t i o n a l t h o u g h t . The

T h e r e a r e no p r e r e q u i s i t e s , but
t h e c o u r s e i s a n a t u r a l companion
t o P h i l o s o p h y 1 1 0 , and w i l l a p p e a l
t o s t u d e n t s o f m a t h e m a t i c s and t h e
n a t u r a l or s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .

Physics
P h i l o s o p h y 200
P o l i t i c a l Philosophy
No

(F)

(3,0,0)

P h i l o s o p h y 220
Philosophy in Literature
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

prerequisite
No p r e r e q u i s i t e

T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an a n l y s i s of
the r a t i o n a l e f o r p o l i t i c a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s and a c t i o n . Some o f
t h e q u e s t i o n s c o n s i d e r e d : A r e we
r e a l l y o b l i g e d t o obey t h e law?
Can t h e l a w be j u s t i f i a b l y
r e p r e s e n t e d as a u t h o r i t a t i v e , o r
i s t h e r e a l f o u n d a t i o n o f law i n
t h e p o l i c e m a n ' s h o l s t e r ? Does t h e
s t a t e have good r e a s o n f o r
i n v o l v i n g i t s e l f i n compulsory
programs of e d u c a t i o n ? T h i s i s not
a study i n t h e h i s t o r y of
p o l i t i c a l t h o u g h t and e v e r y e f f o r t
i s made t o v i e w p r o b l e m s f r o m a
contemporary p e r s p e c t i v e .

An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e l i v e l y
r e l a t i o n s h i p between P h i l o s o p h y
and L i t e r a t u r e . P h i l o s o p h i c a l
t h e o r i e s w i l l be a p p r o a c h e d and
d i s c u s s e d v i a l i t e r a r y work w h i c h
e i t h e r embodies t h e t h e o r i e s o r
g r o u n d s them i n human e x p e r i e n c e .
Textual s o u r c e s w i l l range from
t h e c l a s s i c a l Greek p l a y s t o
B u r g e s s ' "A C l o c k w o r k O r a n g e . "

P h i l o s o p h y 221
Existentialism in
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Literature

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of

(S)

(3,0,0)

Philosophy 200.

P h i l o s o p h y 210
M e t a p h y s i c s and E p i s t e m o l o g y
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
No

prerequisite

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some o f t h e
t r a d i t i o n a l problems of
m e t a p h y s i c s and e p i s t e m o l o g y . Some
of t h e q u e s t i o n s c o n s i d e r e d a r e :
Does f r e e w i l l e x i s t ? Is s e n s e
p e r c e p t i o n a r e l i a b l e source of
k n o w l e d g e ? What i s t h e n a t u r e of
c a u s a l i t y ? Is m a t e r i a l i s m t r u e ?
What i s t h e n a t u r e o f mind? What
i s t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between mind
and body? What i s t h e s c i e n t i f i c
method? W h i l e t h i s i s not a c o u r s e
i n the h i s t o r y of P h i l o s o p h y , it.
w i l l c o v e r many o f t h e c l a s s i c a l
a t t e m p t s t o answer t h e s e
questions.

P h i l o s o p h y 211
M e t a p h y s i c s and
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

This course i s , i n s p i r i t , a
c o n t i n u a t i o n of P h i l o s o p h y 2 2 0 ,
but i t i s c e n t r e d on t h e
P h i l o s o p h y of E x i s t e n t i a l i s m i n
l i t e r a t u r e . There w i l l be an
i n t r o d u c t o r y s e t o f l e c t u r e s on
E x i s t e n t i a l i s m as a p h i l o s o p h y .
T e x t u a l s o u r c e s w i l l range f r o m
Dostoyevsky's "Notes from the
Underground" to S a r t r e ' s " N a u s e a . "

Faculty

FREEMAN, M . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c .
( C a l . T e c h . ) , P h . D . (UBC)
HENRY, M . I . , B . S c . ( A l t a . ) , M . S c .
(UBC)
PALFFY-MUHORAY, P . , B . A . S c ,
M . A . S c . , P h . D . (UBC)
RANGNEKAR, S . , B . S c , M . S c .
(Karnatak), Ph.D. ( C a l i f . )
Laboratory

Supervisor

SIMS0N, B . ,

B.Sc.

General

No p r e r e q u i s i t e
P h i l o s o p h y 201
P o l i t i c a l Philosophy

Instructional

Information

A l l f i r s t - y e a r physics courses
i n c l u d e a weekly two-hour
l a b o r a t o r y p e r i o d . The c o s t o f t h e
labs i s included i n the course
t u i t i o n fee except f o r l a b manuals
and some f i e l d t r i p c o s t s .

University Transfer

Credit

A l l P h y s i c s courses at C a p i l a n o
c a r r y t r a n s f e r c r e d i t t o S F U , UBC
and U . V i c . F o r d e t a i l s p l e a s e
r e f e r t o t h e T r a n s f e r Guide at t h e
back o f t h e c a l e n d a r .

P h y s i c s 104
P r i n c i p l e s of P h y s i c s
(S) ( 3 , 2 , 0 )
Prerequisite:
prerequisite.
is required.

I

No P h y s i c s
Math 12 o r Math 105

T h i s c o u r s e s e r v e s as an i n t r o d u c t i o n to physics for students with
l i t t l e o r no b a c k g r o u n d i n t h e
s u b j e c t . It i s i n t e n d e d f o r s t u d e n t s not t a k i n g f u r t h e r s t u d i e s
in s c i e n c e . Topics i n c l u d e mechani c s , e n e r g y , r a y o p t i c s and h e a t .

P h y s i c s 108
Basic Physics
Epistemology

(SFU)

(F)

(4.5,2,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Math 12 o r 1 0 5 . Math
110 i s a p r e o r c o r e q u i s i t e .

P h i l o s o p h y 210

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of

Philosophy 210.

The c o u r s e c o v e r s t h e m a t e r i a l o f
Physics 110, together with those
t o p i c s from high school p h y s i c s
needed by a s t u d e n t w i t h no
p r e v i o u s background i n p h y s i c s . A
student passing t h i s course should

5 I

be a b l e t o e n t e r
the s p r i n g .

Physics
General

110
Physics

Physics

I

(F)

111 i n

(3,2,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 12 o r
P h y s i c s 11 o r P h y s i c s 1 0 4 ; and
Math 110 i s a p r e o r c o r e q u i s i t e .
A s u r v e y of m e c h a n i c s c o v e r i n g
vectors, statics, kinematics,
d y n a m i c s , e n e r g y , momentum,
rotation, gravitation, vibration,
and s p e c i a l
relativity.

P h y s i c s 111
General P h y s i c s

II

(S)

E l e c t r i c and m a g n e t i c f i e l d s ,
c i r c u i t s , wave o p t i c s , and a t o m i c
and n u c l e a r p h y s i c s .

I

T h e o r y and Waves

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 111 or 115
and Math 1 1 1 . Math 200 and 230
must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y , i f not
a l r e a d y c o m p l e t e d . P h y s i c s 210
must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y .
H e a t , t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e f i r s t and
s e c o n d laws o f t h e r m o d y n a m i c s ,
k i n e t i c t h e o r y , and w a v e s . T h i s
course, together with Physics 201,
210 and 2 1 1 , i s r e q u i r e d f o r
s t u d e n t s m a j o r i n g i n p h y s i c s and
recommended f o r s t u d e n t s m a j o r i n g
in chemistry.

(3,2,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 110 o r 108
o r 114 and Math 1 1 0 . Math 111 i s a
p r e o r c o r e q u i s i t e . Any s t u d e n t
who has a t t e m p t e d t h e c o u r s e
w i t h i n t h e l a s t y e a r w i l l not be
allowed t o r e g i s t e r w i t h o u t the
instructor's permission.

P h y s i c s 114
Fundamental P h y s i c s

P h y s i c s 200
Heat, K i n e t i c
(F)
(3,0,0)

(F)

P h y s i c s 201
Electrical Circuits

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 2 0 0 , Math
230 and 2 0 0 . Math 235 i s a p r e o r
c o r e q u i s i t e . P h y s i c s 211 must be
taken c o n c u r r e n t l y .
The s t u d y o f e l e c t r i c a l and
magnetic f i e l d s ; fundamentals of
a . c . t h e o r y ; L R , RC, LRC c i r c u i t s ;
resonance; mechanical analogs;
f o r c e d and damped o s c i l l a t i o n s ,
and w a v e s .

P h y s i c s 210
Physics Laboratory

(3,2,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 114 o r at
l e a s t a " B " i n P h y s i c s 108 o r 1 1 0 .
Math 111 i s a p r e o r c o r e q u i s i t e .
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of P h y s i c s 1 1 4 ;
m a t e r i a l s i m i l a r t o t h a t o f 111
but a t a more advanced l e v e l .

(F)

(1,3,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : As f o r P h y s i c s 200
w h i c h must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y .
A weekly t h r e e - h o u r lab i n
mathematical methods, e l e c t r i c a l
measurements and o p t i c s .

P h y s i c s 211
Physics Laboratory
(S)

I

or

A survey of mechanics s i m i l a r t o
P h y s i c s 110 but at a more a d v a n c e d
l e v e l . This course, together with
Physics 115, i s p a r t i c u l a r l y s u i t able f o r students going i n t o the
p h y s i c a l s c i e n c e s or e n g i n e e r i n g .

II

(3,0,0)

(3,2,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 12 o r
P h y s i c s 1 0 4 ; Math 110 i s a p r e
corequisite.

P h y s i c s 115
Fundamental P h y s i c s

(S)

II

(S)

(1,3,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : As f o r P h y s i c s 2 0 1 ,
w h i c h must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y .
A weekly t h r e e - h o u r l a b i n
electron dynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y
electronics.

P h y s i c s 220
Mechanics I (F)

and

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u s i t e : P h y s i c s 110 or 108 o r
1 1 4 , Math 1 1 1 . Math 230 i s a p r e
or c o r e q u i s i t e .

52

Newtonian mechanics of p a r t i c l e s .
Topics i n c l u d e k i n e m a t i c s , v i s c o u s
and t u r b u l e n t d r a g , r o c k e t
p r o p u l s i o n , c o n s e r v a t i o n l a w s , and
c e n t r i f u g a l and C o r i o l i s f o r c e s .
This c o u r s e , together w i t h Physics
221, i s required for students
m a j o r i n g i n p h y s i c s and
recommended f o r s t u d e n t s m a j o r i n g
i n math o r c o m p u t e r s c i e n c e .

P h y s i c s 221
M e c h a n i c s I I and S p e c i a l
R e l a t i v i t y (S)
(3,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 2 2 0 , Math
2 3 0 . Math 235 i s a recommended
corequisite.
More advanced t o p i c s i n m e c h a n i c s :
a p p l i c a t i o n of s p e c i a l
relativity
to elementary p a r t i c l e c r e a t i o n
and s p a c e t r a v e l , e l l i p t i c a l and
interplanetary transfer orbits,
r i g i d body d y n a m i c s and
gyroscopes.

Political Studies
Instructional

p o l i t i c a l c u l t u r e s and e x a m i n e t h e
f o r m a l and i n f o r m a l p o l i t i c a l
s t r u c t u r e s and p r o c e s s e s i n e a c h .
A v a r i e t y of s t a t e s / c o u n t r i e s a r e
s e l e c t e d e a c h s e m e s t e r t o use as
" c a s e " s t u d i e s ; e . g . U . S . and
L a t i n A m e r i c a ; W e s t e r n E u r o p e and
t h e S o v i e t U n i o n , New S t a t e s , Old
Problems.

Faculty

L A V A L L E , E . M . , B.Comm., L L . B .
( U B C ) , M . A . (Duke)
MIER, P . , B . A . ( S F U ) , M . A .
(Toronto)
PERSKY, S . , B . A . , M.A. (UBC)

University

Tranfer

Credit

A l l P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s c o u r s e s at
C a p i l a n o are t r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU,
UBC and U . V i c . F o r d e t a i l s c o n s u l t
t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f
the c a l e n d a r .

P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 100
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o P o l i t i c a l
Thought - P l a t o t o Hobbes
(F)
(3,0,0)
The p u r p o s e o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o
introduce students to the
t r a d i t i o n o f Western p o l i t i c a l
i n q u i r y from t h e A n c i e n t Greeks t o
t h e emergence of t h e N a t i o n S t a t e .
Elements w i t h i n t h i s t r a d i t i o n
w i l l be a p p r o a c h e d f r o m an
h i s t o r i c a l and p h i l o s o p h i c a l
p e r s p e c t i v e . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis
w i l l be p l a c e d upon t h e c r i t i c a l
r e a d i n g o f o r i g i n a l t e x t s and
b a c k g r o u n d m a t e r i a l w i l l be
p r e s e n t e d i n l e c t u r e s and
a d d i t i o n a l r e a d i n g . Major t o p i c s
i n c l u d e a n c i e n t and m e d i e v a l
p o l i t i c a l t h o u g h t , and t h e r i s e o f
the n a t i o n a l s t a t e .

P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 101
Contemporary
Ideologies
(F,S)
(3,0,0)

P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 102
C o m p a r a t i v e Government
(F,S)
(3,0,0)
of

(3,0,0)

A study of the p r o c e s s e s ,
i d e o l o g i e s and government
s t r u c t u r e s w h i c h make up t h e
Canadian p o l i t i c a l r e a l i t y . This
c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e r o l e o f
the prime m i n i s t e r ' s o f f i c e , the
bureaucracy, p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s ,
f e d e r a l - p r o v i n c i a l r e l a t i o n s and
Canadian f o r e i g n p o l i c y .

P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 201
International Relations
(F)
(3,0,0)
A study of aspects of g l o b a l
c o n f l i c t and w o r l d p o l i t i c s . The
course provides students with the
b a c k g r o u n d n e c e s s a r y f o r an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of s o u r c e s o f p o w e r ,
t e c h n i q u e s of w i e l d i n g i n f l u e n c e
and t h e f o r m u l a t i o n o f f o r e i g n
p o l i c y . The c o u r s e w i l l e x a m i n e
t h e o r i g i n s o f t h e C o l d War,
I m p e r i a l i s m , l o c a l and g l o b a l
w a r s , d e t e n t e , and p r o b l e m s o f
m i l i t a r i z a t i o n and d i s a r m a m e n t .

P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 202
Government and P o l i t i c s o f
Columbia (F)
(3,0,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l
d e v e l o p m e n t of c o n t e m p o r a r y i d e o l o g i e s w i t h an e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e
ideas expressed in the p o l i t i c a l
p r o c e s s . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s a
c r i t i c a l a n a l y s i s of L i b e r a l i s m ,
Conservatism, Fascism, Social
Democracy and M a r x i s m - L e n i n i s m .

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e l e m e n t s
government and p o l i t i c s i n a
comparative p e r s p e c t i v e . This
c o u r s e w i l l t a k e two o r more

P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 104
C a n a d i a n Government ( F , S )

British

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the p o l i t i c a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s , d y n a m i c s , and
s o c i o - e c o n o m i c p r o c e s s e s of
p r o v i n c i a l , r e g i o n a l , and
m u n i c i p a l governments i n Canada,
w i t h p a r t i c u l a r e m p h a s i s on B . C .
S p e c i f i c a l l y , t h i s course i s
intended to f a m i l i a r i z e students
w i t h the a c t i v i t i e s of p o l i t i c a l
p a r t i e s and s t a t e i n s t i t u t i o n s i n
B . C . , e s p e c i a l l y s i n c e t h e end o f
World War I I .
It i s d e s i g n e d t o
develop students' s k i l l s i n
c r i t i c a l l y analyzing the B.C.
p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s from s e v e r a l
methodological perspectives within

the d i s c i p l i n e of
studies.

political

P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 203
International
Organizations
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
S i n c e t h e emergence o f t h e C o n c e r t
of Europe i n 1815, i n t e r n a t i o n a l
o r g a n i z a t i o n s have p l a y e d an
i n c r e a s i n g l y important r o l e in
world p o l i t i c s . This course
e x a m i n e s t h e h i s t o r y and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l and
r e g i o n a l g o v e r n m e n t a l and n o n governmental o r g a n i z a t i o n s which
act i n the i n t e r n a t i o n a l a r e n a .
S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on
the United N a t i o n s , the North
A t l a n t i c Treaty O r g a n i z a t i o n , the
Warsaw T r e a t y O r g a n i z a t i o n , t h e
E u r o p e a n Economic C o m m u n i t y , t h e
CMEA, and 0ECD.

P o l i t i c a l S t u d i e s 207
S e l e c t e d Issues i n Contemporary
S o c i a l and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y
(F)
(3,0,0)
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l e x a m i n e some o f
the major c o n t r i b u t i o n s to s o c i a l
and p o l i t i c a l t h o u g h t b e g i n n i n g
w i t h the r i s e of the Welfare State
t o the c u r r e n t problems a s s o c i a t e d
w i t h t h e s t r u c t u r e and
o r g a n i z a t i o n of l a t e c a p i t a l i s m .
Topics w i l l i n c l u d e a d i s c u s s i o n
of the r o l e of the s t a t e , t h e
Frankfurt School, Neo-Marxism,
C u l t u r a l Theory, the f a t e of
L i b e r a l Democracy, C i v i l S o c i e t y
vs t h e S t a t e , N e o - C o n s e r v a t i s m ,
M i l i t a r i s m , and t h e q u e s t i o n o f
P o w e r , and how p a r t i c u l a r
t h e o r i s t s have r e s p o n d e d t o t h e s e
d e v e l o p m e n t s . For e x a m p l e , K e y n e s ,
Arendt, Gramsci, Althusser,
Poulantzas, Bahro, Foucault,
Habermas, O f f e , F r i e d m a n , M a r c u s e ,
and W i l l i a m s .

53

Psychology
Instructional

Faculty

AVEKY, P . , B . A . ( Y o r k ) , M . E d .
(Toronto)
ECCLES, E . , R . N . ( S t . P a u l s ) ,
B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
HAWRYLKO, R . , B . A . ( H u n t e r ) , M.A.
(SFU)
MACNEILL, M . , B . A . ( A l t a . ) , M.A.
(Manitoba), Ph.D. (Calgary)
MOE, S . , B . A . , M.A. ( M e x i c o )
PAREIS, N . , B . S c . ( R u t g e r s ) , P h . D .
(Texas)

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l Psychology c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
For more d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e
T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e
calendar.

P s y c h o l o g y 100
Introduction to
(F,S)
(3,0,0)

Psychology

A course designed to introduce the
beginning psychology student to
some of t h e m a j o r c o n c e p t s and
a p p r o a c h e s n e c e s s a r y t o an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f human b e h a v i o u r
from a p s y c h o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e .
Topics covered i n c l u d e l e a r n i n g ,
development, s e x u a l i t y ,
p e r s o n a l i t y t h e o r y , and o t h e r
selected issues.

P s y c h o l o g y 101
Theories of Behaviour
(F.S) (3,0,0)
Prerequisite:

Psychology

100

A c o u r s e f o r t h o s e s t u d e n t s who
d e s i r e a complete survey of the
b a s i c a r e a s o f P s y c h o l o g y (when
combined w i t h P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 0 ) ,
b e f o r e p r o c e e d i n g t o an i n - d e p t h
s t u d y of p a r t i c u l a r a r e a s . The 101
c o u r s e c o v e r s s u c h t o p i c s as
s t a t i s t i c s , experimental design,
psychological assessment, p h y s i o l o g i c a l psychology, a l t e r e d states
of c o n s c i o u s n e s s , behaviour d i s o r d e r s , the t h e r a p e u t i c p r o c e s s ,
and o t h e r s e l e c t e d i s s u e s .

54

P s y c h o l o g y 200
S o c i a l Psychology
Prerequisite:

(F,S)

Psychology

(3,0,0)
100

A s t u d y o f t h e d y n a m i c s and
e f f e c t s o f s o c i a l i n f l u e n c e s on
i n d i v i d u a l human b e h a v i o u r . The
course e n t a i l s a look at such
t o p i c s as a t t i t u d e s and a t t i t u d e changes, s o c i a l b e l i e f s , r o l e s ,
c o n f o r m i t y , group p r o c e s s e s ,
leadership, prejudice,
i n t e r p e r s o n a l a t t r a c t i o n and
p s y c h o l o g i c a l e f f e c t s of t h e
physical environment.

P s y c h o l o g y 201
Group Dynamics ( F , S )
Prerequisite:

P s y c h o l o g y 100

P s y c h o l o g y 204
Developmental Psychology
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Psychology

100

A study of the c h i l d ' s development
from i n f a n c y to a d o l e s c e n c e ,
i n c l u d i n g the development of
social behaviour, p e r s o n a l i t y ,
l a n g u a g e and c o g n i t i v e p r o c e s s e s .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o do
r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s and
observations.

P s y c h o l o g y 205
The P s y c h o l o g y o f
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

P s y c h o l o g y 206
Adolescent Psychology
Prerequisite:

(S)

Psychology

(3,0,0)
100

T h i s course w i l l examine the
r e s e a r c h f i n d i n g s and t h e o r i e s
p e r t a i n i n g t o t h e d e v e l o p m e n t and
b e h a v i o u r of a d o l e s c e n t s . T o p i c s
covered w i l l i n c l u d e b i o l o g i c a l
and s e x u a l m a t u r a t i o n , p e r s o n a l i t y , i n t e l l i g e n c e , m o t i v a t i o n and
s o c i a l i s s u e s s u c h as d e l i n q u e n c y
and f a m i l y r e l a t i o n s h i p s .

(3,0,0)

A study of the behaviour of people
i n small groups. This course
p r o v i d e s an i n t e l l e c t u a l and
e x p e r i e n t i a l approach to small
g r o u p t h e o r y and a l l o w s t h e
student to p r a c t i c e c o n s t r u c t i v e
interpersonal s k i l l s in a
s u p p o r t i v e , s m a l l group s e t t i n g .

Prerequisite:

d e v e l o p an e m p a t h i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g
of the aging process through such
means as community p r o j e c t s .

Aging

Psychology

100

A course d e a l i n g with the
p s y c h o l o g i c a l development of the
i n d i v i d u a l from e a r l y adulthood t o
d e a t h , w i t h e m p h a s i s on
i n t e l l e c t u a l and p e r s o n a l i t y
c h a n g e s , and t h e s o c i a l c o n t e x t o f
a g i n g . As w e l l as b e i n g e x p o s e d t o
basic research in the a r e a ,
s t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o

P s y c h o l o g y 220
Theory of P e r s o n a l i t y
Prerequisite:

(S)

(3,0,0)

P s y c h o l o g y 100

A study of the v a r i o u s t h e o r i e s of
p e r s o n a l i t y from p s y c h o a n a l y t i c
theory to learning theory.
I n c l u d e d w i l l be t h e i d e a s o f
F r e u d , R o g e r s , Maslow and o t h e r s .
C o n c e p t s t o be c o n s i d e r e d w i l l
i n c l u d e the development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , and t h e s t r u c t u r e and
d y n a m i c s o f p e r s o n a l i t y . The
course w i l l i n c l u d e c o n s i d e r a t i o n
o f t h e o r e t i c a l p r o b l e m s , and
s t u d e n t s w i l l become f a m i l i a r w i t h
empirical research in these areas.

P s y c h o l o g y 222
Abnormal P s y c h o l o g y
Prerequisite:

(F,S)

(3,0,0)

P s y c h o l o g y 100

A s t u d y o f t h e v a r i o u s m o d e l s and
perspectives for viewing patterns
and t r e a t m e n t o f a b n o r m a l
b e h a v i o u r . I n c l u d e d w i l l be an
e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e r e s e a r c h as t o
how t h e m e d i c a l m o d e l , b e h a v i o u r i s t i c s c h o o l , humanistic school
and i n t e r p e r s o n a l s c h o o l v i e w
normal and abnormal b e h a v i o u r .
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l a l s o f o c u s on t h e
h i s t o r i c a l and c o n t e m p o r a r y
approaches t o t r e a t m e n t .
Women's S t u d i e s 110
Women and P s y c h o l o g y

(S)

(3,0,0)

See d e s c r i p t i o n u n d e r Women's
S t u d i e s s e c t i o n of the c a l e n d a r .

Sociology
Instructional

Faculty

GAYLE, N . , B . A . ( Y o r k ) , M . A .
( W e s t e r n ) , P h . D . (UBC)
GROVES, P . H e f f r o n , B . A .
( T o r o n t o ) , P h . D . (UBC)
S P E I E R , M . , B . A . (New Y o r k ) , M . A . ,
Ph.D. (Berkeley)

General

Information

A l l courses i n Sociology are
geared t o help t h e student
comprehend p e r s o n a l and g l o b a l
e v e n t s i n a r e l e v a n t and
meaningful way. Sociology should
thus help the student i n his/her
e n d e a v o u r t o cope w i t h o u r
i n c r e a s i n g l y complex s o c i e t y . A
m a j o r i n S o c i o l o g y l e a d s t o work
in the following areas: social
work, t e a c h i n g , probation work,
criminology, industrial Sociology,
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , m e d i a , government
r e s e a r c h and r e l a t e d a r e a s .
Students r e g i s t e r i n g f o r Sociology
courses should note that there a r e
no p r e r e q u s i t e s f o r any o f t h e
c o u r s e s and t h a t c o u r s e s c a n be
t a k e n i n any o r d e r o r c o m b i n a t i o n ,
according to student i n t e r e s t .
Those who i n t e n d t o m a j o r s h o u l d
c o m p l e t e S o c i o l o g y 100 and 1 0 1 .

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l Sociology courses at Capilano
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
A l l 200 l e v e l c o u r s e s w i l l p r o v i d e
t h e Simon F r a s e r t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t
w i t h a s s i g n e d c r e d i t toward
s e c o n d - y e a r c o u r s e s . The UBC
t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t w i l l be p r o v i d e d
w i t h unassigned c r e d i t towards a
major. For d e t a i l s consult t h e
T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e
calendar.

S o c i o l o g y 100
Social Structures

(F,S)

(3,0,0)

The c o u r s e s y s t e m a t i c a l l y c o v e r s
m a j o r t o p i c s and i s s u e s o f c o n c e r n
t o anyone who w i s h e s t o b e g i n t o
u n d e r s t a n d and come t o t e r m s w i t h ,
t h e modern w o r l d i n a p e r s o n a l l y
and s o c i o l o g i c a l l y r e l e v a n t w a y .
The b a s i c theme o f t h e c o u r s e i s
t h a t we a r e , t o a g r e a t e r e x t e n t
than g e n e r a l l y i m a g i n e d , p r o d u c e d ,

s t r u c t u r e d and r u n by t h e " s o c i a l
machine". This " s o c i a l machine"
c o m p r i s e s i n s t i t u t i o n s s u c h as t h e
f a m i l y , r e l i g i o n , i n e q u a l i t y , mass
m e d i a , e d u c a t i o n as w e l l a s r u l e s ,
customs, l a w s , e t c . This course
l o o k s a t how we a r e i n f l u e n c e d by
t h i s " m a c h i n e " and i n t u r n how we
react to that i n f l u e n c e .
Both S o c i o l o g y 100 and 101 a r e
required for students intending to
m a j o r i n S o c i o l o g y a t SF0 o r UBC.

S o c i o l o g y 101
Concepts of Theories
(F,S)
(3,0,0)

of

Society

With c u r r e n t s o c i a l c o n d i t i o n s i n
mind, t h i s course analyzes the
general development of s o c i o l o g i c a l t h o u g h t i n t h e 1 9 t h and 2 0 t h
c e n t u r i e s . We w i l l l o o k a t t h r e e
major approaches t o u n d e r s t a n d i n g
society (functionalism, conflict
t h e o r y and s y m b o l i c i n t e r a c t i o n i s m ) and employ t h e s e a p p r o a c h e s
to a n a l y z e events of c u r r e n t
interest.
B o t h S o c i o l o g y 100 and 101 a r e
required f o r students intending to
m a j o r i n S o c i o l o g y a t SFU o r UBC.

S o c i o l o g y 200
Canadian S o c i e t y

(F)

(3,0,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f
C a n a d i a n s o c i e t y and c u l t u r e ,
i n c l u d i n g an a n a l y s i s o f t h e m a j o r
C a n a d i a n i n s t i t u t i o n s s t u d i e d on a
national basis, with special
e m p h a s i s on t h e d y n a m i c s o f change
i n a m u l t i c u l t u r a l , complex
society.

S o c i o l o g y 210
Current Social

Issues

Society

A continued s o c i o l o g y approach t o
the dynamics of Canadian s o c i e t y
w i t h s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s on B r i t i s h
C o l u m b i a . C l o s e a t t e n t i o n w i l l be
g i v e n t o s o c i a l movements and
e c o n o m i c , h i s t o r i c a l and c u l t u r a l
d e v e l o p m e n t s w h i c h have shaped
B r i t i s h Columbia from a f r o n t i e r
i n t o a modern i n d u s t r i a l s o c i e t y .

(3,0,0)

A s t u d y o f s o c i a l c o n c e r n s and
c u l t u r a l p r o b l e m s common t o
c u r r e n t c o n d i t i o n s i n t h e 20th
c e n t u r y i n o u r s o c i e t y and i n
global perspectives. Classical
s o c i o l o g i c a l c o n c e p t s w i l l be used
t o a n a l y z e media coverage and
p o p u l a r p e r c e p t i o n o f i s s u e s and
problems. Current issues are
placed i n the context of the
s t u d e n t ' s d a i l y w o r l d , as i t i s
happening n o w - - t h i s should develop
the student's s o c i o l o g i c a l i m a g i n a t i o n . T h i s c o u r s e c a n be t a k e n by
i t s e l f , o r a s a complement t o
Contemporary T h i r d World I s s u e s .

S o c i o l o g y 211
Sociology of the Third
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

World

A study of the major t h e o r i e s of
under d e v e l o p m e n t , e m p i r i c a l
s t u d i e s o f under d e v e l o p m e n t ,
s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l r e s p o n s e s t o
u n d e r d e v e l o p m e n t , and t h e
i n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i p of s o c i a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s i n and between t h e
" d e v e l o p e d " and " u n d e r d e v e l o p e d "
s o c i e t i e s . This course w i l l
p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h an
opportunity t o better understand
t h e s o c i a l , e c o n o m i c and p o l i t i c a l
c a u s e s and e f f e c t s o f u n d e r
d e v e l o p m e n t . B o t h s o c i o l o g i c a l and
" n o n - s o c i o l o g i c a l " l i t e r a t u r e on
t h e m e a n i n g and e f f e c t s o f " u n d e r
d e v e l o p m e n t " w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
T h i s c o u r s e may be t a k e n by i t s e l f
o r as a complement t o S o c i o l o g y
210, Current Social Issues.

S o c i o l o g y 222
Sociology of the Arts
S o c i o l o g y 201
B r i t i s h Columbia
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

(S)

(F)

(3,0,0)

A s o c i o l o g i c a l study of c r e a t i v e
endeavours of western c i v i l i z a t i o n
t h r o u g h p a i n t i n g , m u s i c and
s c u l p t u r e t o c i n e m a . The c o u r s e
w i l l r e l a t e t h e v a r i o u s a r t forms
to the s o c i a l context i n which
t h e y e x i s t ; hence i t w i l l d e v e l o p
an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e
i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s between i d e a s
( e x p r e s s e d as A r t ) , s o c i a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l b e h a v i o u r .
This course i s p a r t i c u l a r l y
recommended a s a complement t o
S o c i o l o g y 223 o r 1 0 1 .

55

Spanish
S o c i o l o g y 223
Media and S o c i e t y

(S)

(3,0,0)

An i n t e n s i v e and f a s c i n a t i n g s t u d y
o f t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between a
s o c i e t y ' s c o m m u n i c a t i o n s y s t e m s as
media and i t s t e c h n o l o g i c a l ,
e c o n o m i c and p o l i t i c a l b a s e , i t s
ideology, i t s behaviour patterns
and i t s c u l t u r a l l i f e . T h i s w i l l
encompass c u r r e n t f o r m s o f
t e l e v i s i o n , r a d i o , magazines, a l l
f o r m s of a d v e r t i s e m e n t , news
p r o d u c t i o n and t h e m o v i e s . T h i s
c o u r s e i s p a r t i c u l a r l y recommended
as a complement t o S o c i o l o g y 222
or 1 0 0 .

Instructional

Faculty

FURSTENWALD, C , B . A .
M.B.A. (Washington)

University

Transfer

Coordinator

prior

to

enrollment.

(Mexico),

Credit

A l l Spanish courses at C a p i l a n o
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
SFU
S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o p r o c e e d t o
SFU and t o p u r s u e f u r t h e r c o u r s e s
i n S p a n i s h a r e reminded of t h e
present equivalency s t a n d a r d s .
E l e c t i v e c r e d i t w i l l be g i v e n a t
SFU f o r a l l C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
S p a n i s h c o u r s e s . Exemption from
and p l a c e m e n t i n h i g h e r c o u r s e s
a r e d e t e r m i n e d by t h e r e s u l t s o f a
placement t e s t or o t h e r assessment
p r o c e d u r e . As a r e s u l t o f t h e
p l a c e m e n t t e s t , a r e a c r e d i t may be
g r a n t e d w h i c h would c o u n t t o w a r d a
m a j o r i n S p a n i s h . C o u r s e s w h i c h do
n o t q u a l i f y t o w a r d a m a j o r w i l l be
awarded e l e c t i v e c r e d i t o n l y .

S p a n i s h 100
F i r s t Year S p a n i s h (F)
Prerequisite:

(3,1.75,0)

None

This i s a beginners' course which
o f f e r s a comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n to the Spanish language.
E m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on grammar and
the development of the s t u d e n t s '
s p e a k i n g , u n d e r s t a n d i n g and
writing s k i l l s .

S p a n i s h 101
F i r s t Year S p a n i s h (S)

(3,1.75,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : S p a n i s h 100 o r
p e r m i s s i o n from i n s t r u c t o r .
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work o f
S p a n i s h 1 0 0 , t h i s c o u r s e s h o u l d be
t a k e n , wherever p o s s i b l e , i n the
term f o l l o w i n g Spanish 100.
Recommended a l s o f o r t h o s e who a r e
c o n s i d e r i n g t a k i n g S p a n i s h 200 a t
a l a t e r d a t e and need r e v i e w w o r k .

UBC
At UBC, p r e s e n t e q u i v a l e n t
s t a n d a r d s e q u a t e S p a n i s h 100 and
101 w i t h S p a n i s h 1 0 0 ; S p a n i s h 2U0
and 201 w i t h S p a n i s h 2 0 0 . The
s t u d e n t who p l a n s t o m a j o r i n
S p a n i s h may e n t e r U B C ' s S p a n i s h
when s/he c o m p l e t e s t h e C a p i l a n o
courses.
Note: A l l courses in Spanish
i n c l u d e a t o t a l o f f i v e and one
h a l f hours of i n s t r u c t i o n per
w e e k , made up of t h r e e h o u r s o f
l e c t u r e s ; one and o n e - h a l f h o u r s
o f l a b o r a t o r y p r a c t i c e ; and one
hour of c o n v e r s a t i o n a l p r a c t i c e
with a native speaker.
N a t i v e s p e a k e r s o f S p a n i s h who
w i s h to t a k e f i r s t or s e c o n d - y e a r
c o u r s e s i n t h e s e l a n g u a g e s must
c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Language C o o r d inator f i r s t . University rules
g o v e r n i n g such s t u d e n t s d i f f e r
w i t h i n d e p a r t m e n t s , but t h e
Language C o o r d i n a t o r has c o r r e s pondence d e a l i n g w i t h m a t t e r s
r e l e v a n t t o c r e d i t t r a n s f e r and
p o i n t o f e n t r y . In o r d e r t o a v o i d
any m i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g s , s u c h
s t u d e n t s are i n v i t e d to d i s c u s s
t h e s e p r o b l e m s w i t h t h e Language

5b

S p a n i s h 200
Second Y e a r S p a n i s h ( F )

(3,1.75,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Spanish grade 1 2 , or
S p a n i s h 100/101 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f
instructor.
A r e v i e w o f S p a n i s h grammar w i t h
s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s on p r o b l e m a t i c
a r e a s n o r m a l l y e n c o u n t e r e d by
s t u d e n t s o f t h e l a n g u a g e . The
r e a d i n g , w r i t i n g and o r a l f l u e n c y
o f t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be i m p r o v e d
through t r a n s l a t i o n s , compositions
and a h i g h d e g r e e o f c o n v e r s a t i o n .
A l s o , t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be
introduced to Hispanic L i t e r a t u r e .
C l a s s e s w i l l be c o n d u c t e d i n t h e
Spanish language o n l y .

S p a n i s h 201
Second Y e a r S p a n i s h ( S )

(3,1.75,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : S p a n i s h 200 o r
p e r m i s s i o n from the i n s t r u c t o r .
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work o f
S p a n i s h 2 0 0 . T h i s c o u r s e s h o u l d be
t a k e n , wherever p o s s i b l e , i n the
term f o l l o w i n g Spanish 200.

Theatre Arts
Instructional

Faculty

MOORE, D . , B . F . A . ( U . V i c )
MURDOCH, W . , B . F . A . ( U . V i c . ) ,
M . F . A . (UBC)

General

Information

The T h e a t r e P r o g r a m r u n s a s e r i e s
o f a c t i n g c o u r s e s i n t h e F a l l and
S p r i n g terms through the C o l l e g e ' s
Academic D i v i s i o n . These a r e
a v a i l a b l e t o b o t h f u l l t i m e and
p a r t t i m e s t u d e n t s who w i s h t h e
opportunity to continue t h e i r
i n t e r e s t i n Theatre at a p o s t s e c o n d a r y l e v e l . The aim o f t h e
program i s t o p r o v i d e a
p r o f e s s i o n a l approach to a c t i n g
t h r o u g h i n - c l a s s i n s t r u c t i o n and
p e r f o r m a n c e e x p e r i e n c e , b o t h on
campus and on t o u r a t s u c h
p e r f o r m a n c e venues as t h e
P r e s e n t a t i o n House S t u d i o T h e a t r e .
S t u d e n t s may e n r o l l i n any c o u r s e
a t any t i m e , but t h e s e c o n d y e a r
c o u r s e s r e q u i r e an a u d i t i o n
s u c c e s s f u l l y performed f o r the
i n s t r u c t o r i f T h e a t r e 100 o r 101
have not p r e v i o u s l y been t a k e n .
T h i s p r o g r a m p r e p a r e s s t u d e n t s who
are p r o f e s s i o n a l l y i n c l i n e d f o r
entrance to p r o f e s s i o n a l theatre
schools while providing students
w i t h more c a s u a l i n t e r e s t w i t h
t r a n s f e r t o o t h e r c o l l e g e and
u n i v e r s i t y T h e a t r e D e p a r t m e n t s of
a more s p e c i a l i z e d n a t u r e . A l s o ,
f o r t h o s e who s i m p l y w i s h t o
pursue t h e a t r e f o r the sheer joy
of i t , these courses w i l l p r o v i d e
an e x c e l l e n t b a c k g r o u n d
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e d i s c i p l i n e and
g r o u p s h a r i n g t h a t any c o o p e r a t i v e
c r e a t i v e venture p r o v i d e s .
Daytime and e v e n i n g s e c t i o n s o f
most c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d t o a l l o w
b o t h f u l l - t i m e and p a r t - t i m e
s t u d e n t s t o take advantage of the
Theatre Program.

University

Transfer

Theatre courses
transfer credit
a t S F U , UBC and
consult Tranfer
instructor.

Credit

a t C a p i l a n o have
or e l e c t i v e c r e d i t
U.Vic. Please
G u i d e and

T h e a t r e 100
A c t i n g I (F)

(3,0,0)

Prerequisite:

None

d i s c o v e r y of the c o s t u m e s , s e t ,
a c t i n g and w r i t i n g s t y l e s w i l l be
emphasized.
Not o f f e r e d

A workshop c o u r s e i n t h e a r t o f
t h e a c t o r , f o c u s i n g on v o i c e ,
movement, and s c e n e work t o
develop the s t u d e n t ' s awareness of
t h e a c t o r ' s r e s o u r c e s and t h e i r
own s t r e n g t h s and w e a k n e s s e s as a
p e r f o r m e r . In a d d i t i o n t o r e a d i n g s
and a w r i t t e n a n a l y s i s o f a
professional p r o d u c t i o n , the
s t u d e n t w i l l r e h e a r s e and p e r f o r m
a monologue and a s h o r t s c e n e ,
a p p l y i n g a p p r o a c h e s and t e c h n i q u e s
taught in c l a s s to the f i n a l
p r e s e n t a t i o n of these scenes f o r
an i n v i t e d a u d i e n c e . V i d e o and
a u d i o t a p i n g s o f s t u d e n t work w i l l
be used t o augment i n d i v i d u a l
comment and c o a c h i n g p r o v i d e d by
the i n s t r u c t o r .

1986/87.

T h e a t r e 121
Introduction t o Theatre History
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

II

None

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f T h e a t r e 1 2 0 , 121
u t i l i z e s s i m i l a r techniques to
d i s c o v e r major p e r i o d s from t h e
17th t o e a r l y 20th c e n t u r y .
Not o f f e r e d

in

1986/87.

T h e a t r e 200
S c r i p t and S t a g e ( F )

(3,2,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : T h e a t r e 100 o r 101
o r a u d i t i o n by a p p o i n t m e n t w i t h
the i n s t r u c t o r .

T h e a t r e 101
A c t i n g II ( S )

(3,0,0)

Prerequisite:

None

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of T h e a t r e 1 0 0 ,
e x p l o r i n g performance
i m p r o v i s a t i o n and n o n - s c r i p t e d
t h e a t r e . A workshop c o u r s e
f o c u s i n g on i m p r o v i s a t i o n as an
e s s e n t i a l tool in developing the
a c t o r ' s i m a g i n a t i v e r e s o u r c e s and
providing the confidence necessary
t o any f o r m o f " t h i n k i n g on o n e ' s
f e e t . " I m p r o v i s a t i o n w i l l be
t a u g h t as a p e r f o r m a n c e s k i l l i n
i t s own r i g h t t h r o u g h t h e use o f
t h e a t r e games s u c h as one s e e s a t
T h e a t r e S p o r t s , but i t w i l l a l s o
be e x p l o r e d as a means t o d e v e l o p
and a m p l i f y s c r i p t e d w o r k s .

T h e a t r e 120
Introduction to Theatre History
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

in

I

T h i s c o u r s e f o c u s e s on s c r i p t e d
m a t e r i a l and t h e means t h a t b o t h
t h e a c t o r and t h e t e c h n i c i a n use
to b r i n g about a f u l l r e n d e r i n g of
t h e work c h o s e n . A p a r t i c u l a r
p e r f o r m a n c e p r o b l e m w i l l be g i v e n
p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n as t h e
s t u d e n t s r e h e a r s e and p e r f o r m a
show p r e s e n t e d i n t h e o n - c a m p u s
S t u d i o . The T h e a t r e Lab s e c t i o n o f
the course w i l l introduce students
t o d e s i g n , p r o m o t i o n , and
production o r g a n i z a t i o n , which
w i l l t h e n be g i v e n i m m e d i a t e
a p p l i c a t i o n i n t h e m o u n t i n g and
m a r k e t i n g o f t h e p e r f o r m a n c e . The
A c t i n g s e c t i o n of the c o u r s e w i l l
g i v e p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e
a c t i n g s k i l l s r e q u i r e d by t h e
p a r t i c u l a r p r o j e c t c h o s e n , as t h e
s t u d e n t s w i l l be t a k e n t h r o u g h a
p r o f e s s i o n a l l y conducted r e h e a r s a l
p e r i o d c u l m i n a t i n g i n a s h o r t run
to a paying p u b l i c audience.

None

A p r a c t i c a l approach to the study
o f T h e a t r e H i s t o r y . In t h e f i r s t
t e r m , s e v e r a l p e r i o d s from 5th
century B.C. ( C l a s s i c a l Theatre)
t h r o u g h t o t h e 17th c e n t u r y w i l l
be c o v e r e d u s i n g s e m i n a r s ,
research p r e s e n t a t i o n , play
r e a d i n g s and some l e c t u r e s t o
d i s c o v e r each e r a . A p r a c t i c a l

T h e a t r e 201
R e h e a r s a l and P e r f o r m a n c e
(S) ( 3 , 2 , 0 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : T h e a t r e 200 o r
a u d i t i o n by a p p o i n t m e n t w i t h t h e
instructor.
This course takes the lessons
l e a r n e d i n T h e a t r e 200 and a p p l i e s

57

W o m e n ' s Studies
them t o a p r o f e s s i o n a l l y mounted
p e r f o r m a n c e o u t i n t h e community
w h i c h i s l i k e w i s e mounted and
m a r k e t e d on t h i s l a r g e r s c a l e . The
c h o i c e o f m a t e r i a l w i l l be based
on t h e s t u d e n t s ' a b i l i t i e s and
needs as p e r c e i v e d by t h e T h e a t r e
200 e x p e r i e n c e . Development o f a
warmup r o u t i n e w i l l a s s i s t
s t u d e n t s a s t h e y r e h e a r s e and
p r o d u c e t h e show. P r e p a r i n g f o r
the productions i s a major
u n d e r t a k i n g and s t u d e n t s c a n
e x p e c t t o be engaged i n r e h e a r s a l
outside of scheduled c l a s s t i m e s .

Instructional

Faculty

i n and c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e m a k i n g
of h i s t o r y . P r i v a t e l i v e s as w e l l
Women's S t u d i e s o f f e r i n g s a r e
as p u b l i c and p o l i t i c a l a c t i v i t i e s
t a u g h t by f u l l y q u a l i f i e d
w i l l be s t u d i e d . The c o u r s e w i l l
i n s t r u c t o r s w i t h e x p e r i e n c e i n t h e examine r e a s o n s b e h i n d t h e e x t e n t
f i e l d r e q u i r e d by each c o u r s e .
t o w h i c h women have been " h i d d e n
These f a c u l t y a r e seconded from
from h i s t o r y . "
r e l e v a n t d i s c i p l i n e s t o Women's
Studies.
To be o f f e r e d F a l l 1 9 8 6 .
Transferable

Transfer
S F U : S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o p u r s u e
f u r t h e r c o u r s e s i n Women's S t u d i e s
a r e a d v i s e d t h a t SFU has
i n s t i t u t e d a m i n o r program i n
Women's S t u d i e s . T r a n s f e r c r e d i t
has been r e c e i v e d f o r Women's
S t u d i e s 1 0 4 , 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , 122 and
1 9 2 , and i s b e i n g s o u g h t f o r 1 9 3 .
F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n on
transferability refer to the
T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e
Calendar.

Women's S t u d i e s 110
Women and P s y c h o l o g y

To be o f f e r e d S p r i n g 1 9 8 7 .
t o SFU and U V i c .

Women's S t u d i e s 120
Women and t h e P a s t : An H i s t o r i c a l
S u r v e y ( F ) (3,0,0)
A s u r v e y o f t h e l i v e s o f women
f r o m t h e A n c i e n t World t o 2 0 t h
c e n t u r y N o r t h A m e r i c a . An u n c o v e r i n g o f women's p a r t i c i p a t i o n

58

Women's S t u d i e s 122
Women i n A n t h r o p o l o g y

( F ) (3,0,0)

The a n t h r o p o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e
a p p l i e d t o women i n d i f f e r e n t
cultures of the world: t h e i r role
in economic, p o l i t i c a l , r e l i g i o u s ,
k i n s h i p , and e x p r e s s i v e s y s t e m s .
E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h e work o f women
a n t h r o p o l o g i s t s and t h e e f f e c t o f
t h e o r y on u n d e r s t a n d i n g women.
What i s t h e woman's e x p e r i e n c e i n
c u l t u r e s and a r e a s s u c h a s t h e
E s k i m o s , Amazon j u n g l e ,
Israeli
k i b b u t z , Greece, Afghanistan,
I n d i a , M e x i c o and A f r i c a .

( S ) (3,0,0)

A psychological examination of
sex-role definitions, their
o r i g i n s , development i n c h i l d h o o d
and m a i n t e n a n c e i n a d u l t l i f e . The
c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e d i f f e r e n c e s i n l i f e p a t t e r n s between men
and women and t h e e f f e c t t h e s e
have on p e r s o n a l i t y d e v e l o p m e n t
and s e l f - c o n c e p t . I t w i l l i n c l u d e
a c r i t i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n o f male and
f e m a l e c o n s c i o u s n e s s and t h e
e x t e n t t o w h i c h t h e s e a f f e c t and
d e t e r m i n e p o t e n t i a l f o r human
g r o w t h and f r e e d o m . R e f e r e n c e w i l l
be made t o m a j o r p s y c h o l o g i c a l
s c h o o l s o f thought i n terms o f
sexual b i a s . Non-sexist a l t e r n a t i v e s t o present p s y c h i a t r i c
p r a c t i c e s w i l l be e x p l o r e d .

Transferable

t o S F U , UBC and U V i c .

T r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU and U V i c as
e i t h e r A n t h r o p o l o g y o r Women's
S t u d i e s c r e d i t s , and t o UBC a s
Anthropology c r e d i t .

Women's S t u d i e s 104
Contemporary E n g l i s h - C a n a d i a n
Women W r i t e r s ( S ) (3,0,0)
A d i s c u s s i o n - o r i e n t e d course
i n t e n d e d t o broaden and i n t e n s i f y
the s t u d e n t ' s awareness o f and
appreciation of the l i t e r a t u r e i n
E n g l i s h b e i n g p r o d u c e d by C a n a d i a n
women w r i t e r s t o d a y , w i t h e m p h a s i s
on t h e c u r r e n t , l o c a l , West C o a s t
l i t e r a r y s c e n e ; t o examine and
d i s c u s s t h e p o r t r a i t s o f women and
o f women's c i r c u m s t a n c e s r e v e a l e d
in these w r i t i n g s ; i n addition t o
s t u d e n t s ' r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s i o n
o f t h e l i t e r a t u r e , t h e r e w i l l be
c l a s s v i s i t s f o r r e a d i n g s and
d i s c u s s i o n by s e v e r a l p r o m i n e n t
West C o a s t C a n a d i a n women w r i t e r s .
Transferable

t o S F U , UBC and U V i c .

Career/Vocational Programs
Capilano College offers a variety
o f employment r e l a t e d p r o g r a m s .
A d m i s s i o n i s l i m i t e d and
a p p l i c a n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d on t h e
c r i t e r i a e s t a b l i s h e d f o r each
p r o g r a m a r e a . In g e n e r a l , Grade 12
s t a n d i n g i s r e q u i r e d f o r two y e a r
D i p l o m a Programs a l t h o u g h o t h e r s
may be a d m i t t e d on t h e b a s i s o f
t h e i r e x p e r i e n c e and a b i l i t i e s .
The programs o f f e r e d a r e u n d e r
c o n s t a n t r e v i e w t o make c e r t a i n
that students are taught the
l a t e s t t e c h n i q u e s and s k i l l s .
A d v i s o r y c o m m i t t e e s composed o f
e m p l o y e r s r e v i e w and recommend
c o n t e n t of a l l p r o g r a m s .

S t u d e n t C o u r s e and Work Load
F u l l - t i m e programs a r e d e s i g n e d so
that successful completion i s a
f u l l - t i m e t a s k . Students are
a d v i s e d not t o u n d e r t a k e o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s that require l a r g e time
commitments, i n c l u d i n g employment,
while undertaking f u l l - t i m e
studies.

Employment O p p o r t u n i t i e s
Graduate

for

the

A l t h o u g h employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r t h e g r a d u a t e s have t o d a t e
been g o o d , t h e C o l l e g e i s i n no
p o s i t i o n to guarantee jobs f o r i t s
graduates.

Exemption

Standing

S t u d e n t s may be exempted f r o m
c e r t a i n c o u r s e s upon t h e s u c c e s s f u l d e m o n s t r a t i o n of a c q u i r e d
s k i l l s and k n o w l e d g e . Such
e x e m p t i o n s t a n d i n g s w i l l be n o t p d
on t h e Permanent S t u d i e s R e c o r d .
Students granted such exemptions
w i l l have t h e i r t o t a l c o u r s e l o a d
r e d u c e d by t h e number o f exempted
c r e d i t h o u r s t o t h e maximum o f two
c o u r s e s or s i x c r e d i t hours per
academic y e a r w i t h o u t e f f e c t
upon t h e s t a t u s o f t h e C e r t i f i c a t e
or Diploma i n the p a r t i c u l a r
p r o g r a m . Such exempted h o u r s a r e
not n e c e s s a r i l y t r a n s f e r a b l e t o
other i n s t i t u t i o n s .
Exemption i n excess of

I

two

•

59

c o u r s e s , or s i x c r e d i t h o u r s , may
be awarded a s t u d e n t o n l y upon t h e
recommendation of t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
program c o o r d i n a t o r and t h e D e a n .

T r a n s f e r To and From O t h e r
Institutions
T h e r e i s agreement among a l l
p u b l i c B.C. Colleges to accept
e a c h o t h e r ' s c r e d i t s upon
t r a n s f e r , i f applicable to a
program g i v e n at the a d m i t t i n g
c o l l e g e , and g i v e n s u i t a b l e
equivalency. Capilano College
reserves the r i g h t t o review
i n d i v i d u a l course c r e d i t s .
Transfer c r e d i t s are granted to
s t u d e n t s on a d m i s s i o n f o r
a c c e p t a b l e work done a t o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n s : thp t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s
r e d u c e t h e t o t a l number o f c r e d i t s
which are r e q u i r e d at C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e f o r the c e r t i f i c a t e or
diploma. Students wishing t r a n s f e r
c r e d i t should present s u i t a b l e
documentation to the R e g i s t r a r ' s
o f f i c e f o r a d j u d i c a t i o n by t h e
a p p r o p r i a t e f a c u l t y . A l l approved
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s a r e n o t e d on t h e
s t u d e n t ' s Permanent S t u d e n t
R e c o r d . F u l l i n f o r m a t i o n on
t r a n s f e r of s p e c i f i c courses i s
a v a i l a b l e from the Admissions
A d v i s o r , C o u n s e l l o r s and i n t h e
Oivi s i on .

Admission

Dates

E n r o l l m e n t i n some Programs may be
c u r t a i l e d due t o s p a c e and e q u i p ment l i m i t a t i o n s . C o n s e q u e n t l y ,
t h o s e s t u d e n t s who c o n t e m p l a t e
entrance are encouraged t o apply
e a r l y . A p p l i c a n t s are r e q u i r e d to
have an i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e P r o g r a m
Coordinator p r i o r to a d m i s s i o n .
APPLICATIONS MUST BE RECEIVED
BEFORE MARCH 1 of e a c h y e a r i n
order to guarantee c o n s i d e r a t i o n
f o r t h e n e x t Academic Year
(September). A p p l i c a t i o n s received
a f t e r t h a t d a t e w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d
i f spaces are a v a i l a b l e .
U n s u c c e s s f u l a p p l i c a n t s who w i s h
t o be c o n s i d e r e d f o r t h e n e x t y e a r
must r e - a p p l y .

60

Canadian S t u d i e s

Specialty

S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o c o n c e n t r a t e
t h e i r s t u d i e s on C a n a d i a n c o n t e n t
c o u r s e s can a p p l y f o r a C a n a d i a n
S t u d i e s S p e c i a l t y t o be a p p l i e d t o
t h e i r d i p l o m a . See d e t a i l s on page

PROGRAMS OF STUDIES
Diploma Programs
Part-time
1.

2.
S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p i c a t i o n s
T e c h n o l o g y P r o g r a m (SCAT)
The C o l l e g e o f f e r s a t w o - y e a r
program l e a d i n g t o a Diploma i n
S c i e n t i f i c Computing A p p l i c a t i o n s
w h i c h i s aimed a t p r o d u c i n g
graduates employable i n a
t e c h n i c a l e n v i r o n m e n t where t h e i r
a c a d e m i c and programming s k i l l s
w i l l e n a b l e them t o s o l v e p r o b l e m s
o f a s c i e n t i f i c n a t u r e . F o r more
i n f o r m a t i o n see page 3 2 .

3.
4.
5.
7.
8.

-

Full-time

and

Art
Commercial
Page 69
Crafts
Page
66
Studio
Page
62
B u s i n e s s Programs
Page
75
A c c o u n t i n g / F i n a n c i a l Management
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management
Computer S y s t e m s Management
M a r k e t i n g Management
R e t a i l Management
Business Administration
Legal A s s i s t a n t
Page 108
Media Resources
Page 9 3
Music - T r a n s f e r
Page
98
- Commercial
Page
97
Music Therapy
Page
99
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
Management
Page 118

C e r t i f i c a t e Programs
and P a r t - t i m e

-

Full-time

1.

Art
Page 61
Foundations of Visual
Communi c a t i o n
S t u d i o A r t I n s t i t u t e Program
2. Health Related
Page
88
Early Childhood Education
Long Term C a r e A i d e
3 . O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . . P a g e 106
Business O f f i c e Training
Legal S e c r e t a r y

Medical O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t
4.

Word P r o c e s s i n g
V o c a t i o n a l Pre-employment
Programs
Page 125
L a n d s c a p e H o r t i c u l t u r e Page
Waiter/Waitress

Certificate

Programs

-

Part-time

1. Art
Page 61
Craft Instructor Training
2. Business Management....Page
75
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management
S m a l l B u s i n e s s Management
Data P r o c e s s i n g
3. Health Realted
Page
88
E . C . E . Post B a s i c
4 . O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . . P a g e 106
Legal A s s i s t a n t Option
Word P r o c e s s i n g
5 . R e c r e a t i o n P r o g r a m s . . . . P a g e 118
Fitness Leadership
Wilderness Leadership
6 . V o c a t i o n a l , Pre-employment
Programs
Page 125
Drafting

Art Programs
Instructional

Faculty

COGSWELL, B . , N . D . D . (Hammersmith)
R.C.A., Studio Arts
DEGGAN, P . D i p l o m a ( W o r t h i n g C o .
England), Foundations, Crafts
EASTCOTT, W . , S r . C e r t . ( V . S . A . )
R.C.A., Studio Arts
EDGE, J . , C o m m e r c i a l A r t
FORSTER, F . , A l b e r t a C o l l e g e o f
A r t , Commercial A r t
HOLLAND, K . , D i p l . ( J o h a n n e s b u r g
S c h o o l of A r t ) , F o u n d a t i o n s
JUNGIC, J . , B . A . , M.A. (UBC), A r t
History/Studio Arts
KINGAN, T . , N . D . D . ( B l a c k p o o l ) ,
A.T.D. ( M a n e ) , R . C . A . , Teach.
C e r t . (Manchester, B.C. Teach.
C e r t . , Studio Arts
KINGSMILL, R . , B . A . , ( U . o f
Manitoba), Crafts
LLEWELLYN, M . , B . A . ( M a n c h e s t e r ) ,
Commercial A r t
LONG, J . , B . P . A . A r t C e n t r e ( L o s
A n g e l e s ) , Commercial A r t
MACLAGAN, D . , A . O . C . A ,
I.D.C,
F . C . A . , Commercial
Art/Foundations
MCLAREN, D . , C e r t . ( S h e r i d a n
College), B.H.Sc. (Guelph),
Crafts
MARSHALL, D . , C e r t . ( B . C . ) , S t u d i o
Arts
MEES, M . , C e r t . H a n d c r a f t H o u s e ,
Crafts
MOLNAR, F . , D i p l . ( P e n n s y l v a n i a ) ,
Commercial A r t / F o u n d a t i o n s / S t u d i o
NAUMANN, R . , C e r t . ( V . S . A . ) , C r e d .
(Ins. Allende), Crafts
NEWTON-MASON, J . , D i p l . ( W o r t h i n g
C o l . , E n g l a n d ) , Commercial
A r t / F o u n d a t i ons
RICHMOND, L . , M . A r t . E d . (W. Wash.
S t a t e ) , Teach. C e r t . (London),
Crafts
ROSENBERG, A . , B . A . , M . A . ( U . of
T . ) , Art History - Visual
Literacy/Studio Art
SALAZAR, J . , (San J o s e S t a t e ) ,
Commercial A r t
YASINSKI, D . , Commercial A r t
ZIMMERMAN, A . , A r t C e n t r e (Los
A n g e l e s ) , Commercial A r t
General

Description

T h r e e d i s t i n c t programs o f f e r a
wide v a r i e t y of S t u d i o A r t ,
Commercial A r t and C r a f t s c o u r s e s .

A d m i s s i o n and
Procedures

Registration

1 . C o m m e r c i a l A r t , S t u d i o A r t and
Crafts a p p l i c a n t s should r e f e r to
s p e c i a l requirements noted i n
those s e c t i o n s .
2 . For the purposes of a d m i s s i o n
to art courses a f u l l - t i m e student
means a p e r s o n of any age who
t a k e s a f u l l c a r e e r program ( w h i c h
may i n c l u d e some A r t c o u r s e s and
some A c a d e m i c c o u r s e s , o r
e x c l u s i v e l y Art Option courses)
w h i c h , upon c o m p l e t i o n i n one o r
two y e a r s o f s t u d y , e n t i t l e s t h e
student to e i t h e r a College
C e r t i f i c a t e or the A s s o c i a t e of
A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a , o r
e n t i t l e s t h e s t u d e n t t o seek
transfer c r e d i t to other postsecondary l e a r n i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s
which recognize C C A . P . standards
f o r admission to t h e i r programs.

L a t e a p p l i c a n t s can c o n t a c t t h e
c o l l e g e t o J u n e 13 t o a r r a n g e f o r
an i n t e r v i e w f r o m J u n e 23 t o J u n e
2b i f s p a c e i s a v a i l a b l e . P l e a s e
phone l o c a l 3 9 0 .
CRAFTS
C o n t a c t t h e C o l l e g e ( L o c a l 390)
b e f o r e May 12 t o a r r a n g e f o r an
interview. Bring a p o r t f o l i o if
available.
F u l l time student i n t e r v i e w s :
May 1 2 , 1 3 , 14
Part time student i n t e r v i e w s :
May 1 5 , 16
CRAFT INSTRUCTOR TRAINING FOR
COMMUNITY AND INSTITUTIONAL NEEDS:
A p p l i c a n t s t o t h i s program s h o u l d
have a s t r o n g c r a f t b a c k g r o u n d .
C o n t a c t t h e C o l l e g e ( L o c a l 390)
b e f o r e May 19 t o a r r a n g e f o r an
i n t e r v i e w . A p o r t f o l i o or samples
o f work i s r e q u i r e d . ( E v e n i n g
interviews available.)

3 . A s t u d e n t i s n o t c o n s i d e r e d as
" r e g i s t e r e d " i n t h e A r t Program
u n t i l h i s / h e r R e g i s t r a t i o n Form
and a v a l i d cheque f o r t h e f u l l
amount of t u i t i o n f e e s , and
Student fees are d e p o s i t e d ,
r e g i s t e r e d and ACKNOWLEDGED WITH
AND BY THE PROGRAM COORDINATOR and
College Registrar's O f f i c e s .

If s p a c e i s a v a i l a b l e , l a t e
i n t e r v i e w s w i l l be c o n d u c t e d
A u g u s t 1 8 , 19 and 2 0 .

4 . Students wishing t o repeat a
course:
Any s t u d e n t who has t a k e n an A r t
c o u r s e a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e and who
has p a s s e d t h a t c o u r s e may r e t a k e
i t only a f t e r a l l a v a i l a b l e spaces
have been f i l l e d by t h o s e s t u d e n t s
who w i s h t o e n r o l l i n t h e c o u r s e
f o r t h e f i r s t t i m e . STUDENTS MAY
NOT REPEAT A CUURSE MURE THAN ONCE
WITHUUI AN APPROVAL IN WRITING
FROM THE COORDINATOR.

II.

Advance R e g i s t r a t i o n
Programs
I.

Fall

-

Art

Term 1986

COMMERCIAL ART/FOUNDATIONS:
P o r t f o l i o s u b m i s s i o n i s f r o m May 5
t o May 9 . No l a t e s u b m i s s i o n s
accepted. F u l l - t i m e students o n l y .

S p r i n g Term 1986

S t u d e n t s must c o n t a c t t h e
c o o r d i n a t o r of t h e d e s i r e d Program
for permission to enter. Signature
of c o o r d i n a t o r or i n s t r u c t o r
required to r e g i s t e r .

Prerequi s i t e
P r e r e q u i s i t e s may be w a i v e d i n
w r i t i n g by e i t h e r t h e Program
Coordinator or the i n s t r u c t o r
c o n c e r n e d when i t i s f e l t t h a t a
student possesses the a b i l i t y to
cope w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f any
given course.

STUDENTS ENTERING FIRST YEAR OF
DIPLOMA PROGRAMS:

History

STUDIO ART:
C o n t a c t t h e C o l l e g e ( L o c a l 390)
b e f o r e May 2b t o a r r a n g e f o r an
interview. Bring a p o r t f o l i o i f
a v a i l a b l e . F u l l and p a r t - t i m e
students.

S t u d e n t s i n t h e A r t P r o g r a m may
wish to consider the f o l l o w i n g
c o u r s e s o f f e r e d by t h e A c a d e m i c
D i v i s i o n : Fine Arts 100, Fine Arts
1 0 1 . (May be t a k e n i n s t e a d o f F i n e
A r t s 104 and 105 f o r c r e d i t i n t h e

of Art

Courses

Art

Program.)

Transfer

Credit

The t r a n s f e r g u i d e i n t h e c a l e n d a r
s h o u l d be r e f e r r e d t o r e g a r d i n g
t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y of s p e c i f i c
c o u r s e s . The s t u d e n t s h o u l d u n d e r s t a n d t h a t advanced s t a n d i n g i n
any i n s t i t u t i o n i s u s u a l l y b a s e d
on i n t e r v i e w and p o r t f o l i o s u b m i s s i o n , as w e l l as c r e d i t s h e l d .

STUDIO ART PROGRAM
F u l l - t i m e students w i l l gain a
w i d e v a r i e t y of b a s i c s k i l l s and
insights in t h i s intensive twoy e a r program of s t u d i e s . It w i l l
p r o v i d e them w i t h a f i r m , b r o a d
f o u n d a t i o n f o r f u r t h e r study i n
V i s u a l A r t s o r i n any of t h e
following related f i e l d s : Crafts,
Design ( I n d u s t r i a l ,
Interiors,
e t c . ) , Film,
Illustration
(Scientific, Botanical,
C o m m e r c i a l , e t c . ) , C u r a t o r i a l and
A r t E d u c a t i o n . These s t u d i e s may
be c o n t i n u e d a t t h e E m i l y C a r r
C o l l e g e o f A r t and D e s i g n , o r
other appropriate i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The p r o g r a m a l s o p r e p a r e s s t u d e n t s
f o r e n t r y i n t o a B a c h e l o r of F i n e
A r t s Program a t a U n i v e r s i t y .
The S t u d i o A r t Program p r o v i d e s
studio experiences in P a i n t i n g ,
Printmaking, S c u l p t u r e , Drawing,
D e s i g n and A r t H i s t o r y . A s c h e d u l e
o f g u e s t s p e a k e r s and f i e l d t r i p s
ensures regular contact with other
t h a n r e s i d e n t i n s t r u c t o r s and
f u r t h e r expands the s t u d e n t ' s
knowledge and a w a r e n e s s .
Through e x p o s u r e t o as b r o a d a
range of c o n c e p t s , m a t e r i a l s ,
t e c h n i q u e s and p r o c e s s e s as
p o s s i b l e , students are a s s i s t e d t o
d e v e l o p p e r s o n a l d i r e c t i o n s and
c r e a t i v e m a t u r i t y . They w i l l l e a r n
how t o c o n d u c t t h e i r own a r t i s t i c
education according to t h e i r
individual p r i o r i t i e s , a b i l i t i e s
and a m b i t i o n s . E m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d
on p r e p a r i n g
students to f u n c t i o n
e f f e c t i v e l y w i t h i n the c o n t e x t of
c u r r e n t t h o u g h t and p r a c t i c e .
P a r t - t i m e students are accepted
i n t o t h e p r o g r a m whenever
p o s s i b l e , so t h a t members o f t h e
community may p a r t i c i p a t e f o r
other than p r o f e s s i o n a l reasons.

Portfolio

Requirements

Prospective f u l l - t i m e students are
n o r m a l l y a d m i t t e d on t h e b a s i s o f
an i n t e r v i e w and p o r t f o l i o
p r e s e n t a t i o n . The n a t u r e and s c o p e
o f work p r e s e n t e d i s f o r t h e
c a n d i d a t e t o d e c i d e , but i t s h o u l d
p r o v i d e as a c c u r a t e a p i c t u r e of
h i s o r h e r p a s t and c u r r e n t
a r t i s t i c a c t i v i t i e s as p o s s i b l e .

62

S k e t c h b o o k s , r e s e a r c h m a t e r i a l and
p r e l i m i n a r y s t u d i e s s h o u l d be
i n c l u d e d wherever p o s s i b l e , i n
a d d i t i o n to completed work.
S l i d e s , p h o t o g r a p h s o r any o t h e r
s u p p o r t i n g e v i d e n c e may f o r m p a r t
of the p o r t f o l i o .
Where a p p r o p r i a t e and w i t h t h e
C o o r d i n a t o r ' s p e r m i s s i o n , the
p o r t f o l i o r e q u i r e m e n t may be
wai v e d .
Those w i s h i n g t o e n t e r c o u r s e s f o r
w h i c h t h e y do n o t have t h e
p r e r e q u i s i t e s s h o u l d be p r e p a r e d
t o p r e s e n t a p o r t f o l i o so t h a t
f a c u l t y may a s s e s s t h e a p p l i c a n t ' s
l e v e l of competence.
Some p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s may be
a d m i t t e d t o a c o u r s e when s p a c e
available.

is

M a t e r i a l s and S u p p l i e s
A l t h o u g h t h e S t u d i o A r t Department
c a n s u p p l y some o f t h e m a t e r i a l s
required f o r the c o u r s e s , the
s t u d e n t can e x p e c t a f i n a n c i a l
o u t l a y f o r some b a s i c s u p p l i e s , a s
i n d i c a t e d in the course o u t l i n e s .

Transferability
A l l S t u d i o A r t c o u r s e s c a r r y some
University transferability. Students should r e f e r to the Transfer
G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e C a l e n d a r .

A s s o c i a t e i n A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a
Credit
Hours
M a j o r Program R e q u i r e m e n t s
General Education Requirements
Studio Art

( L ) Lab
or ( S )
Studio
Hours
39

3
3
3
3
3
3
_3
21

3
3
3

39

Curriculum

Drawing I
3-D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e I
2-D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g I
2-D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g I
Design Concepts I
Introduction to Visual Literacy
B a s i c Communications

SECOND TERM
A r t 1 5 1 - 1 Drawing II
A r t 1 7 2 - 1 2-D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g II
A r t 1 7 4 - 1 3-D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e II
A r t 1 8 3 - 1 2-D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g II
A r t 1 8 9 - 1 D e s i g n C o n c e p t s II
FA 1 0 5 - 2
Introduction to Visual L i t e r a c y
CMNS 153
C o m m u n i c a t i o n s and t h e A r t s

THIRD TERM
Art 250-1
Art 257-1
Art 262-1
Art 282-1
FA 2 1 0 - 2

2-D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g I I I
3-D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e I I I
Drawing III
2-D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g I I I
Modern A r t ( 1 9 t h C e n t u r y )

FOURTH TERM
A r t 2 5 5 - 1 2-D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g IV
A r t 2 6 3 - 1 D r a w i n g IV
A r t 2 6 5 - 1 3-D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e IV
A r t 2 8 3 - 1 2-D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g IV
FA 2 1 1 - 2
Modern A r t ( 2 0 t h C e n t u r y )

ADVANCED OPTION COURSES
For s t u d e n t s w i t h p r e v i o u s
following

experience

II

3
3
3
3
3
3
_3
21

(L)
(S)
(S)

3
3
3
3

(S)
(L)
(S)
(S)

300

3
3

(S)
(L)

3

(S)

~9~

3

(S)

3
3

(L)
(S)

3
3
3
3
_3
15

~9

72

39
the

courses:

Art

Institute

- Sculpture & Printmaking . . .

Visual

Literacy

prerequisite

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e , among
other t o p i c s : local a r c h i t e c t u r e ,
recent B.C. a r t , c e r t a i n aspects
of l o c a l c u l t u r e ( e . g . Northwest
Coast Indian A r t , O r i e n t a l A r t ) .
As i n F i n e A r t s 1U4, t h e e m p h a s i s
w i l l be upon d e v e l o p i n g v i s u a l
literacy.

12

FALL TERM
Art

prerequisite

F i n e A r t s 105
Introduction to
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
No

3
3
3
3
_3
15

the program o f f e r s

No

Literacy

T h i s c o u r s e e x a m i n e s some o f t h e
g e n e r a l o r p a r t i c u l a r themes
apparent i n Western A r t - h i s t o r ical works, landscapes, p o r t r a i t s ,
c l a s s i c i s m , medievalism - with the
aim o f h e l p i n g s t u d e n t s t o u n d e r s t a n d and work i n c u r r e n t s t y l e s .

66
_6
72

FIRST TERM
Art 150-1
Art 167-1
Art 171-1
Art 182-1
Art 185-1
FA 1 0 4 - 2
CMNS 160

F i n e A r t s 104
Introduction to Visual
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

12 c r e d i t s

SPRING TERM
A r t 301
Art I n s t i t u t e - Sculpture A Printmaking . . .
12 c r e d i t s
NOTE:
It i s hoped t h a t S t u d i o A r t s t u d e n t s w i l l e l e c t t o t a k e some
c o u r s e s b e i n g o f f e r e d by Media R e s o u r c e s on s u c h s u b j e c t s as
p h o t o g r a p h y , f i l m m a k i n g and c o m p u t e r g r a p h i c s , p r e f e r a b l y one
c o u r s e p e r s e m e s t e r . These a r e f u l l c r e d i t c o u r s e s and w i l l be
o f f e r e d i n the e v e n i n g s .

A r t 150
Drawing I (F)

(3,0,0)

An i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f t h e c o n c e p t u a l , t e c h n i c a l and p e r c e p t u a l
a s p e c t s of the drawing p r o c e s s
t h r o u g h a w i d e v a r i e t y of m e t h o d s ,
m a t e r i a l s and s t i m u l i . E x p e r i e n c e s
i n c u r r e n t a p p r o a c h e s and c o n cerns, including representational,
i n t e r p r e t i v e and e x p e r i m e n t a l
drawings in assorted media.
E m p h a s i s w i l l be on d e v e l o p i n g t h e
s t u d e n t ' s c o n f i d e n c e , knowledge,
g r a p h i c s e n s i t i v i t y and c o n t r o l o f
media. S p e c i f i c s to t h i s course
w i l l be: study of g r a p h i c elements
( l i n e , tone e t c . ) , media
investigation, perspective,
s t r u c t u r a l a n a l y s i s (of n a t u r a l
form), l i t e study.
A r t 151
D r a w i n g II

(S)

(3,0,0)

Prerequisite:

A r t 150

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of A r t 150, w i t h
the i n c l u s i o n of the f o l l o w i n g
s p e c i f i c s : c o m p o s i t i o n and d e s i g n
exploration, colour, collage,
large scale drawing, p h o t o - r e a l i s t
project.

Art 167
Three-Dimensional S t u d i e s :
S c u l p t u r e (F) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o 3 - d i m e n s i o n a l
work as a means of e x p r e s s i o n ,
c o m m u n i c a t i o n and d i s c o v e r y . Some
basic sculptural techniques w i l l
be e x p l o r e d , t h e s e w i l l i n c l u d e :
a s s e m b l a g e , wood c o n s t r u c t i o n ,
m o d e l l i n g , mould m a k i n g , c a s t i n g .
S c u l p t u r a l c o n t e n t and s u b j e c t
m a t t e r w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d i n t h e
c o n t e x t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s own w o r k .
An e x a m i n a t i o n ot h i s t o r i c a l
s c u l p t u r e d e v e l o p m e n t s w i l l be a
f e a t u r e of t h e c l a s s . H o w e v e r , t h e
e m p h a s i s w i l l be upon d e v e l o p i n g
an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of c o n t e m p o r a r y
sculptural concerns.

Art 171
Two-Dimensional
I (F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Studies:

Painting

Through a c o m b i n a t i o n o f a s s i g n e d
s t u d i o work, personal research
p r o j e c t s and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
r e c e n t and c u r r e n t t r e n d s i n t h e
V i s u a l A r t s s t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f how b o t h a b s t r a c t
and c o n c r e t e c o n c e r n s may be
e x p r e s s e d i n t e r m s o f i m a g e r y and
t h r o u g h a v a r i e t y of methods and
m a t e r i a l s . A c r y l i c s w i l l be t h e
p r e f e r r e d medium but s t u d e n t s w i l l
be e n c o u r a g e d t o i n v e s t i g a t e t h e
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and p o s s i b i l i t i e s
o f o t h e r media a c c o r d i n g t o t h e i r
i n d i v i d u a l n e e d s . Guest s p e a k e r s ,
f i e l d t r i p s and s l i d e - l e c t u r e s
w i l l be a f e a t u r e o f t h e c o u r s e
and b o t h i n d i v i d u a l and group
c r i t i q u e s w i l l be c o n d u c t e d a t
regular i n t e r v a l s .

Art 172
Two-Dimensional
II ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

Studies:

Painting

A r t 171

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f A r t 171 w i t h
added e m p h a s i s on d e v e l o p i n g
p e r s o n a l a r e a s o f i n t e r e s t and
research in additional to
d e s i g n a t e d p a i n t i n g problems which
w i l l require students to express
t h e i r i d e a s i n m u l t i p l e or
m i x e d - m e d i a t e c h n i q u e s o f a more
a m b i t i o u s n a t u r e . There w i l l be

opportunities for students to
relate their painting a c t i v i t i e s
t o o t h e r areas of study w i t h i n the
P r o g r a m and t o become more
responsible for determining t h e i r
own p r i o r i t i e s and g o a l s . There
w i l l be f u r t h e r e x p o s u r e t o
c o n t e m p o r a r y p h i l o s o p h i e s and
a c t i v i t i e s i n the Visual A r t s .

A r t 174
Three-Dimensional Studies:
S c u l p t u r e (S) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

Art

167

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of A r t 167, but
w i t h t h e i n c l u s i o n of t h e f o l l o w i n g m a t e r i a l s and t e c h n i q u e s :
m e t a l c a s t i n g , wood c a r v i n g and
jointing, steel welding.

A r t 182
Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s :
P r i n t m a k i n g I (F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
A foundation course for those with
l i t t l e o r no e x p e r i e n c e . An i n t r o duction to the basic techniques of
hardground, softground, drypoint
and a c q u a t i n t . D i s c u s s i o n s
r e g a r d i n g the image-making
p o t e n t i a l of p r i n t m a k i n g and t h e
c r e a t i v e processes i n general w i l l
be o n g o i n g . P a r t i c u l a r e m p h a s i s
w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p
between p r i n t m a k i n g and p a i n t i n g
with the student producing a
number o f p i e c e s d e m o n s t r a t i n g
t h e i r t e c h n i c a l c o m p e t e n c y and
c r e a t i v e p o t e n t i a l . Most work w i l l
be e x e c u t e d i n b l a c k and w h i t e .

A r t 183
Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s :
P r i n t m a k i n g II ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f A r t 182 w i t h
e m p h a s i s on p r i n t i n g p r o c e d u r e s
b o t h i n b l a c k and w h i t e and
c o l o u r . The s t u d e n t w i l l a l s o be
i n t r o d u c e d t o mono and r e l i e f
p r i n t i n g methods ( i n c l u d i n g
l i n o / w o o d b l o c k s and e t c h e d
p l a t e s ) and e d i t i o n i n g p r o c e d u r e s .
D i s c u s s i o n o f h i s t o r i c a l and
contemporary approaches t o
i m a g e - m a k i n g w i l l be o n g o i n g .

A r t 185
Design Concepts

I (F)

(3,0,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c
e l e m e n t s o f b o t h two and t h r e e d i m e n s i o n a l d e s i g n and t h e i r use
a c c o r d i n g t o f o r m a l and e x p r e s s i v e
n e e d s . Using a v a r i e t y of
m a t e r i a l s and p r o c e s s e s , s t u d e n t s
w i l l t r a n s l a t e ideas into tangible
form through the m a n i p u l a t i o n of
c o l o u r , t o n e , shape, l i n e ,
t e x t u r e , volume, rhythm,
p r o p o r t i o n , e t c . Sources of
i m a g e r y and methods o f e x t e n d i n g
t h e f o r m - v o c a b u l a r y w i l l be
i n v e s t i g a t e d and s t a n d a r d s o f
craftsmanship developed.

A r t 189
Design Concepts
Prerequisite:

II

(S)

(3,0,0)

A r t 185

E s s e n t i a l l y a c o n t i n u a t i o n of
D e s i g n C o n c e p t s I, b u t w i t h added
e m p h a s i s on t h e s t u d e n t s ' a b i l i t y
t o e f f e c t i v e l y communicate i d e a s
and i n t e n t i o n s t h r o u g h t h e i r work
and t o c r e a t e o r i g i n a l d e s i g n s
according to set c r i t e r i a .
Students w i l l f i n d o p p o r t u n i t i e s
to r e l a t e t h e i r experiences in
d e s i g n t o o t h e r and more
s p e c i a l i z e d areas of study i n the
Program a n d , by t h e end of t h e
c o u r s e , w i l l be a b l e t o r e s p o n d t o
p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g s i t u a t i o n s i n an
original, creative fashion.

F i n e A r t s 210
Modern A r t ( 1 9 t h
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Century)

No p r e r e q u i s i t e
A study of the b e g i n n i n g s of
modern a r t i n t h e work o f D a v i d ,
D e l a c r o i x , T u r n e r , Goya, Monet,
Van G o g h , G a u g i n and C e z a n n e and
movements s u c h as N e o - c l a s s i c i s m ,
Romanticism, Realism, Impressioni s m and P o s t - I m p r e s s i o n i s m .

F i n e A r t s 211
Modern A r t ( 2 0 t h
(S)
No

Century)

(3,0,0)
prerequisite

This course begins with Picasso

64

and Cubism and s t u d i e s t h e i m p a c t
o f r e v o l u t i o n a r y movements o f a r t
s u c h as F u t u r i s m , D a d a , C o n s t r u c t i v i s m and S u r r e a l i s m . A m e r i c a ' s
c o n t r i b u t i o n t o modern a r t :
A b s t r a c t E x p r e s s i o n i s m , Pop,
Minimalism, Conceptual, Process
and E a r t h A r t i s s t u d i e d as w e l l
as new d i r e c t i o n s i n t h e a r t o f
the E i g h t i e s .

A r t 250
Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s :
III (F)
(3,0,0)
Prerequisite:

Art

Painting

172

In a d d i t i o n t o a s s i g n e d p a i n t i n g
p r o b l e m s , s t u d e n t s w i l l be
r e q u i r e d t o d e f i n e t h e i r own a r e a s
o f r e s e a r c h and v i s u a l
a r t i c u l a t i o n as t h e y embark on a
t h e m a t i c a l l y l i n k e d s e r i e s of
w o r k s . As much f r e e d o m as p o s s i b l e
w i l l be g i v e n w i t h r e g a r d t o
subject matter, content,
m a t e r i a l s , methods, s c a l e , e t c .
and s t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o
r e - d e f i n e the p a i n t i n g process i n
t e r m s o f t h e i r own needs and
p r i o r i t i e s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be
p l a c e d on r e l a t i n g work i n t h i s
course t o other areas of the
Program, e s p e c i a l l y w i t h respect
t o P r i n t m a k i n g and t o c u r r e n t ,
trends in the Visual A r t s .

A r t 255
Two-Dimensional
IV ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

Studies:

Painting

A r t 260

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f A r t 250 but w i t h
an i n c r e a s e d need f o r s t u d e n t s t o
d e f i n e t h e i r own a r e a s of i n t e r e s t
and t o e x t e n d t h e i r t h i n k i n g i n an
innovative, self-challenging
f a s h i o n . As i n A r t 2 5 0 , g u e s t
speakers, f i e l d - t r i p s , s l i d e
l e c t u r e s e t c . w i l l be a f e a t u r e of
t h e c o u r s e . There w i l l be a
c o n t i n u i n g s t r e s s on r e l a t i n g work
i n t h i s course to contemporary
a c t i v i t i e s i n t h e V i s u a l A r t s and
t o o t h e r a r e a s of t h e P r o g r a m .
E x p e r i m e n t s w i t h i m a g e s , methods
and m a t e r i a l s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d ,
w i t h a v i e w t o t h e development, of
p e r s o n a l modes of e x p r e s s i o n .

A r t 257
Three-Dimensional S t u d i e s :
S c u l p t u r e and D e s i g n ( F )
(3,3,0)
Prerequisite:

Art

174

F u r t h e r s t u d y o f h i s t o r i c a l and
c u r r e n t s c u l p t u r e c o n c e r n s as w e l l
as t h e s t u d y o f t h e c r a f t and
d e s i g n f i e l d s . The f i r s t w o r k s h o p
p r o j e c t w i l l be a r e v i e w of t h e
a v a i l a b l e techniques through the
p r o c e s s of p r o d u c i n g s e t f o r m s ,
using s p e c i f i c m a t e r i a l s .
Throughout the remainder of t h e
c o u r s e t h e e m p h a s i s w i l l be on t h e
d e v e l o p m e n t of p e r s o n a l modes o f
expression through the s t u d e n t ' s
c h o i c e of m e d i a and s u b j e c t
m a t t e r . Each s t u d e n t w i l l be
e x p e c t e d t o work on two p r o j e c t s
from a s u p p l i e d l i s t of suggested
themes.

A r t 262
Drawing I I I

(F)

Prerequisite:

(3,0,0)

A r t 151

C o n t i n u e d s t u d y of d r a w i n g as a
means of d i s c o v e r y , e x p r e s s i o n and
communication. Conceptual,
p e r c e p t u a l and t e c h n i c a l a s p e c t s
o f d r a w i n g w i l l be e x a m i n e d .
S p e c i f i c s to t h i s course w i l l
i n c l u d e : advanced g r a p h i c
elements, unconventional media,
objective/subjective
research.

A r t 263
D r a w i n g IV

(S)

Prerequisite:

(3,0,0)
Art

262

F u r t h e r s t u d y of d r a w i n g w i t h an
e m p h a s i s on t h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f
p e r s o n a l modes of e x p r e s s i o n . The
work o f t h e t h r e e p r e v i o u s c o u r s e s
w i l l be r e v i e w e d , w i t h t h e a d d i t i o n of p e r c e p t u a l e x p l o r a t i o n ,
and p o r t f o l i o p r e s e n t a t i o n .

A r t 265
Three-Dimensional Studies:
S c u l p t u r e (S) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )
Prerequsite:

t h e i r c h o i c e and t o d e v e l o p
i n d i v i d u a l s t y l e s . Bronze c a s t i n g
w i l l be o f f e r e d as a main
component of t h i s c o u r s e .

Art

257

Advanced p r o b l e m s i n 3 - d i m e n s i o n a l
a r t . S t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d
t o p u r s u e m e d i a and themes o f

A r t 282
Two-Dimensional
Printmaking III

Studies:
(F)
(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : A r t 183 o r
Instructor's permission
A c o m p r e h e n s i v e s t u d y of i n t a g l i o
and r e l i e f p r i n t i n g m e t h o d s , t h i s
course i s p r i m a r i l y designed for
the advanced p r i n t m a k i n g s t u d e n t .
O t h e r a r e a s t h a t come under
consideration w i l l include
c o l l o g r a p h s , u n i n k e d e m b o s s i n g and
the p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of
c o l o u r t h e o r y . D i s c u s s i o n of
current directions in printmaking
and t h e i r r e l a t i o n s h i p t o p a i n t i n g
and s c u l p t u r e w i l l be o n g o i n g .

A r t 283
Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s :
P r i n t m a k i n g IV ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : A r t 282 o r
Instructor's permission
Designed f o r the advanced p r i n t m a k i n g s t u d e n t , t h e main c o n c e r n
win
be w i t h c o m b i n e d c o l o u r
p r i n t i n g t e c h n i q u e s based upon t h e
i n d i v i d u a l ' s n e e d . A f o l i o o f work
w i l l be p r o d u c e d t o document t h i s
research. Technical aspects that
surface w i l l include photographic
p o s s i b i l i t i e s and d i m e n s i o n a l
prints.
A r t 300
Art Institute - Sculpture
P r i n t m a k i n g (F) ( 1 2 , 0 , 0 )

and

D e s i g n e d t o meet t h e needs o f s t u dents w i t h s e v e r a l y e a r s of e x p e r ience i n sculpture or printmaking
o r who have l e f t c o l l e g e , a r t
s c h o o l o r u n i v e r s i t y and may no
l o n g e r have a c c e s s t o s p e c i a l i z e d
e q u i p m e n t and f a c i l i t i e s , t h e A r t
I n s t i t u t e w i l l emphasize access to
w e l 1 - e q u i p p e d s t u d i o s a s w e l l as
l e c t u r e s , s e m i n a r s and t u t o r i a l s
w i t h i n s t r u c t o r s and i n v i t e d
p r o f e s s i o n a l a r t i s t s . The f o r m a t
w i l l be one day o f l e c t u r e and
t h r e e o r more d a y s o f w o r k i n g t i m e
per week.

05

A r t 301
Art I n s t i t u t e - Sculpture
P r i n t m a k i n g (S) ( 1 2 , 0 , 0 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of A r t

CRAFTS PROGRAM

and

Open t o b o t h f u l l and p a r t - t i m e
s t u d e n t s , the core content of t h i s
program c o n s i s t s of Weaving,
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g and C e r a m i c s and
i s s u p p o r t e d by c o u r s e s i n D r a w i n g
and D e s i g n .

300.

A s s o c i a t e i n A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a
Credit
Hours
M a j o r Program R e q u i r e m e n t s . . . .
General Education Requirements

Crafts

60
_6
66

Lab/
Studio
Hours
30
30

Curriculum

FIRST TERM
A r t 154
I n t r o d u c t o r y Drawing
A r t 158
Design I
A r t 160
Fabric Printing I
A r t 163
Pottery I
A r t 168
Weaving I
A r t 190
S p i n n i n g and D y e i n g

SECOND TERM
A r t 161
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g II
A r t 153
I n t r o d u c t o r y Drawing
A r t 166
P o t t e r y II
A r t 169
Weaving II
A r t 178
D e s i g n II

I

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

3
3
3
3

II

THIRD TERM
FA 104
Introduction to Visual
A r t 267
Weaving I I I
A r t 273
P o t t e r y III
A r t 284
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g III
*CMNS 150 B a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s

3

_3
12

3

J

3
_

15

9

Those who g r a d u a t e may a l s o seek
employment as i n s t r u c t o r s i n a
v a r i e t y o f community a r t p r o g r a m s
or i n i n s t i t u t i o n s where a r t and
c r a f t c o u r s e s a r e used as t h e r a p y .
S t u d i o and G a l l e r y v i s i t s a r e an
i m p o r t a n t l e a r n i n g segment o f t h e
p r o g r a m . Guest l e c t u r e r s f r o m a l l
c r a f t d i s c i p l i n e s are brought i n
t o e n r i c h the c o u r s e . Market
r e s e a r c h and m a r k e t i n g t e c h n i q u e s
f o r the c r a f t s p e r s o n are a v i t a l
p a r t of the program through
l e c t u r e s and s e m i n a r s .
Portfolio

Literacy

FOURTH TERM
FA 105
Introduction to Visual L i t e r a c y
A r t 268
Weaving IV
A r t 274
P o t t e r y IV
A r t 285
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g IV
*CMNS 153 C o m m u n i c a t i o n and t h e A r t s
A r t 230
Craft Career Training

3
3
3
3
_3
15

II

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

3

3

3

OPTION COURSES
A r t 187
Crafts Instructors Training for
(F)
Community & I n s t i t u t i o n a l Needs I
A r t 287
Crafts Instructors Training for
(S)
Community & I n s t i t u t i o n a l Needs II

3
3

Requirements

Prospective f u l l - t i m e students are
a d m i t t e d on t h e b a s i s o f an i n t e r view. A p o r t f o l i o which c o n t a i n s
as a c c u r a t e l y as p o s s i b l e an
o v e r v i e w o f t h e s t u d e n t s ' work i s
r e q u i r e d . With the C o o r d i n a t o r ' s
p e r m i s s i o n , the p o r t f o l i o r e q u i r e ment may be w a i v e d . P a r t - t i m e
s t u d e n t s may be a d m i t t e d w i t h o u t
the necessity for a p o r t f o l i o .
M a t e r i a l s and S u p p l i e s

_3
6

• S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o s u b s t i t u t e E n g l i s h c o u r s e s f o r C o m m u n i c a t i o n s
150/153 may do so w i t h t h e p r o g r a m r e p r e s e n t a t i v e ' s a p p r o v a l .

66

Students are t r a i n e d to develop
s k i l l and u n d e r s t a n d i n g i n t h e
b r o a d e s t p o s s i b l e c o n t e x t so t h a t
g r a d u a t e s may c h o o s e t o work
i n d e p e n d e n t l y as a r t i s t / c r a f t s m e n
o r as d e s i g n e r s who b r i n g t h e
a r t i s a n ' s s p e c i a l knowledge and
s e n s i t i v i t y i n t o modern i n d u s t r i a l
production.

Some o f t h e m a t e r i a l s needed f o r
t h e c o u r s e a r e s u p p l i e d by t h e
C r a f t D e p a r t m e n t . The s t u d e n t c a n
e x p e c t an a d d i t i o n a l o u t l a y , w h i c h
amount may v a r y a c c o r d i n g t o t h e
needs o f t h e c o u r s e .
University

Transfer

Credit

A l l c o u r s e s marked w i t h an
a s t e r i s k ( i . e . * A r t 158) a r e
t r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU and UBC and
c a r r y 1.5 t r a n s f e r u n i t s t o the
BFA S t u d i o P r o g r a m a t UBC.

A r t 153
I n t r o d u c t o r y Drawing
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

II

A r t 154

F u r t h e r e x p l o r a t i o n of drawing
m e d i a and t e c h n i q u e s w i t h an
e m p h a s i s on a more i n d i v i d u a l and
i n t e r p r e t i v e approach, developing
themes f o r d r a w i n g s aimed a t
i l l u s t r a t i o n and r e p r o d u c t i o n .
S t u d y of d r a w i n g s t y l e s and modes
of g r a p h i c e x p r e s s i o n , i n t e r p r e t i v e s t y l i z a t i o n and d i s t o r t i o n .
D r a w i n g w i t h pen and i n k ; w a s h e s ,
i n k and b r u s h , f e l t m a r k e r s , m i x e d
m e d i a . S t u d y of m a s s , l i g h t and
d a r k , p l a n e , d e p t h and s p a c e , and
t n e i r graphic representation
through various drawing
techniques.

A r t 154
I n t r o d u c t o r y Drawing

I (F)

(3,0,0)

This course o f f e r s the students of
b o t h t h e f a b r i c and c e r a m i c a r t s
the opportunity to develop those
d r a w i n g s k i l l s t h a t w i l l be u s e f u l
i n the p r a c t i c e of those c r a f t s .
The s t u d y of p r i m a r y d r a w i n g media
and b a s i c t e c h n i q u e s , i n c l u d i n g
p e n c i l , pen and i n k , b r u s h and
i n k , m a r k i n g p e n s , c o n t e and
p a s t e l . S t u d y of p e r s p e c t i v e
drawing from d i r e c t o b s e r v a t i o n .
S t u d y of r e p r e s e n t a t i o n a l
r e n d e r i n g t e c h n i q u e s of o b j e c t s ,
s t r u c t u r e s , s u r f a c e s and t e x t u r e s .
Learning to v i s u a l i z e in graphic
terms, symbolizing, s t y l i z i n g in
t e r m s o f l i n e and l i n e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . D e v e l o p i n g power o f o b s e r v a t i o n and g r a p h i c s e n s i t i v i t y .

* A r t 158
Design I (F)

(3,0,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c o n c e p t s
and p r i n c i p l e s o f v i s u a l a r t
f u n d a m e n t a l s w i t h a n a l y t i c a l and
c r e a t i v e s t u d y of b a s i c e l e m e n t s
of p i c t o r i a l o r g a n i z a t i o n . Process
and n a t u r e o f v i s u a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , form c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s are
investigated with reference to
f i n e a r t s , c r a f t s and a p p l i e d
a r t s . Exercises in creating
meaningful graphic communications
on s e t and f r e e l y c h o s e n t o p i c s
w i l l be e m p l o y e d . Media w i l l

include p e n c i l , paint, ink,
c o l l a g e m a t e r i a l s and m i x e d m e d i a .

Tapestry weaving. I n t r o d u c t i o n
the h i s t o r y of weaving.

A r t 160
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g I (F)

A r t 169
Weaving II

(3,3,0)

(S)

to

(3,3,0)

Exploring traditional printing
methods i n c l u d i n g wax r e s i s t w i t h
b r u s h , t j a n t i n g and b l o c k . T i e - d y e
t e c h n i q u e s w i l l a l s o be e x p l o r e d
u s i n g n a t u r a l and f i b r e - r e a c t i v e
d y e s . Design t e c h n i q u e s f o r each
medium w i l l be s t u d i e d and t h e r e
w i l l be an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e
h i s t o r y o f dyed f a b r i c s .

B a s i c w o r k i n g s k i l l s i n loom
p r o c e d u r e s a r e d e v e l o p e d . The f o u r
h a r n e s s l o o m , a n a l y s i s and
d r a f t i n g o f w e a v e s , g a u z e and l i n o
weaves. Designing of garments.
S t u d y o f t e x t u r e and c o l o u r .

* A r t 178
D e s i g n II ( S )

(3,0,0)

A r t 161
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g II

Prerequisite:

A r t 158

Prerequisite:

Art

(S)

(3,0,0)

160

Exploring paste r e s i s t techniques
w i t h s t e n c i l s and s i l k s c r e e n
p r i n t i n g m e t h o d s . A p p l i q u e and
q u i l t i n g t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be used
f o r s u r f a c e d e c o r a t i o n and d e s i g n
methods f o r e a c h method w i l l be
e x p l a i n e d . T h e r e w i l l be an
i n t r o d u c t i o n to the h i s t o r y of
printed fabrics.

* A r t 163
P o t t e r y I (F)

(3,3,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c p r o c e s s e s
of p o t t e r y , i n c l u d i n g p i n c h , d u g o u t , c o i l and s l a b , e l e m e n t a r y
w h e e l w o r k , g l a z e t h e o r y and
a p p l i c a t i o n , k i l n l o a d i n g and
fi ring.

* A r t 165
P o t t e r y II

(S)

(3,3,0)

Prerequisite:

A r t 163

F u r t h e r s t u d y of wheelwork w i t h
p r o g r e s s i v e l y more a d v a n c e d s h a p e s
and d e s i g n s . An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
g l a z e t h e o r y and t h e h i s t o r y o f
ceramics around the w o r l d .

A r t 168
Weaving I

(F)

F u r t h e r s t u d y of d e s i g n p r i n c i ples, pictorial organization,
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f v i s u a l f o r m and
m e d i a . E x t e n s i v e s t u d y o f f o r m and
c o l o u r c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s as a means
o f e x p r e s s i o n and c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
m o o d s , a t t i t u d e s and a s s o c i a t i o n s
d e r i v e d from n o n v i s u a l e x p e r i e n c e s . S t u d y o f f o r m s y m b o l i s m and
contemporary s o c i e t y . I n t r o d u c t i o n
t o t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l s p a c e and
form. Experiments with various
m a t e r i a l s and e x p l o r a t i o n s o f t h e
p r i n c i p l e s of d e s i g n as a p p l i e d t o
c r a f t s , f i n e and a p p l i e d a r t s .

(3,3,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e f u n d a m e n t a l s of w o r k i n g w i t h f i b e r s . S t u d y
of w e a v i n g t o o l s and p r i m i t i v e
l o o m s . The p r o c e s s of f e l t i n g .

A r t 187
Crafts Instructors Training
Community and I n s t i t u t i o n a l
I (F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

for
Needs

D u r i n g t h e f i r s t of t h i s two
semester c o u r s e , students w i t h a
s t r o n g C r a f t b a c k g r o u n d w i l l be
t r a i n e d i n a d a p t a t i o n and
i n s t r u c t i o n a l s k i l l s . They w i l l
i m p r o v e and e x t e n d p r e s e n t c r a f t
s k i l l s i n order to teach people i n
r e c r e a t i o n and community s i t u a t i o n s or t h o s e i n i n s t i t u t i o n s
with various functional
l i m i t a t i o n s . This course i s a
p r e - r e q u i s i t e for Art 287.

A r t 190
S p i n n i n g and D y e i n g

(F)

(3,3,0)

A s t u d y o f s p i n n i n g e q u i p m e n t and
n a t u r a l f i b e r s . Development o f
s p i n n i n g s k i l l s . Study of n a t u r e
d y e s and c h e m i c a l dyes as w e l l as

67

t h e use of c o l o u r and t e x t u r e
t e x t i le production.

A r t 230
C r a f t Career T r a i n i n g

(S)

in

(3,0,0)

T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o be a
s u r v e y . It w i l l develop
p r o f e s s i o n a l i s m and good
management i n t h e c r a f t s p e r s o n .
A r e a s c o v e r e d a r e A d v e r t i s i n g and
Promotion, Marketing, P o r t f o l i o
D e s i g n , P h o t o g r a p h y , and t e a c h i n g
W o r k s h o p s . There w i l l be a s h o r t
o v e r v i e w of t h e h i s t o r y of c r a f t s .

A r t 267
Weaving I I I

(F)

Prerequisite:

(3,0,0)

A r t 169

Advanced loom t e c h n i q u e s : d o u b l e
w e a v e . Moorman t e c h n i q u e , p a i n t e d
warp, s t r i p - w e a v e s , I k a t .
E x p l o r a t i o n s of t e c h n i q u e s w i t h
i n c r e a s i n g e m p h a s i s on
c r a f t s m a n s h i p and d e s i g n i n o r d e r
t o c r e a t e e f f e c t i v e wal1 h a n g i n g s .
S t u d y of c o n t e m p o r a r y work i n B . C .
and a b r o a d .

A r t 268
Weaving IV

(S)

(3,0,0)

Prerequisite:

A r t 267

Weave s t r u c t u r e s on f o u r and e i g h t
h a r n e s s looms w i l l be s t u d i e d . I n c r e a s i n g e m p h a s i s on good c r a f t s m a n s h i p and d e s i g n . T e c h n i q u e s f o r
r u g s and i n t e r i o r f a b r i c s w i l l be
covered. F i e l d t r i p s to weavers'
s t u d i o s and g a l l e r i e s .

* A r t 273
P o t t e r y III

(F)

Prerequisite:

(3,3,0)

A r t 165

Further e x p l o r a t i o n of p o t t e r y
t e c h n i q u e s , p a r t i c u l a r l y wheelwork
and g l a z e m a t e r i a l s ; s t u d y o f
c o n t e m p o r a r y s t y l e s and c r e a t i v e
c e r a m i c s . F i e l d t r i p s to ceramic
s t u d i o s and a r t g a l l e r i e s .

68

* A r t 274
P o t t e r y IV

(S)

(3,3,0)

Prerequisite:

A r t 273

I n c r e a s i n g e m p h a s i s on c r a f t s m a n s h i p and d e s i g n . An e x p l o r a t i o n o f
more complex f o r m s , m a i n l y made on
the w h e e l ; development of o r i g i n a l
glazes.

A r t 284
Fabric Printing

III

(F)

(3,0,0)

Repeat y a r d a g e s c r e e n p r i n t i n g
t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be s t u d i e d , u s i n g
p a p e r , w a x , l a c q u e r and l i g h t
s e n s i t i v e s t e n c i l s . B l u e and brown
p r i n t i n g methods w i l l be s t u d i e d
a l o n g w i t h m a r b l i n g , mono p r i n t i n g
and r e l i e f f a b r i c e f f e c t s s u c h as
t r a p u n t o and q u i l t i n g .

A r t 285
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g IV

(S)

(3,0,0)

D i r e c t p a i n t - o n e f f e c t s w i l l be
studied, including fabric painting
and a i r b r u s h i n g u s i n g f i b e r r e a c t i v e d y e s , f r e n c h a l c o h o l and
disperse dyes. Three-dimensional
f a b r i c c o n s t r u c t i o n w i l l be
expl o r e d .

A r t 287
Crafts Instructors Training
Community and I n s t i t u t i o n a l
II ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

Art

for
Needs

187

F u r t h e r t r a i n i n g i n a d a p t a t i o n and
instructional s k i l l s for experienced c r a f t s p e o p l e . L e a r n i n g t o
s e t up and a d m i n i s t e r a c r a f t
p r o g r a m . S t u d e n t s w i l l do
practicums in h o s p i t a l s , senior
c i t i z e n c e n t r e s , s c h o o l s , and
community c e n t r e s .

A r t 294
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g (F)

(3,0,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o a v a r i e t y o f
f a b r i c p r i n t i n g and d y e i n g
t e c h n i q u e s , i n c l u d i n g waxed,
s t e n c i l l e d and t i e d r e s i s t s . There
w i l l be i n s t r u c t i o n on d e s i g n i n g
f o r f a b r i c p r i n t i n g and an
e x p l o r a t i o n of p a t t e r n s and

d e c o r a t i v e m o t i f s . T r a d i t i o n a l and
c o n t e m p o r a r y d y e s w i l l be u s e d ,
and f a b r i c w i l l be p r o d u c e d w h i c h
c a n be used f o r i n t e r i o r d e s i g n o r
fashion f a b r i c .

A r t 367 A r t 368 A r t 373 A r t 374 A r t 384 III
A r t 385 IV

O p t i o n Weaving
III
O p t i o n Weaving IV
Option Pottery
III
O p t i o n P o t t e r y IV
Option Fabric P r i n t i n g
Option

Fabric

Printing

Second y e a r f u l l - t i m e C r a f t
s t u d e n t s can c h o o s e two o f t h e
three s t u d i o o p t i o n s i n which to
c o m p l e t e m a j o r p r o j e c t s . In t h e
t h i r d Studio course they w i l l
c o m p l e t e s a m p l e s and work as
d e s i g n a t e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r .

CRAFT PROGRAM OPTION COURSES
For s t u d e n t s w i t h a c r a f t
background t h e C r a f t Program
o f f e r s the f o l l o w i n g p a r t - t i m e
c e r t i f i c a t e program:
FALL TERM
A r t 187 C r a f t s I n s t r u c t o r s
T r a i n i n g f o r Community
and I n s t i t u t i o n a l Needs
I
3 credits'
SPRING TERM
A r t 287 C r a f t s I n s t r u c t o r s
T r a i n i n g f o r Community
and I n s t i t u t i o n a l Needs
II
3 credits

CRAFT PROGRAM EVENING COURSES
FALL:

SPRING:

Art
Art
Art

163 - P o t t e r y
273 - P o t t e r y
194 - Weaving

I

Art
Art
Art

166 - P o t t e r y
II
274 - P o t t e r y IV
294 - F a b r i c P r i n t i n g

III

COMMERCIAL ART PROGRAM
Open t o f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s o n l y .
T h i s i s a two y e a r Diploma p r o g r a m
to provide t r a i n i n g for those
wishing to enter i n t o the
a d v e r t i s i n g i n d u s t r y as a g r a p h i c
designer, advertising i l l u s t r a t o r ,
o r any o f t h e r e l a t e d v i s u a l
communication a r t s . Students are
t r a i n e d in d e s i g n , v i s u a l imagery,
media c h o i c e , t y p o g r a p h y ,
a d v e r t i s i n g l a y o u t , and c o n c e p t u a l
t h i n k i n g . In s h o r t , t h e s t u d e n t
becomes a p r o b l e m s o l v e r . T h i s i s
a commercial a r t i s t ' s f u n c t i o n ,
t h e r e s o l u t i o n of p r o b l e m s t h a t
a f f e c t t h e way p e o p l e t h i n k , p l a y ,
w o r k , t r a v e l , spend t h e i r money,
o r change t h e i r h a b i t s .
I n s t r u c t o r s a r e p r o f e s s i o n a l s who
t a k e t i m e away f r o m t h e i r own
c a r e e r s t o t e a c h , thus t h e program
r e l a t e s t o t h e c u r r e n t demands o f
b u s i n e s s and i n d u s t r y . R e a l and
s i m u l a t e d problems are taken from
i n i t i a l t o f i n i s h e d a r t and
r e p r o d u c t i o n . Frequently guests
from a l l l e v e l s of the p r o f e s s i o n
are brought in to e v a l u a t e student
projects.

Admission Requirements
T h i s program r e q u i r e s a high l e v e l
o f m a t u r i t y and i n t e g r i t y .
S t u d e n t s w i t h a y e a r o r more o f
l i f e experience f o l l o w i n g high
s c h o o l a r e u s u a l l y more k n o w l e d g e a b l e and m a t u r e i n t h e i r c h o i c e o f
d i r e c t i o n and b e t t e r p r e p a r e d .
However, h i g h l y m o t i v a t e d h i g h
school students without t h i s year
o r more o f e x p e r i e n c e can s u c c e e d
h e r e ; and we e n c o u r a g e t h o s e
students to apply.

A s s o c i a t e i n A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a

Major Program Requirements . . . .
General Education Requirements

Commercial A r t

Credit
Hours

Lab
Hours

66
3
69

37
J
37

3
3
3
3
3
3
_3
21

3

Curriculum

FIRST TERM
A r t 162
L e t t e r i n g and T y p o g r a p h y
A r t 175
Photography f o r t h e Graphic A r t s
A r t 177
Graphic Design I
A r t 180
Drawing f o r I l l u s t r a t i o n I
A r t 192
A p p l i e d Design I
A r t 195
P r o g r e s s i v e Drawing I
*CMNS 150 B a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s

SECOND TERM
A r t 176
Photography f o r V i s u a l Communication
A r t 179
G r a p h i c D e s i g n II
A r t 181
D r a w i n g f o r I l l u s t r a t i o n II
A r t 193
A p p l i e d D e s i g n II
A r t 196
P r o g r e s s i v e D r a w i n g II
A r t 197
Typography f o r A d v e r t i s i n g

THIRD TERM
A r t 170
Studio Production I
A r t 251
I l l u s t r a t i o n Media
A r t 252
A p p l i e d Design III
A r t 277
Environmental Design I
A r t 295
Advertising Illustration

I

FOURTH TERM
A r t 253
A p p l i e d D e s i g n IV
A r t 269
Experimental I l l u s t r a t i o n
A r t 278
S t u d i o P r o d u c t i o n II
A r t 279
E n v i r o n m e n t a l D e s i g n II
A r t 298
A d v e r t i s i n g I l l u s t r a t i o n II

..

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

3
3
3
3
_3
15

3
3
3
3
3

T5

3
3

12

2
—
8

2
3
_3
8

2

3
_3
8

* S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o s u b s t i t u t e E n g l i s h c o u r s e s f o r Communcations
150 may do so w i t h t h e C o m m u n i c a t i o n s C o o r d i n a t o r ' s a p p r o v a l .

A d m i s s i o n i s based on a p o r t f o l i o
o f p a s t work and e x p e r i e n c e i n
r e l a t e d f i e l d s , general a b i l i t y
and a p p l i c a n t ' s i n t e r e s t s .
A p p l i c a t i o n s and p o r t f o l i o s s h o u l d
be s u b m i t t e d f r o m May 5 t o May 9
o f t h e d e s i r e d e n t r a n c e y e a r . No
l a t e submissions accepted.
P o r t f o l i o s a r e r e v i e w e d by an
A d m i s s i o n s C o m m i t t e e and a r e
a s s e s s e d on t h e b a s i s of d r a w i n g ,
d e s i g n , c o l o u r , c r e a t i v i t y , media
v a r i e t y and p r e s e n t a t i o n .
A p p l i c a n t s whose p o r t f o l i o s meet

69

t h e s t a n d a r d s of t h e Program a r e
c a l l e d for interviews with the
C o o r d i n a t o r w i t h i n f o u r weeks o f
s u b m i s s i o n . F i n a l d e c i s i o n s on t h e
make-up o f t h e new c l a s s i s made
by t h e C o o r d i n a t o r and f a c u l t y by
June 2 .

Portfolio

Requirements

There s h o u l d be a minimum o f 12
s a m p l e s of o r i g i n a l work (work
produced, drawn, d e s i g n e d , or
p h o t o g r a p h e d by t h e a r t i s t )
representing current a b i l i t i e s .
I m a g i n a t i v e and e x p e r i m e n t a l
d r a w i n g s i n any medium ( w a t e r c o l o u r , gouche, o i l s , e t c . ) are
welcome a d d i t i o n s t o t h e
p o r t f o l i o . Samples must be f l a t
m o u n t e d , not r o l l e d , f r a m e d , o r
glassed.

If

a portfolio

send

either

i s t o be

stamps or

T h i s i s a one y e a r f u l l - t i m e
p r o g r a m , and a l t h o u g h open t o b o t h
f u l l and p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s ,
p r i o r i t y must be g i v e n t o s t u d e n t s
e n r o l l e d in the f u l l program.
P a r t - t i m e students are accepted
where s p a c e p e r m i t s .

Portfolio

Credit
Hours
M a j o r Program R e q u i r e m e n t s

Foundations
be
in

to

c o v e r t h e c o s t of r e t u r n p o s t a g e .
Do not send any p o r t f o l i o s by
c r o s s - c o u n t r y bus s y s t e m as t h e y
a r e not d e l i v e r e d t o C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e . Parcel Post insured or
a i r p a r c e l post i n s u r e d i s u s u a l l y
t h e b e s t way t o have p o r t f o l i o s
s e n t and r e t u r n e d .
E v e r y p o s s i b l e c a r e i s t a k e n , but
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e cannot accept
r e p o n s i b i 1 i t y f o r l o s s o r damage
t o an a p p l i c a n t ' s w o r k .

Requirements

There s h o u l d be a minimum o f 12
s a m p l e s o f o r i g i n a l a r t work (work
p r o d u c e d , d r a w n , o r d e s i g n e d by
the a r t i s t ) representing current
a b i l i t i e s . Drawings i n v a r i o u s
mediums, and p a i n t i n g s , w i t h i n
s i z e l i m i t s , and s l i d e c o p i e s o f
o v e r - s i z e d work w i l l be a c c e p t e d .
A v a r i e t y o f medium s e l e c t i o n i s
a d v i s e d , i . e . b l a c k and w h i t e ,
p e n c i l , conte or c h a r c o a l
d r a w i n g s . Works i n c o l o u r e d i n k s ,
w a t e r c o l o u r s , gouche, or o i l s
c o u l d be i n c l u d e d t o p r o v i d e a s
w i d e a s p e c t r u m as p o s s i b l e .

It s t r e s s e s t h e n e c e s s i t y o f
developing consecutively the
c r e a t i v e t h o u g h t p r o c e s s e s and
s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y f o r v i s u a l commun i c a t i o n . T h i s a r t b a s i c program

returned,

cheque

provides the d i r e c t i o n s to prepare
the student for f u r t h e r s t u d i e s in.
any o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l l y oriented art f i e l d s .

T h i s program i s d e s i g n e d t o
provide a foundation i n drawing
s k i l l s , figure studies,
i l l u s t r a t i o n and p a i n t i n g , media
and t e c h n i q u e s , d e s i g n p r i n c i p l e s
and t h e h i s t o r y o f a r t and d e s i g n .

We c a n n o t a c c e p t p o r t f o l i o s l a r g e r
t h a n 2 5 " x 3 7 " . C o l o u r s l i d e s or
p r i n t s o f any l a r g e r work may be
s e n t . However, p h o t o g r a p h s o r
s l i d e s do not r e p l a c e t h e r e q u i r e d
minimum o f 12 s a m p l e s of o r i g i n a l
work.
The a p p l i c a n t ' s name and
"Commercial A r t Program" s h o u l d
on t h e o u t s i d e of t h e p o r t f o l i o
large l e t t e r s .

FOUNDATIONS OF VISUAL
COMMUNICATIONS

of Visual

42

Communication

FIRST TERM
A r t 158
Design I
A r t 152
L i f e Drawing I
A r t 154
General Drawing I
A r t 155
Mediums & T e c h n i q u e s

Art 166

Anatomy I

FA 104
*CMNS 150

The H i s t o r y of A r t I
B a s i c Communications

Lab
Hours

Curriculum

3
3
3
3

I

3

3
3
_3
21

SECOND TERM
A r t 178
D e s i g n II
•
A r t 184
L i f e Drawing II
A r t 164
G e n e r a l D r a w i n g II
A r t 159
Mediums & T e c h n i q u e s II
A r t 188
Anatomy II
FA 105
The H i s t o r y o f A r t II
*CMNS 153 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s and t h e A r t s
.

3

3
3
3
3
3
3
_3
21

3

_
3

OPTION COURSES
For s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n u p g r a d i n g d r a w i n g and d e s i g n s k i l l s t o
a s s i s t i n t h e p r e p a r a t i o n of a p o r t f o l i o , t h e F o u n d a t i o n s o f V i s u a l
Communication Program o f f e r s the f o l l o w i n g e v e n i n g c l a s s :
Art
Art

70

056
057

Graphic Design P o r t f o l i o Studio
Graphic Design P o r t f o l i o Studio

I
II

3
3

(F)
(S)

The a p p l i c a n t ' s name and F o u n d a t i o n P r o g r a m s h o u l d be p r i n t e d on
the o u t s i d e of the p o r t f o l i o .
Admission requirements f o r the
Foundations of Communication
P r o g r a m , w h i l e n o t as r i g i d a s
those f o r Commercial A r t , are a l s o
by p o r t f o l i o s u b m i s s i o n o n l y .
P o r t f o l i o s a r e r e v i e w e d by an
A d m i s s i o n s Committee and a r e
a s s e s s e d on t h e b a s i s o f d r a w i n g ,
d e s i g n , c o l o u r , c r e a t i v i t y , media
v a r i e t y , and p r e s e n t a t i o n . Samples
must be f l a t - m o u n t e d , not r o l l e d ,
f r a m e d , or g l a s s e d .
We c a n n o t a c c e p t p o r t f o l i o s l a r g e r
t h a n 2b" x 3 7 " . P h o t o g r a p h s o r
s l i d e s do not r e p l a c e t h e r e q u i r e d
minimum o f 12 p i e c e s o f o r i g i n a l
work.
I f a p o r t f o l i o i s t o be r e t u r n e d ,
s e n d e i t h e r stamps o r c h e q u e t o
c o v e r t h e c o s t ot r e t u r n p o s t a g e .
Do n o t send any p o r t f o l i o s by
c r o s s - c o u n t r y bus s y s t e m as t h e y
are not d e l i v e r e d t o C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e . P a r c e l Post i n s u r e d or
a i r p a r c e l post insured i s u s u a l l y
t h e b e s t way t o have p o r t f o l i o s
s e n t and r e t u r n e d .
E v e r y p o s s i b l e c a r e i s t a k e n , but
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e cannot accept
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r l o s s o r damage
t o an a p p l i c a n t ' s w o r k .
A p p l i c a t i o n s and p o r t f o l i o s must
be s u b m i t t e d f r o m May 5 t o May 9 ,
1 9 8 6 . NO LATE SUBMISSIONS WILL BE
ACCEPTED.

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l t h o s e c o u r s e s marked w i t h an
a s t e r i s k ( i . e . * A r t 152) a r e
t r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU and UBC and
c a r r y 1 . 6 t r a n f e r u n i t s t o t h e BFA
S t u d i o Program a t UBC.

* A r t 152
L i f e Drawing

I

(F)

(3,0,0)

The s t u d y o f d r a w i n g f r o m t h e
o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e human f i g u r e ;
exercises in developing visual
p e r c e p t i o n , memory and b a s i c
d r a w i n g s k i l l s . S t u d y of t h e
p r o p o r t i o n s o f t h e human b o d y .
S t r u c t u r e and a c t i o n d r a w i n g s w i t h
e m p h a s i s on empathy and p e r c e p t i o n
of graphic e l e m e n t s ; i n s t i n c t i v e
and s t r u c t u r e d r a w i n g ; d e v e l o p i n g
thought-hand c o o r d i n a t i o n . Study
of l i n e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s i n p e n c i l ,
pen, conte, charcoal techniques.
Contour, cross-contour, gesture
and volume d r a w i n g s from d r a p e d
and u n d r a p e d m o d e l s .

* A r t 154
General Drawing

I

(F)

(3,0,0)

The s t u d y of p r i m a r y d r a w i n g
m e d i a , t e c h n i q u e s and r e p r e s e n t a t i o n a l d r a w i n g a p p r o a c h e s . Drawing
as e x p r e s s i o n o f o b s e r v a t i o n and
p e r c e p t i o n of v i s u a l a s p e c t s of
e n v i r o n m e n t and v i s u a l t h i n k i n g .
Study of g r a p h i c means of
representing objects, structure,
p l a n e s , volumes, space, surface
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . Learning to
p e r c e i v e , i s o l a t e and s e l e c t
v i s u a l elements f o r d e s c r i p t i v e
r e n d e r i n g i n l e a d and c h a r c o a l
p e n c i l s . D e v e l o p i n g t h e h a b i t of
working d a i l y with a sketchbook,
power o f o b s e r v a t i o n , p e r c e p t i o n
and g r a p h i c s e n s i t i v i t y .

P r o c e s s e s and n a t u r e o f v i s u a l
c o m m u n c i a t i o n s , f o r m , e l e m e n t s and
t h e i r c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s are
investigated with reference to
F i n e A r t , C r a f t s and A p p l i e d A r t s .
E m p h a s i s on t w o - d i m e n s i o n a l
c o m p o s i t i o n and g r a p h i c m e d i a ,
c o l l a g e and a s s e m b l a g e .

A r t 159
Medium & T e c h n i q u e s
Prerequisite:

I

(F)

(3,3,0)

C o l o u r , t h e o r y and p r a c t i c e .
Introduction to basic p a i n t i n g
mediums, through t e c h n i c a l
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and u s e f o r F i n e
and A p p l i e d A r t ( S t u d i o A r t s ,
I l l u s t r a t i o n , e t c . ) . Study of
p o s t e r p a i n t , w a t e r c o l o u r , gouche
and wash t e c h n i q u e s .

* A r t 158
Design I (F)

(3,0,0)

( B a s i c D e s i g n 2 - D ) An i n t r o d u c t i o n
t o t h e c o n c e p t s and p r i n c i p l e s of
v i s u a l a r t s w i t h a n a l y t i c a l and
c r e a t i v e study of b a s i c elements
and p i c t o r i a l o r g a n i z a t i o n .

(S)

(3,3,0)

165

F u r t h e r s t u d y o f c o l o u r and
p a i n t i n g mediums. I n k s , o i l s ,
a c r y l i c s and m i x e d media w i l l be
explored to acquaint students with
n a t u r e and p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r usage
and a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e s e m e d i u m s .
S t u d i e s which are s u i t a b l e f o r
d e v e l o p m e n t as w o r k s i n s e v e r a l
mediums w i l l be e x p l o r e d d u r i n g
l o c a t i o n and s t u d i o t i m e .

A r t 162
Lettering

A Typography

(F)

(3,0,0)

H i s t o r i c a l o r i g i n s of the
a l p h a b e t , n u m e r a l s and l e t t e r
s t y l e s . P r o p o r t i o n and s p a c i n g .
Lettering indication in p e n c i l ,
b r u s h , c h a l k s and f e l t m a r k e r s .
C o m p r e h e n s i v e and r e p r o d u c t i o n
lettering.

A r t 164
General Drawing
Prerequisite:

A r t 155
Mediums & T e c h n i q u e s

Art

II

II

(S)

(3,0,0)

A r t 154

F u r t h e r e x p l o r a t i o n of drawing
m e d i a and t e c h n i q u e s w i t h e m p h a s i s
on e x p r e s s i v e and i n t e r p r e t i v e
a p p r o a c h e s . D e v e l o p i n g themes and
d r a w i n g s aimed a t i l l u s t r a t i o n ,
f o r r e p r o d u c t i o n and i n d i v i d u a l
expression. Stylization,
d i s t o r t i o n and c a r i c a t u r i z a t i o n
are e x p l o r e d i n r e l a t i o n t o the
s t u d y o f l i n e , m a s s , v a l u e and
c o n t r a s t . V a r i o u s p e n , pen and i n k
drawing techniques are e x p l o r e d .
E m p h a s i s on s t u d e n t ' s i n i t i a t i v e
i n s e a r c h i n g , i n v e s t i g a t i n g and
e x p l o r i n g a wide range of d r a w i n g
t h e o r i e s , s c h o o l s and t e c h n i q u e s .

71

* A r t 166
Anatomy I ( F )

(3,0,0)

The main p u r p o s e of t h i s c o u r s e i s
to help the student to understand
the s k e l e t a l - m u s c u l a r s t r u c t u r e ,
f u n c t i o n i n g o f t h e human b o d y , i t s
b a s i c p r o p o r t i o n s and s t r u c t u r a l
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . T e a c h i n g w i l l be
c o n c e n t r a t e d on d r a w i n g t h e
s k e l e t a l and m u s c u l a r d e t a i l a s
w e l l as on d r a w i n g s t r u c t u r a l
d i a g r a m s o f t h e body i n v a r i o u s
p o s i t i o n s , p o s e s , movements and
actions.

A r t 170
Studio Production

I

(F)

(3,0,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c s t u d i o
techniques encountered i n a
graphic design s t u d i o . Students
w i l l l e a r n t h e p r o p e r way t o
p r e s e n t a r t w o r k and w i l l be
i n s t r u c t e d i n the r u l i n g of
s t r a i g h t l i n e s using the T-square,
drawing e l l i p s e s , cut masking
f i l m , p r e p a r a t i o n of artwork,
c o p y f i t t i n g and t y p e s p e c i f y i n g .

v e r s a t i l i t y and a p p l i c a t i o n o f
e a c h . E x e r c i s e s t o d e v e l o p a sound
g r a s p o f d e s i g n p r i n c i p l e s and t o
e n c o u r a g e e x p e r i m e n t and
d i s c o v e r y as w e l l as how t h e s e
e l e m e n t s work i n c o m b i n a t i o n .
Media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , p a i n t ,
c o l l a g e m a t e r i a l s and m i x e d m e d i a .

* A r t 178
D e s i g n II ( S )

(3,0,0)

Prerequisite:

A r t 158

( B a s i c Design 3-D) F u r t h e r study
o f d e s i g n p r i n c i p l e s and
i n t r o d u c t i o n to the a r t of t h i r d
dimension. Basic three-dimensional
c o n c e p t s , components and
p r i n c i p l e s of t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l
a r t s m a t e r i a l and t e c h n i q u e s .
F u n c t i o n a l a s t h e t i c aspects of
c o n t e m p o r a r y and t r a d i t i o n a l 3-D
a r t . The e l e m e n t s o f 3-D f o r u m .

A r t 179
Graphic Design
Prerequisite:

A r t 175
Photography f o r the G r a p h i c
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

II

(S)

(3,3,0)

A r t 177

B a s i c p h o t o g r a p h y w i t h e m p h a s i s on
f u n d a m e n t a l camera and d a r k r o o m
procedures to prepare students for
A r t 1 7 6 . I n s t r u c t i o n i n 35mm
camera o p e r a t i o n s as an a s s i s t i n
g r a p h i c d e s i g n and i l l u s t r a t i o n .

F u r t h e r s t u d y of d e s i g n p r i n c i ples, pictorial organization,
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of v i s u a l f o r m .
Combining d e s i g n elements of t h e
p r e v i o u s s e m e s t e r w i t h t h e new
e l e m e n t s o f t y p o g r a p h y and
photography. Media w i l l i n c l u d e a
w i d e v a r i e t y of m a t e r i a l s . An
e x p e r i m e n t a l , i n v e n t i v e approach
w i l l be s t r e s s e d .

A r t 176
Photography f o r V i s u a l
Communications (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

A r t 180
Drawing f o r
(F) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )

Prerequisite:

It i s expected t h a t t h e s t u d e n t
w i l l enter t h i s course with basic
d r a w i n g s k i l l s ( i . e . 1 5 4 , 164
G e n e r a l D r a w i n g I & II o r
equivalent).
Its purpose i s t o
develop the students' awareness,
the capacity to perceive objects
c o r r e c t l y and t h e s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y
t o draw w i t h q u a l i t y and
c r e a t i v i t y . It i n t r o d u c e s t h e
s t u d e n t s t o t h e many s k i l l s t h a t
must be d e v e l o p e d i f t h e y a r e t o
v i s u a l l y communicate c o n s c i o u s l y
and e f f e c t i v e l y . B a s i c d r a w i n g and
wash media w i l l be u s e d .

Arts

A r t 175

Instruction in basic advertising
and p h o t o - i l l u s t r a t i o n , C r e a t i v e
p r o c e d u r e s i n u s i n g a d v a n c e d B/W
photography. E f f e c t i v e exposure
and c o m p o s i t i o n a l s k i l l s i n c o l o u r
f i lm.

A r t 177
Graphic Design

I (F)

(3,3,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o d e s i g n e l e m e n t s
(shape, l i n e , v a l u e , t e x t u r e ,
c o l o u r ) to demonstrate the

72

Illustration

A r t 181
Drawing f o r I l l u s t r a t i o n
(S) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

Art

II

180

An e x t e n s i o n o f A r t 180 where t h e
students play a greater role in
the c h o i c e s of r e f e r e n c e
m a t e r i a l s , mediums and t e c h n i q u e s
u s e d . The s k i l l f u l and i m a g i n a t i v e
use o f i l l u s t r a t i v e methods i s
stressed using l i g h t i n g , negative
shapes, depth, abstractions for
e m p h a s i s , p e r s p e c t i v e and c o r r e c t
p e r c e p t i o n ( i . e . t h e mind i n t e r p r e t i n g c o r r e c t l y what t h e eye
s e e s ) . Uses o f d r a w i n g and wash
mediums w i l l be e x p a n d e d . As w e l l ,
t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o
become f a m i l i a r w i t h c u r r e n t u s e s
o f i l l u s t r a t i o n on a b r o a d l e v e l .

* A r t 184
L i f e Drawing

II

Prerequisite:

Art

(S)

(3,0,0)

152

F u r t h e r study of drawing from t h e
d i r e c t o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e human
f i g u r e . Exercises in perceiving
and g r a p h i c a l l y i n t e r p r e t i n g t h e
elements of p l a n e , mass, rhythm
and f o r m ; r e l a t i n g p e r c e p t u a l
elements to drawing media.
R e p o r t a g e o f v i s u a l e x p e r i e n c e and
g r a p h i c i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of p e r s o n a l
a t t i t u d e s . I n v e s t i g a t i o n o f more
c o m p l e x d r a w i n g t e c h n i q u e s and
m a t e r i a l s . Perceiving graphic
e l e m e n t s i n l i f e f o r m and a c t i o n ;
d r a w i n g f r o m memory and
i m a g i n a t i v e r e f l e c t i o n upon v i s u a l
experience. Student's individual
experimentation with drawing
m a t e r i a l s r e l a t e d t o e f f e c t s aimed
at.

A r t 188
Anatomy II

(S)

Prerequisite:

(3,0,0)
Art

166

F u r t h e r s t u d y o f anatomy w i t h
e m p h a s i s on a n i m a l anatomy
c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f humans and
a n i m a l s k e l e t a l and m u s c u l a r
structure, functioning,
p r o p o r t i o n s and m o v e m e n t s .
R e f e r e n c e s t o t h e s t u d y o f anatomy
and i t s a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e F i n e
and A p p l i e d A r t s a f t e r t h e 1 5 t h

C e n t u r y w i l l be made t n o u g h o u t t h e
w h o l e c l a s s . Study w i l l be t h r o u g h
d r a w i n g , f i e l d t r i p s and l e c t u r e s .

A r t 197
Typography f o r
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

A r t 192
A p p l i e d Design

I (F)

(3,3,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o v i s u a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n and t h e r o l e of p r o f e s s i o n a l d e s i g n e r s . Design p r i n c i p l e s ,
layout techniques, learning t o o l s ,
m e t h o d s , m a t e r i a l s and m e d i a .
E m p h a s i s w i l l be on c o n c e p t r a t h e r
t h a n on " c o m p r e h e n s i v e " f i n i s h .

A r t 193
A p p l i e d D e s i g n II
Prerequisite:

Art

(S)

(3,2,0)

177 and A r t

Prerequisite:

Art

I (F)

(3,0,0)

1 5 2 / A r t 184

T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s expanded s k i l l s
i n p e r c e p t i o n , v i s u a l i z a t i o n and
c o n t i n u e d p r a c t i c e i n c o n t r o l of
v a r i o u s media. This course gives
the student the opportunity to
d e v e l o p s i m i l a r s t y l e s of t h e o l d
m a s t e r s as w e l l as e x p e r i m e n t w i t h
h i s / h e r own d r a w i n g .

A r t 196
P r o g r e s s i v e Drawing
Prerequisite:

II

(S)

Art

162

(3,0,0)

A r t 195

The s t u d e n t ' s p e r s o n a l s t y l e o f
r e a l i s t i c l i f e drawing i s pursued
t o a much f i n e r d e g r e e . S t r u c t u r e d
t u t o r i a l s i n t h e use of v a r i o u s
mediums as w e l l as a h i g h d e g r e e
of s t u d e n t / i n s t r u c t o r c r i t i c i s m of
work i n p r o g r e s s a r e e m p h a s i z e d .
E x p e r i m e n t a t i o n o f s t y l e and
mediums a r e e n c o u r a g e d .

A r t 269
Experimental
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Illustration

Prerequisite:

A r t 251

I

T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of A r t 1 6 2 .
In a d d i t i o n , t h i s c o u r s e expands
upon t h e m a j o r r o l e t y p o g r a p h y has
on a d v e r t i s i n g l a y o u t s and d e s i g n .
C o n s t r u c t i o n of v a r i o u s s t y l e s o f
l e t t e r forms i n p e n c i l , f e l t
m a r k e r , and b r u s h w i l l be s t u d i e d .
A p p l i c a t i o n of typography i n
v a r i o u s a d v e r t i s i n g p i e c e s w i l l be
investigated.

Taking the t e c h n i q u e s o u t l i n e d i n
251 i n t o f i n i s h e d i l l u s t r a t i o n s
for books, magazines, murals, e t c .
A f u r t h e r expansion of the uses of
mediums t o i n c l u d e m i x e d media and
oils.

A r t 277
Environmental
(F) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )

Design

A r t 251
Illustration

Prerequisite:

Art

Media ( F )

Prerequisite:

Art

164 and A r t

184

To i n t r o d u c e t h e s t u d e n t who has
a c h i e v e d a competent degree of
d r a w i n g s k i l l s t o t h e mediums
necessary to i l l u s t r a t i v e
t e c h n i q u e s . The c o u r s e d e v e l o p s
t h r o u g h s t a g e s f r o m p e n c i l , pen
and i n k , i n k and w a s h , w a t e r c o l o u r s and e e l v i n y l . The use o f
t h e i l l u s t r a t o r ' s t o o l s and
p r o c e s s e s s u c h as r e p e l l a n t s , a i r
b r u s h , mixed m e d i a , e t c . , are
reviewed.

III

Prerequisite:

Art

(F)

(3,2,0)

179 and A r t 193

The a p p l i c a t i o n o f d e s i g n and
r e n d e r i n g s k i l l s to the
development of s o l u t i o n s to p r i n t
a d v e r t i s i n g . Explores companies,
products, s e r v i c e s , corporate
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and t h e i r
r e l a t i o n s h i p to p r i n t a d v e r t i s i n g
l a y o u t s and t i g h t comps p r e p a r e d
for class critiques.

A r t 253
A p p l i e d Design
Prerequisite:

IV

(S)

164 and A r t

179

This s e c t i o n i s intended to give
i n s i g h t i n t o the procedures
i n v o l v e d i n the design of small
commercial r e t a i l s t r u c t u r e s such
as b o u t i q u e s and s e r v i c e shops i n
s h o p p i n g c e n t r e s and m a l l s .
Model-building techniques are
s t u d i e d as w e l l as t h e use o f
c o l o u r i n m e r c h a n d i s i n g and
d i s p l a y . During t h i s s e c t i o n the
e m p h a s i s i s on e x t e r i o r d e s i g n .

A r t 278
Studio Production
Prerequisite:

A r t 252
A p p l i e d Design

I

(3,0,0)

192

A course in techniques r e l a t i n g to
p r e s e n t a t i o n of i d e a s a t a
p r o f e s s i o n a l l e v e l . M a k i n g rough
l a y o u t s and t i g h t c o m p s . Ideas
evaluated against c r i t e r i a
established.

A r t 195
P r o g r e s s i v e Drawing

Advertising

(3,2,0)

A r t 252

A d v e r t i s i n g agency o r i e n t e d . The
i n t e r w e a v i n g of i l l u s t r a t i o n ,
p h o t o g r a p h y , g r a p h i c s and
television into advertising,
p a c k a g i n g and p o i n t of p u r c h a s e .
C o n s u l t a t i o n on s t u d e n t p o r t f o l i o .

II

(S)

(3,0,0)

A r t 170

A p p l i c a t i o n of l e a r n e d t e c h n i q u e s
w i l l be used i n t h e d r a w i n g and
r e p r o d u c t i o n of l o g o s and r e l a t e d
work. S t i m u l a t e d assignments such
as b r o c h u r e s , r e p o r t s and
p a c k a g i n g w i l l be d o n e , and p r o p e r
p r i n t i n g s p e c i f y i n g w i l l be s h o w n .

A r t 279
Environmental
(S) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )

Design

Prerequisite:

A r t 277

II

For the d u r a t i o n of t h i s s e c t i o n
t h e s t u d e n t w i l l work on t h e
d e s i g n o f t h e i n t e r i o r o f a shop
p l u s methods o f p r e s e n t a t i o n . The
psychology of c o l o u r i n
m e r c h a n d i s i n g w i l l be c o v e r e d as
w e l l as t h e use o f i n d o o r s i g n i n g
and i n s i g n i a f o r shop
identification. Designer-client
r e l a t i o n s h i p s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d
w i t h methods o f p r e s e n t a t i o n .

73

A r t 295
Advertising Illustration
(F)
(3,3,0)
Prerequisite:

Art

164

I

and A r t

184

A c o m p r e h e n s i v e s t u d y of c o n t e m p o r a r y i l l u s t r a t i o n t e c h n i q u e s and
m a t e r i a l s from o r i g i n a l c o n c e p t t o
final presentation.

A r t 298
Advertising Illustration
(S) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

Art

II

295

F u r t h e r e x p l o r a t i o n of
i l l u s t r a t i o n techniques using a
v a r i e t y of mediums and t e c h n i q u e s
w i t h t h e e m p h a s i s on a c t u a l s t u d i o
w o r k i ng m e t h o d s .

FOUNDATIONS OF VISUAL
COMMUNICATION OPTION COURSES
A r t 056
Graphic Design P o r t f o l i o S t u d i o
(F)
(3,0,0)
A r t 057
Graphic Design P o r t f o l i o S t u d i o
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

I

II

A p a r t - t i m e evening design course.
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and c o u r s e
o u t l i n e c o n t a c t the Commercial A r t
Department a t 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 3 9 0 .

74

Business Management Programs
Instructional

Faculty

BEST, E . , B . S c , M . S c , P r o g r a m
Coordinator
CAMPBELL, B.
CARTER, A . W . , B . S c , C&G C e r t .
CLARK, H . , B . H . E . , T . T .
Dipl.
COBLEY, J . , B . A . , M . A .
DOUGHERTY, B . , B . C o m m . , C A .
DONLOP, S . , B . S c .
EINBLAU, R., B . A . , M.A.
FANE, G . , D i p l . T e c h . , B . S c ,
M.B.A., R.I.A.
FARRELL, G . H . , M . B . A . , R . I . A . ,
F.S.M.A.C.
GRUEN, F . , B . M g t . E n g . , M . A . S c .
HALL, E . , B . A . ( H o n s ) , A . T . C .
HARRIS, F . , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D .
INGLIS, W., B . A . , D i p l . M k t g . ,
Convenor
JESSIMAN, J . L . , B . A . , L L . B . ,
LL.M.,
L L . D . , Dept. Chairperson
K I L I A N , C , B . A . , M.A.
KUBICEK, R . , B . A . , M . A .
LAWR1E, J . K . , C A .
LOBLAW, J . D . , B . A . , Department
Coordi nator
LONGWORTH, R . , B . S c , M . E d . ,
Convenor
MCKIE, C , B . C o m m . , M . B . A . ,
P . T . C , Convenor
MANFRINI, N . , B . A . , M.A.
MICHAELS, L . , B . S c , B . E d . , M . E d .
M1LNER, L. D i p l . T , C . G . A . ,
Convenor
MOAK, K . W . , B . A . , M . P . A .
MORRIS, F . , B . A . , L L . B . , L L . M .
MOSELEY, B . , B . A . , M . B . A .
NICHOLS, R . C , B . C o m m . , R . I . A .
OBERNDORF, A . G . , B . S . , M . I . M .
O'CONNOR, R . , B u s . A d m i n .
PODOLAK, P, C e r t .
POTTER, J . , B . S c , B . E d .
RENNIE, R . , B . S . , M . S . , P h . D .
SAUER, D . , B . A .
SAYRE, J . , B . S . , B . A . , M.A.
SHIELS, D., B . S c . ( H o n s . )
S P I C E R , L . , B.Comm.
TAYLOR, M . , B . S c .
TUOCHIE, P . , M . S . M . D i p l .
TOWSON, K . V . , B . S c , M . S c .
TREW, M . , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D .
V I C K , A . H . , B.Comm.
WELCH, J . , B.Comm.
WILSON, J . , B.Comm, C . A . ,
Department C o o r d i n a t o r
WITTMAN, M . , B . A . , M . A .
YACKNESS, H . B . , B.Comm., M . B . A . ,
CA.
Support

General

Information

The o b j e c t i v e of t h e p r o g r a m s
offered w i t h i n the Business
Management Department i s t o
prepare students for careers in
the v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of the
b u s i n e s s e n t e r p r i s e . The c o u r s e s
o f f e r e d attempt to s a t i s f y a
v a r i e t y of needs:
1 . High s c h o o l g r a d u a t e s p l a n n i n g
a c a r e e r i n b u s i n e s s or i n d u s t r y
who d e s i r e a c o m p r e h e n s i v e
b u s i n e s s e d u c a t i o n ; (2 y e a r s
full-time).
2 . P e r s o n s w i t h a minimum o f 7
years business experience in
i n d u s t r y , government, the m i l i t a r y
o r p r i v a t e b u s i n e s s v e n t u r e s who
d e s i r e a c o n c i s e , formal business
e d u c a t i o n ; (10 months f u l l - t i m e ) .
3. P e r s o n s p r e s e n t l y employed i n
b u s i n e s s who r e q u i r e a d d i t i o n a l
f o r m a l b u s i n e s s e d u c a t i o n or
u p g r a d i n g ; ( P a r t - t i m e , day o r
eveni n g ) .
4 . Persons wanting to t a k e courses
t h a t c a r r y c r e d i t towards n o n C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e c e r t i f i c a t e and
d i p l o m a p r o g r a m s ; ( P a r t - t i m e , day
or e v e n i n g ) .
5 . Persons i n t e r e s t e d in
f u r t h e r i n g t h e i r knowledge i n a
p a r t i c u l a r area of b u s i n e s s ;
( P a r t - t i m e , day o r e v e n i n g , o r
co-sponsored events.)
These c o u r s e s p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s •
w i t h a comprehensive education i n
b a s i c m a n a g e r i a l s k i l l s i n one o f
f i v e s p e c i a l i z e d program a r e a s and
have been d e s i g n e d b o t h t o l a y a
p r a c t i c a l f o u n d a t i o n f o r t h o s e who
w i s h t o e n t e r new c a r e e r s i n
b u s i n e s s and t o expand p r e s e n t
c a r e e r s , e i t h e r as i n d e p e n d e n t
e n t r e p r e n e u r s or as p r o s p e c t i v e
employee-managers. A d e t a i l e d
d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e programs
follows.
TYPES OF PROGRAMS
Programs i n t h e B u s i n e s s
a r e of t h r e e k i n d s :

School

Staff

M a r j o r i e Dehard, Div. A s s i s t a n t
Sharon M i l e t i c , R e c e p t i o n i s t

A . Two Year F u l l - T i m e Diploma
Programs ( s e e d e t a i l s b e g i n n i n g
t h i s page)

B. A c c e l e r a t e d B u s i n e s s Diploma
Programs ( s e e d e t a i l s b e g i n n i n g
page 78)
C. P a r t - T i m e Evening C e r t i f i c a t e
Program ( s e e d e t a i l s b e g i n n i n n g
page 79)
D. R I A , CGA, and CA t r a n s f e r
c o u r s e s (page 79)
A d m i s s i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r e a c h of
t h e p r o g r a m s v a r y and w i l l be
found i n the c a l e n d a r d e s c r i p t i o n
r e l a t i n g to the s p e c i f i c program.
F u l l d e s c r i p t i o n of course
o f f e r i n g s i n t h e Department b e g i n s
a t page 8 0 .
STUDENTS WITH UNSATISFACTORY
GRADES IN ANY TERM MAY BE ASKED TO
WITHDRAW FROM THE PROGRAM.

A . TWO YEAR F U L L - T I M E
PROGRAMS

DIPLOMA

T h e r e a r e FIVE f u l l - t i m e p r o g r a m s
i n t h e Deparment l e a d i n g t o an
A s s o c i a t e of A r t s and S c i e n c e
Diploma a f t e r s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n of the program r e q u i r e m e n t s ,
u s u a l l y i n two y e a r s o f s t u d y .
C o u r s e s a r e t a u g h t by i n s t r u c t o r s
with p r a c t i c a l , up-to-date
k n o w l e d g e ; many f a c u l t y have f u l l
or p a r t - t i m e p o s i t i o n s i n b u s i n e s s
i n t h e i r areas of s p e c i a l t y . C l a s s
s i z e s a r e not l a r g e . T h e i r
i n t e n s i v e nature requires a
minimum o f 18 h o u r s w e e k l y i n
c l a s s and 24 h o u r s w e e k l y i n
o u t s i d e s t u d y and p r e p a r a t i o n .
I n t e r e s t e d persons should apply
f o r a d m i s s i o n t o any of t h e
programs e a r l y i n the c a l e n d a r
y e a r . E n t r y i s based on b u s i n e s s
e x p e r i e n c e , grades at high school
graduation, maturity, interest,
and a p t i t u d e .
N o r m a l l y , Grade 12 g r a d u a t i o n w i t h
a minimum o f C+ i n E n g l i s h 12 and
C i n A l g e b r a 11 i s r e q u i r e d ,
a l t h o u g h a d m i s s i o n may be g r a n t e d
t o m a t u r e s t u d e n t s who can p r o v i d e
e v i d e n c e of p r o b a b l e s u c c e s s i n
the program. A personal i n t e r v i e w
may be r e q u i r e d f o r a d m i s s i o n .
ALL NEW STUDENTS may be r e q u i r e d
t o s u c c e s s f u l l y p a s s an E n g l i s h
D i a g n o s t i c Test p r i o r to being

75

a d m i t t e d t o f u l l - t i m e programs i n
the Department. D e t a i l s of the
t e s t , w h i c h s h o u l d be c o m p l e t e d
b e f o r e the F a l l Term, a r e
a v a i l a b l e from t h e Department
o f f i c e . S t u d e n t s o b t a i n i n g an
u n s a t i s f a c t o r y g r a d e on t h e t e s t
may be a d m i t t e d t o t h e i r p r o g r a m
c o n d i t i o n a l upon c o m p l e t i o n of t h e
Department E n g l i s h r e q u i r e m e n t s
w i t h i n the f i r s t term of t h e i r
program.
Those s t u d e n t s who have c r e d i t
ENG 1 0 0 , CMNS ISO, s e c o n d y e a r
u n i v e r s i t y E n g l i s h , o r an
u n d e r g r a d u a t e d e g r e e w i l l be
exempt f r o m s i t t i n g f o r t h e
English Diagnostic t e s t .
The p r o g r a m s , s e t out b e l o w ,
i n September e a c h y e a r .
1.
i.
3.
4.
5.

for

begin

A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management
F i n a n c i a l Management
M a r k e t i n g Management
Computer Systems Management
R e t a i l Management

The f i r s t t h r e e programs have a
common f i r s t y e a r c o u r s e p a c k a g e
and a s e c o n d y e a r made up o f
r e q u i r e d core courses (or
e l e c t i v e s ) designed to provide the
student with s p e c i a l i z e d s k i l l s
a s s o c i a t e d with the p a r t i c u l a r
c a r e e r f i e l d c h o s e n . At t h e end o f
t h e f i r s t y e a r , a change o f
p r o g r a m c h o i c e amongst A d m i n i s t r a t i v e , F i n a n c i a l , and M a r k e t i n g
Management can be made, u s u a l l y
w i t h no l o s s o f c r e d i t . However,
s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n t h e f i r s t
y e a r of Computer Systems o r R e t a i l
Management n o r m a l l y go i n t o t h e
second y e a r of t h a t program.
DOUBLE DIPLOMA:
After receiving a
D i p l o m a i n one o f t h e B u s i n e s s
Management programs a t t h e
C o l l e g e , a g r a d u a t e may e a r n a
s e c o n d d i p l o m a i n a n o t h e r program
of t h e Department upon s u c c e s s f u l
c o m p l e t i o n of a l l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r
t h a t s e c o n d p r o g r a m . In t h e c a s e
of the A d m i n i s t r a t i v e , F i n a n c i a l ,
and M a r k e t i n g P r o g r a m s , t h i s may
be done i n t h e c o u r s e o f one f u l l
academic y e a r or i t s e q u i v a l e n t .
Each program l e a d i n g t o a Double
Diploma must be a p p r o v e d by t h e
Department C h a i r p e r s o n .

76

1. Administrative
Program

Management

2. Financial

This program p r o v i d e s a s o l i d c o r e
o f knowledge and s k i l l s w h i c h can
be a p p l i e d t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f
administrative positions in b u s i n e s s , i n d u s t r y , and g o v e r n m e n t . In
a d d i t i o n , t h e program i s o f v a l u e
t o t h o s e whose g o a l i t i s t o
become i n v o l v e d i n t h e o p e r a t i o n
of small or s e l f - o w n e d b u s i n e s s e s .
P a s t g r a d u a t e s have f o u n d
employment i n b u s i n e s s , i n d u s t r y ,
and g o v e r n m e n t . S t u d e n t s i n t h i s
program should expect to f i n d
employment i n s u c h d i v e r s e a r e a s
as p l a n n i n g , b a n k i n g , f i n a n c e ,
production, r e t a i l i n g , real
e s t a t e , m a r k e t i n g , p e r s o n n e l , and
industrial relations.
FIRST YEAR - FALL
BSMG 158 M a r k e t i n g I
BSMG 170 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods 1
BSMG 175 O r g a n i z a t i o n a l
Behaviour
BSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management
BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I
BSMG 180 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o B u s i n e s s
Computers
FIRST YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 159 M a r k e t i n g II
BSMG 171 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods
BSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g
II
BSMG 192 B u s i n e s s Systems
CMNS
Report W r i t i n g
ECUN 101 C a n a d i a n E c o n o m i c s

II

SECOND YEAR - FALL
BSMG 222 Uses of B u s i n e s s
Microcomputers
BSMG 240 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I
BSMG 253 Labour R e l a t i o n s
BSMG 267 B u s i n e s s F i n a n c e
BSMG 291 Management A c c o u n t i n g
R . M . 161 Management P r e s e n t a t i o n
Ski l i s
SECOND YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 200 B u s i n e s s P o l i c y
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 210 S m a l l B u s i n e s s
Management
BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II
BSMG 262 * O p e r a t i o n s Management
BSMG 270 * P e r s o n n e l
BSMG
Practicum
ALL CUURSES a r e t h r e e c r e d i t s
e x c e p t t h o s e marked * w h i c h a r e
one and a h a l f c r e d i t s o n l y . A l l
programs t o t a l 72 c r e d i t s .

Management

Program

S k i l l s a t management o f f i n a n c i a l
r e s o u r c e s and t h e p r o v i s i o n o f
management i n f o r m a t i o n f o r sound
f i n a n c i a l p l a n n i n g and c o n t r o l a r e
at t h e c o r e o f t h e p r o g r a m .
Courses a l l o w i n g f o r t r a n s f e r t o
C . G . A . and R . I . A . c e r t i f i c a t i o n
are p a r t of the b a s i c program.
Career o p p o r t u n i t i e s in f i n a n c i a l
p l a n n i n g , budget p r e p a r a t i o n , and
f i n a n c i a l c o n t r o l a r e open t o
g r a d u a t e s o f t h i s c o u r s e , and c a n
be f o u n d i n t h e p u b l i c and p r i v a t e
sectors in investment, banking,
r e a l e s t a t e , and r e l a t e d
i n d u s t r i e s . Entry to middle
management p o s i t i o n s i n f i n a n c i a l
accounting, cost accounting,
i n t e r n a l a u d i t , and budget
p r e p a r a t i o n a r e not uncommon.
F I R S T YEAR - F A L L
BSMG 158 M a r k e t i n g I
BSMG 170 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I
BSMG 175 O r g a n i z a t i o n a l B e h a v i o u r
BSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management
ACCT 178 A c c o u n t i n g 1
BSMG 180 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o B u s i n e s s
Computers
FIRST YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 159 M a r k e t i n g II
BSMG 171 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods
ACCT 179 A c c o u n t i n g
II
BSMG 192 B u s i n e s s S y s t e m s
CMNS
Report W r i t i n g
BSMG 222 Uses o f B u s i n e s s
Microcomputers

II

SECOND YEAR - FALL
ECON 101 C a n a d i a n E c o n o m i c s
BSMG 240 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I
ACCT 255 F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g I
ACCT 260 F i n a n c e I
ACCT 264 C o s t A c c o u n t i n g I
ACCT 286 I n t r o t o B u s i n e s s
T a x a t i on
SECUND YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 200 B u s i n e s s P o l i c y
BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II
ACCT 256 F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g II
ACCT 261 F i n a n c e II
ACCT 274 C o s t A c c o u n t i n g II
ACCT
Practicum

3 . M a r k e t i n g Management

Program

4 . Computer Systems
Program

As an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t o d a y ' s
b u s i n e s s , m a r k e t i n g management i s
concerned w i t h i d e n t i f y i n g market
o p p o r t u n i t i e s , s e t t i n g g o a l s , and
e s t a b l i s h i n g marketing p o l i c i e s
and programs t o s a t i s f y m a r k e t
needs and c o r p o r a t e o b j e c t i v e s .
M a r k e t i n g ' s task i s to understand
and c o o r d i n a t e t h e m a j o r c u s t o m e r
s a t i s f y i n g a c t i v i t i e s of t h e
business f i r m .
G r a d u a t e s have l e a r n e d t o
t r a n s l a t e consumer wants and needs
i n t o p r o d u c t s and s e r v i c e s , t o
c u l t i v a t e m a r k e t s and t o p r o g r a m
d i s t r i b u t i o n a c t i v i t i e s to reach
s u c h m a r k e t s . In t h e p a s t , t h e y
have become employed i n p r o d u c t
management, p u r c h a s i n g ,
merchandising, advertising, public
r e l a t i o n s , and m a r k e t i n g r e s e a r c h .
FIRST YEAR - FALL
BSMG 158 M a r k e t i n g I
BSMG 170 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I
BSMG 175 O r g a n i z a t i o n a l
Behaviour
BSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management
BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I
BSMG 180 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o B u s i n e s s
Computers
FIRST YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 159 M a r k e t i n g II
BSMG 171 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods
BSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g II
BSMG 192 B u s i n e s s Systems
CMNS
Report W r i t i n g
ECON 101 C a n a d i a n E c o n o m i c s

5. Retail

Management

Industry today r e q u i r e s a person
t r a i n e d i n systems a n a l y s i s ,
programming, the a p p l i c a t i o n of
c o m p u t e r s , and a c l e a r u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f management o b j e c t i v e s .
T h i s p r o g r a m has p r o v e n t h a t i t
c a n s a t i s f y t h e c u r r e n t need f o r
computer p e r s o n n e l .

FIRST YEAR - FALL
CMPT 156 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I
BSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s of Management
BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I
CMPT 181 BASIC Programming I
CMPT 182 Systems A n a l y s i s I
CMPT 195 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o
Microcomputers

II

II

SECOND YEAR - FALL
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 24U C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I
BSMG 267 B u s i n e s s F i n a n c e
BSMG 271 M e r c h a n d i s i n g
BSMG 273 A d v e r t i s i n g I
BSMG 27b M a r k e t i n g R e s e a r c h
BSMG 277 I n t e r n a t i o n a l M a r k e t i n g
SECOND YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 222 Uses o f B u s i n e s s
Microcomputers
BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II
BSMG 276 M a r k e t i n g P r a c t i c u m
BSMG 278 S a l e s Management
BSMG 279 A d v e r t i s i n g II (Cap A d s )

Program

Courses are designed to prepare
s t u d e n t s f o r many f a c e t s o f
r e t a i l i n g and t o p r o v i d e them w i t h
opportunities for concentrated
exposure to c r e a t i v e a s p e c t s of
the r e t a i l i n d u s t r y . A p p l i c a n t s
s h o u l d have some p r i o r r e t a i l related experience.
C a r e e r s of p r e v i o u s g r a d u a t e s o f
t h e p r o g r a m have l e d them t o
p o s i t i o n s as s t o r e m a n a g e r s , s a l e s
r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s , p r o m o t e r s , and
s a l e s m a n a g e r s . Many s t a r t as
management t r a i n e e s .

With the comprehensive t r a i n i n g
p r o v i d e d , r e c e n t g r a d u a t e s have
been a b l e t o s e c u r e p o s i t i o n s as
systems a n a l y s t s , o p e r a t i o n s
managers, a n a l y s t programmers,
s a l e s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s , and
technical consultants.

FIRST YEAR - SPRING
CMPT 157 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods
BSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g II
CMPT 188 Systems A n a l y s i s I
CMPT 189 COBOL Programming I
CMPT 295 BASIC Programming II
CMNS
Report W r i t i n g

Management

SECOND YEAR - FALL
BSMG 160 M a r k e t i n g
BSMG 175 O r g a n i z a t i o n a l B e h a v i o u r
CMPT 205 COBOL Programming II
CMPT 293 Systems D e s i g n
CMPT 298 Data Base
ECON 101 C a n a d i a n E c o n o m i c s
SECOND YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 193 * R e t a i l M e r c h a n d i s i n g
CMPT 206 * COBOL Programming
III
CMPT 223 Advanced M i c r o c o m p u t e r s
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 267 B u s i n e s s F i n a n c e
CMPT 289 S y s t e m s I m p l e m e n t a t i o n
CMPT 299 Management I n f o r m a t i o n
Systems
T o t a l p r o g r a m i s 72 c r e d i t s . A l l
courses are t h r e e c r e d i t s except
t h o s e marked * w h i c h a r e one and a
half c r e d i t s .

FIRST YEAR - FALL
R . M . 158 B a s i c s o f C o l o u r and
Desi gn
R . M . 161 Management P r e s e n t a t i o n
Skills
R . M . 174 S o c i a l S u r v e y
BSMG 160 B a s i c M a r k e t i n g
BSMG 164 R e t a i l M a t h e m a t i c s
R . M . 157 V i s u a l P r e s e n t a t i o n
FIRST YEAR - SPRING
R . M . 151 T e x t i l e M e r c h a n d i s i n g
R . M . 153 C r e a t i v e A d v e r t i s i n g
P r o d u c t i on
R . M . 156 S a l e s P r o m o t i o n
R . M . 164 C o - o p I n d u s t r y
Experience
R . M . 178 R e t a i l B u s i n e s s Methods
BSMG 169 A c c o u n t i n g F u n d a m e n t a l s
CMNS
Report W r i t i n g
SECOND YEAR , FALL
R . M . 264
Interiors
R . M . 272 Independent S t o r e
Management
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 259 P r i n c i p l e s o f B u y i n g
BSMG 271 M e r c h a n d i s i n g
BSMG 273
Advertising
SECOND YEAR - SPRING
R . M . 257 Advanced M e c h a n d i s i n g
R . M . 265 C a r e e r R e a d i n e s s
R . M . 273 Independent S t o r e
Management II
BSMG 175 O r g a n i z a t i o n a l
Behaviour
BSMG 222 Uses o f B u s i n e s s
Microcomputers

77

B . ACCELERATED BUSINESS
DIPLOMA PROGRAMS

MANAGEMENT

totalling
class.

21 h o u r s w e e k l y

in

These 10-month programs a r e d e signed to o f f e r business t r a i n i n g
f o r m a t u r e s t u d e n t s . The s t u d e n t
i s p r o v i d e d w i t h an o p p o r t u n i t y t o
g a i n a c l e a r u n d e r s t a n d i n g of •
b u s i n e s s p r i n c i p l e s and t o r e f i n e
and add t o t h e p r a c t i c a l o n - t h e j o b e x p e r i e n c e t h a t has been
p r e v i o u s l y acqui r e d .

In o r d e r t o a l l o w f o r some
f l e x i b i l i t y in meeting p a r t i c u l a r
e d u c a t i o n a l needs and t o a l l o w f o r
diverse working backgrounds, i t i s
p o s s i b l e , w i t h the approval of the
Coordinator, to s u b s t i t u t e c e r t a i n
c o u r s e s i n t h e Second and T h i r d
Semester w i t h o t h e r c o u r s e s
o f f e r e d i n the Department.

A unique f e a t u r e of the
a c c e l e r a t e d diploma program i s the
c r e d i t g i v e n f o r work e x p e r i e n c e .
For a D i p l o m a , s t u d e n t s must
o b t a i n 6U c r e d i t s , of w h i c h 6
advance c r e d i t s a r e a s s i g n e d f o r a
minimum work e x p e r i e n c e of seven
y e a r s . The r e m a i n i n g b4 c r e d i t s
are earned from s a t i s f a c t o r y
c o m p l e t i o n ot r e g u l a r B u s i n e s s
Management c o u r s e s .

The p r o g r a m s , s e t o u t
i n J u l y each y e a r .

A d m i t t e d s t u d e n t s w i l l have a
minimum o f s e v e n y e a r s b u s i n e s s
experience in industry, government, e d u c a t i o n , p r i v a t e business
o r t h e m i l i t a r y . In a d d i t i o n ,
a c c e p t a n c e t o t h e p r o g r a m i s based
upon t h e n a t u r e of t h e a p p l i c a n t ' s
work e x p e r i e n c e , m a t u r i t y , a p t i t u d e , and a b i l i t y t o e f f e c t i v e l y
manage t h e c o n c e n t r a t e d s t u d i e s
i n h e r e n t i n the program c h o s e n .
Since enrollment i s l i m i t e d , i t i s
recommended t h a t i n t e r e s t e d
students arrange with the
Department f o r an i n t e r v i e w by
April 1st.
C u r r e n t programs a r e u n d e r r e v i e w ,
but at p r e s e n t a r e a v a i l a b l e i n
f o u r a r e a s of s t u d y : A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , F i n a n c e , M a r k e t i n g , and
Computer S y s t e m s . I n t e r e s t e d
students are encouraged to i n q u i r e
concerning the current o f f e r i n g s .
Each d i p l o m a p r o g r a m i s c o v e r e d
three semesters:

begin

6. Accelerated A d m i n i s t r a t i v e
Management P r o g r a m
FIRST SEMESTER - SUMMER
BSMG 160 M a r k e t i n g
BSMG 166 B u s i n e s s M a t h e m a t i c s
BSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management
BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I

THIRD SEMESTER - SPRING
BSMG 200 B u s i n e s s P o l i c y
BSMG 210 S m a l l B u s i n e s s
Management
BSMG 222 Uses of B u s i n e s s
Mi c r o c o m p u t e r s
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II
BSMG 262 * O p e r a t i o n s Management
OR
BSMG 270 * P e r s o n n e l
ECON 101 C a n a d i a n E c o n o m i c s

7. A c c e l e r a t e d F i n a n c e

Program

FIRST SEMESTER - SUMMER
BSMG 160 M a r k e t i n g
BSMG 166 B u s i n e s s M a t h e m a t i c s
BSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management
BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I

I

THIRD SEMESTER - SPRING
BSMG 200 B u s i n e s s P o l i c y
BSMG 210 S m a l l B u s i n e s s
Management
BSMG 222 Uses o f B u s i n e s s
Microcomputers
BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II
ACCT 256 F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g II
ACCT 261 F i n a n c e II
ACCT 274 C o s t and M a n a g e r i a l
Accounting
II

8 . A c c e l e r a t e d Computer
SECOND SEMESTER - FALL
BSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g II
BSMG 180 I n t r o , t o B u s i n e s s
Computers
BSMG 240 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I
BSMG 253 Labour R e l a t i o n s
BSMG 267 B u s i n e s s F i n a n c e
BSMG 291 M a n a g e r i a l A c c o u n t i n g
R . M . 161 Management P r e s e n t a t i o n
Skills

in

FIRST SEMESTER i s an e i g h t - w e e k
p r e p a r a t o r y p e r i o d d u r i n g J u l y and
A u g u s t . L e c t u r e s w i l l t o t a l 36
h o u r s w e e k l y and a r e h e l d between
8 : 0 0 am and 6 : 0 0 pm. The c o u r s e s
a r e c r o s s - d i s c i p l i n a r y and c o n s i s t
m a i n l y of i n t r o d u c t o r y t o p i c s .
The SECOND SEMESTER, b e g i n n i n g i n
S e p t e m b e r , and THIRD SEMESTER,
b e g i n n i n g i n J a n u a r y , each c o n s i s t
of f i f t e e n weeks o f i n s t r u c t i o n .

78

below,

SECOND SEMESTER - FALL
ACCT 179 A c c o u n t i n g
II
BSMG 180 I n t r o , t o B u s i n e s s
Computers
BSMG 240 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law
ACCT 255 F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g
ACCT 260 F i n a n c e I
ACCT 264 C o s t and M a n a g e r i a l
Accounting I
ACCT 286 I n t r o t o B u s i n e s s
Taxation

Program

FIRST SEMESTER - SUMMER
CMPT 152 * Programming S t r u c t u r e
CMPT 156 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I
BSMG 177 P r i n c i p l e s o f Management
CMPT 180 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o
Co m pu ters
CMPT 182 S y s t e m s A n a l y s i s
SECOND SEMESTER - FALL
BSMG 160 M a r k e t i n g
BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I
CMPT 181 BASIC P r o g r a m m i n g I
CMPT 189 COBOL P r o g r a m m i n g I
CMPT 222 Uses o f M i c r o c o m p u t e r s
CMPT 293 S y s t e m s D e s i g n
CMPT 298 Data Base Management
THIRD SEMESTER - SPRING
BSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g II
CMPT 205 COBOL Programming II
BSMG 223 Advanced M i c r o c o m p u t e r s
BSMG 267 B u s i n e s s F i n a n c e
CMPT 289 S y s t e m s I m p l e m e n t a t i o n
CMPT 299 Management I n f o r m a t i o n
Systems
p l u s one 1 . 5 c r e d i t e l e c t i v e

9. Accelerated Marketing

Program

FIRST SEMESTER - SUMMER
BSMG 160 M a r k e t i n g
BSMG 166 B u s i n e s s M a t h e m a t i c s
BSMG 177 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o B u s i n e s s
BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I

SECOND SEMESTER - FALL
BSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g II
BSMG 180 I n t r o t o B u s i n e s s
Computers
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 240 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I
BSMG 267 B u s i n e s s F i n a n c e
BSMG 271 M e r c h a n d i s i n g
BSMG 273 A d v e r t i s i n g I
BSMG 277 I n t e r n a t i o n a l M a r k e t i n g
THIRD SEMESTER - SPRING
BSMG 210 S m a l l B u s i n e s s
Management
BSMG 222 Uses o f B u s i n e s s
Mi c r o c o m p u t e r s
BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II
BSMG 276 M a r k e t i n g P r a c t i c u m
BSMG 278 S a l e s Management
BSMG 279 A d v e r t i s i n g II (Cap Ads)

OPTIONAL
BSMG 163
BSMG 178
BSMG 179
CMPT 180

Supervisory S k i l l s
Accounting I
A c c o u n t i n g II
Introduction to
Computers
BSMG 197 H a n d s - o n A d v e r t i s i n g f o r
Small B u s i n e s s ( 1 . 5
credits)
CMPT 222 o r 225
Uses o f M i c r o c o m p u t e r s
BSMG 210 S m a l l B u s i n e s s
Management
BSMG 240 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I
BSMG 241 C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II
BSMG 253 Labour R e l a t i o n s
Other r e g u l a r o f f e r i n g s
B u s i n e s s Management.

11.
C.

PART-TIME EVENING CERTIFICATE
PROGRAMS

The c o u r s e s i n t h e s e p r o g r a m s ,
b e g i n n i n g i n September and J a n u a r y
each y e a r , w i l l provide the
student with basic managerial
s k i l l s t h a t are of p r a c t i c a l v a l u e
i n a w i d e v a r i e t y of employment
p o s i t i o n s . Classes are conducted
by Department f a c u l t y e i t h e r one
o r two e v e n i n g s e a c h week d u r i n g
t h e t e r m , and t h o s e e n r o l l e d i n
t h e programs may t a k e t h e c o u r s e s
a t t h e i r c h o s e n p a c e . A number o f
c r e d i t c o u r s e s from both the f u l l t i m e D i p l o m a Programs and t h e
p a r t - t i m e C e r t i f i c a t e Programs are
o f f e r e d d u r i n g the evenings of
both r e g u l a r C o l l e g e t e r m s .

10.

Business Administration
Certificate

A C e r t i f i c a t e in Business
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n w i l l be awarded
a f t e r the s u c c e s s f u l completion of
two c o m p u l s o r y c o u r s e s as shown
and a c h o i c e o f any f o u r
a d d i t i o n a l 3 c r e d i t c o u r s e s chosen
f r o m t h e B u s i n e s s Management
e v e n i n g or daytime o f f e r i n g s .
S u b s t i t u t i o n may be a l l o w e d at t h e
d i s c r e t i o n of t h e e v e n i n g p r o g r a m
coordinator.
COMPULSORY
BSMG 160 M a r k e t i n g Management
BSMG 187 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o B u s i n e s s

from

Advanced B u s i n e s s
Administration Certificate

specific professional
concerned or w i t h the
Management D e p a r t m e n t
credit requirements.

body
Business
concerning

CMNS 1 5 0 , o r p r e - t e s t
Business Writing
BSMG 240/241
B u s i n e s s Law
ECON 200/201
Economics
BSMG 180 o r CMPT 180
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computers
BSMG
BSMG
BSMG
BSMG

192
175
170
171

B u s i n e s s Systems
Organizational
Behaviour
Mathematics
Statistics

BSMG 178/179
ACCT 255/256
ACCT 260/261
ACCT 264/274
and II
ACCT 286

A c c o u n t i n g I and II
F i n a n c i a l Accounting
F i n a n c e I and 11
Cost A c c o u n t i n g I
Intro to Business
T a x a t i on

A s e c o n d or Advanced c e r t i f i c a t e
w i l l be awarded f o l l o w i n g s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n o f an a d d i t i o n a l
f o u r 3 c r e d i t courses chosen a g a i n
f r o m t h e B u s i n e s s Management
evening or daytime o f f e r i n g s .
NOTE: A s t u d e n t must a t t a i n a 2 . 0
GPA o r b e t t e r t o q u a l i f y f o r
either c e r t i f i c a t e .

D. R I A , CGA, and CA TRANSFER
COURSES
The Department o f f e r s a number o f
courses which c a r r y c r e d i t towards
non-Capilano College c e r t i f i c a t e
and d i p l o m a p r o g r a m s . Some p r o v i d e
transfer c r e d i t to other college
and u n i v e r s i t y p r o g r a m s , and one
should r e f e r to t h i s C o l l e g e ' s
U n i v e r s i t y T r a n s f e r Gu i de f o r
d e t a i l s . In a d d i t i o n , t h o s e
p r o f e s s i o n a l bodies c u r r e n t l y
r e c o g n i z i n g c o u r s e s t a k e n at
Capilano College are:
I n s t i t u t e of C h a r t e r e d A c c o u n t a n t s
(CA.)
C e r t i f i e d General Accountants
Association (C.G.A.)
S o c i e t y of Management A c c o u n t a n t s
(R.I.A.)
C u r r e n t l y , the f o l l o w i n g Capilano
courses are t r a n s f e r a b l e to
RIA/CGA p r o g r a m s , but s t u d e n t s a r e
cautioned to v e r i f y with the

79

Business Management Courses
Computer Management 152
Programming S t r u c t u r e
(SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
I n t r o d u c t i o n to standard
programming s t r u c t u r e , s t a n d a r d
t e c h n i q u e s and programming a i d s i n
r e l a t i o n to business a p p l i c a t i o n s .

M a r k e t i n g I. It i s i n t e n d e d t o add
more d e p t h t o t h e b a s i c m a r k e t i n g
knowledge and expand on t h e
o v e r a l l use of t h e m a r k e t i n g
concept in t o d a y ' s c o m p e t i t i v e
e n v i r o n m e n t . F i e l d t r i p s and
student p r o j e c t s w i l l form p a r t of
t h e c o n t e n t of t h i s c o u r s e .

Computer Management 156
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I ( F )

B u s i n e s s Management 160
Marketing (F,S)
(3,0,0)

(3,0,0)

This c o u r s e , designed f o r computer
management s t u d e n t s , d e v e l o p s a
s t r o n g m a t h e m a t i c a l f o u n d a t i o n on
which to b u i l d q u a n t i t a t i v e
a n a l y t i c a l s k i l l s and t o s t u d y i n
p a r t i c u l a r , b a s i c m a t h e m a t i c s of
finance concepts i n c l u d i n g r e t a i l
o p e r a t i o n s , s i m p l e and compound
i n t e r e s t , a n n u i t i e s and d i s c o u n t e d
cash f l o w .

Computer Management 157
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods II
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
This course f a m i l i a r i z e s the
c o m p u t e r management s t u d e n t w i t h a
v a r i e t y of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l
m e t h o d s . It i n t r o d u c e s t h e s t u d e n t
t o t h e c o n c e p t s of b u s i n e s s
d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g i n the f a c e of
c e r t a i n t y and u n c e r t a i n t y ,
encouraging the student to w r i t e
computer s o f t w a r e .

B u s i n e s s Management 158
Marketing I (F,S)
(3,0,0)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e C a n a d i a n
m a r k e t i n g e n v i r o n m e n t and
marketing i n s t i t u t i o n s . A d e t a i l e d
study to enable the student to
understand the r e a l i s t i c ,
p r a c t i c a l w o r k i n g s and f u n c t i o n s
of p r o d u c t p l a n n i n g , p r o m o t i o n ,
market r e s e a r c h , s e l e c t i o n of
trade channels, merchandising,
a d v e r t i s i n g and s a l e s m a n s h i p w i t h
e m p h a s i s on b o t h consumer and
i n d u s t r i a l goods and s e r v i c e s .

B u s i n e s s Management 159
M a r k e t i n g II ( F , S )
(3,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 158 o r by
p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
This course

80

is a continuation

of

F a m i l i a r i z a t i o n with a l l the basic
C a n a d i a n m a r k e t i n g c o n c e p t s and
t h e i r r o l e s w i t h i n the t o t a l Canad i a n economy and t h e i n d i v i d u a l
f i r m . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on consumer
p r o d u c t m a r k e t i n g , a l t h o u g h some
i n d u s t r i a l marketing concepts w i l l
be d i s c u s s e d . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
encouraged to a c t i v e l y p a r t i c i p a t e
i n g r o u p and c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s on
m a r k e t i n g p r o b l e m s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s r e l a t e d to product p l a n n i n g ,
r e s e a r c h , p l a n n i n g , p r o m o t i o n and
d i s t r i b u t i o n systems. Merchandisi n g , a d v e r t i s i n g and s a l e s m a n s h i p
w i l l a l s o be i n c l u d e d i n t h e
o v e r v i e w of the m a r k e t i n g
p r i n c i p l e s and t h e i r p r a c t i c a l
approach.

B u s i n e s s Management 163
Supervisory S k i l l s (F,S)

(3,0,0)

S t u d y of human e l e m e n t s i n o r g a n i z a t i o n s , w i t h e m p h a s i s on group
b e h a v i o u r . Concepts i n p e r s u a s i o n ,
g u i d a n c e and u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e
i n d i v i d u a l w i t h i n the group.
A p p l i c a t i o n s of human r e l a t i o n s
management, i . e . l e a d e r s h i p ,
power, a u t h o r i t y , group d y n a m i c s ,
f o r m a l and i n f o r m a l o r g a n i z a t i o n ,
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , c o n f l i c t and t h e
i n t r o d u c t i o n of change.

B u s i n e s s Management 164
R e t a i l Mathematics (F)
(3,0,0)
This course provides a p r a c t i c a l
knowledge of t h e m a t h e m a t i c a l
methods u t i l i z e d i n r e t a i l
o p e r a t i o n s . Students w i l l develop
the a b i l i t y to e f f i c i e n t l y solve
v a r i o u s t y p e s of p r o b l e m s r e l e v a n t
to r e t a i l i n g .

B u s i n e s s Management 166
B u s i n e s s M a t h e m a t i c s (SU)

(3,0,0)

This course i s designed to a s s i s t
students in d e v e l o p i n g the b a s i c
s k i l l s and c o n c e p t s o f
quantitative analysis relating to
b u s i n e s s and p e r s o n a l f i n a n c e . A
r e v i e w s e c t i o n on p r o b l e m a n a l y s i s
and a l g e b r a i s i n c l u d e d .

B u s i n e s s Management 167
F i n a n c i a l Management ( F , S )

(3,0,0)

A practical introduction to
u n d e r s t a n d i n g how t o f i n a n c e a
b u s i n e s s . The p r i m a r y s u b j e c t s
u n d e r t a k e n a r e s o u r c e s of
f i n a n c i n g and d e a l i n g w i t h
l e n d e r s . Other c l o s e l y r e l a t e d
t o p i c s i n c l u d e : a s s e t management,
f i n a n c i a l a n a l y s i s , investment
d e c i s i o n s , and f i n a n c i a l and
p r o f i t p l a n n i n g . Students t a k i n g
t h i s c o u r s e do n o t r e q u i r e an
accounting background.

B u s i n e s s Management 169
Accounting Fundamentals
(S)
(3,0,0)
T h i s c o u r s e d i s c u s s e s t h e ways i n
which a c c o u n t i n g systems are
d e v e l o p e d and a p p l i e d t o r e t a i l i n g
b u s i n e s s e s . In a d d i t i o n , t h e t e c h n i q u e s used t o a p p l y a c c o u n t i n g
i n f o r m a t i o n t o management
d e c i s i o n s are thoroughly c o v e r e d .

B u s i n e s s Management 170
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I ( F )

(3,0,0)

This course w i l l provide the b a s i c
q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y t i c a l t o o l s used
t o a i d d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g i n modern
o r g a n i z a t i o n s . In p a r t i c u l a r , t h e
m a t h e m a t i c s o f f i n a n c e w i l l be
covered emphasizing the time value
of money.

B u s i n e s s Management 171
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods II
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
This course covers the q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y t i c a l t o o l s u s e d as a i d s
in decision-making, stressing
common s t a t i s t i c a l methods used i n
t h e f a c e o f c e r t a i n t y and
uncertai nty.

T r a n s f e r a b l e t o S F U , U V i c and UBC.
N o t e : when b o t h BSMG 178 and 179
are completed they r e c e i v e c r e d i t s
at S F U , UBC, and U V i c .

B u s i n e s s Management 175
Organizational Behaviour
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
The f o c u s o f t h i s c o u r s e i s on
human b e h a v i o u r w i t h i n o r g a n i z a t i o n s . Students w i l l a c t i v e l y
p a r t i c i p a t e i n r o l e - p l a y i n g and
other simulated a c t i v i t i e s dealing
w i t h o r g a n i z a t i o n a l and p e r s o n a l
factors that influence d i f f e r e n t
t y p e s of work b e h a v i o u r , s p e c i f i c
t o p i c s s u c h as m o t i v a t i o n , l e a d e r s h i p , change w i t h i n o r g a n i z a t i o n s ,
and f o r m a l and i n f o r m a l
o r g a n i z a t i o n s w i l l be e x p l o r e d .

B u s i n e s s Management 177
P r i n c i p l e s o f Management
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
This course d i r e c t l y addresses the
need t o a c h i e v e h i g h p r o d u c t i v i t y
t h r o u g h good management. The
e s s e n t i a l s of management,
p l a n n i n g , o r g a n i z i n g , l e a d i n g , and
c o n t r o l l i n g are presented in a
s y s t e m a t i c and t h o r o u g h w a y .

B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t / A c c o u n t i n g 178
Accounting I (F.S.SU) (3,0,0)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c
a c c o u n t i n g p r i n c i p l e s and
procedures i n c l u d i n g the recording
o f t r a n s a c t i o n s , and a d j u s t m e n t s
i n b a s i c a c c o u n t i n g r e c o r d s . The
student w i l l prepare f i n a n c i a l
statements f o r the p r o p r i e t o r s h i p
and w i l l s t u d y , i n d e t a i l , t h e
a c c o u n t i n g and r e p o r t i n g of c a s h ,
accounts r e c e i v a b l e , merchandise
i n v e n t o r y and l o n g - l i v e d a s s e t s .
Transferable

t o S F U , UBC and

UVic.

B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t / A c c o u n t i n g 179
A c c o u n t i n g II ( F , S )
(3,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 178 w i t h
l e a s t a C- g r a d e .

at

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f BSMG/ACCT 1 7 8 .
A n a l y s i s of f u n d s f l o w s , b o t h c a s h
and w o r k i n g c a p i t a l . Management
u s e s of a c c o u n t i n g ; c a s h
budgeting, forecasting, p r o f i t
p l a n n i n g and r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
accounting. Accounting f o r
manufacturing operations.

B u s i n e s s / C o m p u t e r Management 180
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o B u s i n e s s Computers
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
Provides a general o r i e n t a t i o n to
t h e c o m p u t e r — w h a t i t i s , how i t
f u n c t i o n s , and what i t c a n and
c a n n o t d o . P r o v i d e s an u n d e r s t a n d i n g and h a n d s - o n e x p e r i e n c e i n
u t i l i z i n g a word p r o c e s s i n g
program ( A p p l e w r i t e r H e ) ,
insight
i n t o programming i n s t r u c t i o n s f o r
t h e c o m p u t e r i n BASIC programming
l a n g u a g e , and l o o k s i n t o t h e
m u l t i t u d e of uses f o r computers
t o d a y and t h e f o r e s e e a b l e f u t u r e .

Computer Management 181
"BASIC" Programing I
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
A r e a s of s t u d y i n c l u d e : program
f l o w c h a r t s , program o r g a n i z a t i o n ,
table handling techniques, f i l e
maintenance, disk f i l e
o r g a n i z a t i o n s , a c c e s s m e t h o d s , and
programming e f f i c i e n t l y .

Computer Management 182
Systems A n a l y s i s I ( S U . F )

(3,0,0)

P r o v i d e s a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g nf
system concepts i n c l u d i n g the
l i f e c y c l e and t h e c o n c e p t of a
b u s i n e s s as an i n f o r m a t i o n s y s t e m .
Introduces the s k i l l s that are the
w o r k i n g t o o l s of s y s t e m s a n a l y s i s
i n c l u d i n g form d e s i g n , c o d i n g ,
c h a r t i n g , f l o w c h a r t i n g and w r i t t e n
verbal communication. Provides
d e t a i l e d u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the f o u r
l i f e c y c l e phases ( S t u d y , D e s i g n ,
Development and O p e r a t i o n )
through
their application in a detailed
c o n t i n u o u s c a s e s t u d y . P r o v i d e s an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the l o g i c a l
approach to s o l v i n g a p r o b l e m .

B u s i n e s s Management 184
Accounting I (F.S)
(4.5,0,0)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c
a c c o u n t i n g p r i n c i p l e s and
procedures i n c l u d i n g the recording
o f t r a n s a c t i o n s , and a d j u s t m e n t s

i n b a s i c a c c o u n t i n g r e c o r d s . The
student w i l l prepare f i n a n c i a l
statements for the p r o p r i e t o r s h i p
and w i l l s t u d y , i n d e t a i l , t h e
a c c o u n t i n g and r e p o r t i n g o f c a s h ,
accounts r e c e i v a b l e , merchandise
i n v e n t o r y and l o n g - l i v e d a s s e t s .
Transferable

to

S F U , UBC and

UVic.

B u s i n e s s Management 187
Introduction to Business
(SU.F.S) (3,0,0)
In t h i s c o u r s e t h e f i v e key t a s k s
i n managing an e n t e r p r i s e ,
i.e.
P l a n n i n g , A c q u i s i t i o n of
Resources, Organization,
A c t i v a t i o n and C o n t r o l , a r e
e x p l a i n e d . In a d d i t i o n , t h e key
o r g a n i z a t i o n a l f u n c t i o n s of
M a r k e t i n g , P r o d u c t i o n , F i n a n c e and
P e r s o n n e l a r e c o v e r e d . The c o u r s e
i s e s s e n t i a l l y an o v e r v i e w o f t h e
t h e o r e t i c a l framework o f t h e t a s k
o f management.

Computer Management 188
Systems A n a l y s i s I I ( S )
Prerequisite:
i n CMPT 1 8 2 .

At

least

(3,0,0)
a "C"

grade

This course a p p l i e s the various
t e c h n i q u e s l e a r n e d i n CMPT 182 t o
general business problems,
p r o v i d i n g the p r a c t i c a l experience
necessary f o r the successful
i m p l e m e n t a t i o n of a b u s i n e s s
system.

Computer Management 189
COBOL Programming I ( F )

(3,0,0)

Provides the student with a p r a c t i c a l t r a i n i n g in the o r g a n i z a t i o n
and w r i t i n g o f c o m p u t e r p r o g r a m s .
T o p i c s i n c l u d e : program s t r u c t u r e ,
f l o w c h a r t i n g , text, e d i t o r , i n t r o d u c t i o n t o COBOL l a n g u a g e , p r o g r a m
i n s t r u c t i o n , and c o m p i l a t i o n .

B u s i n e s s Management 192
B u s i n e s s Systems ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
This course provides students with
the basic tools for understanding,
d e s i g n i n g , and w o r k i n g w i t h t h e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between t h e many
items of c o r p o r a t e i n f o r m a t i o n .

81

These c o n c e p t s a r e c r u c i a l i n t h i s
" i n f o r m a t i o n age" o f t h e ' 8 U ' s .

B u s i n e s s Management 193
R e t a i l Merchandising
(F.S)
(1.5,0,0)
This course provides students with
t h e n e c e s s a r y p r a c t i c a l and
t h e o r e t i c a l s k i l l s to apply r e t a i l
knowledge w i t h i n t h e r e t a i l
o r g a n i z a t i o n or i n w o r k i n g w i t h
the i n d u s t r y .

Computer Management 195
Introduction to Microcomputers
(F,S)
(3,0,0)
Prerequisite: Full-time
Systems s t u d e n t .

Computer

Provides a detailed orientation
t o t h e c o m p u t e r : what i t i s , and
how i t f u n c t i o n s . P r o v i d e s an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g and h a n d s - o n e x p e r i ence u t i l i z i n g word p r o c e s s i n g ,
s p r e a d s h e e t , f o r e c a s t i n g , and
g r a p h i c s p r o g r a m s , and a d a t a
communications package.

B u s i n e s s Management 200
B u s i n e s s P o l i c y (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
The f o u r t h t e r m s t u d e n t g a i n s a
b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the
c o n c e p t s , p u r p o s e s , and p r o c e d u r e s
o f b u s i n e s s p o l i c y , and an
i n t e g r a t e d view of the s t r a t e g i c
management o f b u s i n e s s e n t e r p r i s e .

Computer Management 205
COBOL Programming II ( F , S )

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMPT 189 w i t h at
l e a s t a " C " g r a d e or by
p e r m i s s i s o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n of
CMPT 1 8 9 , s t r e n g t h e n i n g t h e
knowledge of COBOL. A r e a s of s t u d y
include table handling techniques,
master f i l e updates, f i l e
m a i n t e n a n c e , program i n s t r u c t i o n s
related to disk f i l e handling
t e c h n i q u e s and programming f o r
efficient execution.

Computer Management 206
COBOL Programming
III
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

small business w i t h i n the Canadian
c o n t e x t . An i n t e g r a t i v e a p p r o a c h
t o b o t h t h e s h o r t and l o n g e r t e r m
managerial a c t i v i t i e s i s s t r e s s e d ,
w i t h e x p l i c i t e m p h a s i s on t h e
p r o c e s s o f a n a l y s i s , s t r a t e g y , and
planning required i n the small
business environment.

B u s i n e s s / C o m p u t e r Management 222
Use o f B u s i n e s s M i c r o c o m p u t e r s
(F.S)
(3.0.U)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e use of
microcomputers i n the business
w o r l d . Hands-on e x p e r i e n c e w i t h
common p a c k a g e s s u c h as Word P r o c e s s i n g , S p r e a d s h e e t s , Data F i l e
Management and F o r e c a s t i n g /
Graphics i s provided. Software,
Hardware and Vendor s e l e c t i o n i s
a l s o di s c u s s e d .

Computer Management 223
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG/CMPT 222.
( C l o s e d c o u r s e f o r Computer
Systems Management s t u d e n t s o n l y . )

Computer Management 196
B u s i n e s s Computer A p p l i c a t i o n s
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMPT 189 and CMPT
205 w i t h at l e a s t a " C " g r a d e o r
by p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .

Computer Management 225
Microcomputer A p p l i c a t i o n s
(3,0,0)

A survey course reviewing the
m a j o r computer s u b s y s t e m s o f
accounting/finance, administrat i o n , manufacturing, marketing.
S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
l o g i c a l l y d e s i g n t h e most common
t y p e s of o n l i n e b u s i n e s s computer
applications.

This course i s an e x t e n s i o n of
CMPT 189 and 2 0 5 . It b a s i c a l l y
c o n s i s t s of p r e p a r i n g complex
programs u t i l i z i n g t h e COBOL
language.

P r o v i d e s s t u d e n t s w i t h an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e IBM PC c o m p u t e r ' s
o p e r a t i n g system (DUS), e l e c t r o n i c
spread sheet a p p l i c a t i o n s , a f i l e
management s y s t e m , and an IDEA
PROCESSOR, and g i v e s some i n s i g h t s
i n t o hardware and s o f t w a r e
selecti on.

B u s i n e s s Management 197
Hands-on A d v e r t i s i n g f o r Small
B u s i n e s s (F o r S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

This course i s designed to provide
the student with a f u n c t i o n a l
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e c o n c e p t s and
p r o c e d u r e s of f e a s i b i l i t y
a n a l y s i s , and t o d e v e l o p and use
t h e s e c o n c e p t u a l and m e t h o d o l o g i c a l s k i l l s i n t h e d e v e l o p m e n t and
use o f s t a t i s t i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n t o
make i n f o r m e d b u s i n e s s d e c i s i o n s .

S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e
' b e h i n d t h e s c e n e s ' o f an
a d v e r t i s i n g campaign t h r o u g h
examples d e v e l o p e d f r o m t h e
Vancouver m a r k e t . A d v e r t i s i n g case
s t u d i e s w i l l be used t o i n s t r u c t
s t u d e n t s on t h e t e c h n i q u e of
producing meaningful, e f f e c t i v e
p r o m o t i o n f o r s m a l l b u s i n e s s e s on
a smal1 b u d g e t .

B u s i n e s s Management 207
F e a s i b i l i t y Analysis
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

B u s i n e s s Management 210
S m a l l B u s i n e s s Mangement
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
S t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e u n i q u e n a t u r e of t h e

82

B u s i n e s s Management 230
Salesmanship (F,S)
(3,0,0)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o p r o f e s s i o n a l
s e l l i n g . Communication i n c l u d i n g
effective l i s t e n i n g , probing,
p r o b l e m f i n d i n g and s o l v i n g and
c r e a t i v i t y w i l l be c o v e r e d . S p e c i f i c t e c h n i q u e s of p r o f e s s i o n a l
selling including prospecting,
q u a l i f y i n g and c o n t r a c t i n g p r o s p e c t s . The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o c o v e r
i n d e p t h t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n and
management of s a l e s a c t i v i t i e s .

B u s i n e s s Management 240
C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law I
(F,S)
(3,0,0)

B u s i n e s s Management 253
Management R e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n
Labour R e l a t i o n s ( F , S )
(3,0,0)

Examines t h e e f f e c t upon b u s i n e s s
r e l a t i o n s h i p s of l e g a l p r i n c i p l e s
f r o m b o t h common and s t a t u t e l a w .
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n law
w h i c h f o c u s e s on t h e s o u r c e o f
r u l e s and p r i n c i p l e s of c o m m e r c i a l
l a w , the f u n c t i o n i n g of the
C a n a d i a n l e g a l s y s t e m and i t s
c o m p o n e n t s , and i n v o l v i n g a
d e t a i l e d e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e Law o f
C o n t r a c t , i n c l u d i n g the Sale of
Goods, N e g o t i a b l e
Instruments,
Employment L a w , and Consumer
Protection l e g i s l a t i o n . Available
for transfer credit.

A s t u d y o f management's r e s p o n s i b i l i t y and r o l e i n p r e s e n t - d a y
labour r e l a t i o n s . Topics include
h i s t o r y of u n i o n i s m , contemporary
u n i o n i s m , B . C . L a b o u r Code and
collective bargaining.

B u s i n e s s Management 241
C a n a d i a n B u s i n e s s Law II
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : P r e f e r a b l y , BSMG
2 4 0 , o r an i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n
C o m m e r c i a l o r C o n t r a c t L a w , o r by
permission of the i n s t r u c t o r .
A second c o u r s e i n law w h i c h
e x a m i n e s t h e e f f e c t upon b u s i n e s s
r e l a t i o n s h i p s of l e g a l p r i n c i p l e s
f r o m b o t h c a s e and s t a t u t e l a w .
P r i n c i p a l focus in t h i s course i s
t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f common law and
l e g i s l a t i o n to commercial t r a n s a c t i o n s a p a r t from b a s i c c o n t r a c t ,
including Corporations, Torts,
Agency, P a r t n e r s h i p , Bankruptcy,
C r e d i t o r s R i g h t s , Labour, Insura n c e , B a i l m e n t and Real P r o p e r t y .
Available for transfer c r e d i t .

A c c o u n t i n g 252
Accounting Applications
(S)
(3,0,0)
Prerequisite:

ACCT 178

The s t u d e n t w i l l c o m p l e t e
accounting projects using special
j o u r n a l systems, o n e - w r i t e systems
and a m i c r o c o m p u t e r b a s e d
accounting system. Students w i l l
be e x p e c t e d t o u n d e r s t a n d t h e
p r a c t i c a l c o n s t r a i n t s and t h e
i n t e r n a l c o n t r o l requirements of
an a c c o u n t i n g s y s t e m i n s m a l l t o
medium b u s i n e s s e s . Systems
c o n c e r n e d w i t h r e v e n u e , payments
and i n v e n t o r y w i l l be s t u d i e d .

A c c o u n t i n g 255
Financial Accounting

I

(F)

II

P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 255 w i t h a
mi nimum C - g r a d e .
This course i s a l o g i c a l sequel to
ACCT 255 i n t h a t i t s t u d i e s
c u r r e n t developments i n f i n a n c i a l
a c c o u n t i n g and t h e i r e f f e c t s on
f i n a n c i a l statement p r e s e n t a t i o n .
The c o u r s e encompasses t h e s t u d y
of F i n a n c i a l Accounting at a l e v e l
beyond ACCT 2 5 5 .
to

a

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f ACCT 2 6 0 . The
student s t u d i e s longer term s o u r c e s o f f i n a n c i n g and i n v e s t m e n t .
Major f i n a n c i a l p o l i c y d e c i s i o n s
and i n t e r n a t i o n a l f i n a n c e s a r e
a l s o s t u d i e d . In a d d i t i o n , r e l e v a n t c u r r e n t C a n a d i a n and i n t e r n a t i o n a l t o p i c s are d i s c u s s e d .

B u s i n e s s Management 262
P r o d u c t i o n / O p e r a t i o n s Management
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

SFU.

A c c o u n t i n g 256
F i n a n c i a l Accounting
(S)
(3,0,0)

Transferable

(3,0,0)

(3,0,0)

This course s t u d i e s the t h e o r i e s
u n d e r l y i n g f i n a n c i a l statement
p r e s e n t a t i o n s , and i s a l o g i c a l
c o n t i n u a t i o n and r e i n f o r c e m e n t of
t h e m a t e r i a l c o v e r e d i n ACCT 178
and 1 7 9 . The c o u r s e encompasses
t h e s t u d y of F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g
at the intermediate l e v e l .
to

A c c o u n t i n g 261
F i n a n c e II (S)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 260 w i t h
minimum C - g r a d e .

P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 178/179 w i t h a
minimum C - g r a d e .

Transferable

o f money, w o r k i n g c a p i t a l p o l i c y ,
and t h e t a x e n v i r o n m e n t .
Throughout the course contemporary
f i n a n c i a l issues are d i s c u s s e d .
This course i s designed for
s t u d e n t s r e q u i r i n g CGA and RIA
transfer credit.

SFU.

A c c o u n t i n g 260
F i n a n c e I (F)
(3,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 178/179 w i t h a
minimum C - g r a d e .
The f i n a n c i a l m a n a g e r ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s are studied i n depth i n
F i n a n c e I and t h e s u b s e q u e n t
c o u r s e , ACCT 2 6 1 . T h i s c o u r s e
c o n c e n t r a t e s on t h e d e t a i l s o f
f i n a n c i a l p l a n n i n g and t h e
management o f c u r r e n t a s s e t s and
l i a b i l i t i e s . Other areas of study
are f i n a n c i a l a n a l y s i s , time value

The b a s i c p u r p o s e of t h e c o u r s e i s
to f a m i l i a r i z e the student with
t h e p r i n c i p l e s , p r a c t i c e s and
f u n c t i o n s of
production/operations
management. S i n c e t h e m a t e r i a l
w i l l be p r e s e n t e d i n n o n - t e c h n i c a l
t e r m s , i t w i l l be o f s p e c i a l
i n t e r e s t t o g e n e r a l i s t managers
and o p e r a t o r s o f s m a l l b u s i n e s s e s .

Computer Management 263
Advanced Data P r o c e s s i n g
(F,S)
(1.5,0,0)
Open o n l y
students.

to f u l l - t i m e

second

year

T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f
CMPT 1 8 0 . A r e a s o f s t u d y i n c l u d e
t h e measurements and c o s t s o f
r e s o u r c e s , the c r i t e r i a f o r
e s t a b l i s h i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , the
c r i t e r i a for evaluating resources,
t h e r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e on t h e
West C o a s t , i n s t a l l i n g a c o m p u t e r
s y s t e m and managing t h e c o m p u t e r
system.

A c c o u n t i n g 264
C o s t and M a n a g e r i a l
(F)
(3,0,0)

Accounting

I

P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 178/179 w i t h a
minimum C - g r a d e .

D e c i s i o n - m a k i n g and p l a n n i n g i n
organizations using accounting
t o o l s . The n a t u r e of a c c o u n t i n g
c o n t r o l s . Common c o n t r o l m e t h o d s .
Measures of management
p e r f o r m a n c e . The r o l e of t h e
management c o s t a c c o u n t a n t .

B u s i n e s s Management 267
Finance (F,S)
(3,0,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG 178/179

A p r a c t i c a l look at f i n a n c i a l
management, t h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o v e r
o b t a i n i n g f i n a n c i n g , management of
a s s e t s , investment d e c i s i o n s ,
f i n a n c i a l p l a n n i n g , and f i n a n c i a l
a n a l y s i s . In a d d i t i o n ,
contemporary f i n a n c i a l i s s u e s w i l l
be d i s c u s s e d t h r o u g h o u t t h e
course. This i s for business
s t u d e n t s who a r e not m a j o r i n g i n
f i n a n c i a l management.

B u s i n e s s Management 268
Human R e s o u r c e Management
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
This course provides the student
w i t h a b a s i c and f u n c t i o n a l u n d e r s t a n d i n g of c u r r e n t p e r s o n n e l /
human r e s o u r c e management c o n c e p t s
and a p p l i c a t i o n s d u r i n g t h e
d e v e l o p m e n t s t a g e s of s m a l l and
larger businesses. Special
e m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e
c o n c e p t o f p e r s o n n e l management
b e i n g t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of ALL
management, not j u s t t h e
'Personnel Department'.

B u s i n e s s Management 270
P e r s o n n e l Management (S)

(1.5,0,0)

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l e x p l o r e management s k i l l s d e v e l o p m e n t i n t h e
p e r s o n n e l f i e l d . Heavy e m p h a s i s
w i l l be p l a c e d on p r o v i d i n g t h e
s t u d e n t w i t h p r a c t i c a l t o o l s and
e x p e r i e n c e s i n such i n t e r v i e w i n g
a r e a s as r e c r u i t m e n t , s e l e c t i o n ,
placement of p e r s o n n e l , j o b
d e s c r i p t i o n s and a n a l y s i s , t r a i n i n g and p e r f o r m a n c e a p p r a i s a l ,
wage and s a l a r y a d m i n i s t r a t i o n ,
u n i o n management r e l a t i o n s , e t c .

B u s i n e s s Management 271
M e r c h a n d i s i n g (F)
(3,0,0)

B u s i n e s s Management 275
Marketing Research (F.S)

This course w i l l acquaint the
s t u d e n t w i t h an o v e r v i e w of b o t h
r e t a i l i n g and m e r c h a n d i s i n g
operations in today's competitive
market. Discussion w i l l cover the
t y p e s of r e t a i l i n g e s t a b l i s h m e n t s ,
a n a l y s i s of a t r a d i n g a r e a , s i t e
l o c a t i o n , s t o r e l a y o u t and d e s i g n ,
w i t h an e m p h a s i s on c h a n g i n g
l i f e s t y l e s and consumer demand
p a t t e r n s . In a d d i t i o n , s t u d e n t s
w i l l be exposed t o a wide range o f
m e r c h a n d i s i n g t e c h n i q u e s and
s t r a t e g i e s c o v e r i n g many
c o r p o r a t i o n s and c o m m o d i t i e s . The
c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e t h e use o f
g u e s t l e c t u r e r s and f i e l d t r i p s t o
emphasize the p r a c t i c a l aspects of
the s u b j e c t .

Prerequisite:

B u s i n e s s Management 273
A d v e r t i s i n g I (F)
(3,0,0)

A c c o u n t i n g 274
C o s t and M a n a g e r i a l
(S)
(3,0,0)

Accounting

II

P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 264 w i t h a
minimum C - g r a d e .
A more i n - d e p t h s t u d y of s u b j e c t s
c o v e r e d i n B u s i n e s s Management
264. Cost d e t e r m i n a t i o n f o r
manufacturing operations, planning
and c o s t c o n t r o l s y s t e m s ,
performance e v a l u a t i o n methods,
s t r a t e g i c d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g methods.

BSMG 168 ft 159

T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d as an
i n t r o d u c t o r y course in the basics
of m a r k e t i n g r e s e a r c h . It w i l l
i n d i c a t e t h e methods o f m a k i n g t h e
most e f f e c t i v e use of m a r k e t i n g
r e s e a r c h . Through some p r a c t i c a l
a p p l i c a t i o n s of a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
the student w i l l l e a r n the
elements of research d e s i g n , b a s i c
methods of c o l l e c t i n g d a t a ,
a n a l y s i s and r e p o r t i n g . The
s t u d e n t w i l l g a i n a knowledge i n
t h e p r o c e d u r e s and a p p l i c a t i o n s o f
C a n a d i a n and A m e r i c a n r e s e a r c h .

B u s i n e s s Management 276
M a r k e t i n g Management (S)
- Directed Studies
Prerequisite:

To e x a m i n e t h e C a n a d i a n and
American a d v e r t i s i n g i n d u s t r y from
b o t h m i c r o and macro p e r s p e c t i v e s .
To e n a b l e t h e s t u d e n t t o g r a s p t h e
b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l and p r a c t i c a l
a p p r o a c h e s t o a d v e r t i s i n g . To
p r o v i d e an i n s i g h t i n t o t h e
v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of a d v e r t i s i n g
h i s t o r y , c r e a t i v i t y , communication
s y s t e m s , media c h o i c e and o t h e r
f u n c t i o n s . T h i s i s not a c o u r s e on
d e s i g n i n g , c r e a t i n g and p r e p a r i n g
s p e c i f i c t y p e s of a d v e r t i s i n g , but
i s meant t o s e r v e as an o v e r v i e w
o f what a d v e r t i s i n g i s and how i t
r e l a t e s to other marketing
c o n c e p t s and o p e r a t i o n s .

(3,0,0)

(3,0,0)

BSMG 158/159

This course introduces the student
t o t h e a p p r o a c h e s and p r o b l e m s o f
t h e m a r k e t i n g management d e c i s i o n making under the i n f l u e n c e of
c o n t r o l l a b l e and u n c o n t r o l l a b l e
c o n d i t i o n s . M a r k e t i n g s t r a t e g y and
p l a n n i n g , buyer b e h a v i o u r , product
s t r a t e g y and i n t e g r a t e d p r o g r a m s
w i l l be s t u d i e d . The s t u d e n t w i l l
be r e q u i r e d t o spend a p p r o x . 12
h o u r s p e r week f o r 10 weeks w o r k ing w i t h a f i r m d u r i n g the c o u r s e .

B u s i n e s s Management 277
International Marketing
(F)
(3,0,0)
A s t u d y of t h e m e c h a n i c s o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , f o r e i g n exchange
rates, t a r i f f s , e t c . Productd i s t r i b u t i o n - p r o m o t i o n mixes f o r
export markets of Canadian
i n d u s t r y w i t h e m p h a s i s on P a c i f i c
Rim and U . S . A . m a r k e t i n f l u e n c e s .
Adapting domestic marketing
techniques to foreign c o n d i t i o n s .

B u s i n e s s Management 278
S a l e s Management ( S )
(3,0,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG 230

The s c o p e o f t h i s c o u r s e i n c l u d e s
a l l of the a c t i v i t i e s which the
p e r s o n i n c h a r g e o f an o u t s i d e

84

s a l e s f o r c e i s l i k e l y to encount e r . More s p e c i f i c a l l y i t c o v e r s
sales organization, operations,
p l a n n i n g , a n a l y s i s and e v a l u a t i o n ,
and s a l e s m a n s h i p t e c h n i q u e s .

tax problem a r e a s , complete the
b a s i c c o m p l i a n c e f o r m s , and
a p p r e c i a t e i t s i m p a c t on some
business d e c i s i o n s .

Computer Management 289
Systems I m p l e m e n t a t i o n ( S )

B u s i n e s s Management 279
A d v e r t i s i n g II (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
As a f o l l o w - u p t o A d v e r t i s i n g
I,
t h i s course w i l l o f f e r the
s t u d e n t s an o p p o r t u n i t y t o c r e a t e
and p r e s e n t a f u l l a d v e r t i s i n g
c a m p a i g n f o r an o p e r a t i n g company.
A team a p p r o a c h w i l l be used t o
c r e a t e an a d v e r t i s i n g agency
e n v i r o n m e n t w i t h such a r e a s as
r e s e a r c h , c r e a t i v e m e d i a , and
account s u p e r v i s i o n being s t u d i e d
and p o r t r a y e d . W h i l e not a
prerequisite, Advertising I is
recommended t o f u l l y u n d e r s t a n d
t h e c o u r s e c o n t e n t and p r o g r a m .

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMPT 293 w i t h
l e a s t a C- g r a d e .

at

A f o l l o w - u p c o u r s e t o CMPT 293
u s i n g the l o g i c a l design c r e a t e d
i n t h e s y s t e m s d e s i g n c l a s s as a
model f o r i m p l e m e n t a t i o n . S t u d e n t s
w i l l use a 4GL t o implement an
o n l i n e a p p l i c a t i o n on t h e HP3000
mini computer.

B u s i n e s s Management 291
Management A c c o u n t i n g (F)

(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 178 * 179 w i t h
a minimum C - g r a d e .
A c c o u n t i n g 284
T a x a t i o n I (F)

(3,0,0)

T h i s c o u r s e i s t h e f i r s t p a r t of a
t w o - p a r t c o u r s e and i s c o n c e r n e d
w i t h t h e c o m p u t a t i o n of i n c o m e ,
f o r t a x p u r p o s e s , from t h e f o u r
b a s i c income s o u r c e s - - E m p l o y m e n t ,
B u s i n e s s , I n v e s t m e n t s and C a p i t a l
Gai n s .

A c c o u n t i n g 285
T a x a t i o n II (S)

(3,0,0)

T h i s c o u r s e c o n t i n u e s from t h e
p r e r e q u i s i t e c o u r s e . Taxable
income i s computed and t h e f e d e r a l
and p r o v i n c i a l income t a x e s a r e
c a l c u l a t e d . Corporate surplus
d i s t r i b u t i o n s , t r u s t s and p a r t n e r s h i p s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l income and
a d m i n i s t r a t i o n are a l s o examined.

A c c o u n t i n g 286
Introduction to Business
(F)
(3,0,0)

The c o u r s e w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e
s t u d e n t t o t h e s p e c i a l i z e d a r e a of
Management A c c o u n t i n g . It w i l l
p r o v i d e an o v e r v i e w t o c o n t r o l s
e f f e c t e d i n t e r n a l l y by management,
u s i n g s u c h t o o l s as b u d g e t s ,
c o s t i n g and a n a l y s i s . P l a n n i n g f o r
an o r g a n i z a t i o n w i l l be e x a m i n e d
f r o m b o t h t h e c a p i t a l and
operational perspectives.

Computer Management 293
Systems D e s i g n ( F )
(3,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : ACCT 284 w i t h a
mi nimum C - g r a d e .

Taxation

This course f a m i l i a r i z e s the
s t u d e n t w i t h t h e C a n a d i a n income
t a x s y s t e m as i t a p p l i e s t o
c o r p o r a t i o n , s h a r e h o l d e r s , and
u n i n c o r p o r a t e d b u s i n e s s e s , so t h a t
t h e s t u d e n t can i d e n t i f y p o t e n t i a l

T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n of
CMPT 1 8 1 , s t r e n g t h e n i n g t h e
knowledge o f B A S I C . A r e a s o f s t u d y
include disc f i l e organizations,
screen f o r m a t t i n g , access methods,
f i l e m a i n t e n a n c e and f i l e
reorgani z a t i o n .

P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMPT 182 w i t h
l e a s t a "C" g r a d e .

at

T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f
CMPT 182 f u r t h e r i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s
a b i l i t y to analyze the managerial
r e q u i r e m e n t s of i n f o r m a t i o n
s y s t e m s . It p r o v i d e s a p r a c t i c a l
experience in the l o g i c a l design
of o n - l i n e s y s t e m s f o r b u s i n e s s
a p p l i c a t i o n s . Topics include
s t r u c t u r e d s y s t e m s a n a l y s i s and
d e s i g n , d a t a d i c t i o n a r y , and
structured charts.

Computer Management 295
BASIC Programming II
(F,S)
(1.5,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMPT 181 w i t h
l e a s t a "C" g r a d e .

Computer Management 298
D a t a Systems Management
(F)
(3,0,0)
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s on d a t a
s t r u c t u r e s and d a t a management
t e c h n i q u e s w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e
p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of d a t a base
methodology. Topics w i l l include
data structure t y p e s , indexs e q u e n t i a l a c c e s s methods and s u c h
d a t a base t o p i c s as e l e m e n t s of a
data base, f u n c t i o n s of a data
base a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , d a t a
i n t e g r i t y , data s e c u r i t y , data
d i c t i o n a r i e s , and Query f a c i l i t i e s . Design c o n s i d e r a t i o n s w i l l
a l s o be d i s c u s s e d and l a b s w i l l
c o n c e n t r a t e on c r e a t i n g a c c e s s i n g
( b o t h p r o g r a m a t i c a l l y and Q u e r y )
and r e s t r u c t u r i n g d a t a b a s e s .

Computer Management 299
Management I n f o r m a t i o n Systems
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s on t h e use
o f an o v e r a l l m a n a g e r i a l s y s t e m s
a p p r o a c h when w o r k i n g i n t h e
management i n f o r m a t i o n a r e a — t h e
e v a l u a t i n g o f management needs f o r
i n f o r m a t i o n and t h e i n t e g r a t i o n o f
t h o s e needs i n t o t h e management
system.

RETAIL MANAGEMENT COURSES
RM 151
T e x t i l e s Merchandising
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

I

An i n t r o d u c t o r y s t u d y of t e x t i l e
f a b r i c s and t h e t e x t i l e i n d u s t r y
A s u r v e y o f t h e d e v e l o p m e n t and
use o f f a s h i o n f a b r i c s i n c l u d i n g
f i b r e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s , p r o d u c t i o n and
t e s t i n g methods.

at

85

RM 153
Creative Advertising
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Production

An e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on t h e
p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of a d v e r t i s i n g p r i n c i p l e s through developing
production s k i l l s .
Copywriting,
l a y o u t , d e s i g n and i l l u s t r a t i v e
t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be t a u g h t .

RM 156
S a l e s Promotion (S)

(F)

(3,0,0)

P r a c t i c a l t e c h n i q u e s and t h e o r y o f
v i s u a l l y presenting merchandise:
window d i s p l a y s , i n t e r i o r
d i s p l a y s , mannequins and
m e r c h a n d i s i n g of f i x t u r e s .

RM 158
B a s i c s of Colour & Design
R e t a i l e r s (F)
(3,0,0)

for

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c o n c e p t s o f
c o l o u r and d e s i g n . A p p l i c a t i o n o f
the p r i n c i p l e s of g r a p h i c
c o m p o s i t i o n , b a s i c f o r m and s h a p e ,
c o l o u r t h e o r y and v i s u a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , i m p a c t on f a s h i o n - r e l a t e d
themes and s u b j e c t s t h r o u g h
instruction, field trips,
i n d i v i d u a l d e s i g n and a n a l y s i s .

RM 161
Management P r e s e n t a t i o n
(F.S)
(3,0,0)

Skills

B u s i n e s s s k i l l s w i l l be d e v e l o p e d
i n t r a i n i n g f o r management and
supervisory p o s i t i o n s . Public
speaking, report w r i t i n g , c h a i r i n g
m e e t i n g s and management c o m m u n i c a t i o n s k i l l s w i l l be d e v e l o p e d .

86

Experience

A l l students w i l l receive
a s s i s t a n c e from the department i n
o b t a i n i n g summer employment i n a
r e t a i l or r e t a i 1 - r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s .
T h r e e c r e d i t s w i l l be a c q u i r e d ,
p r o v i d i n g the student receives a
s a t i s f a c t o r y r a t i n g from the
employer.

(3,0,0)

An o v e r v i e w on p r o m o t i o n f r o m a
s t u d y of p e r s o n a l s e l f - p r o m o t i o n
t o t h e l a r g e r w o r l d of p r o m o t i n g
r e t a i l i n g . The e m p h a s i s i n c l a s s
w i l l be on d e v e l o p i n g c o n f i d e n c e
and e x p e r t i s e on p r o m o t i n g
p r o d u c t s and i d e a s f o r i n d u s t r y
w h i c h w i l l i n c l u d e a s p e c t s and
b a s i c s of a d v e r t i s i n g , m e d i a ,
w r i t i n g s k i l l s and t r a d e show
production.

RM 157
Visual Presentation

RM 164
Co-op Industry
(SU)
(3,0,0)

RM 174
S o c i a l Survey

(F)

(3,0,0)

An h i s t o r i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n o f
c l o t h i n g , a r c h i t e c t u r e and
i n t e r i o r d e s i g n as r e l a t e d t o
contemporary w o r l d .

RM 178
R e t a i l Business
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

the

Methods

(S)

(3,0,0)

This course provides students with
an o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e
additional selected topics in
m e r c h a n d i s i n g w h i c h may i n c l u d e
market r e s e a r c h , small b u s i n e s s
c o n t r a c t s , trends in visual
r e t a i l i n g , and c r e a t i v e m e d i a u s e .

RM 259
P r i n c i p l e s of Buying

(F)

(F)

(3,0,0)

The o b j e c t i v e o f t h i s c o u r s e i s t o
provide the student with p r a c t i c a l
s k i l l s for successful job s e a r c h .
The s t u d e n t s w i l l r e s e a r c h s e v e r a l
p r o f e s s i o n a l s i n the r e t a i l i n d u s t r y , and w i l l spend a b r i e f p e r i o d
with a professional (during work).
F o c u s w i l l be on resume w r i t i n g ,
i n t e r v i e w s k i l l d e v e l o p m e n t , and
other c a r e e r - r e l a t e d s k i l l s .

(3,0,0)

(3,0,0)

Fashion I n t e r i o r s teaches the
fundamentals of i n t e r i o r d e s i g n
they r e l a t e to merchandising.

II

RM 2 7 2 .

A continuation

of

Communications

Courses

See l i s t i n g s u n d e r C o m m u n i c a t i o n s
in the Career Section f o l l o w i n g .

Economics

as

I

This course i s a p r a c t i c a l
a p p l i c a t i o n of the Merchandising
c o u r s e s . The i n s t r u c t o r w i l l p r o v i d e t h e b a s i c management s t r u c t u r e of the R e t a i l M e r c h a n d i s i n g
"Cap C o r n e r " s t o r e a c t i v i t i e s
w e e k l y . The s t u d e n t s w i l l a c t as
s t o r e managers i n : c o n t r o l , s t a f f
t r a i n i n g , b u y i n g and d i s p l a y and
p r o m o t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
entirely responsible for operating
t h e s t o r e and a l l t h o s e a c t i v i t i e s
and m a n a g e r i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s i n
operating a successful small
retail store.

RM 273
I n d e p e n d e n t S t o r e Management
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

A study of the p r i n c i p l e s of
b u y i n g and s e l l i n g o f r e t a i l
g o o d s , s t u d y of m e r c h a n d i s i n g
f u n c t i o n s s u c h as i n v e n t o r y
c o n t r o l , working with s u p p l i e r s ,
d e v e l o p i n g a s s o r t m e n t s , and b u y e r
responsibilities.

RM 264
Interiors

RM 265
Career Readiness (S)

RM 272
I n d e p e n d e n t S t o r e Management
(F)
(3,0,0)

R e t a i l b u s i n e s s methods i n C a n a d a ,
w i t h a s p e c i a l f o c u s on t h e
C a n a d i a n e n v i r o n m e n t and t h e
r e c e n t r a p i d changes i n the r e t a i l
industry.

RM 257
Advanced M e r c h a n d i s i n g

Students design a s t o r e using the
f l o o r p l a n , r e n d e r i n g s , c h o i c e of
f a b r i c , s e l e c t i o n o f c o l o u r s and
t e x t u r e t o showcase m e r c h a n d i s e .
A l l i n t e r i o r d e s i g n components a r e
d i s c u s s e d as an e x t e n s i o n o f t h e
retail world.

Courses

See l i s t i n g s u n d e r E c o n o m i c s
t h e Academic S e c t i o n of t h e
calendar.

in

Communications Department
Instructional

Faculty

COBLEY, J . , B . A . ( B r i g h a m Y o u n g ,
M.A. (UBC)
K I L I A N , C , B.A. ( C o l u m b i a ) , M.A.
(SFU)
KUBICEK, R . , B . A . ( S i r George
W i l l i a m s ) , M . A . (SFU)
REIU, B . , B.A. ( A l b e r t a )
WITTMAN, M . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , M . A .
(UBC)
General

Information

The C o m m u n i c a t i o n s Department o f
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e has t h e broad
o b j e c t i v e of p r o v i d i n g s t u d e n t s i n
C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l Programs w i t h
competence i n t h e use of t h e
E n g l i s h l a n g u a g e and i n media
communications. Basic technical
w r i t i n g , r e s e a r c h p a p e r s , spoken
presentations, business reports,
p r e s s r e p o r t s and b r i e f s a r e some
of t h e t o p i c s s t u d i e d i n a
communications c o u r s e .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 15U
B a s i c Communications

(F,S)

(3,0,0)

Development of w r i t i n g and
speaking s k i l l s , with material
l a r g e l y r e l a t e d to s p e c i f i c career
g o a l s . Extensive practice in
i m p r o v i n g E n g l i s h b a s i c s , numerous
w r i t i n g a s s i g n m e n t s , and at l e a s t
one spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 151
B u s i n e s s Communications
(F,S)
(3,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMNS 150 or
English s k i l l s .

proven

The b a s i c s of b u s i n e s s w r i t i n g :
r e s u m e s , memorandums, b u s i n e s s
l e t t e r s and r e p o r t s . Development
of s u i t a b l e s t y l e s f o r d i f f e r e n t
b u s i n e s s p u r p o s e s . At l e a s t one
spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n .
Communications
Report W r i t i n g
Prerequisite:
skills.

(F,S)

(3,0,0)

proven

English

R e s e a r c h i n g , o r g a n i z i n g and p r e senting information for business
and t e c h n i c a l r e p o r t s . A t t e n t i o n
t o g r a p h i c s , s t y l e and r e p o r t

f o r m a t . Spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n s u s i n g
a u d i o v i s u a l a i d s are r e q u i r e d .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 175
B a s i c Legal Communications
(F)
(1.5,0,0)

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 153
C o m m u n i c a t i o n s and t h e
(S)
(3,0,0)

Intended p r i m a r i l y f o r students
i n Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s .
Extensive practice in perfecting
E n g l i s h b a s i c s ; numerous w r i t i n g
a s s i g n m e n t s w i t h e m p h a s i s on
organi zati on.

Arts

P r e r e q u i s i t e : CMNS 150 o r
English s k i l l s .

proven

The use o f l a n g u a g e i n c o m b i n a t i o n
w i t h g r a p h i c and o t h e r a r t s .
Attention to job-search strategies
s u i t a b l e f o r a r t i s t s and
c r a f t s p e r s o n s . W r i t i n g assignments
i n c l u d e an a r t i c l e on some a s p e c t
of a r t which the student w i l l
s u b m i t f o r p u b l i c a t i o n . A spoken
presentation is required.

Communications
Communications
(S)
(3,0,0)

154
in Recreation

W r i t i n g and s p e e c h r e l a t e d t o
O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Management:
r e p o r t s , memorandums, p r e s s
r e l e a s e s , a r t i c l e s and b r i e f s .
Spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 155
Communications i n E a r l y
E d u c a t i o n (S)
(3,0,0)

Childhood

E f f e c t i v e v e r b a l and n o n - v e r b a l
c o m m u n i c a t i o n , and t h e w r i t i n g o f
l e t t e r s , r e p o r t s and b r i e f s .
Spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 156
Communications f o r the Media
R e s o u r c e s S t u d e n t (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of CMNS 150 w i t h
e m p h a s i s on i n t e r v i e w i n g
techniques in applied s i t u a t i o n s .
The c o u r s e a l s o d e a l s w i t h p u b l i c
s p e a k i n g and group l e a d e r s h i p
techniques.

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 170
P u b l i c Speaking (F.S)

(3,0,0)

R e s e a r c h i n g , o r g a n i z i n g and
p r e s e n t i n g d i f f e r e n t k i n d s of
speeches. A t t e n t i o n to voice
training,
non-verbal
c o m m u n i c a t i o n , and p u b l i c s p e a k i n g
in various contexts.

Communications
Advanced L e g a l
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

176
Communications

Prerequisite: Successful
c o m p l e t i o n of CMNS 1 7 5 .
The b a s i c s of b u s i n e s s w r i t i n g :
memorandums, r e p o r t s and b u s i n e s s
l e t t e r s . A t t e n t i o n to the s t y l e s
and f o r m a t s o f w r i t i n g i n law
f i rms.

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 190
Magazine A r t i c l e W r i t i n g
(F,S)
(3,0,0)
R e s e a r c h i n g and w r i t i n g a r t i c l e s
f o r p u b l i c a t i o n i n news m e d i a and
m a g a z i n e s , e s p e c i a l l y " t r a d e " and
special-interest periodicals.
A n a l y s i s of magazine r e a d e r s h i p ,
t e c h n i q u e s of r e s e a r c h and
i n t e r v i e w i n g , t h e c u r r e n t market
f o r a r t i c l e s and d e v e l o p m e n t of an
e f f e c t i v e prose s t y l e . Students
w i l l write three a r t i c l e s in
s u i t a b l e f o r m a t , and s u b m i t them
for pubication in established
p e r i odi c a l s .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 250
Introduction to Technical
(F,S)
(3,0,0)

Writing

This course w i l l introduce the
student from a t e c h n i c a l or
b u s i n e s s background t o the b a s i c
t e c h n i q u e s of t e c h n i c a l w r i t i n g :
extended d e f i n i t i o n , p r o c e s s ,
p r o c e d u r e , d e s c r i p t i o n , and
summary. I n t e n s i v e work i n
d e s c r i p t i v e w r i t i n g and v o c a b u l a r y
u s a g e ; e x a m i n a t i o n of a c t u a l
t e c h n i c a l r e p o r t s ; study of the
r o l e of t e c h n i c a l w r i t e r s i n
corporate s e t t i n g s .

87

Health and Human Services
Programs

Care Centre f o r
children.

1. Early Childhood Education
Program - 10 m o n t h s , f u l l - t i m e
2 . Long Term C a r e A i d e P r o g r a m 15 weeks f u l 1 - t i m e
3 . Early Childhood Education
" U n d e r T h r e e s " Program part-time
4. Early Childhood Education
S p e c i a l Needs p r o g r a m p a r t - t i me
The f o l l o w i n g programs w i l l
pending f u n d s :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

be

-

-

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Instructional

A d d i t i o n a l courses are r e q u i r e d
f o r S u p e r v i s o r s of y o u n g e r
c h i l d r e n or c h i l d r e n w i t h s p e c i a l
needs.
The f o u n d a t i o n of t h e E . C . E .
program l i e s i n the i n - d e p t h study
of development from b i r t h to
a d u l t h o o d . The h i s t o r y and c u r r e n t
p h i l o s o p h i e s of E a r l y Childhood
E d u c a t i o n a r e e x a m i n e d . An
i n t e r r e l a t e d s e r i e s of courses
f o c u s on t h e c a r e and g u i d a n c e o f
t h e young c h i l d , p r o g r a m p l a n n i n g ,
and c u r r i c u l u m c o n t e n t . O t h e r
a r e a s o f s t u d y i n c l u d e h e a l t h and
n u t r i t i o n , parent-teacher
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and community
r e s o u r c e s . The f i r s t week o f t h e
p r o g r a m c o n s i s t s o f an i n t e n s i v e
course in i n t e r p e r s o n a l s k i l l s .

T h e o r y and p r a c t i c e a r e c l o s e l y
r e l a t e d t h r o u g h o u t t h e p r o g r a m as
s t u d e n t s spend w e e k l y p e r i o d s i n a
v a r i e t y of s e t t i n g s under t h e
guidance of q u a l i f i e d s u p e r v i s o r s .
Two f o u r week b l o c k p r a c t i c u m s a r e
also included.
C o u r s e s a r e p r e s e n t e d i n a manner
which promotes a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n through l a b s , p r a c t i c a l
d e m o n s t r a t i o n s , r e p o r t s , group
p r o j e c t s , r o l e p l a y , and d i s c u s s i o n s . Students are encouraged t o
explore their values, b e l i e f s ,
f e e l i n g s , and s e l f c o n c e p t s .
C o n t i n u a t i o n i n t h e program i s
d e p e n d e n t on t h e d e m o n s t r a t i o n
an a d e q u a t e l e v e l o f
i n t e r p e r s o n a l , a c a d e m i c , and
teaching/guiding s k i l l s .

of

C e r t i f i c a t i o n requires the graduate to hold a v a l i d F i r s t Aid
C e r t i f i c a t e , b u t f i r s t a i d i s no
l o n g e r a component o f t h e E . C . E .
program. Therefore, s u c c e s s f u l
a p p l i c a n t s are r e s p o n s i b l e f o r
obtaining a F i r s t Aid C e r t i f i c a t e
w h i c h s h o u l d be p r e s e n t e d t o t h e

Faculty

ANNE, R . , D i p l . E . C . E . ( R y e r s o n ) ,
A r t Therapy ( T o r o n t o )
BROWN, J . , B . S c . H . E c . ( M a n . ) ,
P . G . (Vancouver General)
CLARK, J . , R . N . ( R e g i n a
General
H o s p i t a l ) , Teaching D i p l . ( S a s k . )
RAWSTHORNE, M . , B . H . E . , M . E d .
(UBC), R.D.
RENNIE, L . J . , B . S c , D i p l . E . C . E .
( B r i g h a m Young)
WORMAN, E . , B . A . , D i p l . C h i l d
Study ( T o r o n t o ) , C o o r d i n a t o r

Early Childhood Education i s a
f u l l t i m e 10 month p r o g r a m
beginning i n the middle of August.
Based on t h e C o m p e t e n c i e s i n E a r l y
C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n d e v e l o p e d by
t h e M i n i s t r y o f E d u c a t i o n , March
1979, t h e program q u a l i f i e s t h e
s t u d e n t t o work w i t h p r e s c h o o l age
c h i l d r e n i n a v a r i e t y of s e t t i n g s .
On c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e 500 h o u r s of
work e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e d by t h e
P r o v i n c i a l C h i l d Care F a c i l i t i e s
L i c e n s i n g B o a r d , the graduate i s
e l i g i b l e to r e c e i v e the Preschool
S u p e r v i s o r C e r t i f i c a t e which
q u a l i f i e s him o r h e r t o be i n
c h a r g e of a N u r s e r y S c h o o l o r Day

88

old

The p o s i t i o n s o b t a i n e d by
g r a d u a t e s demand a h i g h d e g r e e o f
m a t u r i t y and i n t e r p e r s o n a l s k i l l
i n a d d i t i o n t o the a b i l i t y to plan
and i m p l e m e n t program a c t i v i t i e s
f o r young c h i l d r e n .

run

Long Term C a r e A i d e U p g r a d i n g
12 w e e k s , p a r t - t i m e
R e g i s t e r e d Nurses R e f r e s h e r
Program - 15 w e e k s , f u l l - t i m e
Homemaker Program - 15 weeks
full-time
Homemaker P r o g r a m - p a r t - t i m e
Long Term Care A i d e U p g r a d i n g
12 weeks p a r t - t i m e
Food S e r v i c e Worker Program part-time

3-5 year

Early

Childhood Education C e r t i f i c a t e

Program
Credit
Hours

FIRST TERM
CMNS 150
E d u c a t i o n 155
E d u c a t i o n 170
E d u c a t i o n 171
E d u c a t i o n 172
E d u c a t i o n 173
E d u c a t i o n 174
E d u c a t i o n 175
E d u c a t i o n 176

B a s i c Communications
Human Growth and Development
Interpersonal S k i l l s
Introduction to E.C.E
G u i d i n g Young C h i l d r e n I
C u r r i c u l u m Development I
Health
O b s e r v i n g and R e c o r d i n g
Applied Theory-Practicum I

SECOND TERM
E d u c a t i o n 254
E d u c a t i o n 270
E d u c a t i o n 271
E d u c a t i o n 272
E d u c a t i o n 273
E d u c a t i o n 274
E d u c a t i o n 275
E d u c a t i o n 276
E d u c a t i o n 277

Theoretical Perspectives
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Working w i t h F a m i l i e s . .
Introduction to Centre Organization . . . .
G u i d i n g Young C h i l d r e n II
C u r r i c u l u m Development II
Nutrition
Human Growth & Development II
A p p l i e d T h e o r y - P r a c t i c u m II
A p p l i e d T h e o r y - P r a c t i c u m III

3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
3
__3
18

THIRD TERM
E d u c a t i o n 278

Applied Theory-Practicum

_3
3

IV

I

Lab
Hours

3
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
_3
18

4

_6
10

4

6
_6
16

-

_6_
6

c o o r d i n a t o r of t h e p r o g r a m by t h e
b e g i n n i n g of S e p t e m b e r . The
S . O . F . A . C e r t i f i c a t e from S t .
J o h n ' s Ambulance i s recommended.
These a r e r e a d i l y o b t a i n a b l e i n
the community.

Applications
E n q u i r i e s t o t h e d e p a r t m e n t may be
made a t any t i m e . I n f o r m a t i o n
meetings for p o t e n t i a l a p p l i c a n t s
are held e a r l y i n the year
( u s u a l l y J a n u a r y and A p r i l ) .
F o l l o w i n g these meetings
a p p l i c a n t s are required to attend
a g r o u p i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e Program
C o o r d i n a t o r and I n s t r u c t o r s .
F u r t h e r i n t e r v i e w s may be h e l d i n
e a r l y August, i f spaces are
available.

E.C.E.

POST BASIC PROGRAM

The E a r l y C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n
" U n d e r T h r e e s " Program and t h e
E . C . E . S p e c i a l Needs P r o g r a m a r e
two e v e n i n g p a r t - t i m e programs f o r
p e r s o n s who have a l r e a d y c o m p l e t e d
a b a s i c program i n E a r l y C h i l d h o o d
E d u c a t i o n . C a n a d i d a t e s must e i t h e r
hold a Preschool S u p e r v i s o r ' s
C e r t i f i c a t e from the P r o v i n c i a l
C h i l d Care F a c i l i t i e s L i c e n s i n g
B o a r d o r be i n t h e p r o c e s s o f
c o m p l e t i n g t h e r e q u i r e d 500 h o u r s
work e x p e r i e n c e .

E d u c a t i o n 155
Human Growth and Development
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

I

The f i r s t h a l f o f a t w o - p a r t
sequence. Course m a t e r i a l spans
the p e r i o d from c o n c e p t i o n through
t h e p r e s c h o o l y e a r s and e x a m i n e s
p h y s i c a l and p e r c e p t u a l d e v e l o p m e n t , c o g n i t i o n and l a n g u a g e ,
s o c i a l and e m o t i o n a l d e v e l o p m e n t .
An i n t r o d u c t o r y s t u d y of t h e o r i e s ,
p r i n c i p l e s of d e v e l o p m e n t , and
c h i l d study t e c h n i q u e s i s
included.

N

C a n d i d a t e s s h o u l d be 19 y e a r s o f
age o r o l d e r , w i t h S e c o n d a r y
S c h o o l G r a d u a t i o n . A y e a r o r more
of l i f e experience f o l l o w i n g high
school u s u a l l y c o n t r i b u t e s to the
d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e m a t u r i t y and
personal c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s which are
necessary for success in the
p r o g r a m and i n w o r k i n g w i t h y o u n g
c h i l d r e n and t h e i r f a m i l i e s .
S u c c e s s f u l a p p l i c a n t s w i l l show
e v i d e n c e of d e v e l o p m e n t o f
i n t e r p e r s o n a l and l i f e s k i l l s ,
e m o t i o n a l h e a l t h , and a commitment
t o y o u n g c h i l d r e n and t h e i r
f a m i l i e s . R e l a t e d p a s t work
e x p e r i e n c e and e d u c a t i o n w i l l be
c o n s i d e r e d . Adequate w r i t i n g and
academic s k i l l s are e s s e n t i a l .
A p p l i c a n t s are required to present
a m e d i c a l r e p o r t on a f o r m
s u p p l i e d by t h e C o l l e g e , p l u s
e v i d e n c e of the absence of a c t i v e
t u b e r c u l o s i s . In a d d i t i o n , i t i s
s t r o n g l y recomended t h a t a l l
f e m a l e a p p l i c a n t s have a H I T i t r e
t o determine the status of
immunity t o R u b e l l a .
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n contact
t h e P r o g r a m C o o r d i n a t o r . To
r e c e i v e n o t i c e of an i n f o r m a t i o n
m e e t i n g , contact the Reception
o f f i c e at 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 3 9 1 .

C o m p l e t i o n o f t h e Under T h r e e s
P r o g r a m l e a d s t o c e r t i f i c a t i o n by
t h e L i c e n s i n g Board as an Under
Three S u p e r v i s o r . C o m p l e t i o n o f
t h e S p e c i a l Needs Program l e a d s t o
S p e c i a l Needs C e r t i f i c a t i o n .
Each o f t h e two programs i s made
up o f s e v e n c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g two
p r a c t i c u m s . Courses are scheduled
i n t h e l a t e a t e r n o o n and e v e n i n g
t o accommodate p e r s o n s who a r e
w o r k i n g f u l l - t i m e . Some f l e x i b i l i t y i s p o s s i b l e in scheduling the
d a y t i m e p r a c t i c u m i n o r d e r t o meet
t h e needs o f i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s .
The r e q u i r e m e n t s o f e i t h e r p r o g r a m
may be c o m p l e t e d i n two s e m e s t e r s ,
o r a c a n d i d a t e may e l e c t t o t a k e
i n d i v i d u a l courses over a longer
p e r i o d of t i m e . There are t h r e e
core courses which are p a r t of
both programs. C r e d i t f o r these
c o u r s e s t a k e n as p a r t of one
p r o g r a m means t h a t t h e s t u d e n t has
c r e d i t f o r p a r t of the second
p r o g r a m as w e l 1 .
Graduates of the C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
10 month E a r l y C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n
p r o g r a m who c o m p l e t e t h e two P o s t
B a s i c Programs a r e e l i g i b l e f o r
t h e C o l l e g e ' s D i p l o m a i n A r t s and
Science.
F o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and c o u r s e
d e s c r i p t i o n s , contact the Early
Childhood Education Coordinator.

E d u c a t i o n 170
Interpersonal S k i l l s

(F)

(1.5,0,0)

An i n t e n s i v e w e e k - l o n g c o u r s e i n
w h i c h s t u d e n t s g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of b a s i c communication p r i n c i p l e s and t e c h n i q u e s . P r a c t i c e i n
the a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e s e s k i l l s i s
i n c l u d e d . Students gain increased
s e l f knowledge, develop l i s t e n i n g
s k i l l s , and p r a c t i c e s e n d i n g "I
m e s s a g e s " and g i v i n g f e e d b a c k t o
g r o u p members. An o n g o i n g
assignment i s designed to help
students monitor t h e i r personal
communication s k i l l s i n p r a c t i c u m ,
i n c l a s s and b e y o n d .

E d u c a t i o n 171
Introduction to Early Childhood
E d u c a t i o n (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
An i n t e n s i v e w e e k - l o n g c o u r s e
which introduces the student to
many a s p e c t s o f programs f o r t h e
y o u n g c h i l d and t h e r o l e o f t h e
preschool t e a c h e r . Course content
i n c l u d e s d i s c u s s i o n of Philosophy
and G o a l s , S c h e d u l i n g , A r r a n g i n g
play s p a c e s , the important r o l e of
p l a y , and k n o w i n g c h i l d r e n as
i n d i v i d u a l s . Basic play a c t i v i t i e s
are examined w i t h r e s p e c t t o
l e a r n i n g v a l u e s , equipment,
p r e p a r a t i o n , and t e a c h e r g u i d a n c e .

E d u c a t i o n 172
G u i d i n g Young C h i l d r e n
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

I

This course develops a t h e o r e t i c a l
framework of g u i d a n c e p r i n c i p l e s
and t e c h n i q u e s and e x a m i n e s t h e i r
a p p l i c a t i o n . It a l s o d i s c u s s e s t h e
s i g n i f i c a n c e of r o u t i n e s i n the
day c a r e c e n t r e p r o g r a m , and

d e s c r i b e s p r o c e d u r e s and t e a c h e r
guidance i n these s i t u a t i o n s .

E d u c a t i o n 173
C u r r i c u l u m Develoment
(F) (1.5,4,0)

I

The f i r s t o f a two p a r t sequence
in which c u r r i c u l u m areas a r e
e x p l o r e d w i t h m a j o r f o c u s on
c r e a t i v e a r t s and l a n g u a g e a r t s . A
f o u n d a t i o n of t h e o r e t i c a l
knowledge i s augmented w i t h
practical experience, planning,
and p r e s e n t i n g a c t i v i t i e s . The
course i s c l o s e l y coordinated with
t h e c o n c u r r e n t p r a c t i c u m c o u r s e so
t h a t s t u d e n t s have p a r t i c u l a r
c h i l d r e n i n mind as t h e y p l a n
g o a l s , age a p p r o p r i a t e a c t i v i t i e s
and m a t e r i a l s , and t e a c h i n g
strategies. Building a curriculum
resource f i l e i s a s i g n i f i c a n t
component o f t h i s c o u r s e .

E d u c a t i o n 174
Health (F) (1.5,0,0)
The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o
f a m i l i a r i z e s t u d e n t s w i t h some o f
t h e common c h i l d h o o d i l l n e s s e s .
P a r t i c u l a r e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on
t h e management o f t h e young c h i l d
w i t h a h e a l t h problem i n a
p r e s c h o o l s e t t i n g . The c o u r s e a l s o
includes preventive health
m e a s u r e s , and t h e symptoms o f
common c h i l d h o o d i l l n e s s e s and
communicable d i s e a s e s .

E d u c a t i o n 175
O b s e r v i n g and R e c o r d i n g
(F) (1.5,0,0)
A course which develops s k i l l i n
o b j e c t i v e l y o b s e r v i n g and
r e c o r d i n g t h e b e h a v i o u r o f young
c h i l d r e n . Weekly s u p e r v i s e d
o b s e r v a t i o n s form t h e major p a r t
of the course. D i f f e r e n t kinds of
observational techniques are
e x p l o r e d . The u s e s o f t e a c h e r
observations are examined.

E d u c a t i o n 176
Applied Theory-Practicum
(F) (3,6,0)

I

The f i r s t o f f o u r p r a c t i c u m
c o u r s e s . In t h i s c o u r s e t h e s t u -

90

d e n t spends two m o r n i n g s p e r week
i n a p r a c t i c u m c e n t r e , a r r a n g e d by
t h e C o l l e g e , w o r k i n g under t h e
s u p e r v i s i o n of a q u a l i f i e d
s u p e r v i s o r . An i n s t r u c t o r a l s o
observes the student working i n
the c e n t r e . Assignments are
i n t e g r a t e d w i t h t h e c o u r s e work i n
E d u c a t i o n 173. S t u d e n t s p l a n ,
i m p l e m e n t , and e v a l u a t e a c t i v i t i e s
i n c r e a t i v e and l a n g u a g e a r t s .
C l a s s r o o m d i s c u s s s i o n once a week
helps the student i n t e g r a t e theory
and p r a c t i c e .

p r o g r a m p l a n n i n g , and i d e n t i f i e s
necessary functions r e l a t i n g
indirectly to children, e g .
handling finances, h i r i n g s t a f f ,
l e a d e r s h i p and management, c l e a n i n g and m a i n t e n a n c e , p o l i c i e s and
p r o c e d u r e s , e t c . The P r o v i n c i a l
l e g i s l a t i o n r e g u l a t i n g c h i l d care
i s examined. Steps t o opening a
c e n t r e w i l l a l s o be d i s c u s s e d .

E d u c a t i o n 254
Theoretical
Perspectives
(S) (3,0,0)

T h i s i s a f o l l o w up t o E d u c a t i o n
172 and w i l l e x t e n d t h e s t u d e n t ' s
r e p e r t o i r e of guidance/teaching
t e c h n i q u e s . The f o c u s i s on
r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e needs o f t h e
i n d i v i d u a l c h i l d and on f o s t e r i n g
p r o s o c i a l b e h a v i o u r and a p o s i t i v e
s e l f c o n c e p t . The s t u d e n t w i l l
develop s k i l l in w r i t i n g
b e h a v i o u r a l g o a l s , and p l a n n i n g
f o r t h e i r achievement. Planning
e f f e c t i v e l y f o r t h e new c h i l d i n
t h e group i s a l s o i n c l u d e d .

An o v e r v i e w o f m a j o r e d u c a t i o n a l
theorists within a historical
p e r s p e c t i v e , major contemporary
i s s u e s i n E . C . E . , and modern
approaches t o preschool education
in various countries, including
Canada, D . S . , I s r a e l , England,
J a p a n , and t h e S o v i e t U n i o n .

E d u c a t i o n 270
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Working
F a m i l i e s (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

with

This course i s designed t o develop
a beginning understanding of the
s i g n i f i c a n c e and c o m p l e x i t y o f an
e f f e c t i v e r e l a t i o n s h i p between t h e
p r e s c h o o l t e a c h e r and t h e c h i l d ' s
f a m i l y . The s t u d e n t i s h e l p e d t o
i d e n t i f y needs, f e e l i n g s , v a l u e s ,
and e x p e c t a t i o n s o f p a r e n t s , t o
p l a n f o r t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n o f new
families to the centre, to c l a r i f y
r o l e s o f f a m i l y and s t a f f , t o
f u r t h e r develop communication
s k i l l s , t o examine s i m i l a r i t i e s
and d i f f e r e n c e s i n c u s t o m s and
v a l u e s i n v a r i o u s e t h n i c and
r e l i g i o u s groups, to recognize
p e r s o n a l v a l u e s , and t o i d e n t i f y
the essence of a p r o f e s s i o n a l
relationship with parents.

E d u c a t i o n 271
Introduction t o Centre
O r g a n i z a t i o n (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
An i n t r o d u c t o r y l o o k a t some o f
the a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects of
o p e r a t i n g a c e n t r e f o r young
c h i l d r e n . T h i s c o u r s e assumes a
k n o w l e d g e o f c u r r i c u l u m and d a i l y

E d u c a t i o n 272
G u i d i n g Young C h i l d r e n
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

E d u c a t i o n 273
C u r r i c u l u m Development
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 4 , 0 )

II

II

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f E d u c a t i o n 173,
the major c u r r i c u l u m areas
f o c u s s e d on a r e t h e s c i e n c e s ,
math, and music. The course i s
c l o s e l y coordinated with Education
277, and s t u d e n t s w i l l c o n t i n u e t o
plan a c t i v i t i e s f o r presentation
i n t h e p r a c t i c u m c e n t r e . The
i n t e g r a t i o n of a c t i v i t i e s from
various c u r r i c u l u m areas i n t o
u n i t s o r theme p r e s e n t a t i o n s i s a
major p a r t of t h i s c o u r s e .

E d u c a t i o n 274
N u t r i t i o n (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c
n u t r i e n t s and t h e i r r o l e i n human
p h y s i o l o g y , and t h e s p e c i a l
requirements of the preschool
c h i l d f o r optimum h e a l t h . The
second p a r t o f t h e c o u r s e d e a l s
w i t h t h e p l a n n i n g and p r e p a r a t i o n
o f f o o d s and s n a c k s f o r t h e
p r e s c h o o l c h i l d , f o o d s t o r a g e , and
food s a f e t y .

E d u c a t i o n 275
Human Growth and Development
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

LONG TERM CARE
II
Instructional

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f E d u c a t i o n 155
f o l l o w i n g the preschooler through
the m i d d l e y e a r s of c h i l d h o o d ,
a d o l e s c e n c e , and i n t o a d u l t h o o d .

E d u c a t i o n 276
Applied Theory-Practicum
(S) ( 3 , 6 , 0 )

ADLER, T . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , M . S . W .
(UBC)
DAY, I.,
R.N.
RAWSTHORNE, M . , B . H . E . ( U B C ) ,
R . D . , M.Ed.

for
for
for
for
for

Security/Self-Esteem
P r o t e c t i o n and S a f e t y
R e s t and A c t i v i t y
Elimination
Oxygen

Graduates w i l l r e c e i v e a
p r o v i n c i a l l y r e c o g n i z e d Long Term
Care Aide C e r t i f i c a t e .

Admission

II

Requirements

LONG TERM CARE AIDE PROGRAM

This i s a f u l l time block
p r a c t i c u m o f f o u r weeks d u r a t i o n .
The s t u d e n t works under t h e
g u i d a n c e of a q u a l i f i e d p r e s c h o o l
t e a c h e r i n a c e n t r e s e l e c t e d by
t h e C o l l e g e . An i n s t r u c t o r a l s o
o b s e r v e s t h e s t u d e n t at w o r k .
C l a s s r o o m d i s c u s s i o n once a week
i s f o c u s e d on i n t e g r a t i n g t h e o r y
and p r a c t i c e . A s s i g n m e n t s a r e
designed to extend the developing
s k i l l s o f a c t i v i t y p l a n n i n g and
t e a c h i n g / g u i d i n g young c h i l d r e n .

E d u c a t i o n 277
Applied Theory-Practicum
(S) ( 3 , 6 , 0 )

Faculty

Need
Need
Need
Need
Need

III

L i k e Education 176, t h i s course
runs c o n c u r r e n t l y throughout t h e
t e r m , p r o v i d i n g an o n g o i n g
p r a c t i c a l experience in
implementing curriculum a c t i v i t i e s
( f r o m E d u c a t i o n 2 7 3 ) . The s t u d e n t
s p e n d s two m o r n i n g s p e r week i n a
c e n t r e , s u p e r v i s e d as i n p r e v i o u s
p r a c t i c u m c o u r s e s . Weekly c l a s s e s
a g a i n p r o v i d e t h e l i n k between
t h e o r y c o u r s e s and t h e p r a c t i c a l
a p p l i c a t i o n of the t h e o r y .
Students continue to develop
teaching s k i l l s .

E d u c a t i o n 278
A p p l i e d T h e o r y - P r a c t i c u m IV
(SU) ( 3 , 6 , 0 )

T h i s 15 week f u l l - t i m e p r o g r a m
q u a l i f i e s t h e s t u d e n t t o work w i t h
long term care c l i e n t s i n a
v a r i e t y of s e t t i n g s :
1 . Group homes f o r p h y s i c a l l y
handicapped a d u l t s
2. Personal care residences
3. Intermediate care residences
4. Extended c a r e f a c i l i t i e s
The p r o p o r t i o n of e l d e r l y i n t h e
population is ever-growing;
s e r v i c e s t o the handicapped are
i n c r e a s i n g . Consequently, there i s
a s t e a d y demand f o r q u a l i f i e d men
and women t o work f u l l - t i m e o r
part-time in this f i e l d .
Training

A p p l i c a n t s w i l l be i n v i t e d t o an
i n f o r m a t i o n meeting at which
i n t e r v i e w s w i l l be a r r a n g e d .
A p p l i c a t i o n s received a f t e r the
i n f o r m a t i o n m e e t i n g w i l l be
c o n s i d e r e d i f space p e r m i t s .
F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e may be
available.

includes:

1 . Long Term C a r e A i d e T h e o r y :
LTCA 003
a) C o m m u n i c a t i o n s and human
relations
b) I n d i v i d u a l and f a m i l y g r o w t h
and d e v e l o p m e n t
c ) Employee r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s
d ) Independence and c a r e i n
a c t i v i t i e s of d a i l y l i v i n g

F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and
a p p l i c a t i o n forms, please c a l l
986-1911, l o c a l 391.

2 . Long Term Care A i d e P r a c t i c e :
LTCA 004
A p p l i c a t i o n o f knowledge and
s k i l l s in supervised laboratory
and c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g s .

Course
T h i s i s t h e f i n a l course of the
E . C . E . program, taken a f t e r
c o m p l e t i o n of a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s i n
t h e p r o g r a m . The s t u d e n t
c o n s o l i d a t e s and e x t e n d s t h e
s k i l l s developed e a r l i e r . It i s a
f u l l day b l o c k p r a c t i c u m o f f o u r
weeks d u r a t i o n . Weekly c l a s s e s
again l i n k theory to i t s p r a c t i c a l
a p p l i c a t i o n . S u p e r v i s i o n i s as
before.

1 . D e s i r e t o work w i t h p e o p l e
r e q u i r i n g long term c a r e .
2 . Good p h y s i c a l and m e n t a l h e a l t h
(a m e d i c a l c e r t i f i c a t e and TB t e s t
are n e c e s s a r y ) .
3 . Grade 10 E n g l i s h o r e q u i v a l e n t .
( A p p l i c a n t s may be r e q u i r e d t o
complete a reading comprehension
test.)
4 . Minimum age 1 9 .

Content

E f f e c t i v e communication w i t h the
l o n g t e r m c a r e c l i e n t and members
of the h e a l t h c a r e team.
E t h i c a l and p r o f e s s i o n a l s t a n d a r d s
of b e h a v i o u r .
Growth and d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e l o n g
term care c l i e n t .
Need f o r N u t r i t i o n
Need f o r S e x u a l i t y
Need f o r S e n s o r y S t i m u l a t i o n

91

LONG TERM CARE UPGRADING PROGRAM LTCA 005
T h i s 12 w e e k , p a r t - t i m e p r o g r a m i s
i n t e n d e d t o upgrade the s k i l l s of
p r e s e n t l y employed LTC A i d e s t o
the p r o v i n c i a l s t a n d a r d s . Gradua t e s r e c e i v e t h e same p r o v i n c i a l l y
r e c o g n i z e d LTCA C e r t i f i c a t e as i s
g i v e n upon s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n
of the f u l l - t i m e program.
The c o u r s e w i l l run two d a y s a
week f o r 12 w e e k s . One s i x - h o u r
day w i l l be s p e n t a t t h e C o l l e g e
H e a l t h Lab i n c l a s s r o o m and
l a b o r a t o r y a c t i v i t i e s . The second
day w i l l be a 7 1/2 hour d a y - s h i f t
i n a c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g under the
s u p e r v i s i o n of the C o l l e g e Nursing
I n s t r u c t o r i n cooperation with the
Nurse-in-Charge.
A maximum of 20 s t u d e n t s w i l l be
a c c e p t e d . Half the group w i l l
a t t e n d C o l l e g e on Mondays and have
c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e on T u e s d a y s ; t h e
o t h e r h a l f w i l l a t t e n d C o l l e g e on
T h u r s d a y s and have c l i n i c a l
p r a c t i c e on F r i d a y s .

Entrance Requirements
1 . The e q u i v a l e n t o f a t l e a s t s i x
months f u l l - t i m e work e x p e r i e n c e
in intermediate/extended care.
2. A w r i t t e n r e f e r e n c e from the
nursing supervisor.
3 . The a b i l i t y t o s p e a k , r e a d and
w r i t e E n g l i s h at a grade 8 l e v e l .
( A p p l i c a n t s may be r e q u i r e d t o
complete a r e a d i n g comprehension
test.)
Course content i s i d e n t i c a l to
t h a t o f t h e f u l l - t i m e LTCA
P r o g r a m . For c o u r s e commencement
d a t e , a p p l i c a t i o n s and r e f e r e n c e
forms, please c a l l 986-1911, local
391.

92

FOOD SERVICE WORKERS PROGRAM
LEVEL

I:

LEVEL
LEVLE

II:
III:

Nutrition, Sanitation,
Hygiene
Special Diets
Communication w i t h the
Elderly

T h i s p a r t - t i m e p r o g r a m i s open t o
a l l food s e r v i c e workers i n v o l v e d
i n i n s t i t u t i o n a l food p r e p a r a t i o n
and s e r v i c e . L e v e l I I I w i l l be o f
i n t e r e s t to other health care
w o r k e r s as w e l l , s u c h as n u r s e s '
a i d e s or long term care a i d e s .
Each l e v e l i s o f f e r e d i n f o u r
evening s e s s i o n s . A c e r t i f i c a t e
c o m p l e t i o n i s given a f t e r each
level.
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n
986-1911, local 391.

call

of

Media Resources Programs
Instructional

Faculty

Associate in Arts

BIZZOCCHI, J . V . , B . A . ( M i c h i g a n ) ,
Teaching C e r t . (Sec.) (Michigan)
BLITSTEIN, G . , A . S . P . , Brooks
Institute
KELLINGTON, T . P . , A . A . S . , M e d i a
Spec. C e r t . (Capilano)
MORLEY, A . , B . A . , D . E d . (London
U . ) , A . A . S . , Media S p e c . C e r t .
(Capilano)
REID, B . , B . A . ( A l t a . )
ROGERS, S . , B . A . ( R y e r s o n )
THOMPSON, P . , B . A . ( S t a n f o r d ) ,
M.Ed., Teaching C e r t . (Minnesota)

General

and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a

M a j o r Program R e q u i r e m e n t s
General Education Requirements
FIRST TERM
CMNS 150
B a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s f o r t h e Media R e s o u r c e s
Student
Media 152 G r a p h i c s f o r t h e Media S p e c i a l i s t
Media 181 B a s i c A u d i o P r o d u c t i o n
Media 183 B a s i c P h o t o g r a p h i c P r o d u c t i o n
Media 189 R e s e a r c h Methods
Media 190 I n s t r u c t i o n a l D e s i g n
Media 191 M e d i a S e l e c t i o n and U t i l i z a t i o n
Media 195 A p p l i c a t i o n s of P h o t o g r a p h y

The Media R e s o u r c e s P r o g r a m i s a
t w o - y e a r program t r a i n i n g s t u d e n t s
f o r c u r r e n t and d e v e l o p i n g a p p l i c a t i o n s o f media t e c h n o l o g i e s . In
areas of e d u c a t i o n , s o c i a l
a n i m a t i o n , c o m m e r c i a l and
community m e d i a , t h e r e i s an
i n c r e a s i n g r e a d i n e s s t o use new
techniques to foster l e a r n i n g ,
g r o w t h , and s o c i a l i n t e r a c t i o n .
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e ' s Media R e s o u r c e s
Program p r e p a r e s s t u d e n t s f o r work
and l e a d e r s h i p i n t h i s g r o w i n g
media r e s o u r c e s f i e l d .
The c o r e o f t h e program i s
production t r a i n i n g . Students are
t a u g h t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e and
e f f e c t i v e n e s s i n a l l forms of
e d u c a t i o n a l production work. B a s i c
t e c h n i c a l s k i l l s are taught i n a l l
media a r e a s , and a l a r g e number o f
f i n i s h e d p r o j e c t s a r e done by
s t u d e n t s d u r i n g t h e i r t r a i n i n g . In
t h i s way s t u d e n t s a r e p r e p a r e d f o r
a w i d e r a n g e o f p r a c t i c a l work
p o s s i b i l i t i e s , rather than simply
a proficiency in theory.
The p r o g r a m i n v o l v e s more t h a n
t e c h n i c a l s k i l l s . Courses a l s o
d e v e l o p knowledge and s k i l l s i n
communication, learning theory,
i n s t r u c t i o n a l d e s i g n , t h e uses of
media i n e d u c a t i o n , maintenance
and p u r c h a s i n g of e q u i p m e n t , and
resources d i s t r i b u t i o n .
The p r o g r a m ' s

instructional

SECOND TERM
Media 153 F i l m A n i m a t i o n i n E d u c a t i o n
Media 171 S m a l l Format T e l e v i s i o n
Media 172 V i d e o T e c h n o l o g y I
M e d i a 173 E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s : A u d i o
Media 182 Advanced A u d i o P r o d u c t i o n
Media 184 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computer G r a p h i c s
Media 185 Advanced P h o t o g r a p h i c P r o d u c t i o n

THIRD
Media
Media
Media
Media
Media
Media
Media

66
_6
72

60
_0
60

3
3
1.5
3
3
3
_ 3 —
19.5

TERM
253 F i l m m a k i n g P r o d u c t i o n T e c h n i q u e s
260 S l i d e / T a p e P r o d u c t i o n
271 E d u c a t i o n a l T e l e v i s i o n Systems
272 V i d e o T e c h n o l o g y II
295 V i s u a l C o n c e p t s i n F i l m m a k i n g
296 E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s : S l i d e / T a p e
297 E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s : TV

.

FOURTH TERM
CMNS 156
C a r e e r P r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e Media R e s o u r c e s
Student
Media 263 P r o d u c t i o n R e s o u r c e s
Media 303 Media S p e c i a l i s t i n E d u c a t i o n & T r a i n i n g . . .
Media 304 E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s : Computers . .
Media 307 Computer Systems f o r Media T e c h n o l o g i s t . . . .

TOTAL
PART-TIME COURSES
Media 055 B a s i c T e l e v i s i o n S t u d i o O p e r a t i o n
Media 065 Media S t u d i e s
Media 071 B a s i c P h o t o g r a p h y - Open Lab
M e d i a 072 B a s i c P h o t o g r a p h y
Media 073 Advanced P h o t o g r a p h y
M e d i a 074 B a s i c F i l m m a k i n g - Open Lab
Media 075 B a s i c F i l m m a k i n g
Media 082 Commercial M i c r o c o m p u t e r G r a p h i c s
Media 084 Advanced Computer G r a p h i c s and V i d e o t e x
Generation
Media 090 Independent P r o d u c t i o n and P o r t f o l i o
Presentation

Studio
Lab
Hours

3
3
3
3
1.5
3
1.5
_3
21

Information

F I L M , PHOTOGRAPHY, VIDEO, AUDIO
and COMPUTERS a r e v i t a l components
o f t h e m e d i a mix used i n a l l
l e v e l s o f e d u c a t i o n a l and
i n s t r u c t i o n a l communication.

Credit
Hours

3
3
3
1.5
3
3
3
19.5

6
6
3

15

6
3

3
_6
18

6
3
6

15

3
1.5
1.5
3
_3_
12

12

72

60

1.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

6
6

3
3
3
3

Page
1.5
1.5

design

93

reflects its practical goals.
Workshop m e t h o d s , h a n d s - o n
t r a i n i n g and f i e l d t r i p s a r e used
throughout the program.
The c o l l e g e ' s t r a i n i n g f a c i l i t i e s
are equipped w i t h a broad v a r i e t y
of standard a u d i o v i s u a l equipment.
This ensures t h a t s t u d e n t s are
r e a d y t o do h i g h e s t q u a l i t y work
w i t h the types of equipment
p r e s e n t l y used i n e d u c a t i o n a l
i n s t r u c t i o n , t r a i n i n g , and
community f a c i l i t i e s .
In 15 y e a r s of o p e r a t i o n , a p p r o x i m a t e l y 80% o f t h e M e d i a R e s o u r c e s
g r a d u a t e s have become employed i n
r e l a t e d f i e l d s w i t h i n s i x months
o f g r a d u a t i o n . Our g r a d u a t e s a r e
c u r r e n t l y working i n a v a r i e t y of
s e t t i n g s as media p r o d u c e r s and
A/V d i r e c t o r s f o r a v a r i e t y of
educational i n s t i t u t i o n s , private
c o m p a n i e s , and o t h e r o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; p r o d u c t i o n and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n s t a f f ; news and f i l m e d i t o r s ;
and f r e e l a n c e p r o d u c e r s .
An 18-member A d v i s o r y Committee
p r o v i d e s i n f o r m a t i o n on r e c e n t
developments i n m e d i a - r e l a t e d
f i e l d s and o f f e r s a d v i c e on t o p i c s
r a n g i n g f r o m c u r r i c u l u m changes t o
j o b placement of g r a d u a t e s .

Admission

Media 152
Graphics for
(F)
(3,0,0)

Media 181
Basic Audio P r o d u c t i o n

t h e Media S p e c i a l i s t

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e m e t h o d s ,
m a t e r i a l s and e q u i p m e n t r e l a t e d t o
m i x e d media p r o d u c t i o n ; s p e c i a l
c o n s i d e r a t i o n g i v e n t o l a y o u t and
fundamental d e s i g n .

M e d i a 153
F i l m A n i m a t i o n (S)

Television

Camera w o r k , l i g h t i n g , a u d i o ,
e d i t i n g and t e l e v i s i o n g r a p h i c s
u s i n g 1/2" p o r t a b l e v i d e o
e q u i p m e n t . The d e v e l o p m e n t o f a
shooting s c r i p t i s also
emphasized.

P e r s o n s o v e r 18 y e a r s o f age o r
w i t h secondary school graduation
are e l i g i b l e f o r admission to the
c o l l e g e and t h i s p r o g r a m .
A p p l i c a t i o n forms a r e a v a i l a b l e
f r o m t h e d e p a r t m e n t and a t
I n f o r m a t i o n M e e t i n g s h e l d between
November and A p r i 1 .
A p p l i c a n t s w i l l be c o n t a c t e d f o r
an i n t e r v i e w i n t h e J a n u a r y - M a y
period and, i f there are places
a v a i l a b l e , in August. Interviews
are conducted u n t i l the c l a s s i s
f i l l e d . A d m i s s i o n i s based on
general a b i l i t y , i n t e r e s t in
media, noteworthy e x p e r i e n c e ,
p r e v i o u s w o r k , e d u c a t i o n , and
commitment t o t h e Media R e s o u r c e s
Program.

M e d i a 172
Video Technology

(S)

(3,6,0)

Production

(3,6,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o f i l m a n i m a t i o n
u s i n g S u p e r - 8 f i l m . Components
i n c l u d e : Basic motion p i c t u r e
t e c h n i q u e , d r a w i n g on f i l m , c u t o u t
animation, tabletop animation,
studio l i g h t i n g , t i t l i n g , the
t h e o r y o f c e l l a n i m a t i o n , and t h e
use o f s o u n d .

M e d i a 171
S m a l l Format
(S) ( 3 , 3 , 0 )

(F)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c
p r o d u c t i o n t e c h n i q u e s ; components
include interviewing, s c r i p t i n g ,
d u b b i n g , e d i t i n g , m i x i n g , and
p a c k a g i n g . The c o u r s e a l s o c o v e r s
t h e o p e r a t i o n of m i c r o p h o n e s , t a p e
r e c o r d e r s and dub/mix f a c i l i t i e s .

M e d i a 182
Advanced A u d i o
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Procedures

The Media R e s o u r c e s Program
c o n s i s t s of f o u r t e r m s o f s t u d y .
New s t u d e n t s a r e a d m i t t e d e a c h
September i n a c l a s s o f 2 8 .

94

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

The a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r o d u c t i o n
t e c h n i q u e s i n a v a r i e t y of
situations, including multi-track
r e c o r d i n g and m i x i n g , d o c u m e n t a r i e s , location recording, radio
p l a y s , f i l m and v i d e o s o u n d t r a c k s ,
and m u s i c r e c o r d i n g , o f t e n u s i n g
t h e d e p a r t m e n t ' s sound p r o d u c t i o n
studi o.

Media 183
T h e o r y and A p p l i c a t i o n s o f
Photographic Production
(F)
(3,6,0)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p h o t o g r a p h i c base r e l a t i v e t o a u d i o v i s u a l
p r o d u c t i o n , i n c l u d i n g t h e camera
and i t s c o n t r o l s , d a r k r o o m
techniques, photosensitive
m a t e r i a l s and t h e i r c o n t r o l , and
visual reproduction.

(1.5,0,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o v i d e o s y s t e m s ,
i n c l u d i n g a h i s t o r y of video
t e c h n o l o g y , components o f a
c o m p l e t e v i d e o s y s t e m , and a
c o m p a r i s o n of d i f f e r e n t f o r m a t s .

M e d i a 173
E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s :
Audio (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e f u n d a m e n t a l
p r i n c i p l e s o f sound g e n e r a t i o n and
r e p r o d u c t i o n , and t o t h e t e r m i n o l o g y , h a r d w a r e , and s y s t e m s r e l a t e d
to audio components. A p p l i c a t i o n s
of audio t e c h n o l o g y , equipment
m a i n t e n a n c e , and c r i t i c a l a n a l y s i s
of p r o d u c t s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a r e
given special emphasis.

Media 184
Computer G r a p h i c s

(S)

(3,3,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p r o d u c t i o n
of microcomputer g r a p h i c s . Content
i n c l u d e s o p e r a t i o n of microcomput e r , BASIC p r o g r a m m i n g , use of
graphics t a b l e t , commercial
s o f t w a r e and a p p l i c a t i o n s , and
elementary a n i m a t i o n . Graphic
design theory i s applied
throughout the c o u r s e .

Media 185
Advanced P h o t o g r a p h y

(S)

(3,6,0)

The a p p l i c a t i o n o f p h o t o g r a p h i c
t e c h n i q u e s , w i t h e m p h a s i s on
combining shot sequences to t e l l
a s t o r y , as w e l l as e d i t i n g ,
l a y o u t , p r e s e n t a t i o n , and b a s i c
studio operation.

M e d i a 189
R e s e a r c h Methods ( F )

(1.5,0,0)

Methods f o r p l a n n i n g , o r g a n i z a t i o n , and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f r e s e a r c h
f o r e d u c a t i o n a l media p r o d u c t i o n s .
Sources considered w i l l i n c l u d e
p r i n t , n o n - p r i n t , and p e o p l e .

M e d i a 190
Instructional

Design

(F)

Production

(F)

(3,3,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p r o d u c t i o n
of i n s t r u c t i o n a l s l i d e / t a p e
programs. Includes o p e r a t i o n of
s l i d e / t a p e equipment, production
o f t r a n s p a r e n c i e s , sound t r a c k and
d e s i g n c o n s i d e r a t i o n s , and t h e
i n t e g r a t i o n of sound and v i s u a l s .

(3,3,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e f u n d a m e n t a l s o f i n s t r u c t i o n a l d e s i g n as
a p p l i e d i n the p r o d u c t i o n of
e d u c a t i o n a l media p a c k a g e s . T o p i c s
w i l l i n c l u d e systems t h e o r y ,
o b j e c t i v e s , audience a n a l y s i s ,
evaluation, curriculum, learning
a c t i v i t i e s , and r e s o u r c e s .

M e d i a 191
M e d i a S e l e c t i o n and
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

Media 260
Slide/Tape

M e d i a 263
Production Resources

(S)

(1.5,6,0)

The c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f m e d i a
t e c h n i c a l s y s t e m s and t h e i r
o p e r a t i o n ; e v a l u a t i o n of v a r i o u s
r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e i n t h e Lower
M a i n l a n d ; d e s i g n and/or m o d i f i c a t i o n o f s y s t e m s f o r media p r o d u c t i o n and d e l i v e r y ; and i n t e r f a c e
of d i f f e r e n t types of s y s t e m s .

Utilization

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e o p e r a t i o n ,
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s , and a p p l i c a t i o n s
o f t h e r a n g e o f e d u c a t i o n a l media

Media 195
Special Applications:
(F)
(3,0,0)

Photography

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e a r e a s o f
darkroom maintenance, photographic
c h e m i s t r y , p r i n t f i n i s h i n g , small
and medium f o r m a t copy c a m e r a , and
r e l e v a n t c o p y i n g m a t e r i a l s used, i n
a v a r i e t y of media a p p l i c a t i o n s .

M e d i a 271
Educational Television
(F)
(3,6,0)

T h i s c o u r s e assumes b a c k g r o u n d i n
basic p o r t a b l e video tape
e q u i p m e n t and o p e r a t i o n s c o v e r e d
i n Media 171 and i s d e s i g n e d t o
develop the s t u d e n t s ' a b i l i t y to
e f f e c t i v e l y use m u l t i - c a m e r a
s t u d i o setups for the production
o f e d u c a t i o n a l p r o g r a m s . These
programs a r e o f a q u a l i t y s u i t a b l e
f o r c a b l e c a s t or b r o a d c a s t on t h e
KNOWledge N e t w o r k .

Media 272
Video Technology
M e d i a 253
F i l m Making Production
(F)
(3,6,0)

Techniques

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o f i l m p r o d u c t i o n
p r a c t i c e . Topics i n c l u d e
camerawork ( o p e r a t i o n , l e n s e s ,
c o m p o s i t i o n , camera m o v e s ) ,
l i g h t i n g (basic exposure, t r i a n g l e
l i g h t i n g , l i g h t i n g f o r mood,
colour temperature, special
p r o b l e m s ) , e d i t i n g (montage and
c o n t i n u i t y ) , t i t l i n g , a u d i o , and
scripting.

Systems

(F)

(1.5,0,0)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of v i d e o s y s t e m s
w i t h an e m p h a s i s on c o l o u r , t h e
p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of t e s t
e q u i p m e n t , s y s t e m s d e s i g n , and a
look i n t o the f u t u r e of v i d e o
technology.

M e d i a 295
V i s u a l Concepts
(F)
(3,0,0)

i n Filmmaking

A companion c o u r s e t o M e d i a 2 5 3 ,
t h i s course w i l l t r a i n the student
i n f i l m t h e o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o f i l m p l a n n i n g and f i l m
p r o d u c t i o n . Topics covered w i l l
include f i l m vocabulary, selected
h i s t o r i c a l concepts, t r a d i t i o n a l

c o n t i n u i t y t h e o r y , the theory
montage, f i l m a e s t h e t i c s , the
of sound i n f i l m , and f i l m
planning.

of
role

M e d i a 296
E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s :
S l i d e / T a p e (F)
(3,0,0)
C o n s i d e r a t i o n of the d e s i g n ,
u t i l i z a t i o n , and e v a l u a t i o n o f
slide/tape productions for
educational purposes.

Media 297
E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s :
M u l t i - C a m e r a TV P r o d u c t i o n
(F)
(3,0,0)
T h i s c o u r s e assumes t h e b a c k g r o u n d
in basic portable videotape
e q u i p m e n t and o p e r a t i o n s c o v e r e d
i n Media 171 and i s d e s i g n e d t o
develop the student's a b i l i t y to
p l a n , s c r i p t , p r o d u c e , and
e v a l u a t e s i n g l e and m u l t i - c a m e r a
educational t e l e v i s i o n
producti ons.

Media 303
The M e d i a S p e c i a l i s t i n E d u c a t i o n
and T r a i n i n g ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 6 , 0 )
A c o u r s e concerned w i t h the uses
of m e d i a f o r m o t i v a t i o n ,
i n f o r m a t i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n , emotive
l e a r n i n g , and s e l f - a w a r e n e s s . A
f i e l d practicum course e x p l o r i n g
t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e media
s p e c i a l i s t to education in
g e n e r a l and t h e r o l e o f t h e m e d i a
g e n e r a l i s t i n e d u c a t i o n a l and
i n s t r u c t i o n a l communication.

M e d i a 304
E d u c a t i o n a l Media A p p l i c a t i o n s :
Computers ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
A t h e o r e t i c a l and h a n d s - o n
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e use o f
computers i n e d u c a t i o n . Includes
p r o d u c i n g and e v a l u a t i n g
computer-assisted instruction
p a c k a g e s and c o m p u t e r - a s s i s t e d
video i n s t r u c t i o n .

M e d i a 307
Computer Systems f o r t h e Media
T e c h n o l o g i s t (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c o m p u t e r
systems w i t h which the e d u c a t i o n a l
m e d i a t e c h n o l o g i s t w i l l come i n t o
c o n t a c t ; in p a r t i c u l a r , computera s s i s t e d s l i d e / t a p e programming
systems.

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150
B a s i c Communications f o r the Media
Resources Student (F)
(3,0,0)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o i n t e r v i e w i n g
w i t h s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s on t h e v i d e o
and a u d i o q u e s t i o n i n g t e c h n i q u e s
and r e s e a r c h m e t h o d s . R e l a t e d
w r i t i n g assignments are g i v e n .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 156
C a r e e r P r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e Media
Resources Student (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
A t h o r o u g h l o o k at v a r i o u s
s t r a t e g i e s of " j o b s e a r c h "
i n c l u d i n g the l e t t e r of
a p p l i c a t i o n , resume, p o r t f o l i o
p r e p a r a t i o n , and j o b i n t e r v i e w .

Media 065
Media S t u d i e s

(F)

(3,0,1)

(Open)

M e d i a 055
Basic Television Studio
( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 ) (Open)

Operation

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o v i d e o and
t e l e v i s i o n techniques for studio
p r o d u c t i o n . Students w i l l d e s i g n ,
s h o o t and e d i t s e v e r a l s h o r t
subjects using the C o l l e g e ' s
t e l e v i s i o n s t u d i o (Dynamics L a b ) .

9b

(3,3,0)

An i n t r o d u c t o r y a n a l y s i s and
h i s t o r i c a l overview of m e d i a ,
e s p e c i a l l y f i l m , combining
aesthetic concepts, production
t e c h n i q u e s , and t h e o r e t i c a l
foundations.

A p r a c t i c a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e i n
f i l m m a k i n g , s i m i l a r t o Media 2 5 3 .
This course i s not f o r s t u d e n t s
e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e i n t h e Media
Resources program.

M e d i a 071
B a s i c Photography
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

M e d i a 082
Commercial Microcomputer
( F ) ( 3 , 3 , 0 ) (Open)

- Open Lab

An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n c l u d i n g
b o t h p r a c t i c a l and t h e o r e t i c a l
a s p e c t s o f 35mm p h o t o g r a p h y .
T o p i c s i n c l u d e : t h e camera and i t s
c o n t r o l s , darkroom t e c h n i q u e s ,
visual reproduction, photosensitive materials, filtraton,
and c o m p o s i t i o n .

M e d i a 072
B a s i c Photography
(Open)

(F.S)

(3,3,0)

A p r a c t i c a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e i n
beginning photography. S i m i l a r to
Media 1 8 3 , t h i s c o u r s e i s not f o r
students e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e in the
Media Resources P r o g r a m .

OPTION COURSES
Each t e r m t h e d e p a r t m e n t w i l l
o f f e r a l i m i t e d number o f c o u r s e s
t h a t a r e open t o c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s
and community members not e n r o l l e d
f u l l - t i m e i n t h e Media Resources
P r o g r a m . These c o u r s e s c a r r y
c o l l e g e c r e d i t and may be a p p l i e d
towards a C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
D i p l o m a . Check t h e t i m e t a b l e t o
see w h i c h ones w i l l be o f f e r e d i n
a given term.

M e d i a 075
B a s i c F i l m Making (S)
(Open)

M e d i a 073
Advanced P h o t o g r a p h y
(Open)

(F,S)

Graphics

No p r e r e q u i s i t e , but a b a c k g r o u n d
i n g r a p h i c s or computer p r o g r a m ming i s d e s i r a b l e . An i n t r o d u c t i o n
t o the p r o d u c t i o n of microcomputer
g r a p h i c s . Content i n c l u d e s
o p e r a t i o n o f m i c r o c o m p u t e r and
g r a p h i c s t a b l e t , computer g r a p h i c
d e s i g n , c o m m e r c i a l s o f t w a r e , and
applications.

M e d i a 084
Advanced Computer G r a p h i c s
( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 ) (Open)
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n t i n u e t h e work
o f Media 0 8 2 . T o p i c s i n c l u d e
advanced p r o d u c t i o n s y s t e m s ( i n c l u d i n g v i d e o t e x page g e n e r a t i o n ) ,
3D g r a p h i c p r o d u c t i o n , c o m p l e x
a n i m a t i o n , and v i d e o t e c h n o l o g y .

(3,3,0)

A p r a c t i c a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e i n
advanced p h o t o g r a p h y . S i m i l a r t o
Media 1 8 5 , t h i s c o u r s e i s not f o r
students e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e in the
Media R e s o u r c e s P r o g r a m .

M e d i a 074
B a s i c F i l m M a k i n g - Open Lab
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
A p r a c t i c a l and t h e o r e t i c a l c o u r s e
i n cinematography s i m i l a r to Media
2 5 3 , but more l i m i t e d i n s c o p e and
d e p t h of c o v e r a g e . T h i s c o u r s e
w i l l provide access to production
f a c i l i t i e s rather than s t r u c t u r e d
l a b o r a t o r y i n s t r u c t i o n . Not f o r
students enrolled f u l l - t i m e in the
Media R e s o u r c e s P r o g r a m .

M e d i a 090
Independent P r o d u c t i o n and
P o r t f o l i o ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 ) (Open)
A s u r v i v a l guide t o the world of
f r e e l a n c i n g , w i t h an e m p h a s i s on
the v a r i o u s f i e l d s of a u d i o v i s u a l
production. Topics i n c l u d e :
p o r t f o l i o preparation, developing
c l i e n t e l e , budgeting, legal
c o n c e r n s , and d e v e l o p i n g new
opportunities.

Music
Instructional

Faculty

ALCOCK, G . , A . R . C . T . ( T o r o n t o )
ARD1EL, F . , B . A . (SFU)
ARMSTRONG, K . , A . R . C . M . ( R o y a l
C o l l e g e of M u s i c , London)
BEATTY, B . , B . S c . ( P h y s . T h e r . ) ,
C P . A . Teacher's C e r t . (McGill)
BOHNA, N . , D i p l . ( C a p i l a n o ) ,
B . M u s . (UBC)
BOSWELL, S .
BRANTER, D . , B . M u s . , M.Mus.
( I n d i ana)
BROWN, D.
BURKE, K . , B . A . ( A n t i o c h ) , MTA
D i p l , M.T. ( C a p i l a n o ) , Music
Therapy C o o r d i n a t o r
CERNAUSKAS, K . , D i p l .
(Salzburg),
B.Mus. (Toronto)
CLARK, D . , B . M u s . (UBC)
DOYLE, R.
FALLS, L., A . R . C . T . ( T o r o n t o ) ,
B . M u s . , M . M u s . (UBC)
GRAYSON, J . , M . A . (SFU)
GUNN, S .
GURR, R.
HARLOW, A .
HAZLITT, T . , A . R . C . T . ( T o r o n t o )
KAARIO, L . , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , M . M u s .
(W. Wash.)
KING, S . , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , C o m m e r c i a l
KOBYLANSKY, K . , D i p l .
(Ryerson),
D i p l . (Tchaikowsky
Conservatory,
K i e v ) , B . M u s . , M.Mus. (UBC),
External
Coordinator
KUKURUDZA,
I.
MCINTYRE, A . , B . M u s .
MCMASTER, N . , B . A . ( U B C ) , D i p l .
M u s i c Therapy ( N o r d h o f f &
Robbins), M.T.A.
MILL, D., B . A . (UBC), M.A.
(Antioch)
MOFFITT, E . , B . M u s . ( M c G i l l ) ,
D i p l . Music Therapy ( C a p i l a n o ) ,
M.T.A.
MOORE, K . , B . M u s . (UBC)
OSADCHY, E . , D i p l .
(Tchaikovsky
Conservatory,
Kiev)
REVELEY, M . , B . M u s . ( U B C ) ,
Coordi nator
SIMPSUN, J . , B . M u s . , M . A .
(UBC), U n i v e r s i t y
Transfer
Coordinator
SLEMON, P . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , B . S c ,
B.Mus. (UBC), M.M.A. ( M c G i l l )
STRIDE, F . , B.Mus. (UBC), Dick
Grove S c h o o l of M u s i c
WATERS, V . , D i p l . ( P h i l a d e l p h i a ) ,
(Julliard)
WHITING, J . , L . T . C . L . / F . T . C . L .
(Trinity)
WOLD, A . , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , A . R . C . T .
(Toronto)
WORST, R.

Music Therapy P r a c t i c u m Placements
CHILDREN
G.F. Strong R e h a b i l i t a t i o n Centre
Handsworth S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l
I r w i n Park Elementary School
Oakridge School
UBC P r e s c h o o l f o r S p e c i a l K i d s
ADOLESCENTS
The M a p l e s
PSYCHIATRY
Children's Hospital
Riverview Hospital
VGH E . I .
W e s t s i d e Community Care Team
ADULTS
Chown A d u l t D a y c a r e
German C a n a d i a n R e s t Home
Pearson H o s p i t a l
St. Vincents Hospital E.C.U.
UBC E x t e n d e d C a r e U n i t
Valleyview Hospital
Woodlands S c h o o l
P A L L I A T I V E CARE
L i o n ' s Gate H o s p i t a l
Royal C o l u m b i a n H o s p i t a l
V . G . H . P a l l i a t i v e Care U n i t

General

Information

Capilano College offers three
p r o g r a m s : t h e Commercial M u s i c
Program, the Music Therapy Program
and t h e B a c h e l o r of M u s i c
( u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r ) Program.
Most c o u r s e s a r e open t o p a r t - t i m e
students.
The f e e s f o r p r i v a t e m u s i c
i n s t r u c t i o n ( P . M . I . ) w i l l be
announced at l e a s t one month p r i o r
t o the b e g i n n i n g of the f a l l t e r m .
In 1 9 8 5 - 8 6 t h e f e e s were
$250.00/term.
A d e p o s i t of 50% of t h e P . M . I ,
f e e s must be p a i d by t h e end o f
the R e g i s t r a t i o n period in order
t o t a k e P . M . I . No l a t e
registration is allowed.

Commercial Music

Program

This program o f f e r s a s p i r i n g j a z z /
c o m m e r c i a l m u s i c i a n s and v o c a l i s t s
an i n - d e p t h g r o u n d i n g i n t h e i r
f i e l d . To e n s u r e a p r a c t i c a l
e d u c a t i o n , t h e program o f f e r s a
c h o i c e of s p e c i a l i z e d areas of
s t u d y . Two-year A s s o c i a t e in A r t s
and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a s a r e o f f e r e d
with options in Instrumental

Performance, Vocal Performance,
A r r a n g i n g / C o m p o s i t i o n and G e n e r a l
Music.
Some C o m m e r c i a l M u s i c c o u r s e s
c a r r y t r a n s f e r c r e d i t towards
various university degrees;
C o m m e r c i a l M u s i c g r a d u a t e s have
successfully transferred to
v a r i o u s C a n a d i a n and A m e r i c a n
u n i v e r s i t i e s . Students with
d e g r e e s i n t r a d i t i o n a l m u s i c have
found our program b e n e f i c i a l i n
developing t h e i r a b i l i t i e s in jazz
and p o p u l a r m u s i c
As r e c o r d i n g e x p e r i e n c e has become
an e s s e n t i a l p a r t o f t o d a y ' s
m u s i c a l t r a i n i n g , t h e Commercial
M u s i c P r o g r a m has now i n t e g r a t e d
m u l t i - t r a c k recording i n t o the
curriculum. Vocal, instrumental,
and a r r a n g i n g / c o m p o s i t i o n s t u d e n t s
a l l make e x t e n s i v e use o f o u r
multi-track f a c i l i t i e s .
Three c o m p u t e r l a b s a r e a v a i l a b l e
to students for supplemental help
in ear t r a i n i n g , s i g h t r e a d i n g ,
and o t h e r b a s i c m u s i c s k i l l s ,
w h i l e c o m p o s i t i o n and a r r a n g i n g
s t u d e n t s have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o
work w i t h b o t h t h e A l p h a - S y n t a u r i
and S o u n d - C h a s e r m u s i c s y s t e m s .
F u l l - t i m e Commercial Music
s t u d e n t s w i l l e n r o l l i n a l l of t h e
basic core courses plus those
s p e c i a l i t y courses necessary to
f u l f i l l t h e i r option requirements.
O t h e r a v a i l a b l e m u s i c c o u r s e s may
be t a k e n f o r e l e c t i v e c r e d i t .
Opon t h e d e m o n s t r a t i o n o f a
s u f f i c i e n t piano l e v e l (Toronto
C o n s e r v a t o r y Grade VII o r e q u i v a l e n t ) a s t u d e n t may be g i v e n a
course exemption from c l a s s p i a n o .
E n t e r i n g students are expected t o
have a w r i t i n g and p e r f o r m i n g
knowledge of t h e rudiments of
m u s i c . A l l a p p l i c a n t s must t a k e
p a r t i n an i n t e r v i e w , a t h e o r y
p l a c e m e n t t e s t , and a s h o r t
a u d i t i o n . S t u d e n t s not r e a d y t o
e n t e r t h e p r o g r a m w i l l be a d v i s e d
as t o t h e a p p r o p r i a t e c o u r s e w o r k .

97

Core

FIRST
Music
ENS
Music
PMI
Music
Music
Music

Curriculum

Commercial Music
Credit
Hours

TERM
114 C l a s s P i a n o
1st semester l e v e l
184 S i g h t / E a r
100 l e v e l
103 Comm. Harmony I . .
170 H i s t o r y J a z z
Major E l e c t i v e s . .

SECOND TERM
M u s i c 115 C l a s s P i a n o
ENS
2nd s e m e s t e r l e v e l
M u s i c 185 S i g h t / E a r
PMI
200 l e v e l
M u s i c 104 Comm. Harmony II .
M u s i c 105 O r c h e s t r a t i o n I . .
Music
Major E l e c t i v e s . .

THIRD
Music
ENS
Music
PMI
Music
Music
Music

TERM
214 C l a s s P i a n o
3rd semester l e v e l
284 S i g h t / E a r
300 l e v e l
203 Comm. Harmony I I I
171 H i s t o r y o f Pop . . .
Major E l e c t i v e s . .

FOURTH TERM
M u s i c 215 C l a s s P i a n o
ENS
4th semester l e v e l
M u s i c 285 S i g h t / E a r
PMI
400 l e v e l
M u s i c 204 Comm. Harmony IV .
M u s i c 260 Comm. R e l a t i o n s . .
Music
Major E l e c t i v e s . .

1
1
3
2
2
1.5
3

1
1
3
2
1.5
1.5
3

1
1
3
2
1.5
1.5
3

1
1
3
2
1.5
1.5
3

Instrumental

Options

Bachelor of

Performance

Electives
Credit
Hours

FIRST TERM
M u s i c 194 R e p e r t o i r e I
M u s i c 180 I m p r o v i s a t i o n

I

..

3
1.5

SECOND TERM
M u s i c 195 R e p e r t o i r e II
M u s i c 181 I m p r o v i s a t i o n

II

.

3
1.5

THIRD TERM
M u s i c 294 R e p e r t o i r e I I I
...
M u s i c 280 I m p r o v i s a t i o n I I I
FOURTH TERM
M u s i c 295 R e p e r t o i r e IV
M u s i c 281 I m p r o v i s a t i o n
Grad R e c i t a l

Vocal

Performance

IV

3
3

3
3

.

Program

This program i s d e s i g n e d f o r
s t u d e n t s who d e s i r e t o c o n t i n u e
t h e i r s t u d i e s toward a Bachelor of
M u s i c , or a Bachelor of Music
E d u c a t i o n d e g r e e at a u n i v e r s i t y .
A l l c o u r s e s i n t h i s program
t r a n s f e r t o t h e M u s i c Department
o f UBC and t h e F a c u l t y o f M u s i c a t
t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f V i c t o r i a , and
some c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r t o Simon
F r a s e r U n i v e r s i t y . In a d d i t i o n ,
Music 100/101, Music 120/121,
M u s i c 2 0 0 / 2 0 1 , and M u s i c 220/221
t r a n s f e r i n t o the F a c u l t y of A r t s
w i t h a m a j o r i n M u s i c . These
courses also o f f e r students
e n r o l l e d i n o t h e r C o l l e g e programs
transferable elective credit.
All applicants
Music T r a n s f e r
f o l l o w i ng:

f o r the Bachelor of
p r o g r a m must do t h e

Electives

FIRST TERM
M u s i c 132 V o c a l Group I
M u s i c 134 S o l o V o i c e Rep I

1.5
1.5

.

SECOND TERM
M u s i c 133 Vocal Group II . . .
M u s i c 135 S o l o V o i c e Rep II

1.5
l.b

THIRD TERM
M u s i c 232 V o c a l Group I I I
..
M u s i c 234 S o l o V o i c e Rep I I I

1.5
1.5

FOURTH TERM
M u s i c 233 V o c a l Group IV . . .
M u s i c 235 S o l o V o i c e Rep IV

1.5
1.5

Arranging/Composition
SECOND TERM
M u s i c 107 Harmony &
Composition
M u s i c 172 A r r a n g i n g I
THIRD
Music
Music
Music

Music T r a n s f e r

1 . Comply w i t h g e n e r a l a d m i s s i o n
requirements of C a p i l a n o
Col l e g e .
2 . P a r t i c i p a t e i n an i n t e r v i e w .
3. Write a theory placement
exami n a t i o n .
4 . P l a y an a u d i t i o n on t h e i r m a j o r
instrument.
5 . Take an E n g l i s h P l a c e m e n t T e s t .
6. Students are advised to take a
h e a r i n g t e s t and s u b m i t t h e
r e s u l t s to the department.
Auditions w i l l involve the present a t i o n o f two c o n t r a s t i n g p r e p a r e d
p i e c e s and a d e m o n s t r a t i o n o f t h e
student's instrumental technique
and s i g h t r e a d i n g a b i l i t y .

Electives

I

...

TERM
206 C o m p o s i t i o n II . . .
272 A r r a n g i n g II
205 O r c h e s t r a t i o n II .

FOURTH TERM
M u s i c 207 C o m p o s i t i o n I I I
..
M u s i c 273 A r r a n g i n g I I I
....
Grad R e c i t a l
M u s i c 270 Song W r i t i n g

1.5
1.5

1.5
1.5
1.5

1.5
3
1.5

See r e g i s t r a t i o n p r o c e d u r e p r i n t e d
a f t e r Music Transfer Program.

R e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s may p r e r e g i s t e r
d u r i n g t h e month o f A p r i l . New
students demonstrating s u f f i c i e n t
i n s t r u m e n t a l and/or t h e o r e t i c a l
accomplishment in t h e i r placement
t e s t may p r e r e g i s t e r d u r i n g May
and A u g u s t t o e n s u r e t h e i r
e n r o l l m e n t . S t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r
during in-person r e g i s t r a t i o n .
A l l i n t e r v i e w s , a u d i t i o n s and
p l a c e m e n t t e s t s w i l l be h e l d i n
May and A u g u s t o f e a c h y e a r
I n t e r e s t e d persons a r e asked t o
phone t h e C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e M u s i c
D e p a r t m e n t , 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , ( l o c a l 454)
f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and
a ppo i n t m e n t s .

A s s o c i a t e i n A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a

Credit
Hours

Lab
Hours

M a j o r Program R e q u i r e m e n t s
General Education Requirements

51
24
75

4

F I R S T TERM
English
M u s i c 120
ENS 100 o r 110
PMI 100 l e v e l
M u s i c 110
or
M u s i c 210
M u s i c 114
M u s i c 100
Elective

SECOND TERM
English
M u s i c 121
ENS 150 o r 160
PMI 200 l e v e l
M u s i c 111
or
M u s i c 211
M u s i c 115
M u s i c 101
M u s i c 360
Elective

THIRD TERM
E n g l i s h 200
M u s i c 200
ENS 200 o r 210
M u s i c 110
or
M u s i c 210
M u s i c 220
PMI 300 L e v e l
M u s i c 214
Elective

FOURTH TERM
E n g l i s h 2U1
M u s i c 201
ENS 250 o r 260
M u s i c 111
or
M u s i c 211
M u s i c 221
PMI 400 L e v e l
M u s i c 215
M u s i c 361
Elective

Any t r a n s f e r a b l e E n g l i s h c o u r s e
History I

4-

3
3
1
2

Class Strings
2

C l a s s Woodwinds
C l a s s Piano
Theory I
Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h
coordinator

1
3

1

the
_3
IB

Any t r a n s f e r a b l e E n g l i s h c o u r s e
H i s t o r y II

1

3
3
1
2

Class Strings
2
C l a s s Woodwinds
C l a s s Piano
T h e o r y II
Music Methods: Kodaly
Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h
Coordinator

Literature
Theory I I I

to

1
3
1.5

1

the
_3_
19.5

1660

1

Class Strings
2

Class Piano
Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h
Coordinator

Literature
Theory IV

3
2
1

1

_3
18

1

the

S i n c e 1660

Class Strings
2

Class Piano
Music Methods: O r f f
Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h
Coordinator

3
2
1
1.5

1

the
_3_
19.5

M u s i c T h e r a p i s t s use t h e c r e a t i v e
process inherent in musical
p a r t i c i p a t i o n to a s s i s t
i n d i v i d u a l s and g r o u p s t o f u n c t i o n
b e t t e r m e n t a l l y , p h y s i c a l l y and
e m o t i o n a l l y . M u s i c t h e r a p i s t s work
w i t h deep e m o t i o n s i n s p e c i a l
t h e r a p e u t i c p r o g r a m s , run e x e r c i s e
and d a n c e p r o g r a m s , l e a d c h o i r s o r
i n s t r u m e n t a l e n s e m b l e s . Program
g r a d u a t e s work on t r e a t m e n t teams
in h o s p i t a l s , c l i n i c s , boarding
homes, community s e r v i c e o r g a n i z a t i o n s and f o r s c h o o l b o a r d s .
T h i s f i e l d i s new and e x p a n d i n g
i n t o a l l areas of t h e h e a l t h
f i e l d . The s a l a r y s c a l e i s
equivalent to other therapy
s p e c i a l t i e s . Graduates complete
the f i r s t stage of the Canadian
A s s o c i a t i o n f o r M u s i c Therapy
accreditation process.
The M u s i c Therapy p r o g r a m i n c l u d e s
a c a d e m i c and e x p e r i m e n t a l
coursework. Students explore t h e i r
v a l u e s , b e l i e f s , f e e l i n g s and
s e l f - c o n c e p t s w h i l e they examine
t h e many m e a n i n g s and components
of m u s i c f r o m a r o u n d t h e w o r l d .
S t u d e n t s a r e t r a i n e d t o be h e a l t h
field clinicians.

C o n t i n u a t i o n i n t h e p r o g r a m and
g r a n t i n g o f t h e A r t s and S c i e n c e
d i p l o m a w i l l be c o n t i n g e n t , u p o n
d e m o n s t r a t i o n o f an a d e g u a t e l e v e l
o f p e r s o n a l , a c a d e m i c and c l i n i c a l
s k i l l s as j o i n t l y e v a l u a t e d e a c h
s e m e s t e r by t h e s t u d e n t , m u s i c
t h e r a p y f a c u l t y and f i e l d
supervi s o r s .
A l l students entering
Therapy m u s t :

3
3
1

C l a s s Woodwinds
H i s t o r y IV

Program

M u s i c t h e r a p i s t s l e a r n t o be
e x p r e s s i v e m u s i c i a n s , d a n c e r s and
arti sts.

3
3
1

C l a s s Woodwinds
H i s t o r y III

Music Therapy

1

Music

1 . Comply w i t h t h e g e n e r a l c o l l e g e
entrance requirements.
2 . P a r t i c i p a t e i n an i n t e r v i e w
w i t h t h e M u s i c Therapy
Coordinator.
3 . P l a y an a u d i t i o n on h i s / h e r
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n s t r u m e n t and
d e m o n s t r a t e b o t h t e c h n i q u e and
r e p e r t o i r e o f a Grade 7 T o r o n t o
Conservatory level
(or
equivalent) together with

99

musical s e n s i t i v i t y .
4 . Take a t h e o r y p l a c e m e n t t e s t
and R e m o n s t r a t e a g r a s p o f
t o n a l harmony. Those w i t h Grade
4 T o r o n t o C o n s e r v a t o r y Harmony
or e q u i v a l e n t are exempted.
5 . Have s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d a
course in introductory
psychology.
6 . Have some e x p e r i e n c e w i t h ( o r
exposure t o ) people w i t h

special needs.
7 . T h i s program r e q u i r e s an
u n u s u a l l y high l e v e l of
m a t u r i t y and i n t e g r i t y .
S t u d e n t s w i t h a y e a r o r more o f
l i f e experience f o l l o w i n g high
s c h o o l a r e u s u a l l y more
k n o w l e d g e a b l e and m a t u r e i n
t h e i r c h o i c e of d i r e c t i o n .
8. Interviews are held i n A p r i l
and May.

ENS 100
C h o i r I (F)

(3,0,0)

An e x p l o r a t i o n t h r o u g h f i v e
c e n t u r i e s of c h o r a l music from the
Renaissance to the p r e s e n t .
Opportunities for singing without
accompaniment (a c a p e l l a ) , w i t h
p i a n o , w i t h rhythm s e c t i o n and/or
c o m p l e t e symphony o r c h e s t r a .
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n w i l l be p a i d
t o p i t c h , r h y t h m , d i c t i o n and
b a l a n c e . P e r f o r m a n c e b e f o r e an
a u d i e n c e w i l l be t h e c u l m i n a t i n g
event of the s e m e s t e r .

A s s o c i a t e i n A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a

M a j o r Program R e q u i r e m e n t s
General Education Requirements

SEMESTER 1
M u s i c Therapy
M u s i c Therapy
PMI 100 L e v e l
M u s i c Therapy
M u s i c Therapy
M u s i c Therapy

150
160
120
190
170

SEMESTER 2
M u s i c Therapy 180
M u s i c Therapy 151
M u s i c Therapy 161
PMI 200 L e v e l
M u s i c Therapy 191
P s y c h o l o g y 222

SEMESTER 3
M u s i c Therapy 260
PMI 300 L e v e l
M u s i c Therapy 290
P s y c h o l o g y 201
E l e c t i ve

SEMESTER 4
M u s i c Therapy
PMI 400 L e v e l
M u s i c Therapy
M u s i c Therapy
M u s i c Therapy
Elective

The I n f l u e n c e of M u s i c
M u s i c Therapy I
P r i v a t e Music I n s t r u c t i o n
Improvisation
Practicum I
I n t e r v e n t i o n i n C h i l d Development

I n t e r p e r s o n a l S k i l l s f o r Music Therapy
The I n f l u e n c e o f M u s i c
M u s i c T h e r a p y II
P r i v a t e Music I n s t r u c t i o n
P r a c t i c u m II
Abnormal P s y c h o l o g y

Music Therapy III
P r i v a t e Music I n s t r u c t i o n
Practicum III
Group Dynamics
Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e C o o r d i n a t o r

Credit
Hours

ENS 110
Orchestra

60.5
12
72.5

R e h e a r s a l and p e r f o r m a n c e o f
concert r e p e r t o i r e . String players
w i l l be a c c e p t e d w i t h o u t a u d i t i o n .
Wind p l a y e r s must c o n t a c t t h e
M u s i c D e p a r t m e n t a t l e a s t one week
b e f o r e c l a s s e s commence t o a r r a n g e
f o r an a u d i t i o n . P e r s o n s w i n n i n g a
p o s i t i o n t h r o u g h a u d i t i o n w i l l be
allowed to r e g i s t e r .

3
2
1.8

291
250
264

M u s i c Therapy IV
P r i v a t e Music I n s t r u c t i o n
P r a c t i c u m IV
M u s i c and t h e C r e a t i v e A r t s
Clinical Orientation
Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e C o o r d i n a t o r

(F)

(3,0,0)

6

_ 3 _
18.5

1.
3

ENS 120
Guitar/Bass

Ensemble I

(1,0,0)

2
6

_3_
18.

2
6

3
_3
17

ENS 135
S t a g e Band ( F )

3
2
6
1.
3
_3_
18.

(1,0,0)

P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the Capilano
C o l l e g e l a r g e J a z z / R o c k Ensemble
f o r d e v e l o p m e n t o f p h r a s i n g and
sight reading s k i l l s .

ENS 150
II

(S)

(1,0,0)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f ENS 1 0 0 .
ENS 160
Orchestra

II

(S)

(1,0,0)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f ENS 1 1 0 .

ENS 170
G u i t a r / B a s s Ensemble
(S) ( 1 , 0 , 0 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of

100

(F)

Performance i n " A l l G u i t a r "
ensemble f o r t h e development of
s i g h t r e a d i n g and p h r a s i n g s k i l l s .

Choir
261

I

II

ENS 1 2 0 .

ENS 185
S t a g e Band ( S )

(1,0,0)

A continuation

o f ENS 1 3 5 .

ENS 200
Choir III

Transferable
(F)

t o UBC,

SFU,

M u s i c 105
Orchestration

of

ENS 1 5 0 .

ENS 210
III

(F)

(1,0,0)

M u s i c 101
Theory II (S)
Prerequisite:
equi v a l e n t

(3,0,0)

of ENS 1 7 0 .

ENS 235
S t a g e Band (F)

(1,0,0)

A continuation

o f ENS 1 8 5 .

Transferable

ENS 220
G u i t a r / B a s s Ensemble
(F) ( 1 , 0 , 0 )

III

t o UBC,

SFU,

M u s i c 107
Composition

I

(S)

Choir

IV

(1,0,0)

(S)

A continuation

ENS 260
Orchestra

M u s i c 103
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
(F) ( 2 , 0 , 0 )

UVic.

I

o f ENS 2 1 0 .

of

IV

ENS 2 2 0 .

A p r a c t i c a l l o o k at m e l o d i c /
harmonic r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n t o n a l
m u s i c . I n c l u d e s s t u d y of t h e
overtone s e r i e s , i n t e r v a l s ,
s c a l e s , modes, chord s y m b o l s ,
d i a t o n i c t r i a d s , root motion,
Roman numeral a n a l y s i s , p r i n c i p l e s
of chord p r o g r e s s i o n , i n v e r s i o n s ,
v o i c e l e a d i n g , f u n c t i o n a l harmonic
a n a l y s i s , m e l o d i c a n a l y s i s and
chord s c a l e s .

ENS 285
S t a g e Band (S)

(1,0,0)

A continuation

of ENS 2 3 0 .

M u s i c 100
T h e o r y I (F)

(3,0,0)

A practical
f ami l y .

study

of the

Transferable

t o UBC and

violin

M u s i c 104
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

II

C o m m e r c i a l Harmony

I

(3,0,0)

A s t u d y o f m u s i c f r o m c . 1600 t o
1800 w i t h an e m p h a s i s on d i a t o n i c
harmony up t o s i m p l e m o d u l a t i o n .
R e l a t e d c o n c e p t s o f f o r m w i l l be
e x p l o r e d . The s t u d e n t w i l l l e a r n

UVic.

M u s i c 111

(1,0,0)

ENS 270
G u i t a r / B a s s Ensemble
(S)
(1,0,0)
A continuation

(F)

o f ENS 2 0 0 .

(S)

A continuation

I

A course oriented to those
interested in-developing their
a b i l i t i e s i n c o m p o s i n g and
a r r a n g i n g . A study of the
p r i n c i p l e s of p a r t w r i t i n g .

P r e r e q u i s i t e : A w o r k i n g knowledge
of m u s i c r u d i m e n t s ( s c a l e s ,
intervals, triads)
IV

(1.5,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
o r p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
To be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony II

M u s i c 110
Class Strings

ENS 250

(1.5,0,0)

M u s i c 100 o r

A continuation

o f ENS 1 1 0 .

(S)

Students w i l l undertake the study
of s c o r e p r e p a r a t i o n , b a s i c
m u s i c a l t e r m s and a r t i c u l a t i o n s ,
and w r i t i n g f o r t h e r h y t h m s e c t i o n
instruments.

A study of t w o - v o i c e
counterpoint
i n b o t h modal and t o n a l s e t t i n g s .
The s i n g l e m e l o d i c l i n e .
Guidelines for w r i t i n g concurrent
melodic l i n e s . Ex. in species
c o u n t e r p o i n t . Canon I n t e r t i b l e
c o u n t e r p o i n t . Motive development.
T w o - p a r t i n v e n t i o n . Harmonic
c o n c e p t s s t u d i e d i n M u s i c 100
reviewed in a two-part s e t t i n g . A
c o n t i n u a t i o n o f e a r - t r a i n i n g and
s i g h t s i n g i n g from Music 100.

A continuation

I

UVic.

(1,0,0)

A continuation

Orchestra

major k e y s , chord s c a l e s , mixed
mode c o n c e p t s .

c o n t r o l o f c h o r d p r o g r e s s i o n and
v o i c e l e a d i n g . He/she w i l l be
f a m i l i a r i z e d with figured bass,
e a r t r a i n i n g and r e c o g n i t i o n o f
i n t e r v a l s and c h o r d s .

Continued e x p l o r a t i o n of chord
p r o g r e s s i o n and m e l o d y , i n c l u d i n g :
7th c h o r d s , secondary dominants,
chord p a t t e r n s , passing d i m i n i s h e d
c h o r d s , m i n o r key c h o r d
p r o g r e s s i o n , subdominant minor i n

Class Strings

(S)

(3,0,0)

A continuation

of Music 110.

Transferable

t o UBC and

M u s i c 114
Piano Class

(F)

UVic.

(1.5,1,0)

This course i s designed f o r
s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o l e a r n b a s i c
keyboard s k i l l s . R e a d i n g ,
i m p r o v i s a t i o n , t r a n s p o s i t i o n and
harmonization are the s k i l l s
d e v e l o p e d d u r i n g t h i s c o u r s e and
the t h r e e subsequent l e v e l s .
T h e o r e t i c a l concepts are a p p l i e d
at t h e k e y b o a r d and i n c l u d e
d i a t o n i c t r i a d s and s e v e n t h s o f
the major key, a l l m a j o r , minor
and modal t e t r a c h o r d s . A w e e k l y
lab reviews m a t e r i a l covered i n
c l a s s . S t u d e n t s p r a c t i c e on t h e
department's pianos.

101

Transferable

M u s i c 115
Piano C l a s s

t o UBC and

(S)

UVic.

M u s i c 134
Solo Voice Repertoire
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , 0 )

(1.5,1,0)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of M u s i c 1 1 4 . In
a d d i t i o n , keyboard sequences,
a r p e g g i o s and m a j o r s c a l e s a r e
i n t r o d u c e d along w i t h easy
original repertoire.
Transferable

t o UBC and

M u s i c 120
H i s t o r y I (F)

UVic.

M u s i c 121
H i s t o r y II

UVic.

(3,0,0)

UVic.

(1.5,0,0)

A survey of j a z z through s t y l e s
and s t y l i s t s f r o m i t s r o o t s i n
A f r i c a to the p r e s e n t .

M u s i c 171
H i s t o r y of Popular Music
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

Repertoire

This course w i l l develop the
a b i l i t y of v o c a l i s t s t o f u n c t i o n
as p a r t of a s m a l l v o c a l ensemble
i n j a z z and pop s t y l e s . C o u r s e
content i n c l u d e s : group i n s t r u c tion in phrasing, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n ,
b l e n d and t u n i n g ; s t y l e a n a l y s i s
of v o c a l g r o u p s ; m e m o r i z a t i o n o f
vocal m a t e r i a l ; performance in
v a r i o u s pop group s t y l e s w i t h and
w i t h o u t rhythm a c c o m p a n i m e n t ;
recording studio l a b s .

II

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f V o c a l Group
Repertoire I i n s t r u c t i o n .

102

(1.5,2,0)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Music 1 8 0 . This
s e m e s t e r w i l l be d e v o t e d t o a n a l y s i s o f c h o r d p r o g r e s s i o n s and more
advanced c h o r d - s c a l e a n a l y s i s . At
t h e end o f t h i s s e m e s t e r , s t u d e n t s
s h o u l d have t h e b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l
knowledge n e c e s s a r y t o a n a l y z e and
l e a r n t o i m p r o v i s e on any
"standard" jazz tune.

M u s i c 184
Sightsinging/Ear
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Training

A u r a l and s i g h t t r a i n i n g
c o n c e n t r a t i n g on m e l o d i c , r h y t h m i c
d i c t a t i o n and s i g h t s i n g i n g .

II

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Solo Voice
Repertoire I i n s t r u c t i o n .

(F)

(S)

M u s i c 185
Sightsinging/Ear
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Training

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Music 184.

from

t o S F U , UBC and

M u s i c 133
V o c a l Group R e p e r t o i r e
(S) ( 1 , 1 , 0 )

M u s i c 135
Solo Voice Repertoire
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , 0 )

M u s i c 170
H i s t o r y of J a z z

A study of music h i s t o r y
Dufay t o M o n t e v e r d i .

M u s i c 132
V o c a l Group
(F) ( 1 , 1 , 0 )

from
to

t o S F U , UBC and

(S)

Transferable

A course which develops the
a b i l i t i e s needed f o r s u c c e s s f u l
s o l o vocal performance. Course
content i n c l u d e s : s t y l e a n a l y s i s ,
mike t e c h n i q u e , development of
stage presence, solo performance
in various styles with
a c c o m p a n i m e n t , m e m o r i z a t i o n of a
number o f s o n g s , s t u d i o r e c o r d i n g
p r o j e c t s , v i d e o t a p e a n a l y s i s , and
d e v e l o p m e n t of a " b o o k " o f r h y t h m
section arrangements.

(3,0,0)

A s t u d y of m u s i c a l h i s t o r y
the time of ancient Greece
Dufay.
Transferable

M u s i c 181
Improvisation

I

A survey of p o p u l a r music
of t h e 2 0 t h c e n t u r y .
M u s i c 172
Arranging I

(S)

styles

I (F)

A s t u d y of f o u r - p a r t b l o c k h a r monization arranging techniques.

For a l l i n s t r u m e n t s , r e q u i r e m e n t s
i n c l u d e s i x hours of r e h e a r s a l a
week p l u s a number o f
p e r f o r m a n c e s . The s t y l e s t u d i e d i s
o p e n , but a l l s t u d e n t s must
memorize a s e t number o f t u n e s ,
take part in recording sessions
and accompany v o c a l i s t s .

M u s i c 195
Repertoire

II

(S)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of

M u s i c 200
Theory III

(F)

Prerequisite:
equivalent.
(F)

(3,1,1)

(1.5,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
I, t o be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony II and
Orchestration
I.

M u s i c 180
Improvisation

M u s i c 194
Repertoire

(3,1,1)
Repertoire

I.

(3,0,0)
M u s i c 101 o r

(1.5,2,0)

By a u d i t i o n o n l y . A c o u r s e t o
t e a c h t h e b a s i c s of i m p r o v i s a t i o n
on c h o r d c h a n g e s . The f i r s t
s e m e s t e r wi11 be d e v o t e d t o
rhythmic concepts, basic
c h o r d - s c a l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and
development of t e c h n i c a l e x e r c i s e s
f o r b a s i c chord p r o g r e s s i o n s .

A study of t o n a l t h r e e - v o i c e
c o u n t e r p o i n t . Rhythmic
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and h a r m o n i c
considerations. Imitation - real
and t o n a l . The w r i t i n g o f a n s w e r s .
Three-part i n v e n t i o n . Trio Sonata.
F u g u e . Forms b a s e d on t h e C h o r a l e .
Contrapuntal v a r i a t i o n forms. A
c o n t i n u a t i o n o f e a r t r a i n i n g and

sight

progression, 70's jazz theory
modal a r e a s .

s i n g i n g from Music 1 0 1 .

Transferable

t o UBC,

SFU,

UVic.
M u s i c 205
Orchestration

M u s i c 201
T h e o r y IV ( S )

(3,0,0)

Prerequisite:

M u s i c 200

A study of music from t h e l a t e
18th c e n t u r y t o e l e m e n t a r y
c h r o m a t i c i s m of the e a r l y Romantic
P e r i o d (up t o 1 8 5 0 ) . F o r m : a
d e t a i l e d study of complete works
i n s h o r t f o r m s . Harmony: c h r o m a t i c
harmony e x e r c i s e s l e a d i n g up t o
t h e c o m p o s i t i o n of s h o r t p i e c e s
(minuet, l i e d , piano p i e c e s ) using
s i m p l e homophonic t e x t u r e s . S i g h t
r e c o g n i t i o n : a c o n t i n u a t i o n of
t h i r d term expanding to i n c l u d e
open s c o r e w i t h t r a n s p o s i n g
i n s t r u m e n t s ; small o r c h e s t r a l
s c o r e s . Ear T r a i n i n g : c o n t i n u a t i o n
of harmonic d i c t a t i o n , i n c l u d i n g
chromatic m a t e r i a l . Aural
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of f o r m a l p l a n s .
Transferable

to SFU,

M u s i c 203
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
(F)
(1.5,0,0)

of

UBC and

UVic.

III

II

(F)

(1.5,0,0)

Orchestration for brass,
s a x o p h o n e s , w o o d w i n d s , v o i c e s and
s t r i n g s . To be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y
w i t h Music 272.

M u s i c 206
Composition

III

(F)

(1.5,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Composition II,
be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony II

to

Study i n c l u d e s : t h e c o m p o s i t i o n o f
j a z z and pop s t y l e m e l o d i e s on
standard chord p r o g r e s s i o n s a n a l y s i s o f j a z z and p o p u l a r t u n e s .

M u s i c 207
Composition

(S)

(1.5,0,0)

Prerequisite:

IV

Study i n c l u d e s : c o m p o s i t i o n
p o p , r o c k and j a z z t u n e s i n
harmonic s t y l e s .

too

of
all

M u s i c 215
Piano Class

(S)

M u s i c 210
C l a s s Woodwinds

(F)

(3,0,0)

A practical
family.

study

of the

Transferable

t o UBC and

woodwind

UVic.

A continuation

(S)

(1.5,1,0)

Transferable

t o UBC and

M u s i c 216
Guitar/Bass

Sight

(F)

UVic.

R e a d i n g Workshop

(1.5,.5,0)
of

Workshop

II.

M u s i c 217
G u i t a r / B a s s S i g h t R e a d i n g Workshop
IV ( S )
(1.5,.5,0)
A continuation

(F)

of Workshop

III.

(3,0,0)

T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d as a
complementary study both f o r Music
and G e n e r a l A r t s s t u d e n t s . The
music from C a v a l l i t o Mozart w i l l
be e x a m i n e d e m p h a s i z i n g a u r a l
r e c o g n i t i o n of t h e e v o l u t i o n of
musical s t y l e .
Transferable

M u s i c 211

UVic.

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f M u s i c 214 w i t h
i n c r e a s e d c o m p l e x i t y of r e p e r t o i r e
and t e c h n i q u e .

M u s i c 220
H i s t o r y III

t o SFU,

UBC and

UVic.

(3,0,0)

of M u s i c 2 1 0 .

Transferable

t o UBC and

M u s i c 214
Piano C l a s s

(F)

UVic.

M u s i c 203

Continued e x p l o r a t i o n of chord
p r o g r e s s i o n and melody i n c l u d i n g :
l i n e c l i c h e s , a n a l y s i s o f modern
j a z z chord p r o g r e s s i o n , i n t e r n a l
elaboration tonicization,
deceptive t o n i c i z a t i o n , organpoint
equal d i v i s i o n of the o c t a v e ,
p a r a l l e l harmony, modal j a z z c h o r d

t o UBC and

A continuation

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Composition III,
be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony IV

C l a s s Woodwinds
M u s i c 204
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

Transferable

III
IV

P r e r e q u i s i t e : M u s i c 104 o f
p e r m i s s i o n of the i n s t r u c t o r .
C o n t i n u e d e x p l o r a t i o n of c h o r d
p r o g r e s s i o n and melody i n c l u d i n g :
a n a l y s i s of popular chord
p r o g r e s s i o n , modal harmony, m i x e d
mode c h o r d p r o g r e s s i o n , augmented
6th c h o r d s , t o n i c i z a t i o n , chord
scales/harmonic extensions, turn
a r o u n d s , c o r r e c t i o n of s t a n d a r d
progressions.

keyboard s e q u e n c e s , minor s c a l e s
and c h o r d s . B a s i c k e y b o a r d
t e c h n i q u e s are emphasized
including relaxation, touch,
r o t a t i o n , w e i g h t t r a n s f e r and
t h e i r musical a p p l i c a t i o n in
s i m p l e r e p e r t o i r e . The l a b hour i s
u t i l i z e d to develop sight reading
s k i l l s at t h e k e y b o a r d .

(1.5,1,0)

F o r s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n M u s i c
115 o r have had p r e v i o u s k e y b o a r d
e x p e r i e n c e . Students are
i n t r o d u c e d t o common i d i o m a t i c
accompaniment p a t t e r n s as w e l l as
four-part chorale studies,

M u s i c 221
H i s t o r y IV

(S)

(3,0,0)

A c o u r s e d e s i g n e d as a c o m p l e m e n t a r y s t u d y b o t h f o r M u s i c and
General Arts s t u d e n t s . This course
w i l l examine m u s i c f r o m B e e t h o v e n
t o t h e p r e s e n t d a y . The e m p h a s i s
w i l l be on a u r a l r e c o g n i t i o n o f
t h e e v o l u t i o n o f m u s i c a l s t y l e and
i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p to i t s h i s t o r i c a l
context.
Transferable

t o SFU,

UBC and

UVic.

103

M u s i c 232
V o c a l Group R e p e r t o i r e
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , 0 )

M u s i c 272
A r r a n g i n g II

III

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f V o c a l Group
R e p e r t o i r e II i n s t r u c t i o n w i t h
more e m p h a s i s on i n d i v i d u a l
c o n t r i b u t i o n and r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
f o r r e h e a r s a l and s t u d i o r e c o r d i n g
labs.

II.

A c o n t i n u a t i o n and e x p a n s i o n o f
the s e c t i o n w r i t i n g techniques
begun i n A r r a n g i n g I, p l u s a s t u d y
o f two and t h r e e - p a r t w r i t i n g .

M u s i c 273
A r r a n g i n g III

M u s i c 233
V o c a l Group R e p e r t o i r e
(S) ( 1 , 1 , 0 )

M u s i c 295
Repertoire

(1.5,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : A r r a n g i n g I and
O r c h e s t r a t i o n I, t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h Commercial
Harmony I I I and O r c h e s t r a t i o n

Prerequisite: Sightsinging
a b i l i t y , higher l e v e l of
performance a b i l i t i e s .

A continuation
R e p e r t o i r e III

(F)

(S)

M u s i c 234
Solo Voice Repertoire
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , 0 )

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Solo Voice
R e p e r t o i r e II i n s t r u c t i o n p l u s
m e m o r i z a t i o n of a f i x e d number of
s o n g s , a c c u m u l a t i o n o f a book o f
r h y t h m accompaniment c h a r t s t o a l l
songs r e q u i r e d , s t u d i o r e c o r d i n g
l a b s , vocal i m p r o v i s a t i o n .

C o u r s e c o n t e n t i n c l u d e s : advanced
chord v o i c i n g c o n c e p t s , background
writing, linear writing
techniques, arranging projects for
v a r i o u s i n s t r u m e n t a l v o c a l and
rhythm s e c t i o n c o m b i n a t i o n s , and
studio recording labs.

M u s i c 280
Improvisation

(F)

A continuation
R e p e r t o i r e III

Improvisation

(S)

(3,2,0)

A continuation

of Music 280.

III.

M u s i c 360
Method S t u d i e s i n M u s i c E d u c a t i o n :
K o d a l y and O r f f M e t h o d o l o g y
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
T h i s w i l l p r o v i d e a knowledge of
K o d a l y and O r f f m e t h o d o l o g y and
t h e s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o use t h e s e
t e a c h i n g methods i n a c l a s s r o o m .

M u s i c 361
Method S t u d i e s i n M u s i c E d u c a t i o n :
K o d a l y and O r f f M e t h o d o l o g y
II
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
A continuation

of Music 360.

PMI
( V a r i o u s Numbers)

(F)

(S)

(2,0,0)

Sightsinging/Ear
Training
(F)
(3,0,0)
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of M u s i c 1 8 5 .

M u s i c 285
Sightsinging/Ear
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
A continuation

(F)

(S)

(1,0,0)

This course c o n s i s t s of a s e r i e s
o f h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s on t h e
s t u d e n t ' s secondary i n s t r u m e n t .

M u s i c 284
Music

A c o u r s e i n v o l v i n g a s p e c t s of the
music i n d u s t r y i n c l u d i n g
copyright, c o n t r a c t s , performing
r i g h t s o r g a n i z a t i o n s and t h e
recording industry.

N o t e : To e n r o l l i n any PMI c o u r s e s
s t u d e n t s must g e t p e r m i s s i o n f r o m
the e x t e r n a l c o o r d i n a t o r of the
Music Department.

Training
MUSIC THERAPY

of M u s i c 2 8 4 .

COURSES

M u s i c T h e r a p y 150
The I n f l u e n c e o f M u s i c ( F )

(3,0,0)

(1.5,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Commercial Harmony
o r p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r .

I

An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e t e c h n i q u e s
and r o l e s of l y r i c s and l y r i c
w r i t i n g f o r p o p u l a r song s t y l e s .

104

Repertoire

PMI
( V a r i o u s Numbers)

M u s i c 281

of Solo Voice
instruction.

(S)

of

IV

M u s i c 260
Commercial R e l a t i o n s i n
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

M u s i c 270
Song W r i t i n g

A continuation

A course designed to permit the
student t o pursue i n - d e p t h study
o f h i s / h e r own m u s i c s p e c i a l t y .
The c o u r s e c o n s i s t s o f a s e r i e s o f
one-hour l e s s o n s .

(3,2,0)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Music 1 8 1 .
S t u d e n t s must a u d i t i o n .
M u s i c 235
Solo Voice Repertoire
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , 0 )

(3,2,0)

T r a n s f e r a b i l i t y f o r Music
E d u c a t i o n a t UBC w i l l be s o u g h t .

P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Arranging
II,
O r c h e s t r a t i o n I ft I I , t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h Commercial
Harmony IV.

III

(S)

(3,0,0)

IV

of V o c a l Group
instruction.

IV

M u s i c 294
Repertoire

III

(F)

(3,2,0)

A continuation

of

Repertoire

II.

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e an
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e w o r l d ' s major
musical c u l t u r e s , with
c o n c e n t r a t i o n on t h e h e a l i n g and
t h e r a p e u t i c a s p e c t s of t h e s e
m u s i c s . S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n w i l l be
p a i d t o the p s y c h o p h y s i c s of a u r a l

p e r c e p t i o n and t o t h e a s s e s s m e n t
o f t h e e v o c a t i v e powers o f m u s i c .
E x t e n s i v e use w i l l be made o f
music recorded throughout the
w o r l d a l o n g w i t h f i l m and v i d e o
t a p e i l l u s t r a t i o n s of t h e s e
approaches to m u s i c .

M u s i c T h e r a p y 151
The I n f l u e n c e o f M u s i c ( S )

(3,0,0)

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on a
more d e t a i l e d a n a l y s i s and e x p l a n a t i o n of m a t e r i a l covered i n Music
T h e r a p y 1 5 0 . Sound r e c o r d i n g s ,
f i l m and v i d e o t a p e s w i l l p r o v i d e
c o l o u r f u l i l l u s t r a t i o n s of the
s u b j e c t m a t t e r under s t u d y .

M u s i c T h e r a p y 160
Music Therapy I (F)

M u s i c T h e r a p y 180
Interpersonal S k i l l s f o r Music
T h e r a p i s t s (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
This course w i l l acquaint students
w i t h several s k i l l areas which are
r e l e v a n t t o Music Therapy,
p a r t i c u l a r l y communication s k i l l s
and o b s e r v a t i o n s k i l l s .
Communication s k i l l s w i l l i n c l u d e
behaviour d e s c r i p t i o n , perception
c h e c k i n g , p a r a p h r a s i n g and
d e s c r i p t i o n of f e e l i n g .
Observation s k i l l s w i l l include
group i n t e r a c t i o n , i n t e r v i e w i n g
and s m a l l group e x e r c i s e s . B o t h
t h e o r y and p r a c t i c e w i l l be
included.

M u s i c T h e r a p y 190
P r a c t i c u m I (F)
(6,0,0)
(3,0,0)

This course w i l l introduce
s t u d e n t s t o t h e c o n c e p t and
e x p e r i e n c e of m u s i c t h e r a p y and
i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o movement
t h e r a p y , art therapy, psychodrama,
and o t h e r t h e r a p i e s i n g e n e r a l . A
b r i e f h i s t o r y of music therapy
w i l l be s t u d i e d . B r a i n f u n c t i o n s
and t h e c r e a t i v e p r o c e s s w i l l be
e x p l o r e d a l o n g w i t h an
e x p e r i e n t i a l study of the s p e c i f i c
o p p o r t u n i t i e s music b r i n g s t o the
therapeutic environment.

T h i s i s t h e f i r s t of a f o u r - p a r t
p r a c t i c u m s e q u e n c e . The s t u d e n t
w i l l a t t e n d one c l i n i c a l , s c h o o l
o r community s e t t i n g and w i l l
o b s e r v e c l i e n t s and s t a f f t h e r e ,
as w e l l as d e s i g n i n g , l e a d i n g and
documenting music therapy
sessions, in consultation with a
s t a f f s u p e r v i s o r . Weekly s e m i n a r s
a r e p r o v i d e d t o c l a r i f y and expand
r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e out i n t h e
field.

M u s i c T h e r a p y 191
P r a c t i c u m II (S) ( 6 , 0 , 0 )
M u s i c T h e r a p y 161
M u s i c T h e r a p y II ( S )

(3,0,0)

T h i s c o u r s e p r e s e n t s an o v e r v i e w
of contemporary s t y l e s of music
t h e r a p y used i n a v a r i e t y o f
s e t t i n g s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
encouraged to explore t h e i r
r e s o u r c e s and v a l u e s i n o r d e r t o
d e v e l o p t h e i r own s t y l e .

M u s i c T h e r a p y 170
Music Intervention i n C h i l d
Development ( F ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
This course w i l l survey
therapeutic intervention in child
development, s t r e s s i n g the r o l e of
t h e e x p r e s s i v e a r t s as a t h e r a p e u t i c medium. C o n n e c t i o n s w i l l be
s o u g h t between m u s i c and c u r r e n t
studies in language, motor,
c o g n i t i v e and s o c i a l d e v e l o p m e n t .

The s t u d e n t p a r t i c i p a t e s as a
s t u d e n t t h e r a p i s t i n one c e n t r e 80
h o u r s . Weekly s e m i n a r s t h r o u g h o u t
the t e r m . Refer t o Music Therapy
190.

M u s i c T h e r a p y 250
M u s i c Through t h e C r e a t i v e
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

Arts

This course w i l l acquaint students
w i t h c r e a t i v e a r t s w h i c h can be
used t h e r a p e u t i c a l l y i n
c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h m u s i c , w i t h an
e m p h a s i s on movement f o r v a r i o u s
age g r o u p s . The c o u r s e w i l l be
e x p e r i e n t i a l . Discussions w i l l
e x p l o r e p o s s i b l e g o a l s and
e x t e n s i o n s of the a c t i v i t i e s
presented in c l a s s .

M u s i c T h e r a p y 260
Music Therapy III
(F)

(3,0,0)

This course w i l l provide
e x p e r i e n c e and a n a l y s i s o f m u s i c
therapy techniques appropriate to
a r a n g e o f c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g s . The
a n a l y s i s w i l l develop the exposure
to basic therapeutic models.
S t u d e n t s w i l l be o b s e r v i n g
t e c h n i q u e s u s e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r
and by e a c h o t h e r i n t h e c l a s s
setting.

M u s i c Therapy 264
Clinical Orientations

(S)

(3,0,0)

This course w i l l provide the
s t u d e n t s w i t h p r a c t i c a l s k i l l s and
knowledge of t h e p h y s i c a l a s p e c t s
of t h e r a p y r e q u i r e d t o f u n c t i o n
e f f e c t i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y of
h o s p i t a l and c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g s .
Course content w i l l i n c l u d e b a s i c
knowledge i n anatomy and p h y s i o l ogy r e l a t e d t o s p e c i f i c h a n d i c a p s ;
acquaintance w i t h b a s i c terms
commonly i n use i n p s y c h i a t r i c and
m e d i c a l f a c i l i t i e s ; and a r e v i e w
o f d r u g s and t h e i r e f f e c t s .

M u s i c T h e r a p y 290
Practicum III
(F)

(6,0,0)

The s t u d e n t p a r t i c i p a t e s as a
s t u d e n t t h e r a p i s t i n one c e n t r e 80
h o u r s . Weekly s e m i n a r s t h r o u g h o u t
the t e r m .
Refer t o Music Therapy
190.

M u s i c T h e r a p y 291
P r a c t i c u m IV ( S ) ( 6 , 0 , 0 )
The s t u d e n t p a r t i c i p a t e s as a
s t u d e n t t h e r a p i s t i n one c e n t r e 80
h o u r s . Weekly s e m i n a r s t h r o u g h o u t
t h e t e r m . R e f e r t o M u s i c Therapy
190.

M u s i c T h e r a p y 261
M u s i c T h e r a p y IV ( S )

(3,0,0)

T h i s c o u r s e examines t h e p o s s i b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s of a music t h e r a p i s t
to organizations in e x i s t i n g
t r e a t m e n t c e n t r e s and t o l o c a l
resources i n the community.
S t u d e n t s l e a r n t o c r e a t e , f i l l and
keep j o b s w h i l e t h e y i d e n t i f y
t h e i r own m u s i c t h e r a p y s t y l e .

105

Office Administration Division

(UBC), Teaching C e r t .

(SFU),

CLARK, J . , R . N . ( R e g i n a l G e n .
H o s p . ) , Teaching D i p . ( S a s k . )
COCHRAN, V . , L L . B . (UBC)
CRAGG, M . , B . A . Law ( D u r h a m ) ,
T e a c h i n g C e r t . (UBC)
DUMOULIN, A . , B . A . L L . B . (UBC)
F A I R L I E , J . , B . A . , L L . B . (UBC)
FREUNU, S .
JEST, L., I.D. (UBC), C o o r d i n a t o r ,
Word P r o c e s s i n g and MOA Program
LITTLE, D., R.N. ( S t . P a u l ' s ) ,
P . H . N . (UBC)
MCCANDLESS, C , B . A . ( S F U ) , M . A .
(UBC)
MCPHEDRAN, L . , Lab S u p e r v i s o r
PHILLIPS, D . , C o - o r d i n a t o r , Legal
S e c r e t a r y Program
•
PLANT, L . , I . D . (UBC)
SEWARD, M . , B . S . A . ( S t . F r a n c i s
X a v i e r ) , M.Ed. (Mt. S t . Vincent)
SMITH, B . , B . A . , P r o f . T e a c h i n g
C e r t . (UBC)
S P I C E R , L . , B.Comm., P r o f .
T e a c h i n g C e r t . (UBC)
STEWART, W . , B . A . ( H o n s . ) ( S F U ) ,
M.Ed
( U B C ) , BOT C o o r d i n a t o r
TILLEY, W., B . E d . (UBC), M.A.
(SFU)
VICKARS, K . , B . E d . , L i c . A c c t .
(UBC)
WAUGH, G . , B . A . ( R e a d i n g ) , M.A.
(UBC), Standard Teaching
C r e d e n t i a l s (UK), B.C.
Registered Psychologist
WHITE, A . , Lab S u p e r v i s o r
General

Information

The O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n D i v i s i o n
o f f e r s business t r a i n i n g through
the f o l l o w i n g programs:
Business Office Training
Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s Option
L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s Program
Legal S e c r e t a r i a l Program
M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t Program
Medical O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t Upgrading
Program
O f f i c e Technology Program
Sechelt/Squamish
Word/Information Processing Career
C e r t i f i c a t e Program

106

Why O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n

at

- c l e r k t y p i s t , bookkeeper,
stenographer, medical o f f i c e
assistant, legal secretary,
word p r o c e s s i n g , l e g a l
assistant
Flexibility:
- day or e v e n i n g
- p a r t - t i m e or f u l l - t i m e
- t a i l o r your courses to f i t
y o u r needs
Low C o s t :
- our p r o f e s s i o n a l t r a i n i n g
courses are competitive with
o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n s on t h e
Lower M a i n l a n d
New T e c h n o l o g y :
- word p r o c e s s o r s , e l e c t r o n i c
t y p e w r i t e r s , computer t r a i n i n g
The O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
d e p a r t m e n t c o o r d i n a t e s and
d e l i v e r s seven d i f f e r e n t programs
to students w i t h varying l e v e l s of
s k i l l s . These p r o g r a m s / c o u r s e s
p r o v i d e you w i t h a c o m p r e h e n s i v e
education in preparation for
employment i n b u s i n e s s .

BUSINESS OFFICE TRAINING PROGRAM
The B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g
Program i s designed t o t r a i n
s t u d e n t s i n b a s i c o f f i c e s k i l l s as
w e l l as t o i n t r o d u c e them t o t h e
modern t e c h n o l o g y and e q u i p m e n t
used i n t o d a y ' s o f f i c e s .
There a r e t h r e e o p t i o n s w i t h i n t h e
program: c l e r k t y p i s t , s t e n o g r a p h e r and b o o k k e e p i n g . T r a i n i n g i n
t h e s p e c i a l i z e d c o u r s e s of t h e s e
o p t i o n s begins i n the second
s e m e s t e r of t h e p r o g r a m . The
p r o g r a m i s two s e m e s t e r s l o n g and
i n v o l v e s 30 h o u r s p e r week o f
c l a s s and l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s .
The BOT Program may be t a k e n on a
p a r t - t i m e b a s i s , space p e r m i t t i n g .
Part-time typing courses a v a i l a b l e
day o r e v e n i n g , s e v e r a l i n t a k e s
f r o m September t o May.

Credits
FIRST TERM CORE COURSES
BOT
BOT
BOT
BOT

100
102
1D5
110

BOT 115

Business English . . .
Typing I
O f f i c e Procedures . .
Machine C a l c u l a t i o n s
f o r Record Keeping .
E l e c t r o n i c Data
Processing

BOOKKEEPING OPTION
In a d d i t i o n t o c o r e c o u r s e s :
BOT 108 B o o k k e e p i n g I
STENOGRAPHER OPTION
In a d d i t i o n t o c o r e c o u r s e s :
BOT 112 B e g i n n i n g S h o r t h a n d

3
6
1.5
3
1.5
15

_3
18

1.5
16.5

SECOND TERM COURSES
CLERK TYPIST OPTION
BOT 101 B u s i n e s s E n g l i s h II
BOT 103 T y p i n g II
BOT 106 M a c h i n e
Transcription
BOT 107 R e c o r d s Management .
BOT 111 O f f i c e P r o c e d u r e s II
BOT 116 Computers i n t h e
Office
BOT 125 T y p i n g S k i l l & Speed
Development
STENOGRAPHER OPTION
In a d d i t i o n t o t h e a b o v e :
BOT 113 S h o r t h a n d Speed
Development
BOOKKEEPER OPTION
BOT 101 B u s i n e s s E n g l i s h II
BOT 104 T y p i n g
BOT 107 R e c o r d s Management .
BOT 109 B o o k k e e p i n g II
BOT 116 C o m p u t e r s i n t h e
Office
BOT 125 T y p i n g S k i l l & Speed
Development

3
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
13.5

_3
16.5
3
1.5
1.5
4.5
1.5
1.5
13.5

Business O f f i c e Training
Business English I
(F.S)
(3.0,0)

100

Business Office Training
Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n
(S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

106

The c o u r s e w i l l f a m i l i a r i z e
students with business
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s w i t h e m p h a s i s on
s p e l l i n g , p u n c t u a t i o n and grammar.
In a d d i t i o n , a component on c a r e e r
d e v e l o p m e n t and c r e a t i v e j o b
s e a r c h w i l l e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o use
their training effectively.

Students w i l l develop machine
transcription s k i l l s . Specifica l l y , they w i l l l e a r n to operate
e f f i c i e n t l y the L a n i e r - E d i s e t t e
t r a n s c r i b e r , review s y s t e m a t i c a l l y
p o i n t s o f grammar, p u n c t u a t i o n ,
s p e l l i n g , and t r a n s c r i p t i o n s t y l e ,
and t r a n s c r i b e m a i l a b l e l e t t e r s .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 101
B u s i n e s s E n g l i s h II
(S.SU) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 107
R e c o r d s Management: An
Introduction (S,SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f BOT 1 0 0 .

This course w i l l define records
and r e c o r d s management and p r e s e n t
the student with the p r i n c i p l e s
and p r a c t i c e s used i n r e c o r d s
c o n t r o l i n a modern o f f i c e .

Business Office Training
Typing I (F.S) (6,10,0)

102

Students w i l l l e a r n the basic
s k i l l s of t y p e w r i t i n g u s i n g
correct techniques to acquire
s p e e d and a c c u r a c y . The c o u r s e i s
a l s o designed to i n s t r u c t the
student in the current business
s t y l e s of p r e s e n t i n g t y p e w r i t t e n
m a t e r i a l , and t h e c o r r e c t methods
of a c h i e v i n g these s t y l e s .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 103
T y p i n g II ( S . S U ) ( 3 , 1 0 , 0 )
An i n t e r m e d i a t e l e v e l c o u r s e f o r
s t u d e n t s who can a l r e a d y t y p e 25
wpm. E m p h a s i s i s on f o r m a t t i n g
s k i l l s and speed d e v e l o p m e n t .

Business Office Training
Typing f o r Bookkeepers
(S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , 0 )

104

T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o expand
and r e f i n e k e y b o a r d s k i l l s ,
t e c h n i q u e s , and a p p l i c a t i o n s
acquired in beginning t y p i n g .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 105
O f f i c e Procedures (F,S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
T h i s i s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o p r o c e d u r e s common t o a b u s i n e s s o f f i c e .
S t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n knowledge i n
h a n d l i n g i n c o m i n g and o u t g o i n g
m a i l , o p e r a t i n g a T e l e x , and
c o r r e c t t e l e p h o n e and r e c e p t i o n i s t
techniques.

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 108
Bookkeeping I (F,S)
(3,2,0)

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 111
O f f i c e P r o c e d u r e s II
(S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
This course w i l l give the student
a p e r s p e c t i v e on t h e r o l e o f a
secretary in a business o f f i c e ,
help the student understand
i n f o r m a t i o n p r o c e s s i n g , and
acquaint the student with t o d a y ' s
business terminology.

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 112
Shorthand I (S,SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
The c o u r s e w i l l t r a c e t h e
d e v e l o p m e n t and s t r u c t u r e o f t h e
F o r k n e r s y s t e m o f s h o r t h a n d , and
develop the s t u d e n t ' s e x p e r t i s e i n
the w r i t i n g of t h i s s y s t e m .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 113
S h o r t h a n d Speed Development
(S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 2 , 0 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f BOT 1 1 2 .

The s t u d e n t w i l l a c q u i r e a s o l i d
grounding i n the d o u b l e - e n t r y s y s tem o f b o o k k e e p i n g , w i t h e m p h a s i s
p l a c e d on c o r r e c t a n a l y s i s ,
a c c u r a c y and t h o r o u g h n e s s , as w e l l
as on a t t i t u d e s o f p r o f e s s i o n a l i s m
and i n d e p e n d e n c e . In a d d i t i o n , t h e
s t u d e n t w i l l become a c q u a i n t e d
w i t h t e c h n i q u e s r e q u i r e d f o r use
on a m i n i - c o m p u t e r .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 109
B o o k k e e p i n g II ( S , S U ) ( 4 . 5 , 4 , 0 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f BOT 1 0 8 .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 110
Machine C a l c u l a t i o n s f o r Record
Keeping ( F , S )
(3,0,0)
This course w i l l provide the
student with the s k i l l s to
c o r r e c t l y compute and r e c o r d t h e
necessary figures to accurately
maintain basic business records.
The s t u d e n t w i l l l e a r n how t o
operate a ten-key e l e c t r o n i c
c a l c u l a t o r w i t h a minimum l e v e l o f
100 key s t r o k e s p e r m i n u t e on a
one m i n u t e t i m i n g .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 115
E l e c t r o n i c D a t a P r o c e s s i n g and t h e
O f f i c e Worker ( F . S . S U ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
This course w i l l give students
some f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h c o m p u t e r
t e r m s and f u n c t i o n s and p r o v i d e a
background f o r the " h a n d s - o n " data
e n t r y p o r t i o n of the c o u r s e .

Business O f f i c e Training
Computers i n t h e O f f i c e
(S,SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

116

S t u d e n t s w i l l become f a m i l i a r w i t h
t h e use of t h e p e r s o n a l computer
for s p e c i a l i z e d o f f i c e procedures
i n c l u d i n g d e s i g n i n g f o r m s and
r e p o r t s , m a i n t a i n i n g d i a r i e s , and
r e c o r d s of a p p o i n t m e n t s .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 120
Introduction to the Typewriter
Keyboard ( F . S . S U )
This course w i l l teach the student
the b a s i c s k i l l of t y p e w r i t i n g
using correct techniques to
a c q u i r e speed and a c c u r a c y .

107

Business O f f i c e Training
T y p i n g S k i l l Development

121
(F,S,SU)

This course w i l l take the t y p i s t
f r o m t h e p o i n t at w h i c h he o r she
is currently performing to
appreciably higher typing l e v e l s .

Business O f f i c e T r a i n i n g
122
Introduction to Basic Formatting

LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES OPTION

LEGAL ASSISTANT PROGRAM

This i s a p a r t - t i m e evening
program d e s i g n e d p r i m a r i l y f o r
s t u d e n t s w i t h at l e a s t two y e a r s
l e g a l e x p e r i e n c e , who a r e
p r e s e n t l y w o r k i n g i n a law o f f i c e .
Other i n t e r e s t e d students should
contact the Co-ordinator
concerning admission to the
p r o g r a m , or a p a r t i c u l a r c o u r s e .

The g r a d u a t e s o f t h i s p r o g r a m have
s t u d i e d l e g a l t h e o r y and p r o c e d u r e s and can a p p l y t h i s knowledge
to a s s i s t legal
practitioners.
L e g a l A s s i s t a n t s w i l l be w o r k i n g
in a professional
environment,
d i r e c t l y or i n d e p e n d e n t l y ,
under
the s u p e r v i s i o n of a B a r r i s t e r /
S o l i c i t o r . S i n c e one o f t h e
f u n c t i o n s of a l e g a l a s s i s t a n t i s
t o r e l i e v e t h e l a w y e r o f many
r o u t i n e l e g a l and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , students prepare
l e g a l documents i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
t h e Supreme C o u r t R u l e s and v a r i ous S t a t u t e s , c a r r y out i n v e s t i g a t i o n s and i n t e r v i e w w i t n e s s e s ,
h a n d l e l e g a l c o r r e s p o n d e n c e and
act in a s u p p o r t i v e c a p a c i t y
w i t h i n t h e law f i r m o r l e g a l
d e p a r t m e n t . In c o m p l i c a t e d l e g a l
m a t t e r s a l e g a l a s s i s t a n t may work
d i r e c t l y w i t h t h e l a w y e r , but i n
many c a s e s i n d e p e n d e n t judgement
is required.

(F.S.SU)
Students w i l l continue to develop
t h e i r s k i l l s in typewriting using
correct techniques to develop
h i g h e r speed and a c c u r a c y ; and
a c q u i r e knowledge o f b a s i c
formatti ng.

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 125
T y p i n g S k i l l and Speed Development
(S,SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
This course i s designed to i n crease the s t u d e n t s ' present l e v e l
of t y p i n g speed and a c c u r a c y .

The emphasis i n t h e L e g a l
A s s i s t a n t O p t i o n Program i s on
p r o v i d i n g students with a thorough
grasp of the t h e o r e t i c a l aspects
o f t h e p r a c t i c e of l a w .
Legal A s s i s t a n t
O u t l i ne

Studies

Option
Credi t
Hours

Capilano

College

Certificate

Major Program Requirements
Recommended C o u r s e s

....

REQUIRED COURSES
Two 100 l e v e l E n g l i s h c o u r s e s
o r CMNS 150 and 151
LGAS 150
I n t r o t o Law I
LGAS 151
I n t r o t o Law II
LGAS 170
Legal Research
LGAS 180
Contracts I
LGAS 181
C o n t r a c t s II

21
18

6
3
3
3
3
3

21
The e v e n i n g c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d i n
the f o l l o w i n g sequence, beginning
i n t h e summer o f 1986.
See c o u r s e
d e s c r i p t i o n s f o r d e t a i l s on t h e
c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s . These c o u r s e s
a r e marked w i t h a +.
Summer
LGAS 170

Legal

Research

Term I ( F a l l
1986)
LGAS 150
Introduction to
Studies I
LGAS 180
Contracts I
LGAS 252
Torts I

Legal

Program r e q u i r e m e n t s : S t u d e n t s a r e
pxpected to m a i n t a i n a "B" average
throughout the program. A "B"
g r a d e i s u s a l l y 80% and up i n p r o c e d u r a l c o u r s e s and 70% i n t h e o r y
c o u r s e s . In o r d e r t o r e c e i v e t h e
A s s o c i a t e o f A r t s and S c i e n c e
D i p l o m a , s t u d e n t s must c o m p l e t e a
s i x - m o n t h work s t u d y p r a c t i c u m i n
r e l e v a n t l e g a l w o r k . The s t u d e n t s
s h o u l d b e g i n t h e i r p r a c t i c u m at.
t h e end o f t h e i r f o u r t h t e r m .
E n t r y i n t o the program i s i n the
F a l l term o n l y . For f u r t h e r
admission information please
contact the Office Administration
Division.
Legal A s s i s t a n t
Requi r e m e n t s

CREDIT
HOURS
Major

Term II ( S p r i n g
1987)
LGAS 151
I n t r o d u c t i o n to Legal
Studies
II
LGAS 181
Contracts
II
LGAS 182
C r e d i t o r s Remedies
or
LGAS 271
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Law
LGAS 254
T o r t s II
Summer
LGAS 170

108

Legal

Research

Program

Program Requirements

FIRST TERM
LGAS 150
I n t r o t o Law I
LGAS 152
Litigation
Procedures I . .
LGAS 170
Legal Research
LGAS 176
Legal O f f i c e
Procedures I . .
LGAS 252
Torts I
CMNS 175
Communications

..

73.5

3
3
3
3
1.5
16.5

SECOND TERM
LGAS 162
Litigation
P r o c e d u r e s II
LGAS 155
Conveyancing
LGAS 156
I n t r o t o Law II . . .
LGAS 157
W i l l s and P r o b a t e .
LGAS 254
T o r t s II
LGAS 268
C r i m i n a l Law
CMNS 176 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s . . . .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 150 +*
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e S t u d y o f Law
1«5
3
1.5
3
3
3
1.5

16.5
THIRD TERM
LGAS 173
Legal W r i t i n g I . . .
LGAS 179
Legal Interviewing
LGAS 180 C o n t r a c t s I
LGAS 256
F a m i l y Law
LGAS 271
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Law
LGAS 263
Litigation
P r o c e d u r e s IV

3
3
3
3
3
1.5

(F)

I

Transferable

to

SFU.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 151 +
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e S t u d y o f Law

(S)

(3,0,0)

16.5
FOURTH TERM
LGAS 153
Basic Corporate
Procedures I
LGAS 174
L e g a l W r i t i n g II . .
LGAS 181
C o n t r a c t s II
LGAS 253
Company Law
LGAS 262
Litigation
Procedures III
....
LGAS 280
Computers i n t h e
Law O f f i c e

3
3
3
3
1.5

LGAS 199

Practicum

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of LGAS 150 and an
i n t r o d u c t i o n to s p e c i a l areas of
l a w . The a r e a s c o v e r e d w i l l
include c o n s t i t u t i o n a l law, with
an e m p h a s i s on t h e C h a r t e r o f
R i g h t s , and t h e law o f E v i d e n c e .
A l t h o u g h some s t a t u t e s w i l l be
c o n s i d e r e d , e m p h a s i s w i l l be on
c a s e law and c u r r e n t d e v e l o p m e n t
in the law.

_3_

16.5

Transferable

to

SFU.

Program Requirement

if

there

is

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 155
C o n v e y a n c i n g and M o r t g a g i n g

(S)

(3,0,0)

No

prerequisite

*
I

T h i s c o u r s e c o v e r s h i s t o r y and
e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e Land T i t l e s
System i n B . C . , search p r o c e d u r e s ,
i n t e r i m a g r e e m e n t s , Land T i t l e s
A c t r e q u i r e m e n t s and p r o c e d u r e s ,
documents and f o r m s used i n
c o n v e y i n g t i t l e and r e g i s t e r i n g
v a r i o u s c h a r g e s . Emphasis w i l l be
on p r e p a r i n g a c c e p t a b l e
documentation to t r a n s f e r t i t l e ,
p l a c e a m o r t g a g e and t h e n e c e s s a r y
related forms.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 156 *
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e Study o f Law

II

(F.S)

(1.5,0,0)

This course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of
LGAS 150 and i s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
the law of evidence i n c l u d i n g
relevance, materiality, admissib i l i t y , opinion evidence, e t c .

3
L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 152
L i t i g a t i o n Procedures I

Major

i n the course

(3,0,0)

I n t r o d u c t i o n t o l e g a l c o n c e p t s and
l e g a l r e a s o n i n g . It w i l l c o v e r t h e
h i s t o r i c a l d e v e l o p m e n t of l e g a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s and t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f
common law and e q u i t y , t h e
i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of s t a t u t e s , t h e
d o c t r i n e of a n a l y s i s of t h e s y s t e m ; i t s s t r e n g t h s and w e a k n e s s e s .

II

included
time.

Courses

(F)

*

(1.5,0,0)

Legal
Wills

(S)
A l l c o u r s e s marked w i t h an
a s t e r i s k a r e r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s . In
a d d i t i o n , s t u d e n t s must t a k e CMNS
175 and 176, AND two 100 l e v e l
courses in the Humanities.

I n t r o d u c t i o n to the court
p r o c e d u r e s i n County and Supreme
C o u r t s o f B . C . The c o u r s e w i l l
cover procedures in p r e - t r i a l
p r e p a r a t i o n , the p r e p a r a t i o n of
d o c u m e n t s , t h e use o f p r e c e d e n t s
i n C o u n t y and Supreme C o u r t s .

Legal A s s i s t a n t
Basic Corporate

(F)

S t u d i e s 153 *
Procedures I

A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 157 *
and P r o b a t e P r o c e d u r e s

(3,0,0)

An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e W i l l s A c t ,
P r o b a t e Fees A c t and A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c t . Students w i l l prepare
t h e n e c e s s a r y documents t o o b t a i n
L e t t e r s P r o b a t e and L e t t e r s o f
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . Students w i l l a l s o
l e a r n how t o d e a l w i t h t h e v a r i o u s
a s s e t s a f t e r L e t t e r s Probate or
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n have been o b t a i n e d .

(3,0,0)

An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e B . C . Company
Act and t h e v a r i o u s documents t h a t
a l e g a l a s s i s t a n t must be f a m i l i a r
with in order to incorporate a
company and a t t e n d t o r o u t i n e
f i l i n g s and r e s o l u t i o n s . R e c o r d s
o f f i c e r e q u i r e m e n t s , annual
p r o c e e d i n g s , preparing share
c e r t i f i c a t e s and r e g i s t r a t i o n s
w i l l a l s o be c o v e r e d .
Differences
between r e p o r t i n g and n o n - r e p o r t i n g c o m p a n i e s w i l l be s t u d i e d .
S o c i e t i e s and c o o p e r a t i v e s may be

Legal
Legal

A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 160 +
Theory ( F , S ) (3,0,0)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e m a j o r
t h e o r i e s of l a w , the nature of
l e g a l o b l i g a t i o n and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between law and m o r a l i t y .
Although i t i s a course in l e g a l
philosophy the p r i n c i p a l s t u d i e s
w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n t h e c o n t e x t
o f s u c h p r a c t i c a l i s s u e s as
defending the g u i l t y , obeying
immoral l a w s , l e g i s l a t i n g m o r a l s ,
p e n a l r e f o r m , law and s o c i a l

109

c h a n g e s , and t h e use and abuse o f
l e g a l t e c h n i c a l i t i e s . The e m p h a s i s
w i l l be on t h e r o l e t h e l e g a l
s y s t e m p l a y s i n our s o c i e t y .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 161
L e g i s l a t i v e P r o c e s s (S)
(3,0,0)
A n a l y s i s of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p
between l e g i s l a t i v e and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e t r i b u n a l s and t h e c o u r t s ;
t h e n a t u r e and l i m i t s o f e x e c u t i v e
policy in statutory form,
t r a n s l a t i o n of p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t o
l e g i s l a t i o n and l e g a l p r o b l e m s i n
implementing l e g i s l a t e d p o l i c y .
The C o n s t i t u t i o n A c t and C h a r t e r
w i l l a l s o be d i s c u s s e d as t h e
b a s i s of l e g i s l a t i v e p o w e r .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 162 *
L i t i g a t i o n Procedures
II
(S)
(3,0,0)
Prerequisite:

LGAS 152

This course i s designed f o r l e g a l
assistant a s s i s t i n g in a l i t i g a t i o n p r a c t i c e . Supreme C o u r t R u l e s
w i l l be s t u d i e d i n d e t a i l f r o m t h e
b e g i n n i n g of a process to t r i a l .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 165
C o n v e y a n c i n g and M o r t g a g i n g
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

II

law r e v i e w s , c a s e comments;
l o c a t i n g d e c i s i o n s and p r e p a r i n g
memoranda o f l a w .

Legal
Legal

A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 172 +
Writing (F.S)
(3,0,0)

C o u r s e work i n c l u d e s d r a f t i n g o f
a g r e e m e n t s , s t a t e m e n t s of c l a i m
and d e f e n c e s , l e t t e r s and memos,
and a s t u d y o f t h e r u l e s o f
s t a t u t o r y i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . Emphasis
w i l l be p l a c e d on d e v e l o p i n g d i f f e r e n t w r i t i n g s t y l e s , r a t h e r than
o b t a i n i n g a d e t a i l e d knowledge o f
s p e c i f i c a r e a s of l a w .

Legal
Legal

A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 173 *
W r i t i n g I (F)
(1.5,0,0)

C o u r s e work i n c l u d e s d r a f t i n g o f
a g r e e m e n t s , s t a t e m e n t s of c l a i m
and d e f e n c e s , e t c . Emphasis w i l l
be on c r e a t i n g e f f e c t i v e w r i t t e n
communication i n v a r i o u s areas of
l a w , a n a l y s i n g t h e " l e g a l e s e " and
v e r b o s i t y i n l e g a l documents w i t h
a v i e w t o i m p r o v e m e n t s , and
examining the j u d i c i a l
i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f words commonly
found i n l e g a l documents.

Legal
Legal

A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 174 *
W r i t i n g II (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

Prerequisite:
Prerequisite:

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 170 +*
L e g a l R e s e a r c h (SU)
(3,0,0)
Provides the Legal A s s i s t a n t w i t h
t h e t e c h n i q u e s and m e t h o d o l o g y o f
l e g a l r e s e a r c h and w i l l i n c l u d e
f u n c t i o n s such as r e a d i n g b r i e f s
and l e g a l d o c u m e n t s ; u s i n g
e n c y c l o p e d i a e , annotated r e p o r t s ,

110

T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work
begun i n LGAS 173 and s t u d e n t s
w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o d r a f t more
complex d o c u m e n t a t i o n .

Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
Legal O f f i c e Procedures
(F)
(3,0,0)

176 *
I

P r a c t i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e
o r g a n i z a t i o n of l e g a l o f f i c e s .
Instruction in timekeeping, f i l i n g
and c o m m u n i c a t i o n s s y s t e m s , use o f
d a t a p r o c e s s i n g equipment i n t h e
law o f f i c e , e t h i c a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s of l e g a l a s s i s t a n t s and l e g a l
t e r m i n o l o g y w i l l be c o v e r e d .

Legal
Legal

Legal A s s i s t a n t
C o n t r a c t s I (F)

S t u d i e s 180 +*
(3,0,0)

Covers major a s p e c t s of t h e law of
c o n t r a c t s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be made
aware of how law i n g e n e r a l and
t h e law o f c o n t r a c t s i n p a r t i c u l a r
f i t s i n t o the o v e r a l l p a t t e r n of
s o c i e t y , and i t s p u r s u i t s . To t h i s
end s t u d e n t s w i l l d i s c u s s c r i t i c a l l y i n t h e c l a s s l a w , as w e l l as
the p r i n c i p l e s of c o n t r a c t l a w .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 181 *
C o n t r a c t s II ( S )
(3,0,0)
Prerequisite:

LGAS 180

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 1 8 0 . T o p i c s
covered w i l l i n c l u d e s p e c i a l types
o f c o n t r a c t s s u c h as a g e n c y ,
b a i l m e n t and i n s u r a n c e ; c r e d i t
t r a n s a c t i o n s s u c h as c h a t t e l
m o r t g a g e s , c o n d i t i o n a l s a l e s , and
p a r t n e r s h i p and company l a w .

Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
C r e d i t o r s ' Remedies ( F )

182 +*
(3,0,0)

LGAS 173

LGAS 154 and 155

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 154 and 155
w i t h a more i n t e n s i v e and i n - d e p t h
a p p r o a c h t o Land T i t l e s documents
and d i f f i c u l t t i t l e c o n v e y a n c e s ,
s t a t e m e n t s o f a d j u s t m e n t , and
r e c o n c i l i a t i o n . Emphasis w i l l be
p l a c e d on c l i e n t a p p r o a c h ,
p r e p a r a t i o n of d o c u m e n t s , f e e
s t r u c t u r e , t r a n s f e r and m o r t g a g i n g
o f e q u i t i e s , power o f a t t o r n e y ,
s u b r i g h t to purchase s t r a t a
t i t l e s , t r a n s f e r s and d i s c h a r g e s .

understanding of the r o l e of the
l e g a l a s s i s t a n t and o f t h e p r o c e s s
of l e g a l i n t e r v i e w i n g .
Students
w i l l acquire s k i l l s in conducting
v a r i o u s t y p e s o f i n t e r v i e w s and
p r e p a r i n g minutes of e v i d e n c e .

A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 179 *
I n t e r v i e w i n g (F)
(3,0,0)

This course w i l l

g i v e an

D i s c u s s i o n of the p r i n c i p l e s ,
p r a c t i c e and i n f o r m a t i o n g a t h e r i n g
p r o c e d u r e s n e c e s s a r y t o r e a l i z e on
j u d g m e n t s , i n c l u d i n g : Mareva
I n j u n c t i o n , W r i t s of E x e c u t i o n ,
Garnishee Proceedings, Fraudulent
C o n v e y a n c e s and P r e f e r e n c e s , and
B u i l d e r ' s L i e n s . The c a s e method
w i l l be u s e d and s t u d e n t s a r e
e x p e c t e d t o be f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e
d o c u m e n t a t i o n used i n t h e above
process.

Legal A s s i s t a n t
C o n t r a c t s I (S)

S t u d i e s 183 *
(1.5,0,0)

The o b j e c t i v e o f t h i s c o u r s e i s t o
give students a general unders t a n d i n g of the fundamental p r i n c i p l e s of c o n t r a c t law i n c l u d i n g
o f f e r and a c c e p t a n c e , c e r t a i n t y o f
terms, intention to create legal
r e l a t i o n s and c o n s i d e r a t i o n .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 184 *
C o n t r a c t s II (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 183
and w i l l c o v e r p r i v i t y , m i s t a k e ,
f r u s t r a t i o n , parole evidence,
d u r e s s , r e m e d i e s and c o n t i n g e n t
agreements.

way i n w h i c h t h e c o u r t s meet t h i s
need i n a c h a n g i n g s o c i e t y .
P r i n c i p a l t o p i c s t o be s t u d i e d
are: intentional t o r t s ,
negligence, s t r i c t l i a b i l i t y ,
d e f a m a t i o n and n u i s a n c e , c o n c e p t s
of s t a n d a r d of c a r e , c a u s a l i t y ,
d u t y and r e m o t e n e s s . S t u d e n t s w i l l
be r e q u i r e d t o p r e - r e a d c a s e s f o r
d i s c u s s i o n i n the c l a s s .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 185 *
C o n t r a c t s III
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
T h i s i s t h e f i n a l segment o f
c o n t r a c t l a w and w i l l i n c l u d e
r e m o t e n e s s of damages, e x c l u s i o n
c l a u s e s and s p e c i a l i z e d c o n t r a c t
p r o b l e m s u n d e r t h e S a l e o f Goods
A c t and t h e B i l l s of Exchange Act

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 199 *
Career Practicum (F.S.SU) (3,1,0)
T h i s i s t h e work p o r t i o n o f t h e
C a r e e r P r a c t i c u m and c o n s i s t s o f
s i x months i n a law f i r m . S t u d e n t s
w i l l be a s s i s t e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r
i n f i n d i n g a p r a c t i c u m , but i t i s
the student's r e s p o n s i b i l i t y to
obtain a practicum p o s i t i o n .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 250
T o r t s I (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
The o b j e c t i v e of t h i s c o u r s e i s t o
give students a general
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e f u n d a m e n t a l
p r i n c i p l e s of the law of t o r t s
w i t h p a r t i c u l a r e m p h a s i s on
n e g l i g e n c e i n c u d i n g , duty of c a r e ,
s t a n d a r d of c a r e , c a u s a t i o n ,
r e m o t e n e s s o f damages, a s s e s s m e n t
o f damages and d e f e n c e s t o
negligence l i a b i l i t y .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 253 +*
Company Law ( F , S )
(3,0,0)

T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 250
- T o r t s I and t h e e m p h a s i s on t h i s
c o u r s e i s on i n t e n t i o n a l t o r t s ,
including assault, battery, false
i m p r i s o n m e n t and t r e s p a s s t o l a n d .

Legal A s s i s t a n t Studies
Torts (F,S)
(3,0,0)

252 +*

An i n t r o d u c t o r y s t u d y of " t o r t s " the p r o t e c t i o n of p e r s o n a l
i n t e r e s t from i n t e r f e r e n c e and t h e

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 257
E s t a t e Law ( F , S )
(3,0,0)
A c o n s i d e r a t i o n of advanced
proceedings r e l a t i n g to estates
and p r o p e r t y i n t e r e s t s o f d e c e a s e d
and i n c o m p e t e n t p e r s o n s i n c l u d i n g
related litigous matters.

P r e r e q u i s i t e LGAS 153
Transferable
The law r e l a t i n g t o c o r p o r a t i o n s
and p a r t n e r s h i p s i n C a n a d a ;
historical formation, structure
and r e o r g a n i z a t i o n o f a c o r p o r a t i o n ; a u t h o r i t y and f i d u c i a r y
o b l i g a t i o n o f management; l e g a l
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s , r i g h t s and d u t i e s
o f o f f i c e r s , d i r e c t o r s and
s h a r e h o l d e r s . S t u d e n t s who have
e x p e r i e n c e i n t h i s f i e l d may
c h a l l e n g e the p r e r e q u i s i t e .

Legal A s s i s t a n t
Further Studies
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

S t u d i e s 254 +*
i n T o r t Law

T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of LGAS 252
and w i l l go i n t o more d e t a i l i n
t h e s t u d y of n e g l i g e n c e l a w ,
i n c l u d i n g remoteness of damages,
defences to negligence, negligent
m i s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n and r e c o v e r y o f
pure economic l o s s .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 255
Real P r o p e r t y ( F , S )
(3,0,0)
Prerequisite:

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 251
T o r t s II ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

access, guardianship; adoption.
The v a r i o u s l e g i s l a t i o n i n t h i s
a r e a w i l l be e x a m i n e d w i t h s p e c i a l
e m p h a s i s on t h e D i v o r c e A c t and
the Family R e l a t i o n s A c t .

to

SFU.

Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
C r i m i n a l Procedures (F)

258 +
(3,0,0)

An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e C r i m i n a l
Code, t h e o r y of c r i m i n a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y ; l e g a l elements of a c r i m e ;
c r i m i n a l p r o c e d u r e ; the law
r e s p e c t i n g the use of f o r c e , r u l e s
of e v i d e n c e , c o n f e s s i o n ; i d e n t i f i c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s and s e n t e n c i n g .
This course w i l l r e c e i v e 3 general
e l e c t i v e c r e d i t s at S F U .
Transferable

to

SFU.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 262 *
L i t i g a t i o n Procedures
III
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
Prerequisites:

LGAS 152 and 162

This course i s designed for l e g a l
a s s i s t a n t s a s s i s t i n g in a family
l i t i g a t i o n p r a c t i c e . The c o u r s e
w i l l c o v e r d i v o r c e and F a m i l y
R e l a t i o n s Act p r o c e d u r e s .

LGAS 165

A r e v i e w o f t h e common l a w r e l a t i n g t o r e a l p r o p e r t y , and m o d i f i e d
by l e g i s l a t i o n w i l l be s t u d i e d i n
t h i s course using the case
a n a l y s i s method. Students having
work e x p e r i e n c e i n t h i s f i e l d may
c h a l l e n g e the p r e r e q u i s i t e .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 256 +*
F a m i l y Law ( F , S )
(3,0,0)
Law and t h e f a m i l y , m a r r i a g e and
i t s d i s s o l u t i o n ; r i g h t s and d u t i e s
o f s p o u s e s and p a r e n t s ; t h e law i n
respect to c h i l d c a r e ; custody;

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 268 +*
C r i m i n a l Law (S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
S u b s t a n t i a l elements of s e l e c t e d
c r i m i n a l o f f e n c e s and c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f common d e f e n c e s . D e f e n c e s
studied are p r o v o c a t i o n ,
automatism, n e c e s s i t y , s e l f d e f e n c e , i n s a n i t y , and m i s t a k e o f
f a c t . The C r i m i n a l Code o f Canada
w i l l be examined i n d e t a i l . T h i s
course w i l l receive 3 general
e l e c t i v e c r e d i t s at S F U .
Transferable

to

SFU.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 270
L a b o u r Law ( F , S )
(3,0,0)

LEGAL SECRETARIAL PROGRAM

Union-Management r e l a t i o n s ; t h e
c o l l e c t i v e bargaining process;
a r b i t r a t i o n and c o n c i l i a t i o n
p r o c e d u r e s . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s
d e t a i l e d c o n s i d e r a t i o n of the B . C .
L a b o u r Code and a s t u d y o f
d e c i s i o n s o f t h e B . C . Labour
Relations Board.

L e g a l S t u d i e s 271 +*
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Law ( F , S )

(3,0,0)

The law r e l a t i n g t o a d m i n i s t r a t i v e
t r i b u n a l s i n C a n a d a . The r u l e s of
n a t u r a l j u s t i c e w i l l be e x a m i n e d .
Emphasis w i l l be on p r o v i n c i a l
a d m i n i s t r a t i v e t r i b u n a l s . The
Workers' Compensation A c t , the
G . A . I . N . A c t , the R e s i d e n t i a l
Tenancy A c t , t h e L a b o u r Code and
t h e Unemployment I n s u r a n c e Act
w i l l be s t u d i e d . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
required to pre-read cases f o r
class discussion.

The e x a c t i n g f i e l d o f l a w o f f e r s
excellent career opportunities for
s t u d e n t s g r a d u a t i n g as l e g a l
secretari es.
This eight-month vocational
p r o g r a m w i t h i n t a k e s i n September
and J a n u a r y c o v e r s t h r e e main
c a t e g o r i e s of i n f o r m a t i o n : c o u r s e s
which provide a fundamental
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the l e g a l system
i n B . C . ; s h o r t h a n d and t y p i n g ; and
legal o f f i c e procedures.
P a r t - t i m e courses are a v a i l a b l e .
For i n f o r m a t i o n r e g a r d i n g p r e r e q u i s i t e s and a d m i s s i o n p r o c e d u r e s
contact the Office Administration
Division.
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Program
Completion C e r t i f i c a t e i s granted
upon s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n o f 3 5 . 5
credits.
FIRST TERM CREDITS
LGST 100

L e g a l S t u d i e s 280 *
Computers i n t h e Law O f f i c e
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
Legal a p p l i c a t i o n s of computers
t h e law o f f i c e , w i t h p r a c t i c a l
e x p e r i e n c e on m i c r o - c o m p u t e r s .

in

LGST
LGST
LGST
LGST

102
109
110
116

CMNS 150

Credits

Production Typing
I
Beginning Shorthand
Basic L i t i g a t i o n ..
Corporate Procedure
I n t r o d u c t i o n to the
Legal System
Communications . . . .

4.5
3
3
3
1.5
J
18.0

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 100
Legal E l e c t r o n i c Typing I
(F.S) ( 4 . 5 , 2 , 0 )
A f t e r a review of b a s i c f o r m a t t i n g
s k i l l s , the student develops a
p r o f e s s i o n a l and p r a c t i c a l
approach to t y p i n g problems i n
p r o d u c i n g m a i l a b l e copy o f
c o r r e s p o n d e n c e and o t h e r l e g a l
m a t e r i a l s . M a n d a t o r y two hour l a b
per week.

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 101
L e g a l E l e c t r o n i c T y p i n g II
(S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 2 , 0 )
Prerequisite:

LGST 100

C o n t i n u a t i o n o f p r o d u c t i o n of
l e g a l m a t e r i a l s i n c l u d i n g : memoranda o f l a w , l e g a l i n s t r u m e n t s ,
c o u r t d o c u m e n t s , and f o r m s .

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 102
Beginning Shorthand
(F.S)
(3,2,0)
B e g i n n i n g study of F o r k n e r
s h o r t h a n d s y s t e m w i t h e m p h a s i s on
a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e o r y and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f speed u t i l i z i n g
high frequency vocabulary.
S u c c e s s f u l s t u d e n t s s h o u l d be a b l e
t o t a k e d i c t a t i o n a t 60 wpm a f t e r
c o m p l e t i n g one t e r m . T h i s c o u r s e
r e q u i r e s an a d d i t i o n a l two h o u r s
of l a b t i m e per week.

SECOND TERM CREDITS
LGST 101
LGST 103

Production Typing
II
S h o r t h a n d Speed

1 .5

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 103
S h o r t h a n d Speed D e v e l o p m e n t I
(F.S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

1 .5
LGST 105
LGST 107

T y p i n g S k i 11 and
Speed Development
Machi ne

.

1 .5
3

LGST 114

C o n v e y a n c i n g ft
Mortgage P r o c e d u r e s
W i l l s ft P r o b a t e

LGST 117

Legal

LGST 119

Directed

LGST 122

Word

LGST 112

3
1 .5

Office

P r e r e q u i s i t e : BOT 113 o r a
s h o r t h a n d speed o f 60 wpm.
C o n t i n u a t i o n of speed development
along with theory review,
increased v o c a b u l a r y , d i c t a t i o n of
f a m i l i a r and u n f a m i l i a r m a t e r i a l
a i m i n g a t 90% a c c u r a c y i n
transcription.

1 .5
Work
1 .5
Information
3
18 . 0

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 105
T y p i n g S k i l l and Speed Development
I (S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
Remedial d r i l l s , power d r i l l s ,
s h o r t and s u s t a i n e d t i m e d w r i t i n g s
t o i n c r e a s e s p e e d and a c c u r a c y i n
typewriting.

112

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 107
Legal Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n
(S.SU) ( 3 , 2 , 0 )

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 114
W i l l s and P r o b a t e P r o c e d u r e s
(S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 122
Word I n f o r m a t i o n P r o c e s s i n g
(S.SU) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

A f t e r a review of b a s i c
t r a n s c r i p t i o n s k i l l s , the student
develops s k i l l s in t r a n s c r i b i n g
legal materials including:
correspondence, accounts, legal
f o r m s , and documents i n
s p e c i a l i z e d areas of l a w .
M a n d a t o r y two h o u r l a b p e r w e e k .

An e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e W i l l s A c t ,
and E s t a t e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c t .
Students w i l l prepare the
n e c e s s a r y documents t o o b t a i n
L e t t e r s P r o b a t e and L e t t e r s of
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n i n t h e Supreme
C o u r t of B . C .

The s t u d e n t , as a non d a t a
processing o f f i c e worker, w i l l
l e a r n t o i d e n t i f y t h e components
o f o f f i c e a u t o m a t i o n and t o
i d e n t i f y the u t i l i z a t i o n of
advanced w o r k s t a t i o n s i n t i m e c o n s u m i n g p r o d u c t i o n and
administrative functions.

Legal Secretary T r a i n i n g
Basic L i t i g a t i o n I (F.S)

109
(3,0,0)

Introduction to court procedures
i n C o u n t y and Supreme C o u r t s o f
B . C . The c o u r s e w i l l c o v e r
procedures in p r e - t r i a l
p r e p a r a t i o n , the p r e p a r a t i o n of
d o c u m e n t s , t h e use of p r e c e d e n t s
i n County and Supreme C o u r t s .

Legal Secretary
Basic Corporate
(F.S)
(3,0,0)

T r a i n i n g 110
Procedures I

An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e B . C .
Companies A c t and t h e v a r i o u s
documents t h a t a l e g a l s e c r e t a r y
must be f a m i l i a r w i t h i n o r d e r t o
i n c o r p o r a t e a company and a t t e n d
t o r o u t i n e f i l i n g s and
r e s o l u t i o n s . Records, o f f i c e
r e q u i r e m e n t s , annual p r o c e e d i n g s ,
p r e p a r i n g s h a r e c e r t i f i c a t e s and
r e g i s t r a t i o n , e t c . , w i l l a l s o be
covered.

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 112
B a s i c Conveyance & Mortgage
Procedures (S,SU) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )
H i s t o r y and e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e
l a n d r e g i s t r y s y s t e m i n B . C . Land
T i t l e s Act r e q u i r e m e n t s , documents
necessary for r e g i s t r a t i o n ; the
n a t u r e and e f f e c t o f t r a n s f e r s and
c h a r g e s ; s e a r c h p r o c e d u r e s w i l l be
c o v e r e d . The c o u r s e c o v e r s i n t e r i m
a g r e e m e n t s , Land T i t l e s A c t r e quirements, procedures, documents,
forms i n v o l v e d i n conveying t i t l e
and r e g i s t e r i n g v a r i o u s c h a r g e s .
E m p h a s i s w i l l be on p r e p a r i n g
a c c e p t a b l e documents, t r a n s f e r s ,
m o r t g a g e s , a g r e e m e n t s f o r s a l e and
necessary related forms.

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 116
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e Legal System
(F.S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
This course acquaints students
w i t h a w o r k i n g knowledge of t h e
C a n a d i a n and B . C . C o u r t S y s t e m ,
e t h i c s of t h e l e g a l p r o f e s s i o n and
t h e r u l e s o f t h e Law S o c i e t y
r e l a t i n g to t r u s t accounts.

Legal
Legal
(F.S)

Secretary Training
O f f i c e Procedures
(1.5,0,0)

117

A course to prepare l e g a l
s e c r e t a r i a l students for p o s i t i o n s
i n law o f f i c e s . I n s t r u c t i o n i n
t i m e k e e p i n g and a c c o u n t i n g
s y s t e m s , use of t r a n s c r i b e r s ,
l e g a l b r i e f s , use o f law l i b r a r y ,
l i b r a r y i n d e x i n g , use o f d a t a
p r o c e s s i n g equipment i n t h e law
office, ethical responsibilities,
l e g a l t e r m i n o l o g y , f i l i n g , and
other procedures p a r t i c u l a r to the
p r o f e s s i o n . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis
w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f
a law o f f i c e , t h e d i f f e r e n c e s
between l a r g e and s m a l l o f f i c e s ,
and t h e o f f i c e p r o c e d u r e s u n i q u e
t o t h e p r a c t i c e of l a w .

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 119
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e
(S.SU) ( 1 , 3 0 , 0 )
I n - t e r m work e x p e r i e n c e i n v o l v i n g
t h r e e l e c t u r e h o u r s and a t l e a s t
30 h o u r s o f r e l a t e d o f f i c e
experience in the l e g a l f i e l d .
A l s o covered i s the resume, j o b
a p p l i c a t i o n , c o v e r l e t t e r and
interview.

113

MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PART-TIME
EVENING PROGRAM

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 100
T y p i n g II ( F , S )
(3,3,0)

Medical O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t courses
a r e h e l d a t n i g h t as p a r t of a
P a r t - T i m e program. For i n f o r m a t i o n
about t h e s e c o u r s e s c o n t a c t t h e
O f f i c e Administration department.

Prerequisite:
wpm.

MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM
Graduates from t h i s e i g h t - m o n t h
program r e c e i v e employment i n
m e d i c a l o f f i c e s as w e l l as i n a
d i v e r s e number of h o s p i t a l
settings.
A l l a p p l i c a n t s w i l l have t h e
o p p o r t u n i t y t o meet w i t h t h e
Program C o o r d i n a t o r p r i o r t o
r e g i s t r a t i o n to a s s e s s whether or
not t h e y have p e r s o n a l q u a l i t i e s
and c l e r i c a l s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o
be a s u c c e s s f u l M e d i c a l O f f i c e
Assistant.
For a d d i t i o n a l admission
information contact the O f f i c e
Administration Division.

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 103
Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n
(F.S)
(3,3,0)

T y p i n g speed o f 40
Prerequisite:

MOA 100 and 111

Speed d e v e l o p m e n t and a c c u r a c y i n
t y p e w r i t i n g w i t h e m p h a s i s on
p r o d u c t i o n , c o m p o s i t i o n of l e t t e r s
and l e t t e r s t y l e s and e x t e n s i v e
practice in typing various o f f i c e
forms.

Medical machine t r a n s c r i p t i o n .
Practice in t r a n s c r i b i n g forms,
l e t t e r s and r e p o r t s f r o m L a n i e r
d i c t a t i o n equipment. This course
e n t a i l s a mandatory t h r e e l a b
hours.

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 101
T y p i n g S k i l l and Speed Development
I (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 105
Medical O f f i c e Procedures
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

R e m e d i a l d r i l l s , power d r i l l s ,
s h o r t and s u s t a i n e d t i m e d w r i t i n g s
t o i n c r e a s e speed and a c c u r a c y i n
typewriting.

T h i s i s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o o f f i c e
p r o c e d u r e s common t o g e n e r a l
m e d i c a l o f f i c e s and h o s p i t a l s .
Students w i l l gain e x p e r t i s e i n
making a p p o i n t m e n t s ; keeping
medical r e c o r d s ; keeping f i n a n c i a l
records; b i l l i n g ; dealing with
p a t i e n t s , e t c . Students w i l l a l s o
become f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e p r o f e s s i o n a l e t h i c s of the p a r a - m e d i c a l .

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 102
T y p i n g S k i l l and Speed Development
II ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
Continuation

o f MOA 1 0 1 .
M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 106
Medical O f f i c e Procedures
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
Credit
Hours

FIRST TERM
CMNS 150 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s
MOA 100
T y p i n g II
MOA 101
T y p i n g Speed Development
MOA 105
Medical O f f i c e Procedures I
MOA 107
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o H e a l t h Care I
MOA 109
Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y I
MOA 111
Medical Terminology I

3
3
1.5
3
3
3
_3
19.5

SECOND TERM
MOA 102
T y p i n g Speed and S k i l l Development
MOA 103
Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n
MOA 106
M e d i c a l O f f i c e P r o c e d u r e s II
MOA 108
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o H e a l t h C a r e II
MOA 110
Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y II
MOA 112
M e d i c a l T e r m i n o l o g y II
MOA 115
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e

Individual

114

course d e s c r i p t i o n s are l i s t e d

below.

1.5
3
4.5
3
3
3
1.5
19.5

Lab
Hours

4

_
4

3

3

C o n t i n u a t i o n o f MOA 1 0 5 ; i n c l u d e s
an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o m i c r o c o m p u t e r
a p p l i c a t i o n s in the medical
office.

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 107
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Health Care
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
Students w i l l l e a r n about c l i n i c a l
procedures p e r t i n e n t to the
d o c t o r ' s o f f i c e and t h e h o s p i t a l
s e t t i n g . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s
g e n e r a l i n f o r m a t i o n about p h y s i c a l
and m e n t a l h e a l t h ; m e d i c a t i o n s and
health products. Students w i l l
a l s o l e a r n how t o use and m a i n t a i n
medical o f f i c e equipment. Half the
t i m e i s s p e n t on F i r s t A i d , and
s t u d e n t s w i l l r e c e i v e an Emergency
Safety Oriented F i r s t Aid
C e r t i f i c a t e upon c o m p l e t i o n o f
t h i s phase of the c o u r s e .

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 108
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o H e a l t h Care
(F.S)
(3.0.0)
Continuation

of MOA 1 0 7 .

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 109
Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y I
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
A study of the s t r u c t u r e , f u n c t i o n
and i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s of t h e
o r g a n i c systems of the body.
Common m e d i c a l d i s o r d e r s ,
o p e r a t i v e p r o c e d u r e s and r e l a t e d
t e r m i n o l o g y w i l l be s t u d i e d i n
c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h the systems.

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 110
Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y
II
(F,S)
(3,0,0)
C o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work begun
MOA 1 0 9 .

in

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 104
Computer L i t e r a c y ( F , S )

The O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y P r o g r a m has
been d e s i g n e d t o e n s u r e t h a t
graduates w i l l possess the b a s i c
s k i l l s e s s e n t i a l f o r both the
t r a d i t i o n a l and modern o f f i c e s .
S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s , h o w e v e r , w i l l be
p l a c e d on d e v e l o p i n g p r o f i c i e n c y
i n t h e use o f e l e c t r o n i c
equi p m e n t .

H i s t o r i c a l background,
t e r m i n o l o g y , h a r d w a r e and
s o f t w a r e , a p p l i c a t i o n s and t h e
i m p a c t o f c o m p u t e r s on t h e o f f i c e
w i l l be d i s c u s s e d .

S t u d e n t s must a t t a i n a minimum
grade p o i n t average of 2.00 i n
order to a t t a i n graduation s t a t u s .
Entry i n t o t h i s program i s i n the
F a l l o n l y . A p p l i c a n t s should
contact the O f f i c e Administration
D i v i s i o n for admission
i nformati on.

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 100
Typing (F.S) ( 4 . 5 , 6 , 0 )
The s t u d e n t w i l l l e a r n t h e t o u c h
s y s t e m , s k i l l d e v e l o p m e n t and
formatti ng.

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 111
Medical Terminology I
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Greek and L a t i n
p r e f i x e s , s u f f i x e s , r o o t s , and
c o m b i n i n g forms common t o m e d i c a l
terminology.

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 112
Medical Terminology
II
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
C o n t i n u a t i o n and r e i n f o r c e m e n t
t e r m i n o l o g y i n MOA 1 1 1 .

OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
(Squamish/Sechelt/Lynnmour)

of

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 115
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
I n - t e r m work e x p e r i e n c e i n v o l v i n g
l e c t u r e h o u r s and at l e a s t 30
hours of r e l a t e d o f f i c e e x p e r i e n c e
in the f i e l d .

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 101
O f f i c e Records I (F.S)

A hands-on course to develop
p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h e use o f t h e
c o m p u t e r as an a i d t o c o m p l e t i n g
bookkeeping t a s k s .

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 106
E l e c t r o n i c Communications
(F.S)
(3,6,0)
A hands-on c o u r s e i n t h e use of
t h e word p r o c e s s o r f o r t h e
p r e p a r a t i o n of forms, documents,
and c o r r e s p o n d e n c e .

(1.5,0,0)

(1,0,0)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n and e x p a n s i o n o f
the s t u d i e s undertaken i n O f f i c e
Records I w i t h p a r t i c u l a r emphasis
on f i l i n g , m a c h i n e t r a n s c r i p t i o n ,
p e t t y c a s h and p a y r o l l .

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 103
Bookkeeping B a s i c s (F.S)

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 105
E l e c t r o n i c Bookkeeping
(F.S)
(2,6,0)

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 107
Computerized O f f i c e Communications
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

The d e v e l o p m e n t o f c l e r i c a l s k i l l s
and i m p o r t a n c e of m a i n t a i n i n g
r e c o r d s a c c u r a t e l y and n e a t l y a r e
s t r e s s e d throughout t h i s c o u r s e .

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 102
O f f i c e R e c o r d s II ( F . S )

(1,0,0)

(2,0,0)

A manual s y s t e m w i l l be s t u d i e d t o
the t r i a l balance l e v e l enabling
students to s u c c e s s f u l l y maintain
accounts for small b u s i n e s s .

The s t u d e n t w i l l be p r o v i d e d w i t h
an o v e r - v i e w o f t h e w o r l d o f
c o m p u t e r s and an o p p o r t u n i t y t o
become k n o w l e d g e a b l e a b o u t a r a n g e
of e l e c t r o n i c p r o c e s s i n g
functions.

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 108
Micro-Word Processing (F.S.SU)
A h a n d s - o n c o u r s e i n t h e use o f
t h e m i c r o c o m p u t e r f o r word
processing a p p l i c a t i o n s in the
p r e p a r a t i o n o f f o r m s , documents
and c o r r e s p o n d e n c e .

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 109
E l e c t r o n i c Bookkeeping
(F.S.SU) (3,0,0)
Hands-on c o u r s e t o develop
p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h e use of t h e
c o m p u t e r as an a i d t o c o m p l e t i n g
bookkeeping t a s k s . This course i s
s p e c i a l l y designed for p a r t - t i m e
s t u d e n t s who a r e a l r e a d y f a m i l i a r
w i t h manual b o o k k e e p i n g .

WORD PROCESSING PROGRAMS

Word/Information Processing
C e r t i f i c a t e Program

Word P r o c e s s i n g T r a i n e e
C e r t i f i c a t e Program

The W o r d / I n f o r m a t i o n P r o c e s s i n g
C a r e e r C e r t i f i c a t e Program i s an
e i g h t - m o n t h , f u l l - t i m e program.
The s t u d e n t w i l l r e c e i v e t r a i n i n g
on s c r e e n e d t e x t - e d i t o r s as w e l l
as r e l a t e d e q u i p m e n t . S t u d e n t s
w i l l be p r o v i d e d w i t h t h r e e weeks
work e x p e r i e n c e i n i n d u s t r y o v e r
t h e two t e r m s .

The Word P r o c e s s i n g T r a i n e e
C e r t i f i c a t e Program i s a s e v e n week p r o g r a m d e s i g n e d t o p r o v i d e
t h e s t u d e n t w i t h an u n d e r s t a n d i n g
o f t h e c o n c e p t s and p r a c t i c a l
a p p l i c a t i o n s of word p r o c e s s i n g
and p r o v i d e s t h e s t u d e n t w i t h t h e
a b i l i t y t o o p e r a t e word p r o c e s s i n g
equipment.
CREDITS
6.0

Program R e q u i r e m e n t s
REQUIRED COURSE
WDPR 100 B a s i c O p e r a t o r
T r a i n i n g Level
WDPR 200 B a s i c O p e r a t o r
Training Level

I

.. 3

II

. 3

Word P r o c e s s i n g 100
Basic Operator T r a i n i n g

(3,4,0)

Word P r o c e s s i n g O p e r a t o r T r a i n i n g
i s a seven-week course designed to
provide the student with a mastery
of b a s i c r e c o r d and p l a y b a c k
o p e r a t i o n s on b o t h b l i n d and
v i s u a l word p r o c e s s o r s . The
s t u d e n t w i l l a l s o be i n t r o d u c e d t o
word p r o c e s s i n g t e r m i n o l o g y and
b a s i c word p r o c e s s i n g c o n c e p t s and
theories.

Word P r o c e s s i n g 200
Basic Operator Training
(3,4,0)

Level

Career

S t u d e n t s have t h e o p t i o n o f
e n r o l l i n g i n one f o u r - m o n t h t e r m
o f s t u d y d e p e n d i n g upon t h e i r
c a r e e r goal and/or p r e v i o u s
c l e r i c a l experience.
A p p l i c a n t s f o r t h i s program s h o u l d
contact the O f f i c e Administration
D i v i s i o n for admission
i n f o r m a t i o n . T h i s p r o g r a m has
i n t a k e s i n September and J a n u a r y .

TERM ONE:

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 150
R e c o r d s Management: Systems and
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n (F)
(1.5,0,0)
This course w i l l provide students
w i t h an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e s c o p e
and p r o b l e m s o f t h e a d m i n i s t r a t i v e
management o f r e c o r d s ; o f m a n u a l ,
n o n c o m p u t e r - a s s i s t e d and c o m p u t e r a s s i s t e d s t o r a g e and r e t r i e v a l
s y s t e m s ; and w i l l p r o v i d e
practical guidelines for
e s t a b l i s h i n g r e c o r d s management
systems.

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 151
R e c o r d s Management II
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
This course w i l l provide students
w i t h hands-on experience i n
e s t a b l i s h i n g and u s i n g a
m i c r o c o m p u t e r based r e c o r d s
management s y s t e m .

Credit
Hours

Lab
Hours

18

6

TRAINEE OPTION/WORD PROCESSING

Major Program Requirements
REQUIRED COURSES
BOT 100
Business English
OFTR 150 R e c o r d s Management
OFTR 164 E l e c t r o n i c T y p i n g
OFTR 181 M a c h i n e T r a n s c r i p t i o n
OFTR 187 Word P r o c e s s i n g
OFTR 252 I n t e r p e r s o n a l S k i l l s and O r g .
OFTR 300 D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e

Psychology

II

3
1.5
3
3
4.5
1.5
1.5
18

6
_
6

TERM TWO: ADVANCED OPTION/INFORMATION PROCESSING
P r e r e q u i s i t e : P r e v i o u s word
p r o c e s s i n g e x p e r i e n c e on an AES o r
Wang s y s t e m .
In L e v e l II t h e s t u d e n t w i l l
become p r o f i c i e n t i n t h e use o f
extended t e x t - e d i t i n g f u n c t i o n s
s u c h as r e p a g i n a t i o n ; h e a d e r s , and
f o o t e r s ; r i g h t margin j u s t i f i c a t i o n ; f i l e d u p l i c a t i o n and,
s p e c i a l f o r m s a p p l i c a t i o n s . The
s t u d e n t w i l l become f a m i l i a r w i t h
s e v e r a l t y p e s of word p r o c e s s i n g
e q u i p m e n t and w i l l i d e n t i f y word
p r o c e s s i n g as one component i n t h e
total information processing
system understanding i t s
i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p with other
components.

116

OFTR
OFTR
OFTR
OFTR
OFTR
OFTR
OFTR
OFTR
OFTR

151
155
160
161
165
186
188
253
301

R e c o r d s Management I
Text E d i t o r : B u s i n e s s W r i t i n g
M i c r o c o m p u t e r : Word P r o c e s s i n g
Microcomputer: Business A p p l i c a t i o n s
T y p i n g S k i l l and Speed Development
O f f i c e Technology
Word P r o c e s s i n g II
Interpersonal S k i l l s & Org. Behaviour
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e II

1.5
1.5
1.5
3
1.5
3
3
1.5
1.5
18

2
4

4
_
10

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 155
Text E d i t o r : B u s i n e s s
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 2 , 0 )

This course u t i l i z e s the r e v i s i o n
and p l a y b a c k c a p a b i l i t i e s o f t h e
screen-based t e x t - e d i t o r to
improve the s t u d e n t ' s q u a l i t y of
grammar, s p e l l i n g and word u s a g e ,
and t o d e v e l o p a n d / o r i m p r o v e
his/her composition s k i l l s .

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 160
M i c r o c o m p u t e r Word P r o c e s s i n g
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e t h e o r y and
p r a c t i c e of word p r o c e s s i n g on a
m i c r o c o m p u t e r . The s t u d e n t w i l l
c r e a t e , e d i t , and p r i n t a w i d e
range o f documents on t h e
microcomputer.

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 161
Microcomputer Business
A p p l i c a t i o n s (S) ( 3 , 4 , 0 )
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e t h e o r e t i c a l
a s p e c t s of m i c r o c o m p u t e r s and t o a
number of w i d e l y - u s e d b u s i n e s s
p r o g r a m s . Through t h e use of
microcomputers students w i l l l e a r n
the b a s i c s of o p e r a t i n g system
s o f t w a r e , the concepts r e l a t e d to
s p r e a d s h e e t s , and c o n c e p t s o f
communciations s o f t w a r e .

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 164
E l e c t r o n i c Typing (F,S)
Prerequisite:

(3,0,0)

45 wpm t y p i n g

This course p r o v i d e s the student
w i t h advanced m a c h i n e t r a n s c r i p t i o n s k i l l s . The main f o c u s i s on
producing m a t e r i a l f r e e of a l l
p u n c t u a t i o n , s p e l l i n g and s y n t a x
e r r o r s . A wide v a r i e t y of b u s i n e s s
communications are t r a n s c r i b e d ;
s u c h as l i s t s and s t a t i s t i c a l
information. A considerable
e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on p r o o f r e a d i n g
skills.

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 186
O f f i c e Technology (F,S)

(3,0,1)

This course w i l l acquaint students
with o f f i c e procedures, organizing
and p l a n n i n g work f l o w ,
r e p r o g r a p h i c s , communication
t r a n s m i t t a l , and v a r i o u s c a r e e r
paths in the i n t e g r a t e d o f f i c e .

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 187
Word P r o c e s s i n g ( F , S )

Development

This course w i l l build typing
s p e e d and a c c u r a c y by t a k i n g e a c h
t y p i s t by p l a n n e d p r o g r e s s i o n f r o m
t h e p o i n t at which each i s c u r r e n t l y performing to appreciably
higher s t r o k i n g l e v e l s .

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 253
I n t e r p e r s o n a l S k i l l s and
Organizational Behaviour
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f OFTR 2 5 2 .

The t r a n s f o r m a t i o n o f i d e a s i n t o
t y p e w r i t t e n or p r i n t e d form i s a
m a j o r f u n c t i o n of a c o r r e s p o n d e n c e
s e c r e t a r y . This course w i l l i n t r o duce t h e s t u d e n t t o t h e t h e o r y and
c o n c e p t s of word p r o c e s s i n g and t o
e x t e n d e d t e x t - e d i t i n g f u n c t i o n s on
a v i s u a l d i s p l a y word p r o c e s s o r
f o r t h e more e f f i c i e n t p r o d u c t i o n
o f w r i t t e n , v e r b a l , or r e c o r d e d
information.

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 188
Word P r o c e s s i n g II ( S )

This course w i l l provide students
with basic psychological concepts
and e x p e r i e n c e i n s e v e r a l s k i l l
areas important i n b u s i n e s s . It
includes practice in r e l a t i n g ,
a s s e r t i o n , f e e d b a c k and p r o b l e m s o l v i n g s k i l l s . Other t o p i c s
i n c l u d e : s m a l l group b e h a v i o u r ,
v e r b a l and n o n - v e r b a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n s ; dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y ;
leadership styles; supervisory
d i f f i c u l t i e s and c o n f l i c t r e s o l u t i o n . An e x p e r i e n t i a l a p p r o a c h
allows the student to p r a c t i c e
constructive interpersonal s k i l l s
in a supportive s e t t i n g .

(3,6,0)

speed.

Emphasis i s p l a c e d upon d e v e l o p i n g
a p r o f e s s i o n a l and p r a c t i c a l
approach t o t y p i n g problems w i t h a
minimum of s u p e r v i s i o n . S t u d e n t s
are given timed production
a s s i g n m e n t s and a c c e p t a b l e work
standards are s t r e s s e d .

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 165
T y p i n g S k i l l and Speed
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 252
I n t e r p e r s o n a l S k i l l s and
Organizational Psychology
(F.S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 181
Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n
(F.S)
(3,0,0)

Writing

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 300
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
A laboratory course i n v o l v i n g
about two l e c t u r e c l a s s e s a month
and a t l e a s t t h i r t y h o u r s o f
r e l a t e d o f f i c e e x p e r i e n c e i n an
i n d u s t r y placement i n the f i e l d of
word p r o c e s s i n g . T h i s w i l l b e t t e r
q u a l i f y t h e s t u d e n t f o r employment
i n t h a t area and/or e n a b l e the
s t u d e n t t o make an i n f o r m e d
d e c i s i o n as t o c a r e e r c h o i c e .

(3,4,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P r e v i o u s word
p r o c e s s i n g e x p e r i e n c e on an AES o r
WANG s y s t e m .

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 301
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )

A r e i n f o r c e m e n t o f work p r o c e d u r e s
used i n t r a d i t i o n a l word p r o c e s s i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n s by p r o d u c i n g
c o m p l e x documents w h i c h r e q u i r e
f o r m a t , m a c h i n e o p e r a t i o n , and
l a n g u a g e s k i l l d e c i s i o n s . The
s t u d e n t w i l l i n c o r p o r a t e l i s t and
math p r o c e s s i n g , k e y s t r o k e memory,
f o r m s o v e r l a y , and advanced
assembly f u n c t i o n s to complete
t r a i n i n g m o d u l e s f o r i n d u s t r y on
the d i s t r i b u t e d l o g i c system
and/or s t a n d - a l o n e system.

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f OFTR 3 0 0 . T h i s
course w i l l provide the student
w i t h a two-week p r a c t i c u m i n
i n d u s t r y i n t h e f i e l d o f word/
information processing.

II

117

Outdoor Recreation Programs
Instructional

Faculty

8ASHAM, D . F . ,
Coordinator
BOWERING, L . , B . E d . (UBC)
BRAAKSMA, T . , W i l d e r n e s s
Leadership C e r t .
(Capilano),
Canoe S p o r t I n s t r u c t o r C e r t . ,
CANSI
CANNING, J . , B . S c . (UBC)
CARTER, S . , B . S c . B i o l o g y A
Kinesiology (SFU), M.Ed. Adult
E d u c a t i o n (UBC)
CHESTER, N . , B . E d . , B . A . ( P . E . )
( S a s k . ) , M . P . E . (UBC)
CHRISTENSEN, A . , CPR I n s t r u c t o r ,
RLSS E x a m i n e r , W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t
A i d I n s t r u c t o r , BCRCA I n s t r u c t o r ,
Wilderness Leadership Cert.
Uutdoor R e c r e a t i o n Mgt. D i p l .
(Capilano)
CRAWFURD, S , B . H . E . ( U B C ) , M . S c ,
(U. of London, E n g . ) , C e r t i f i e d
D i e t i t i an
EWENS, P . , B . E d . (UBC) W i l d e r n e s s
Leadership D i p l . ( C a p i l a n o ) , S t .
Johns F i r s t A i d C e r t .
GRIFFITHS, R . , O . N . C . ( E n g l a n d ) ,
CANSI A s s o c . Mount G u i d e C e r t .
HATCHARD, J . , D i p l . O u t d o o r R e c .
Mgt., Wilderness Leadership C e r t .
( C a p i l a n o ) , Canoe S p o r t ( B . C . )
I n s t r u c t o r C e r t . , CANSI
HERBERTS, D . , E . M . A . ,
Industrial
F i r s t Aid C e r t .
HEWITT, M . , B . P . E . ( W a t e r l o o )
KOSKITALO, L . , B . S c . ( M a n i t o b a ) ,
P h . D . ( U B C ) , A p p l i e d L and s cap e
Horti c u l t u r e
MACINTOSH, B . , B . E d . , S e c o n d a r y
Major P . E . N a t i o n a l Level Four
Off Track O f f i c i a l C e r t . ,
N a t i o n a l T r a c k and F i e l d Coach
Level 3 C e r t .
SCARNELL, R. ( B . A . ) ( H o n s . )
Geography ( D u r h a m ) , M . A . G e o g .
(UBC)
SMITH, C , B . S . c . (Oregon S t a t e ) ,
M . C . P . A . C e r t . Canadian A t h l e t i c
T h e r a p i s t , C e r t . Canadian
Physiotherapy Assn.
STEVENS, D . , D i p l . O u t d o o r R e c .
Mgt., Wilderness Leadership C e r t .
( C a p i l a n o ) , Canoe S p o r t
Instructors C e r t . , St. John's
Ambulance I n s t r u c t o r s
Cert.
C A N S I , CSA Tour L e a d e r s C e r t .
TAUNTON, C , B . S c . K i n e s i o l o g y ,
M . S c . K i n e s i o l o g y (SFU)
T1SSHAW, K . , B . A . ( U . V i c ) , M.A.
(Okla.)
VAJDA-JANYK, A . , B . S c . K i n e s i o l o g y
( S F U ) , M . S c . R e c r e a t i o n (U. of
Brussels)
WELSH, R . , D i p l . i n L a n d s c a p i n g

118

(BCIT)
WESMAN, S . , C e r t . B a l l e t f o r
C h i l d r e n , C e r t . Gymnastics f o r
C h i l d r e n , Head Coach G y m n a s t i c s
Teams, Workshops i n r e l a t e d
f i e l d s at UBC and IWCA
WHITE, B . P . , B . A . , M . A . ( S F U ) ,
Coordinator
YOUNG, G . , B . A . , M . A .

General

Information

O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n i s p l a y i n g an
i n c r e a s i n g l y important role in the
s o c i a l and e c o n o m i c l i f e o f
B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a . An i n c r e a s e i n
a v a i l a b l e l e i s u r e t i m e and p u b l i c
i n t e r e s t i n the p r e s e r v a t i o n
o f n a t u r a l a r e a s have i n c r e a s e d
t h e need f o r q u a l i f i e d , w e l l t r a i n e d graduates c a p a b l e of
p l a n n i n g and d i r e c t i n g r e c r e a t i o n
p r o g r a m s , f a c i l i t i e s and t e a c h i n g
outdoor a c t i v i t y s k i l l s .
The d e p a r t m e n t a l s o o f f e r s a f u l l time s i x - m o n t h A p p l i e d Landscape
H o r t i c u l t u r e Program.
A l l e n q u i r i e s s h o u l d be d i r e c t e d
t o t h e Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
Department.

Outdoor

R e c r e a t i o n D i p l o m a Program

The C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e O u t d o o r
R e c r e a t i o n Diploma Program
p r o v i d e s t r a i n i n g f o r program
p r a c t i t i o n e r s f o r a wide range of
c a r e e r s i n a g e n c i e s s u c h as
p r o v i n c i a l and f e d e r a l p a r k s ,
human s e r v i c e s a g e n c i e s , human
r e s o u r c e s and c o r r e c t i o n a l o u t d o o r
l e a d e r s h i p , c o m m e r c i a l and
t o u r i s t - o r i e n t e d outdoor
r e c r e a t i o n , environmental
education, ski areas, municipal
and r e g i o n a l r e c r e a t i o n . The
v a r i e t y o f j o b o p p o r t u n i t i e s and
c a r e f u l p r a c t i c u m p l a c e m e n t s has
r e s u l t e d i n a v e r y good j o b
placement record f o r graduates
over the past twelve y e a r s .
The d e p a r t m e n t s e e k s t o a t t r a c t
c o m m i t t e d a p p l i c a n t s w i t h an
i n t e r e s t i n p e o p l e and t h e
o u t - o f - d o o r s whose p r e v i o u s
e d u c a t i o n and e x p e r i e n c e w o u l d
e n a b l e them t o b e n e f i t f r o m t h e
t r a i n i n g o f f e r e d . The d i p l o m a
program p r o v i d e s c a r e e r e n t r y

l e v e l t r a i n i n g f o r people
b e g i n n i n g o r c h a n g i n g c a r e e r s , and
a t t e m p t s t o m a t c h s t u d e n t needs
and t h e needs o f t h e employment
f i e l d i n a f l e x i b l e , s e n s i t i v e and
pragmatic manner. P r a c t i c u m
placements i n the f i n a l semester
are i n a wide range of a g e n c i e s ,
which r e f l e c t r e a l i s t i c job market
o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Program f a c u l t y
provide guidance to students i n
regard to the r e a l i t i e s of t h e i r
own c o m p e t e n c e , employment
o p p o r t u n i t i e s a v a i l a b l e , and
c h o i c e s of a p p r o p r i a t e o p t i o n a l
c o u r s e s . The d i p l o m a p r o g r a m i s
r e g u l a r l y r e - e v a l u a t e d and u p d a t e d
through i n p u t from i t s a d v i s o r y
c o m m i t t e e , f a c u l t y and s t u d e n t s .
Each s t u d e n t ' s p a r t i c u l a r p r o g r a m
c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i l l be d e c i d e d i n
c o n s u l t a t i o n with the c o o r d i n a t o r .
Students are r e q u i r e d to take
W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t A i d as p a r t o f
t h e i r s k i l l s d e v e l o p m e n t , and w i l l
be r e q u i r e d t o pay an a d d i t i o n a l
levy to cover p a r t i a l c o s t s of
e q u i p m e n t , f i e l d t r i p s and s k i l l s
d e v e l o p m e n t c o u r s e s . In f i e l d work
c o u r s e s , s t u d e n t a t t i t u d e and
l e a d e r s h i p c a p a b i l i t i e s w i l l be
taken i n t o account i n the i n s t r u c t o r ' s e v a l u a t i o n p r o f i l e . Access
t o o t h e r d e p a r t m e n t a l programs i s
a v a i l a b l e t o q u a l i f i e d Outdoor
Recreation diploma Students.
The i n s t r u c t i o n a l a p p r o a c h u s e d i n
the department i n c l u d e s emphasis
on f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e s , w h i c h a r e
p l a c e d t h r o u g h o u t t h e p r o g r a m . The
program s t a r t s w i t h a one-week
backpacking experience in the
coast mountains, which requires
s t u d e n t s t o be b o t h f i t and w e l l
prepared in regard to t h e i r
personal outdoor equipment. There
i s e x t e n s i v e c l a s s r o o m work i n t h e
p r o g r a m and t h e c u r r i c u l u m
i n c l u d e s v o l u n t e e r work i n t h e
field.
A p p l i c a n t s should note that the
curriculum i s constantly being
u p d a t e d and r e v i s e d and c u r r e n t
brochure or c a l e n d a r i n f o r m a t i o n
may r e q u i r e a d d i t i o n s o r
revisions.
A p p l i c a n t s f o r the Outdoor
R e c r e a t i o n D i p l o m a Program s h o u l d
f a m i l i a r i z e themselves with the
following admission requirements:

1 . A r r a n g e an i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e
C o o r d i n a t o r of t h e p r o g r a m .
( I n t e r v i e w s are held throughout
the academic y e a r . )
2 . In o r d e r t o be c o n s i d e r e d f o r
t h e p r o g r a m , a p p l i c a n t s must be a t
l e a s t 19 y e a r s of age a t t h e d a t e
of e n t r y i n t o t h e p r o g r a m .
3 . A p p l i c a n t s s h o u l d have good
r e a d i n g and w r i t i n g s k i l l s and
must be p h y s i c a l l y f i t .
4. A f t e r the

interview

Associate in Arts

the

Coor-

d i n a t o r of t h e O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n
Diploma Program w i l l r e q u e s t t h e
f o l l o w i n g documentation:
a . At l e a s t two l e t t e r s o f
reference.
b . H i g h s c h o o l or p o s t - s e c o n d a r y
education t r a n s c r i p t s
c . A l e t t e r of a p p l i c a t i o n ,
i n c l u d i n g a resume o f p a s t
experiences.
Note: A d o c t o r ' s c e r t i f i c a t e of
h e a l t h w i l l be r e q u i r e d of a l l
accepted candidates p r i o r to
admission.

and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a

M a j o r Program R e q u i r e m e n t s . . . .
General Education Requirements

FIRST SEMESTER
CMNS 150 B a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s
Rec 140
R e c r e a t i o n D e l i v e r y Systems
Rec 152
I n t r o d u c t i o n to Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
Rec 160
P h y s i c a l F i t n e s s i n Theory and P r a c t i c e
Rec 161
Wildernesss Backpacking I
Rec 166
Environmental Education

SECOND SEMESTER
CMNS 154 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s i n R e c r e a t i o n
Rec 141
O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Programming
Rec 151
The O u t d o o r E n v i r o n m e n t
Rec 153
L e i s u r e Issues
Rec 157
S k i l l s Development
Rec 163
Wilderness F i r s t Aid I
Rec 164
Nordic S k i i n g I

THIRD SEMESTER
Tour 100 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o T o u r i s m
Rec 178
Human R e l a t i o n s i n R e c r e a t i o n
Rec 240
Recreation Administration
Rec 293
Human S e r v i c e s A p p l i c a t i o n s
Rec 250
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Ecology
Rec 259
S k i l l s Development

FOURTH SEMESTER
Rec 255
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n P r a c t i c u m

Credit
Hours

Lab
Hours

62
_6_
68

14
14

3
3
3
3
3
_6
21

3
3
3
3
I3
3
19.5

Wilderness

Leadership

Program

L e c t u r e s i n t h i s p r o g r a m a r e on
one o r two e v e n i n g s p e r w e e k , w i t h
f i e l d t r i p s on w e e k e n d s . Most
c o u r s e s l a s t a p p r o x i m a t e l y one
month.
The W i l d e r n e s s L e a d e r s h i p P r o g r a m
i s d e s i g n e d t o meet p h y s i c a l ,
s o c i a l and a e s t h e t i c needs f o r
personal development. This d e v e l opment w i l l be a c h i e v e d t h r o u g h
involvement with low-impact,
environmentally s e n s i t i v e outdoor
a c t i v i t i e s . A s t r o n g commitment t o
t h e s e o u t d o o r a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be
e x p e c t e d . The program t h u s e n c o u r ages t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of l i f e s t y l e
and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s i n a
manner w h i c h promotes e n v i r o n m e n t a l i n t e g r i t y and r e a l i s t i c human
needs.
The p r o g r a m s e e k s t o e d u c a t e t h o s e
who w i s h t o s e r v e as s k i l l e d
l e a d e r s i n w i l d e r n e s s and semi wilderness r e c r e a t i o n . Canoeing,
m o u n t a i n t r a v e l , and n o r d i c s k i i n g
are the major a c t i v i t i e s t a u g h t .
F i e l d experience i s given
p r i o r i t y . Outdoor s a f e t y i s
emphasized w i t h i n s t r u c t i o n i n
management o f e m e r g e n c i e s , i n s a f e
and r e s p o n s i b l e a c t i v i t y p r o g r a m
d e v e l o p m e n t , and i n p r e v e n t a t i v e
s a f e t y . A second major emphasis i s
on t h e e n c o u r a g e m e n t o f e t h i c a l
behaviour in natural environments,
w i t h t h e added r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r
s t u d e n t s to pass these a t t i t u d e s
on t o o t h e r w i l d e r n e s s u s e r s .

5

1.5
3
3
2
3
J L _
15.5

12.
12

The g o a l o f t h e W i l d e r n e s s
L e a d e r s h i p Program i s t o p r o v i d e a
means by w h i c h i n d i v i d u a l s r e a l i z e
wilderness leadership roles with
c o n f i d e n c e and a s e n s e o f r e s p o n s i b i l i t y and s a f e t y . Through
a c t i v i t y - o r i e n t e d courses that
demand a h i g h l e v e l o f f i t n e s s ,
the program promotes t h e d e v e l o p ment o f w e l l - t r a i n e d i n s t r u c t o r s
who a r e w i l l i n g and c a p a b l e o f
s h a r i n g i n f o r m a t i o n and o f
d e m o n s t r a t i n g sound l e a d e r s h i p i n
t h e o u t d o o r s . S k i l l s c a n o n l y be
obtained through p r a c t i c e ; the
program t h e r e f o r e e n c o u r a g e s t h e
a c q u i s i t i o n of outdoor s k i l l s
through p r a c t i c a l e x p e r i e n c e .
There a r e two l e v e l s o f c e r t i f i c a t i o n in the Wilderness

119

L e a d e r s h i p P r o g r a m . L e v e l one i s
the Capilano College S k i l l s
A c q u i s i t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e designed
to provide the student with a
b a s i c l e v e l of a c t i v i t y s k i l l s .
L e v e l two i s t h e C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
Wilderness Leadership C e r t i f i c a t e
d e s i g n e d t o combine b a s i c a c t i v i t y
s k i l l s with leadership s k i l l s .
S t u d e n t s w i l l e n r o l l i n one c o u r s e
p e r s e m e s t e r , and must
s u c c e s s f u l l y complete each course
i n order to continue i n the
p r o g r a m . S t u d e n t s must a l s o o b t a i n
a " B " grade or b e t t e r i n o r d e r t o
p r o g r e s s t o the next c o u r s e . It i s
n e c e s s a r y t h a t a c t i v i t y s k i l l s and
l e a d e r s h i p q u a l i t i e s be h i g h i n
o u t d o o r a c t i v i t i e s where l e a d e r s
are r e s p o n s i b l e f o r p e o p l e ' s
l i v e s . A student r e c e i v i n g a "C"
g r a d e may r e p e a t t h e c o u r s e o r
show p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h a t a c t i v i t y
d u r i n g the f o l l o w i n g a p p r o p r i a t e
semester before c o n t i n u i n g i n the
p r o g r a m . T h i s must be a r r a n g e d
w i t h t h e c o n s e n t of t h e P r o g r a m
C o o r d i n a t o r and C o u r s e I n s t r u c t o r .
S t u d e n t s must be a d u l t
o f age and o l d e r ) .
Wilderness

WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE
Rec 1 6 4 , 1 6 3 , 264 as above
9
R e c r e a t i o n 165
1.5
R e c r e a t i o n 263
__3
Total
13.5

Fitness

L e a d e r s h i p Program

The F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p Program i s
a program d e s i g n e d t o t r a i n
F i t n e s s I n s t r u c t o r s , t e a c h e r s and
o t h e r s f o r p r o f e s s i o n a l and
v o l u n t e e r work i n e x e r c i s e
management and f i t n e s s p r o g r a m
d e s i g n . I t i s meant f o r t h e
i n d i v i d u a l whose aims have been o r
w i l l be i n t h e p r o m o t i o n a n d / o r
e x e c u t i o n o f " e x e r c i s e management"
or " f i t n e s s " programs, at t h e
community l e v e l w i t h r e c r e a t i o n
centres or p r i v a t e companies.
The c o u r s e f o r m a t p r o v i d e s t h e
n e c e s s a r y t h e o r e t i c a l and p r a c t i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n r e q u i r e d by p r a c t i t i o n e r s in order to administer

h e a l t h - o r i e n t e d f i t n e s s programs.
Emphasis w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e
p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of the
t h e o r e t i c a l knowledge r e q u i r e d .
A l l graduates w i l l q u a l i f y to
r e g i s t e r as a BC F i t n e s s
I n s t r u c t o r through the B . C . R . P . A .
The program i s o f f e r e d e v e n i n g s
and weekends o v e r f o u r c o l l e g e
s e m e s t e r s and must be t a k e n i n
sequential order. Applicants
s h o u l d be i n good h e a l t h and be
p h y s i c a l l y a c t i v e as most c o u r s e s
involve physical a c t i v i t y . A p p l i c a n t s must be a d u l t (19 y e a r s and
o l d e r ) . C l a s s s i z e w i l l be l i m i t e d . P a r t i c i p a n t s i n t h e program
w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o
r e c e i v e the B . C . Sports Aid C e r t i f i c a t e w h i l e doing the program,
Fitness Leadership

Credit
Hours

CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE
Major Requirements

15

S t u d e n t s may c h a l l e n g e c o u r s e s i n
t h i s program or r e c e i v e c r e d i t
f o r c o u r s e s of a l i k e n a t u r e at
other i n s t i t u t i o n s or a g e n c i e s ,
These c o u r s e s w i l l be r e v i e w e d by
t h e p r o g r a m ' s head i n s t r u c t o r
b e f o r e advance c r e d i t i s i s s u e d .

Option

S K I L L S ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE
R e c r e a t i o n 162
3
R e c r e a t i o n 163
3
R e c r e a t i o n 262
3
Total
9
WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE
Rec 1 6 2 , 1 6 3 , 262 as above
9
R e c r e a t i o n 165
1.5
R e c r e a t i o n 263
_3
Total
13.5

Wilderness Mountain Travel

Option

S K I L L S ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE
R e c r e a t i o n 168
3
R e c r e a t i o n 163
3
R e c r e a t i o n 268
_3
Total
9
WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE
Rec 1 6 8 , 1 6 3 , 268 as above
9
R e c r e a t i o n 165
1.5
R e c r e a t i o n 263
3
Total
13.5

120

S K I L L S ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE
R e c r e a t i o n 164
3
R e c r e a t i o n 163
3
R e c r e a t i o n 264
3
Total
9

(19 y e a r s

Leadership

Wilderness Canoeing

Wilderness Nordic S k i i n g Option

Credit
Hours
FIRST SEMESTER ( O f f e r e d F a l l - S p r i n g )
Rec 180
F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p Theory

3

SECOND SEMESTER ( F a l l )
Rec 181
Endurance A c t i v i t i e s
Rec 183
Strength Fitness
Rec 184
F i t n e s s F i r s t Aid
Rec 185
Fitness for Children

1
1
1
1

(Running)

THIRD SEMESTER ( S p r i n g and Summer)
Rec 182
E x e r c i s e Design
Rec 186
A q u a t i c F i t n e s s P r o g r a m (Summer)
Rec 187
Fitness for Seniors
Rec 188
Nutrition
Rec 189
P r e - & P o s t - N a t a l E x e r c i s e s (Summer)
Rec 195
The F i t n e s s Manager
Rec 196
Human R e l a t i o n s i n F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Lab
Hours

(3)

(3)

N o t e : S t u d e n t s w i l l c h o o s e s i x o f t h e above n i n e a c t i v i t y c o u r s e s o v e r
t h e s e c o n d and t h i r d s e m e s t e r s . Each a c t i v i t y c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f
1 0 - 1 5 h o u r s o f i n s t r u c t i o n and w i l l be o f f e r e d on a w e e k l y b a s i s f o r
s i x weeks or as a weekend w o r k s h o p .
FOURTH SEMESTER ( S p r i n g )
Rec 280
Advanced F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p T h e o r y
Rec 281
Fitness Leadership Practicum

3
3

R e c r e a t i o n 140
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n D e l i v e r y
Systems (S)
(3,0,0)
The c o u r s e w i l l d e a l w i t h t h e
s t r u c t u r e of d e l i v e r y s y s t e m s and
the p h y s i c a l f a c i l i t i e s which
operate to deal with these
d e l i v e r y systems. Although the
course w i l l i n c l u d e a general
overview in these t o p i c s , there
w i l l be an e m p h a s i s p l a c e d on
o u t d o o r s y s t e m s and f a c i l i t i e s .

R e c r e a t i o n 141
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Program
P l a n n i n g (S)
(3,3,0)
This course w i l l explore the
program p l a n n i n g f u n c t i o n in
outdoor r e c r e a t i o n . Topics w i l l
i n c l u d e : the problems of p l a n n i n g
programs i n e x i s t i n g d e l i v e r y
s y s t e m s , s e e k i n g ways t o s o l v e
t h e s e p r e s e n t p r o b l e m s , new
philosophies to consider in
program p l a n n i n g i n o u t d o o r
recreation. A lab introducing
computer a p p l i c a t i o n s i n R e c r e a tion is included in this course.

R e c r e a t i o n 153
L e i s u r e Issues (S)

A c o n c e n t r a t i o n on t h e b a s i c s o f
w e a t h e r and c l i m a t e and how
weather a f f e c t s outdoor
recreation
a c t i v i t i e s . M o u n t a i n w e a t h e r and
p e r s o n a l f o r e c a s t i n g w i l l be d e a l t
w i t h i n d e t a i l . The c o u r s e w i l l
a l s o f o c u s on t h e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n
of the environment from t o p o g r a p h i c maps and a e r i a l p h o t o g r a p h s ,
e m p h a s i z i n g r e c r e a t i o n map d e s i g n .

Recreation

A b r i e f o v e r v i e w of the d e v e l o p ment of r e c r e a t i o n . N a t u r e and
scope of outdoor r e c r e a t i o n in
r e l a t i o n t o modern l e i s u r e , n a t u r e
o f s u p p l y and demand, demand
a n a l y s i s as a p l a n n i n g t o o l ,
outdoor recreation resources
perception, psychological nature
of outdoor r e c r e a t i o n , e x p e r i e n c e
and b e h a v i o u r , o u t d o o r r e c r e a t i o n
l e g i s l a t i o n , carrying capacities

conflict,
inventory

(3,0,0)

E v o l u t i o n of l e i s u r e b e h a v i o u r i n
western s o c i e t y , the p r o t e s t a n t
work e t h i c , u t i l i t a r i a n i s m ,
l i f e s t y l e - b a s e d v a r i a t i o n i n work
and l e i s u r e , f a c t o r s i n l i f e s t y l e
c h o i c e , t o u r i s m and l e i s u r e , c o n s u m e r i s m and o u t d o o r r e c r e a t i o n ,
s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e on
p r e s e n t and f u t u r e t r e n d s .

R e c r e a t i o n 156
Introduction to Environmental
S t u d i e s (F)
(3,3,0)
E c o l o g i c a l p r i n c i p l e s and t h e i r
a p p l i c a t i o n to environmental
i s s u e s , ecosystem f u n c t i o n i n g ,
c o a s t a l b i o g e o c l i m a t i c z o n e s and
their indicator species,
e n v i r o n m e n t a l i s s u e s and
responsi b i 1 i t i e s .

R e c r e a t i o n 157
S k i l l s Development

R e c r e a t i o n 151
The O u t d o o r E n v i r o n m e n t
(S)
(3,2,0)

R e c r e a t i o n 152
I n t r o d u c t i o n to Outdoor
(F)
(3,0,0)

o f w i l d l a n d s , l a n d use
m u l t i p l e use p o l i c i e s ,
techniques.

(S)

(1.5,3,0)

Bike t o u r i n g , winter camping,
s n o w c r a f t , s m a l l boat s a f e t y , and
a n c i l l a r y outdoor r e c r e a t i o n a l
skills.
R e c r e a t i o n 160
P h y s i c a l F i t n e s s i n Theory
P r a c t i c e (F)
(3,0,0)

and

An o v e r v i e w o f t h e c o n s t i t u e n t s o f
p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s in which the
f o l l o w i n g t o p i c s are d e a l t w i t h :
What i s p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s ? What a r e
i t s physiological determinants?
How can p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s be
a c h i e v e d and m a i n t a i n e d ? W e i g h t
c o n t r o l , p h y s i o l o g i c a l changes
r e s u l t i n g f r o m t r a i n i n g and e x e r c i s e , tests for physical f i t n e s s ,
designing f i t n e s s programs.
Transferable

to

An i n t r o d u c t i o n

R e c r e a t i o n 162
Wilderness Canoeing
(F.SU) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

I

to the s k i l l s

of

I

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s k i l l s ,
t e c h n i q u e s and k n o w l e d g e o f b a s i c
p a d d l i n g i n open c a n o e s . T h i s
course includes i n s t r u c t i o n in
proper handling of equipment;
p a d d l i n g s k i l l s in grades of water
up t o and i n c l u d i n g g r a d e t w o ,
p r a c t i c e and r e s c u e , t r a c k i n g ,
l i n i n g , portaging, river reading,
c a n o e c a m p i n g and t e a c h i n g .
L e a d e r s h i p t e c h n i q u e s and c a n o e i n g
s k i l l s w i l l be s t r e s s e d t h r o u g h o u t
t h e c o u r s e . Upon c o m p l e t i o n o f
Canoe I s t u d e n t s w i l l be g i v e n t h e
o p p o r t u n i t y t o t a k e t h e F l a t Water
I n s t r u c t o r s exam f r o m BCRCA.

Recreation
Wilderness

163
First

Aid

(F,S)

(3,0,0)

This course i n c o r p o r a t e s the b a s i c
p r i n c i p l e s of F i r s t Aid w i t h the
s p e c i a l i z e d needs of t h e o u t d o o r
l e a d e r . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s CPR
B a s i c L i f e S u p p o r t S k i l l s and
improvised s p l i n t i n g techniques,
in a d d i t i o n to the content of a
standard f i r s t aid course. Special
a t t e n t i o n w i l l a l s o be g i v e n t o
t h e t o p i c s o f h y p o t h e r m i a and
hyperthermia. S k i l l levels
developed w i l l r e f l e c t Worker's
Compensation Board
Industrial
F i r s t Aid s t a n d a r d s .

R e c r e a t i o n 164
Wilderness Nordic
(S)
(3,0,0)

SFU.

R e c r e a t i o n 161
Wilderness Backpacking
(F)
(3,0,0)

summer h i k i n g and camp c r a f t s i n
w i l d e r n e s s a r e a s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be
p l a c e d on l e a d e r s h i p d e v e l o p m e n t
i n o r g a n i z a t i o n , s a f e t y and g r o u p
assessment. Topics w i l l include
access to w i l d e r n e s s a r e a s , e q u i p ment, n a v i g a t i o n , t r i p planning
and o r g a n i z a t o i n . C o n s i d e r a t i o n
w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e p r o b l e m s o f
working with groups,
particularly
i n t e r m s o f b u d g e t l i m i t a t i o n s and
improvising equipment.

Skiing

I

T h i s i s an i n t r o d u c t o r y
course
d e s i g n e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s an
i n i t i a l exposure to winter
e n v i r o n m e n t s on c r o s s - c o u n t r y
s k i s . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s b o t h a

l e c t u r e and a f i e l d t r i p s e r i e s
w i t h emphasis on o u t d o o r a c t i v i t y .
L e c t u r e t o p i c s a r e on e q u i p m e n t ,
waxing, c l o t h i n g , f i t n e s s ,
a v a l a n c h e a w a r e n e s s , n u t r i t i o n and
safety. Skill levels will reflect
CANSI and CSA m a t e r i a l c o n t e n t .

R e c r e a t i o n 165
Introduction to Wilderness
Leadership (F.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 )
This course w i l l address t o p i c s
which r e l a t e to Wilderness
Leadership in g e n e r a l , regardless
of the a c t i v i t y . Topics covered
i n c l u d e n a v i g a t i o n , woodsmanship,
c l o t h i n g , e q u i p m e n t , menu
planning, f i t n e s s , leadership
s t y l e s , and l e g a l i s s u e s .

R e c r e a t i o n 168
Mountain Travel

I (F.SU)

(3,0,0)

B a s i c p r i n c i p l e s of e q u i p m e n t ,
s a f e t y , g l a c i e r t r a v e l , snow
t r a v e l , and t o p rope c l i m b i n g a r e
covered. Although the course i s
p r i m a r i l y designed for the
b e g i n n e r , i t i s f l e x i b l e enough t o
c a t e r to people w i s h i n g to improve
t h e i r s k i l l beyond t h e n o v i c e
l e v e l . Lectures are in the evening
and f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e s a r e on
weekends.

R e c r e a t i o n 169
Landscape I n t e r p r e t a t i o n
(F) ( 3 , 2 , 0 )
L a n d s c a p e awareness and a p p r e c i a t i o n , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of mountain
e n v i r o n m e n t s , l o c a l g e o l o g y and
landforms, assessing landscape f o r
p o t e n t i a l and h a z a r d s f o r o u t d o o r
r e c r e a t i o n , outdoor r e c r e a t i o n
i m p a c t on l a n d s c a p e .

R e c r e a t i o n 178
Human R e l a t i o n s i n
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Recreation

T o p i c s i n c l u d e Human R e l a t i o n s i n
Management, Management S t y l e s ,
Time Management, t h e L e a d e r s h i p
R o l e , P e r s o n n e l Management and
C i t i z e n Involvement.

R e c r e a t i o n 180
Fitness Leadership
(F,S)
(3,0,0)

Theory

T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o combine
t e c h n i c a l and p r a c t i c a l
i n f o r m a t i o n n e c e s s a r y t o run a
f i t n e s s p r o g r a m . The a c c e n t w i l l
be on p r a c t i a l a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e
t e c h n i c a l knowledge a c q u i r e d .
Transferable

t o SFU

R e c r e a t i o n 181
Endurance A c t i v i t i e s
(F) ( 1 , 0 , 0 )

(Running)

This course i s designed to provide
fitness instructors with
i n f o r m a t i o n p e r t a i n i n g to the
o r g a n i z a t i o n and management o f
r u n n i n g p r o g r a m s . Through
t e c h n i c a l , p r a c t i c a l and
discussion s e s s i o n s , students
s h o u l d g a i n t h e i n f o r m a t i o n and
c o n f i d e n c e t o m o t i v a t e and c o u n s e l
o t h e r s who a r e i n v o l v e d i n o r
about t o b e g i n a r u n n i n g p r o g r a m .

R e c r e a t i o n 182
E x e r c i s e Design (S)

(1,0,0)

This course f o r f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s who w i s h t o i n c o r p o r a t e t h e
use of m u s i c i n t o t h e i r f i t n e s s
p r o g r a m s and l e a r n good program
a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . T h i s w i l l be
a c h i e v e d by p h y s i c a l i n v o l v e m e n t
i n a f i t n e s s c l a s s where m u s i c i s
used and by p r e s e n t a t i o n and
d i s c u s s i o n in the c l a s s r o o m .

R e c r e a t i o n 183
Strength Fitness

(F)

(1,0,0)

This course i s designed to provide
f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s , t e a c h e r s and
c o a c h e s w i t h t h e knowledge and
s k i l l s necessary to design safe
and e f f e c t i v e s t r e n g t h t r a i n i n g
p r o g r a m s . The f o c u s i s on s t r e n g t h
t r a i n i n g programs f o r g e n e r a l
f i t n e s s and f o r p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
a c t i vi t i e s .

R e c r e a t i o n 184
F i t n e s s F i r s t A i d (F)

(1,0,0)

Information for f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s on p r e v e n t i o n , i d e n t i f i c a t i o n

122

and t r e a t m e n t o f i n j u r i e s common
t o e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t i e s . The
c o u r s e w i l l c o n t a i n both t h e o r e t i c a l and p r a c t i c a l m a t e r i a l .

R e c r e a t i o n 185
Fitness for Children

(F)

(1,0,0)

This course i s designed to give
the f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r the
knowledge and s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o
a d m i n i s t e r a s a f e and m o t i v a t i n g
f i t n e s s program f o r c h i l d r e n .
Emphasis w i l l be g i v e n t o
practical s k i l l s acquisition.

R e c r e a t i o n 186
Aquatic Fitness
(SU) ( 1 , 0 , 0 )

Program

This course i s designed to provide
f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s and o t h e r s
working i n a q u a t i c s w i t h the
k n o w l e d g e and s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o
d e v e l o p a v a r i e t y o f s a f e and
e f f e c t i v e f i t n e s s programs i n t h e
a q u a t i c s e t t i n g . The c o u r s e d e a l s
w i t h e x e r c i s e programs b o t h i n t h e
w a t e r and on t h e p o o l d e c k .

R e c r e a t i o n 187
Fitness for Seniors

(1,0,0)

A course f o r or f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s who w i s h t o g a i n k n o w l e d g e
and e x p e r i e n c e i n d e s i g n i n g and
implementing f i t n e s s programs f o r
s e n i o r c i t i z e n s . The c o u r s e w i l l
c o n t a i n b o t h t h e o r e t i c a l and
practi cal materi a l .

R e c r e a t i o n 188
N u t r i t i o n (S) ( 1 , 0 , 0 )
B a s i c knowledge of n u t r i t i o n f o r
f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s . Emphasis w i l l
be p l a c e d on t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p
between n u t r i t i o n p r i n c i p l e s and
physical a c t i v i t y .

R e c r e a t i o n 189
Pre & P o s t - N a t a l
(SU) ( 1 , 0 , 0 )

Exercises

This course i s designed to give
t h e f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r knowledge
and s k i l l s i n c o n d u c t i n g e x e r c i s e
p r o g r a m s f o r women i n b o t h t h e
p r e - and p o s t - n a t a l c o n d i t i o n .

E m p h a s i s w i l l be on t h e o r y . I t i s
s t r o n g l y recommended t h a t s t u d e n t s
have t a k e n R e c r e a t i o n 182 E x e r c i s e D e s i g n , p r i o r to t h i s
course.

R e c r e a t i o n 195
The F i t n e s s Manager (S)

(1,0,0)

B a s i c p r i n c i p l e s o f management as
applied to f i t n e s s centres.

R e c r e a t i o n 196
Human R e l a t i o n s i n F i t n e s s
L e a d e r s h i p (S) ( 1 , 0 , 0 )
B a s i c c o n c e p t s of human
for fitness leaders.

R e c r e a t i o n 240
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
(F)

relations

Administration

(3,0,0)

N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e i s open t o
recreation p r a c t i t i o n e r s in the
field.
A study of g e n e r a l business
p r a c t i c e s i n t h e o p e r a t i o n of
various outdoor r e c r e a t i o n
f a c i l i t i e s , s u c h as r e c o r d
keeping, budgeting, accounting,
p u r c h a s i n g , a d v e r t i s i n g and c o n cession agreements, l i a b i l i t i e s ,
l a w s and s t a t u t e s g o v e r n i n g p a r k s
and r e c r e a t i o n a g e n c i e s .

R e c r e a t i o n 252
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
(F)
(3,3,0)

Resource

F o r e s t r y and f o r e s t r e c r e a t i o n
management, p a r k s p l a n n i n g
p r o c e s s e s , p r i n c i p l e s of f i s h and
w i l d l i f e h a b i t a t management,
resource inventory techniques,
s t r e a m and r i v e r c o r r i d o r
management, r e s o u r c e c o n f l i c t
r e s o l u t i o n methods, Tourism,
H o s p i t a l i t y and O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n
in B . C . , B.C. tourism products,
t o u r i s m and r e c r e a t i o n r e s o u r c e
m a n agem en t.

R e c r e a t i o n 255
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
(S) ( 1 2 , 0 , 0 )

Practicum

The p r a c t i c u m i s d e s i g n e d t o
integrate classroom theory with
working experience in the f i e l d .
Students w i l l arrange w i t h the
f a c u l t y S u p e r v i s o r t o spend t h r e e
and one h a l f months i n an a c c e p t a b l e a g e n c y p l a c e m e n t and w i l l be
r e s p o n s i b l e t o a s p e c i f i c agency
s u p e r v i s o r . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
provided with
t e r m s of r e f e r e n c e
f o r the practicum e x p e r i e n c e .
S t u d e n t work p e r f o r m a n c e and
p o t e n t i a l w i l l be e v a l u a t e d by t h e
f a c u l t y and agency s u p e r v i s o r , and
s t u d e n t s w i l l make a m a j o r
p r e s e n t a t i o n t o the department at
the c o n c l u s i o n of the p r a c t i c u m .

R e c r e a t i o n 259
S k i l l s Development

(F)

(1.5,3,0)

To d e v e l o p s p e c i a l i z e d s k i l l s .
r e l a t e d to the s t u d e n t ' s employment g o a l s . S t u d e n t s w i l l upgrade
s k i l l s i n wilderness photography,
d i s p l a y d e s i g n , brochure d e s i g n ,
l a y o u t and g r a p h i c a r t s .

e m p h a s i s on i n c r e a s e d p r o f i c i e n c y
under c o n d i t i o n s of i s o l a t i o n ,
where m e d i c a l a s s i s t a n c e i s .
d i s t a n t and where t h e r e a r e
e v a c u a t i o n p r o b l e m s . A heavy
e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on p r a c t i c a l
p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g which r e l a t e s to
b o t h summer and w i n t e r o u t d o o r
a c t i v i t i e s and s e t t i n g s .

R e c r e a t i o n 264
Wilderness Nordic
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Wilderness
S k i i n g I or e q u i v a l e n t

Prerequisite:

Prerequisite:
equi v a l e n t .

II

W i l d . Canoeing

I

A r e v i e w and a d d i t i o n s t o t h e
Canoeing I m a t e r i a l i n c l u d i n g :
canoe c o n s t r u c t i o n and r e p a i r ,
canoe h i s t o r y and e v o l u t i o n o f t h e
a b o r i g i n a l c a n o e s , tandem and s o l o
m o v i n g w a t e r s k i l l s and canoe
p o l i n g . The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o
f u r t h e r develop paddling s k i l l s ,
personal experience, teaching
a b i l i t y and l e a d e r s h i p t e c h n i q u e s .
Where a p p l i c a b l e t h e s t a n d a r d s and
i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l be f r o m BCRCA and
the Canadian R e c r e a t i o n a l Canoeing
Associ ati on.

R e c r e a t i o n 263
Wilderness F i r s t
(F.S)
(3,0,0)
Prerequisite:

II

Nordic

This course i s designed to further
e x p e r i e n c e , a w a r e n e s s , knowledge
and a c t i v i t y s k i l l s i n i t i a t e d i n
Wilderness Nordic S k i i n g
I.
E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d upon t h e
a c q u i s i t i o n of t e c h n i q u e s f o r
t e a c h i n g the s k i l l s of c r o s s c o u n t r y s k i i n g i n a group s i t u a t i o n and s k i t o u r i n g t e c h n i q u e s
f o r m u l t i - d a y t r i p s . This course
w i l l a l s o deal w i t h safe winter
t r a v e l and w i n t e r s u r v i v a l .

R e c r e a t i o n 268
Mountain Travel
R e c r e a t i o n 262
Wilderness Canoeing
(SU)
(3,0,0)

Skiing

II

(SU)

(3,0,0)

Mountain Travel

II

Wild. First

Aid

I

A review of the m a t e r i a l presented
i n Wilderness F i r s t Aid I w i t h

or

Rock c l i m b i n g t o a p p r o x i m a t e l y
g r a d e 5 . 4 w i l l be c o v e r e d .
E m p h a s i s w i l l be on p l a n n i n g and
o r g a n i z i n g an e x t e n d e d b a c k p a c k i n g
t r i p . S t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o be g i v e n
i n s t r u c t i o n i n r o u t e f i n d i n g and
n a v i g a t i o n . The c o u r s e c o n s i s t s o f
e v e n i n g l e c t u r e , one w e e k e n d , p l u s
a f i e l d t r i p , and an a d d i t i o n a l
f e e w i l l be l e v i e d t o c o v e r f i e l d
t r i p expenses.

R e c r e a t i o n 280
Advanced F i t n e s s
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

Leadership

P r e r e q u i s i t e : R e c . 180 and s i x
the 9 o n e - c r e d i t courses
Aid

I

of

A d e t a i l e d e x p l a n a t i o n of t h e
p h y s i o l o g i c a l , p h y s i c a l and s o c i a l
f a c t o r s involved i n the p r e p a r a t i o n of persons i n t e r e s t e d i n the
a r e a o f f i t n e s s l e a d e r s h i p . The
h o w - t o - d o - i t aspect of being a

123

fitness instructor
emphasized.

will

be

APPLIED LANDSCAPE HORTICULTURE
Objective

R e c r e a t i o n 281
Fitness Leadership
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 0 )

The aim o f t h i s p r o g r a m i s t o
provide i n d i v i d u a l s with the b a s i c
s k i l l s and knowledge p r e r e q u i s i t e
to beginning a c a r e e r i n
l a n d s c a p i n g or l a n d s c a p e r e l a t e d
industries.

Practicum

P r e r e q u i s i t e : To be t a k e n
concurrently with Rec. 280.
T h i s i s a 4 0 - h o u r program designed
to give p r a c t i c e in F i t n e s s
L e a d e r s h i p s k i l l s . The p r a c t i c u m
w i l l take place with a recognized
a g e n c y and under s u p e r v i s i o n by
t h e agency and t h e c o l l e g e . A
p r a c t i c u m r e p o r t w i l l be r e q u i r e d
from t h e s t u d e n t and p r i v a t e
d i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n w i t h t h e
head i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e F i t n e s s
Leadership Program.
R e c . 280/281 i s t r a n s f e r a b l e
SFU

to

R e c r e a t i o n 293
Human S e r v i c e s A p p l i c a t i o n s
(2,0,0)
A s t u d y o f human s e r v i c e p o l i c i e s ,
statutory r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , social
s e r v i c e s t r e n d s , outdoor
recreation services for special
p o p u l a t i o n s , human g r o w t h and
development through r e c r e a t i o n ,
a p p r o p r i a t e l e a d e r s h i p , and
programming a p p l i c a t i o n s .

TOURISM (new f o r

1986/87)

T o u r i s m 100
Introduction to
(F) ( 1 , 5 , 0 , 0 )

Tourism

E l e m e n t s of t h e t o u r i s m i n d u s t r y ,
C a n a d i a n and B . C . t o u r i s m , v a r i o u s
t o u r i s t p r o d u c t s , r o l e of
government a g e n c i e s , n a t u r e o f
t o u r i s t market, developmental
s t r a t e g i e s f o r B . C . , case s t u d i e s .

General

Information

The main a r e a s o f s t u d y i n c l u d e :
s o i l s , plant n u t r i t i o n , plant
m a t e r i a l s , b a s i c s of l a n d s c a p e
d e s i g n , grounds m a i n t e n a n c e ,
e q u i p m e n t m a i n t e n a n c e and
o p e r a t i o n , business p r a c t i c e s ,
l a n d s c a p e i n s t a l l a t i o n , and
p e s t i c i d e d i s p e n s i n g and
a p p l i c a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
given i n s t r u c t i o n to aid in
s u c c e s s f u l l y completing the B.C.
M i n i s t r y of Environment
c e r t i f i c a t i o n examinations in
p e s t i c i d e d i s p e n s i n g , and
l a n d s c a p e and g r o u n d s a p p l i c a t i o n .

Admission

Requirements

A p p l i c a n t s s h o u l d have a g e n u i n e
i n t e r e s t and d e s i r e f o r a c a r e e r
i n the landscape i n s t a l l a t i o n /
maintenance or r e t a i l garden
c e n t r e b u s i n e s s and a l s o an
i n t e r e s t in working outdoors.
There i s a minimum e d u c a t i o n a l
p r e r e q u i s i t e of g r a d e 1 0 , w i t h
g r a d e 12 p r e f e r r e d . S t u d e n t s not
p r o f i c i e n t i n m a t h e m a t i c s may be
r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a math u p g r a d i n g
course.

Program Time and

Dates:

C l a s s e s run d a i l y f r o m 9 : 0 0 t o
4 : 0 0 , f i v e days p e r w e e k . The
program commences at t h e b e g i n n i n g
o f September and c o n c l u d e s i n
March.

Applications
Due t o t h e p o p u l a r n a t u r e of t h e
p r o g r a m and i t s l i m i t e d
e n r o l l m e n t , a p p l i c a n t s are advised
t o n o t i f y C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Outdoor
R e c r e a t i o n Department p r e f e r a b l y
by m i d - A u g u s t 1 9 8 5 . Dnder c e r t a i n

124

c i r c u m s t a n c e s a d m i s s i o n can be
o b t a i n e d up t o one month a f t e r t h e
course b e g i n s , space p e r m i t t i n g .

Attendance
Due t o t h e i n t e n s e n a t u r e o f t h e
program, r e g u l a r attendance i s
c r u c i a l . Students are expected to
a t t e n d and p a r t i c i p a t e i n a l l
c l a s s e s . S t u d e n t s w i t h poor
a t t e n d a n c e may be r e q u e s t e d t o
withdraw.

Further

Information

Contact the Outdoor
Department.

Recreation

Vocational, Pre-Employment and Upgrading
DRAFTING 164
Microcomputer Aided

VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t any
o f t h e s e programs p l e a s e c a l l t h e
C o o r d i n a t o r of M e c h a n i c a l /
I n d u s t r i a l P r o g r a m s . A l l of t h e s e
programs a r e o f f e r e d s u b j e c t t o
approved f u n d i n g .

DRAFTING 160
Basic Drafting
Prerequisite:
equi v a l e n t

Skills
Grade

12 o r

This course i s designed to develop
basic d r a f t i n g s k i l l s required for
A r c h i t e c t u r a l working drawings,
g r a p h i c s , and d e s i g n p r e s e n t a t i o n .

DRAFTING 161
A r c h i t e c t u r a l D e s i g n and
C o n s t r u c t i o n Methods
Prerequisite:

Drafting

160

The s t u d y of A r c h i t e c t u r a l d e s i g n
and p r e s e n t a t i o n m e t h o d s , b u i l d i n g
c o n s t r u c t i o n s y s t e m s , and t h e use
o f b u i l d i n g and e l e c t r i c a l codes
and c i t y and m u n i c i p a l b y - l a w s .

DRAFTING 162
Architectural

Working

Prerequisite:

D r a f t i n g 160 and 161

Drawings

The p r o d u c t i o n of A r c h i t e c t u r a l
w o r k i n g d r a w i n g s , u s i n g wood
f r a m e , c o n c r e t e b l o c k , and heavy
t i m b e r b u i l d i n g systems f o r
r e s i d e n t i a l and c o m m e r c i a l
projects.

DRAFTING 163
Computer A i d e d

Drafting

Prerequisite: Draftings
and 162 or r e l a t e d work

1 6 0 , 161
experience

U s i n g t h e a r c h i t e c t u r a l program
" t e c h n i q u e " , students are
i n s t r u c t e d i n t h e use of t h i s
computer a i d e d d r a f t i n g system t o
p r o d u c e and c o o r d i n a t e a l l a s p e c t s
of A r c h i t e c t u r a l W o r k i n g D r a w i n g s .

Drafting

Designed f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h p r e v i o u s e x p e r i e n c e and/or t r a i n i n g
in architectural d r a f t i n g , t h i s
c o u r s e i s based on t h e use o f a
microcomputer to develop s k i l l s i n
c o m p u t e r a i d e d d r a f t i n g . The
s t u d e n t w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o become
f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e o p e r a t i o n Of t h e
IBM P C j r , i n c l u d i n g t h e use o f a
DOS s y s t e m t o t r a n s f e r and d e l e t e
d r a w i n g f i l e s . The s t u d e n t w i l l
become p r o f i c i e n t i n t h e use o f
the C . A . D . D . "Technique" system to
p r o d u c e and p l o t a r c h i t e c t u r a l
drawi n g s .

HOSPITALITY COURSES AT WHISTLER
WAITER/WAITRESS
An i n t e n s e 9U h o u r c o u r s e
c o n d u c t e d o v e r a t h r e e week t i m e
span i n W h i s t l e r . The c o u r s e d e a l s
with proper a t t i t u d e , business
p r a c t i c e s , and t e c h n i q u e s t o be a
s u c c e s s f u l food s e r v i c e s worker i n
a resort area.
BARTENDING
A t h r e e week 90 hour c o u r s e f o r
experienced h o s p i t a l i t y workers
who w i s h t o be s u c c e s s f u l at
o p e r a t i n g a bar or w o r k i n g i n a
l o u n g e i n a r e s o r t a r e a . The
course w i l l deal with proper
b u s i n e s s p r a c t i c e s , a t t i t u d e , and
t e c h n i q u e , w i t h hands-on
experience in a bar.
RESTAURANT TECHNOLOGY
A t h r e e week 90 hour c o u r s e
designed to t a k e a person w i t h
e x p e r i e n c e i n the h o s p i t a l i t y ,
f o o d , and b e v e r a g e i n d u s t r y , and
a s s i s t them t o become c o m p e t e n t
s u p e r v i s o r y p e r s o n n e l . The c o u r s e
w i l l h e l p t h e s t u d e n t t o become
knowledgeable in personnel
c o n t r o l , u n d e r s t a n d a l l f a c e t s of
f o o d and b e v e r a g e c o n t r o l , and
understand the economics of
operating in a resort area. A
p o r t i o n of t h e c o u r s e w i l l a l s o
deal w i t h customer r e l a t i o n s h i p s .

SKI

TECHNICIAN COURSE

This course i s designed to give
shop p e r s o n n e l i n t h e s k i i n d u s t r y
s u f f i c i e n t knowledge and s k i l l s t o

be c e r t i f i e d a t a l e v e l above c u r rent industry standards. Q u a l i f i e d
s k i shop p e r s o n n e l s h o u l d be a b l e
t o f i n d i m m e d i a t e employment i n
s h o p s . Students are expected to
gain e x p e r t i s e in matching ski
e q u i p m e n t t o s k i e r s , and i n how t o
s e l l and s e r v i c e s k i e q u i p m e n t .
Students are a l s o expected to
become f a m i l i a r w i t h t e c h n i c a l s k i
shop o p e r a t i o n s . C u s t o m e r s a f e t y
and t h e i m p o r t a n c e o f f o l l o w i n g
c o r r e c t procedures i s s t r e s s e d .
T h i s i s an i n t e n s e c o u r s e , r u n n i n g
f o r s e v e n 8 hour d a y s and i s
o f f e r e d i n t h e Lower M a i n l a n d and
at W h i s t l e r .

ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE
WORKSHOPS
In a d d i t i o n t o i t s s e r v i c e s as a
r e s o u r c e c e n t r e (see page 1 5 ) , t h e
Achievement Resource Centre o f f e r s
d a y t i m e and p v e n i n g w o r k s h o p s . For
s p e c i f i c t i m e s and d a t e s , c o n t a c t
t h e c e n t r e a t Lynnmour Campus,
S q u a m i s h o r S e c h e l t . These a r e a l l
non c r e d i t c o u r s e s , u n l e s s
otherwise i n d i c a t e d .
Workshops a t

Lynnmour

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 010
L e a r n i n g and S t u d y S k i l l s
(F.S.SU) (1.5,0,0)

Workshop

Students w i l l develop b a s i c s k i l l s
i n r e a d i n g , s t u d y i n g , w r i t i n g and
s p e l l i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t
o f some g r o u p w o r k , but w i l l
emphasize i n d i v i d u a l i z e d programs
based on s t u d e n t a s s e s s m e n t a t t h e
beginning of the c o u r s e .

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 011
R e a d i n g Workshops ( F . S . S U )
Through a s e r i e s o f i n t e n s i v e
reading workshops, students learn
and p r a c t i c e e s s e n t i a l r e a d i n g
t e c h n i q u e s . These w o r k s h o p s a r e
d e s i g n e d t o i n c r e a s e r e a d i n g speed
and c o m p r e h e n s i o n .

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 012
V o c a b u l a r y Development

(F,S,SU)

In t h e V o c a b u l a r y Development
Workshop s t u d e n t s w i l l a c q u i r e a

125

methodology f o r s y s t e m a t i c a l l y d e v e l o p i n g an e f f e c t i v e v o c a b u l a r y .
As w e l l , e f f o r t s w i l l be made t o
p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h some of t h e
terminology appropriate to t h e i r
f i e l d of s t u d y .

A . R . C . Program 013
S p e l l i n g Improvement

(F.S.SU)

i n t r o d u c e d f o r remembering
numbers, l a n g u a g e s , a p p o i n t m e n t s ,
e x a m i n a t i o n m a t e r i a l and s p e e c h e s .

A . R . C . Program 018
Time Management ( F , S , S U )
A n a l y s i s of p r e s e n t t i m e u s e , f a m i l i a r i z a t i o n with organizational
t e c h n i q u e s and d e v e l o p m e n t o f
s t r a t e g i e s f o r s h o r t and l o n g t e r m
goal s e t t i n g .

The S p e l l i n g Improvement workshop
series w i l l a s s i s t students in
a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r e n g t h s and w e a k n e s s e s of t h e i r s p e l l i n g a b i l i t y .
T h e r e w i l l be some d i s c u s s i o n o f
common e r r o r p a t t e r n s , mnemonic
s t r a t e g i e s and t r a d i t i o n a l
s p e l l i n g r u l e s . Students w i l l r e c e i v e a h i g h d e g r e e of i n d i v i d u a l
a t t e n t i o n and w i l l have a c c e s s t o
a taped s p e l l i n g program.

Time management, n o t e t a k i n g ,
study t e c h n i q u e s , essay w r i t i n g ,
c o n c e n t r a t i o n b u i l d i n g , exam
writing.

A . R . C . Program O H
W r i t i n g the C o l l e g e

A . R . C . Program 020
Exam W r i t i n g ( F , S , S U )

Essay

(F.S.SU)

In t h i s w o r k s h o p s e r i e s , s t u d e n t s
w i l l receive a brief
introduction
t o t h e a p p r o a c h , f o r m a t and method
of the r e s e a r c h p a p e r . A l i b r a r y
o r i e n t a t i o n , n o t e - t a k i n g methods
and t o p i c d e v e l o p m e n t a r e
included.

A . R . C . Program 015
Communication S k i l l s

(F.S.SU)

The a i m o f t h i s workshop w i l l be
t o enhance d i s c u s s i o n s k i l l s
t h r o u g h a t t e n t i o n t o such f a c t o r s
as c o n c i s e e x p r e s s i o n , n o n - v e r b a l
c o m m u n i c a t i o n and s e l f - i m a g e .

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 016
How t o T h i n k L o g i c a l l y / C r e a t i v e l y

(F.S.SU)
An a p p r o a c h t o l o g i c a l t h i n k i n g ,
c o n c e n t r a t i o n on c r e a t i v e
t h i n k i n g , p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g and g o a l
achievement.

A . R . C . Program 017
Memory T r a i n i n g ( F . S . S U )
P a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l l e a r n major
memory s y s t e m s t o i m p r o v e a c a d e m i c
p e r f o r m a n c e . There w i l l be some
e v a l u a t i o n of i n d i v i d u a l l e a r n i n g
s t y l e s . T e c h n i q u e s w i l l be

126

E f f e c t i v e exam p r e p a r a t i o n
s t r a t e g i e s to ensure completeness,
a c c u r a c y , and added m a r k s .

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 201
R e a d i n g Dynamics
(F.S.SU) (1.5,0,0)
T h i s c o u r s e aims t o i m p r o v e
r e a d i n g speed and c o m p r e h e n s i o n .
The l e a r n i n g and p r a c t i s i n g of
basic reading techniques a s s i s t s
s t u d e n t s i n becoming v e r s a t i l e ,
effective readers.

WOMEN'S ACCESS CENTRE COURSES
In a d d i t i o n t o i t s s e r v i c e s as a
r e s o u r c e c e n t r e (see page 1 6 ) , t h e
Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e o f f e r s
d a y t i m e , and s h o r t e v e n i n g
c o u r s e s . For s p e c i f i c t i m e s and
d a t e s , c o n t a c t the c e n t r e at the
Lynnmour Campus.

at

Assertive

Planning

(F,S)

This course i s designed to help
p a r t i c i p a n t s assess t h e i r present
s i t u a t i o n and c l a r i f y p o s s i b l e
o p t i o n s f o r c h a n g e . We w i l l
d e v e l o p s h o r t and l o n g t e r m g o a l s
and make a c t i o n p l a n s f o r r e a c h i n g
t h o s e g o a l s . The s t e p s i n v o l v e d i n
d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g w i l l be c o v e r e d .

WAC 004
M a k i n g F r i e n d s w i t h a Computer
(F.S)
Have yo u been w o n d e r i n g how
computer's a r e b e i n g u s e d , o r how
you m i g h t u s e one? Would you l i k e
t o u s e an A p p l e H e c o m p u t e r and
l e a r n s o m e t h i n g about word
p r o c e s s i n g , r e c o r d k e e p i n g , o r how
computers are being used i n
education?
Would yo u l i k e t o l e a r n more about
t h e use o f m i c r o - e l e c t r o n i c s i n
t h e w o r k p l a c e ? We w i l l i n c l u d e
d i s c u s s i o n o f s o f t w a r e and
h a r d w a r e and l o o k a t how t h e use
of computerized technology i n the
w o r k p l a c e a f f e c t s women.
We have a w i d e v a r i e t y o f
software. After four
introductory
s e s s i o n s , p a r t i c i p a n t s can d r o p
i n t o t h e Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e as
o f t e n as t h e y l i k e t o g e t an i d e a
o f how c o m p u t e r s a r e u s e d .
Four s e s s i o n s . S c h e d u l e d at t i m e s
convenient for the p a r t i c i p a n t .

Lynnmour
Communication

Career

Four s e s s i o n s . Scheduled at t i m e s
convenient f o r the p a r t i c i p a n t s .

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 019
Study S k i l l s ( F . S . S U )

Courses

personal r i g h t s without denying
t h e r i g h t s o f o t h e r s and w i t h o u t
e x p e r i e n c i n g undue a n x i e t y and
g u i l t . Three s t y l e s : Nona s s e r t i o n , a g g r e s s i o n and
a s s e r t i o n , w i l l be e x p l o r e d . An
e m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on
p r a c t i c i n g t h e components o f
becoming more a s s e r t i v e .

(F,S)

A s s e r t i v e behaviour allows a
person t o express honest f e e l i n g
c o m f o r t a b l y , t o be d i r e c t and
s t r a i g h t f o r w a r d and t o e x e r c i s e

Preparatory
Programs

and S p e c i a l

Needs

C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e o f f e r s the
f o l l o w i n g s p e c i a l programs t o
meet t h e v a r i e d needs o f a l l
students in i t s region:

help

1.

A B E / F o u n d a t i o n s and B a s i c
S k i l l s in Math/English/Science.
2. College Preparatory courses in
M a t h e m a t i c s (Math 0 0 9 - 0 1 2 )
3. College Preparatory courses in
E n g l i s h ( E n g l i s h 010)
4. College Preparatory courses in
C h e m i s t r y ( C h e m i s t r y 030)
5 . C . A . S . P . ( C o l l e g e Achievement
and S u p p o r t Program) f o r N a t i v e
Indian students
6 . E n g l i s h as a Second Language
7. Achievement Resource Centre
Programs:
a) A s s e s s m e n t and I n d i v i d u a l
Development
b) L e a r n i n g A s s i s t a n c e
c ) Study S k i l l s f o r E x c e l l e n c e
d ) S p e c i a l Needs S e r v i c e s ( f o r
the Disabled)
8. A l t e r n a t i v e Career T r a i n i n g for
t h e L e a r n i n g Handicapped
9 . Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e P r o g r a m s

ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/FOUNDATIONS
Instructional

Faculty

ATHAIDE, D . J . A . , B . S c , (Hons)
( M c G i l l ), M . S c . (UBC), B . C .
Teacher's Cert.
BANNISTER, J . , B . A . , B . S . W . ( U B C ) ,
D i p l . of E d . ( O x f o r d ) , M.Ed.
(Toronto), B.C. Teacher's C e r t . ,
N f l d . Teacher's Cert.
BROWN, S . , B . E d . ( U B C ) , B . C .
Teacher's Cert.
C A I R N S , M . C . , B . S c . (Math)
( C a l g a r y ) , A l t a . Teacher's C e r t .
CHAMBERLIN, R . , S t a n d a r d C e r t .
(B.C.)
DUVALL, J . E . , B . A . ( U B C ) , D i p l .
Ed. (Sask.)
FUTTERMAN, E . , B . S c . ( C a l i f o r n i a ,
Berkley)
HIND, J . , B . A . ( 1 s t C l a s s H o n s . )
( S F U ) , M . A . (UBC)
HODGSON, P . , B . A . ( H o n s . ) , B . E d .
(Queen's)
IRVINE, R . F . , Teacher's C e r t . ,
S a s k . & B . C . , B . A . (SFU)
LESS, J . , B.Sc. (Michigan Tech.)
PASS, J . , B . A . (UBC), B . C .
Teacher's Cert.

RAMSAY, F . , B . S c . ( M c G i l l )
RAWSTHORNE, M . , B . H . E . , M . E d .
(UBC), R.D.
ROSE, J . , B . A . ( W e s t e r n ) , B . C .
Teacher's Cert.
ROSEN, B . , B . A . ( U . of C a l i f . )
SOUTHERST, J . , B . A . , B . E d . ( U B C ) ,
B.C. Teacher's C e r t .
THOMLINSON, A . G . , B . A . , ' M . S c .
(UBC), B . C . Teacher's C e r t .
YOUNG, D . E . , B . A . ( S F U ) , S . R . N .
(London), S.C.M. ( S c o t l a n d ) ,
D i p l . T . N . ( L o n d o n ) , M . F . A . (UBC)

General

Information

The A d u l t B a s i c E d u c a t i o n /
F o u n d a t i o n s program g i v e s s t u d e n t s
t h e c h a n c e t o u p g r a d e or r e f r e s h
s k i l l s and i n c r e a s e t h e i r
knowledge of E n g l i s h , M a t h e m a t i c s ,
S o c i a l S c i e n c e s , and t h e S c i e n c e s .
C o m p l e t i o n of t h e program h e l p s
the student obtain the
q u a l i f i c a t i o n s to g a i n employment.
Completion a l s o allows the student
t o go on t o v o c a t i o n a l o r c a r e e r
t r a i n i n g programs i n v a r i o u s p o s t s e c o n d a r y i n s t i t u t i o n s . In
a d d i t i o n , t h e s t u d e n t can p r e p a r e
f o r h i g h e r academic s t u d i e s at t h e
c o l l e g e or u n i v e r s i t y l e v e l .
The program r u n s t h r o u g h o u t t h e
y e a r , i n c l u d i n g t h e summer m o n t h s .
To a l a r g e d e g r e e , i n s t r u c t i o n i s
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d and s e l f - p a c e d .
S t u d e n t s may c h o o s e t o a t t e n d
e i t h e r on a f u l l - t i m e o r p a r t t i m e b a s i s . Some c l a s s e s a r e
o f f e r e d in the evening for
s t u d e n t s w i t h work o r o t h e r
daytime commitments.

Requirements f o r

Admission

An a p p l i c a n t must be a t l e a s t 18
y e a r s o l d and have been o u t of t h e
p u b l i c school system f o r at l e a s t
one y e a r .
There i s no minimum e d u c a t i o n a l
p r e r e q u i s i t e for entry into the
program; the student i s assessed
and p l a c e d i n t h e p r o g r a m a t a
l e v e l c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o h i s or her
educational background.
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n
986-1911, l o c a l 258.

call

Registration
R e g i s t r a t i o n takes place every
s e m e s t e r . For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n ,
phone t h e d e p a r t m e n t .
S t u d e n t s s p o n s o r e d by CEIC may
gain the e q u i v a l e n t of grades 6 ,
8 , and 10 i n E n g l i s h , M a t h e m a t i c s ,
P h y s i c s , C h e m i s t r y and B i o l o g y .
C o m p l e t i o n of t h i s B . T . S . D .
program i n c r e a s e s t h e s t u d e n t ' s
employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s and
q u a l i f i e s him o r h e r f o r e n t r y
i n t o vocational t r a i n i n g programs.
The A d u l t B a s i c E d u c a t i o n /
F o u n d a t i o n Program o f f e r s
i n s t r u c t i o n for the General
E d u c a t i o n Development T e s t s . These
Government s p o n s o r e d GED t e s t s a r e
a s e r i e s of f i v e comprehensive
e x a m i n a t i o n s i n the areas of
Writing S k i l l s , Social Studies,
S c i e n c e , R e a d i n g S k i l l s and
M a t h e m a t i c s . The GED t e s t s g i v e a
s t u d e n t t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o g a i n an
o f f i c i a l document s t a t i n g t h a t
s/he has s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l , g r a d e
12 e q u i v a l e n c y s t a n d i n g .
Some s t u d e n t s may w i s h t o t a k e
t h e s e c o u r s e s as p a r t o f t h e i r
c o l l e g e p r o g r a m . Each c o u r s e i s
equivalent to .5 c r e d i t s .
S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o use t h e ABE/
F o u n d a t i o n s c o u r s e s as p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r f u r t h e r study at t h i s
C o l l e g e or o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n s are
advised to check f o r the appropr i a t e a d m i s s i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . It
i s the s t u d e n t ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y t o
c o n f i r m t h e p r e r e q u i s i t e s needed
for f u r t h e r programs.
There i s a minimum number of h o u r s
w h i c h have t o be t a k e n e a c h week
i n some s u b j e c t a r e a s — f o r
i n s t a n c e 6 o r more h o u r s o f BENG
042 must be t a k e n e a c h w e e k .
BCIT P r e r e q u i s i t e s and ABE/
Foundations Course E q u i v a l e n t s :
BCIT PREREQ.

ABE COURSE

B i o l o g y 11
B i o l o g y 12
C h e m i s t r y 11
E n g l i s h 11
A l g e b r a 11
A l g e b r a 11
P h y s i c s 11
P h y s i c s 12

BBIO 041
BBIO 042
BCHM 041
BENG 041
BMTH 041
BMTH 042 & 045
BPHY 041
BPHY 042

127

English
BENG 031
P r e p a r e s s t u d e n t s f o r w r i t t e n work
i n ABE advanced c o u r s e s and
p r o v i d e s p r a c t i c a l communication
s k i l l s with a vocational o r i e n t a t i o n : an ABE i n t e r m e d i a t e c o u r s e .
BENG 040
An ABE c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g v a r i o u s
t y p e s of r e p o r t s and d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g between a r e p o r t and an e s s a y .
BENG 041
An ABE a d v a n c e d c o u r s e . S t u d e n t s ,
w i l l p r e p a r e o u t l i n e s , summarize
v a r i o u s k i n d s of w r i t i n g , w r i t e
d i f f e r e n t t y p e s of r e p o r t s ,
d i f f e r e n t i a t e between r e p o r t s and
e s s a y s , and g i v e a r e s e a r c h e d o r a l
report.
BENG 042
T h i s i s an ABE P r o v i n c i a l c o u r s e
which prepares the student f o r
w r i t t e n work i n p o s t - s e c o n d a r y
c o u r s e s and h e l p s t o p r e p a r e t h e
s t u d e n t f o r c o m p r e h e n s i o n and
a n a l y s i s of C o l l e g e l e v e l w r i t t e n
materi al .

Social

Studies

BSOC 041
A p r e p a r a t i o n f o r the S o c i a l '
S t u d i e s component of t h e G e n e r a l
E d u c a t i o n Development (Grade 12
e q u i v a l e n c y ) t e s t s . The c o u r s e
i n c l u d e s fundamental p r i n c i p l e s of
Economics and G e o g r a p h y , a b a s i c
o u t l i n e of C a n a d i a n h i s t o r y and
t h e C a n a d i a n l e g a l and
governmental s y s t e m s . This i s a
GED p r e p a r a t i o n c o u r s e .
BSOC 042
The f u n d a m e n t a l p r i n c i p l e s of
e c o n o m i c s and g e o g r a p h y , and a
b a s i c grounding i n Canadian
h i s t o r y and t h e C a n a d i a n l e g a l and
g o v e r n m e n t a l s y s t e m s . T h i s i s an
ABE P r o v i n c i a l c o u r s e .

Computer
BCMP 021
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o m i c r o c o m p u t e r s
f o r s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d i n t h e ABE
p r o g r a m . The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o
overcome t h e f e a r s o f c o m p u t e r s ,
and o f f e r s i n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e

128

terminology
experience.

and some h a n d s - o n

may s e l e c t t o p i c s t h a t p r o v i d e
appropriate preparation for s p e c i f i c v o c a t i o n a l or career programs.
T h i s i s an ABE a d v a n c e d c o u r s e .

Mathemati c s
BMTH 021
Whole number d e c i m a l s , f r a c t i o n s ,
and p e r c e n t a g e . T h i s i s an ABE
fundamental c o u r s e .
BMTH 031
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f 021 w i t h s i m p l e
geometry and a l g e b r a . T h i s i s an
ABE i n t e r m e d i a t e c o u r s e .
BMTH 040
T h i s ABE a d v a n c e d c o u r s e g i v e s
students the o p p o r t u n i t y to master
p r a c t i c a l .mathematics at a l e v e l
e q u i v a l e n t to s e n i o r secondary
math.
BMTH 041
Business math, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of
g r a p h s and f o r m u l a s used i n
b u s i n e s s and i n d u s t r y , c a l c u l a t i o n
o f s i m p l e and compound i n t e r e s t ,
p a y r o l l , t a x e s , and i n v e s t m e n t .
T h i s i s an ABE advanced c o u r s e .
BMTH 042
A r e v i e w of b a s i c a l g e b r a , q u a d r a t i c e q u a t i o n s , and t h e u s e o f
geometry and t r i g o n o m e t r y i n t h e
s o l u t i o n of a p p l i e d mathematical
p r o b l e m s . T h i s i s an ABE a d v a n c e d
course.
BMTH 045
Simple a l g p b r a i c equations
involving polynomials, fractional
e x p r e s s i o n s and r a d i c a l s , f a c t o r i n g of p o l y n o m i a l s of one and
s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e , g r a p h i c , and t h e
s o l u t i o n of q u a d r a t i c e q u a t i o n s .
T h i s i s an ABE a d v a n c e d c o u r s e .

B 8 I 0 042
An i n t e n s i v e , s e l f - p a c e d c o u r s e i n
b i o l o g y f o r s t u d e n t s who a r e
p l a n n i n g t o go on t o c o l l e g e or
other post-secondary c o u r s e s . This
i s a P r o v i n c i a l ABE c o u r s e .
BSCI 031
Introduction to basic s c i e n t i f i c
p r i n c i p l e s of p h y s i c s , chemistry
and e a r t h s c i e n c e needed t o
progress to vocational t r a i n i n g .
An ABE i n t e r m e d i a t e c o u r s e .
BSCI 032
B a s i c s c i e n t i f i c p r i n c i p l e s needed
to progress to high l e v e l p h y s i c a l
s c i e n c e c o u r s e s . An ABE
intermediate course.
BSCI 040
C h e m i s t r y , p h y s i c s , and e a r t h
s c i e n c e f o r s t u d e n t s who p l a n a
n o n - t e c h n i c a l career or v o c a t i o n .
An ABE a d v a n c e d c o u r s e .
BCHM 041
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p l e s
o f c h e m i s t r y . S t u d e n t s may s e l e c t
topics that provide appropriate
preparation for s p e c i f i c t r a i n i n g .
An ABE a d v a n c e d c o u r s e .
BCHM 042
I n t r o d u c t i o n to p r i n c i p l e s of
c h e m i s t r y and l a b o r a t o r y s k i l l s i n
m e a s u r e m e n t , r e c o r d i n g , and
t r e a t m e n t of d a t a e q u i v a l e n t i n
s c o p e and l e v e l o f d i f f i c u l t y t o
that o f f e r e d i n s e n i o r secondary
s c h o o l s . Designed to prepare
students for further studies i n
c h e m i s t r y . An ABE P r o v i n c i a l
course.

Science
BB10 031
B a s i c p h y s i o l o g y of t h e main
s y s t e m s i n t h e human body and t h e
i m p o r t a n c e o f n u t r i t i o n and
l i f e s t y l e i n m a i n t a i n i n g optimum
h e a l t h . Useful f o r students going
on t o v o c a t i o n a l and c a r e e r h e a l t h
p r o g r a m s . T h i s i s an ABE
intermediate course.
8 B I 0 041
Preparation for studies in biology
at. c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . S t u d e n t s

BPHY 041
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p l e s
of p h y s i c s . S t u d e n t s may s e l e c t
topics that provide appropriate
preparation for s p e c i f i c t r a i n i n g .
An ABE a d v a n c e d c o u r s e .
BPHY 042
I n t r o d u c t i o n to t h e p r i n c i p l e s of
physics to prepare students for
f u r t h e r s t u d i e s . Scope and l e v e l
of d i f f i c u l t y i s e q u i v a l e n t t o
t h a t of s e n i o r s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l .
An ABE P r o v i n c i a l c o u r s e .

COLLEGE ACHIEVEMENT AND SUPPORT
PROGRAM ( C . A . S . P . )
Instructional

Faculty

HOOD, T . M . , B . A .
C e r t . , B.C.

(SFU),

Teacher's

Program A s s i s t a n t
WILLIAMS,

L.

CASP i s a one y e a r p r o g r a m f o r
N a t i v e I n d i a n s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o
e n t e r e i t h e r an a c a d e m i c o r
c a r e e r / v o c a t i o n a l program of
s t u d i e s . CASP a l l o w s s t u d e n t s t o
c o m p l e t e p a r t of a r e g u l a r y e a r o f
study w h i l e p a r t i c i p a t i n g in a
s u p p o r t program d e s i g n e d t o g i v e
them t h e s k i l l s needed f o r f u r t h e r
college success.
The p r o g r a m i s o f f e r e d i n c o o p e r a t i o n w i t h the Anderson L a k e ,
B u r r a r d , M t . C u r r i e , S e c h e l t and
S q u a m i s h I n d i a n Bands and i s
f u n d e d by t h e D e p a r t m e n t o f I n d i a n
and N o r t h e r n A f f a i r s . D i r e c t
involvement of the f i v e Indian
Bands s e r v e d by C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
i s a r e g u l a r p a r t of CASP
activities.
T h e r e a r e t h r e e main components t o
CASP:
1 . A s e t of c o r e s u p p o r t c o u r s e s
designed to allow students to
a t t a i n t h e i r maximum a c a d e m i c
potenti a l .
2. A set of support s e r v i c e s that
e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o make t h e
t r a n s i t i o n f r o m work o r h i g h
school to academic l i f e .
3. A Native Student C e n t r e , c e n t r a l l y l o c a t e d on t h e Lynnmour
campus w h i c h has been c r e a t e d
and s p e c i a l l y f u r n i s h e d f o r
s t u d e n t s t o r e l a x and t o l e a r n
in a comfortable, supportive
e n v i r o n m e n t . Programs and
e v e n t s f o r b o t h CASP s t u d e n t s
and t h e n o n - N a t i v e C o l l e g e
community a r e o f f e r e d t h r o u g h
the c e n t r e .
( C o u n s e l l i n g s e r v i c e s and t h e
student centre are a l s o a v a i l a b l e
f o r t h e b e n e f i t of a l l N a t i v e
s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d at C a p i l a n o
i n programs o t h e r than C A S P . )

Admission

SPRING 1987

For a d m i s s i o n to CASP, s t u d e n t s
must have e i t h e r a s e c o n d a r y
s c h o o l c e r t i f i c a t e or e q u i v a l e n t
(GED) or be 18 y e a r s of age o r
o v e r . F o r s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t grade
12 c o m p l e t i o n , e v i d e n c e of s u c c e s s
i n academic upgrading i s r e q u i r e d .
A personal i n t e r v i e w i s also
required. Successful applicants
a r e a d m i t t e d i n September f o r t h e
F a l l s e m e s t e r . There may be a
l i m i t e d number of p o s i t i o n s
a v a i l a b l e f o r a January (Spring
semester) e n t r y .

CASP 101
I n t e n s i v e Study

A CASP a p p l i c a t i o n f o r m must be
submitted along with the College
A p p l i c a t i o n for Admission form.
Upon r e c e i p t , an i n t e r v i e w w i l l be
arranged. P r i o r i t y i s given to
i n d i v i d u a l s from the Anderson
Lake, B u r r a r d , Mt. C u r r i e ,
S e c h e l t , and S q u a m i s h I n d i a n
B a n d s . If space p e r m i t s , a p p l i c a t i o n s from o t h e r p r o s p e c t i v e
s t u d e n t s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
T e l e p h o n e t h e CASP o f f f i c e f o r
further information.

CORE COURSES: FALL 1986
CASP 100
I n t e n s i v e Study

Skills

I

This course provides the
o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the development of
e f f e c t i v e c o l l e g e r e a d i n g and
s t u d y s k i l l s a t an i n t r o d u c t o r y
l e v e l . Basic course content
includes strategies for reading
t h e c o l l e g e t e x t , t i m e management,
n o t e t a k i n g , memory s k i l l s ,
v o c a b u l a r y e x p a n s i o n , and s t u d y
organi z a t i o n .

Skills

II

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f CASP 1 0 0 .
Improvement o f c o l l e g e r e a d i n g and
study s k i l l s , i n c l u d i n g s t r a t e g i e s
f o r reading the c o l l e g e t e x t , time
management, n o t e t a k i n g , s t u d y
o r g a n i z a t i o n , exam p r e p a r a t i o n ,
c r i t i c a l r e a d i n g , answering essay
q u e s t i o n s on e x a m s , and s p e l l i n g
improvement.
CASP 111
Career Planning i n the
Age

Computer

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o p e r s o n a l c a r e e r
planning, t h i s course explores
s u c c e s s f u l j o b h u n t i n g and
confidence building s t r a t e g i e s .
S t u d e n t s w i l l "make f r i e n d s w i t h a
c o m p u t e r " i n t h i s c o u r s e as w e l l
as c o m p l e t e a s u p e r v i s e d j o b
p r a c t i c u m w i t h a community a g e n c y .

Additional

Courses

CASP s t u d e n t s a l s o c h o o s e f r o m t h e
range of a c a d e m i c , c a r e e r , o r
Adult B a s i c Education courses
o f f e r e d at the C o l l e g e . I n t e r e s t e d
students should contact the
program c o o r d i n a t o r or a c o l l e g e
c o u n s e l l o r t o d i s c u s s what o t h e r
c o u r s e s may be a p p r o p r i a t e .

CASP 100
P e r s o n a l Development and C u l t u r a l
Studies
Personal growth i s emphasized
t h r o u g h an i n c r e a s e d u n d e r s t a n d i n g
o f t h e way i n d i v i d u a l s a r e a f f e c t ed by t h e i r f a m i l y , s c h o o l , c o m m u n i t y and c u l t u r a l e n v i r o n m e n t s .
An i n t r o d u c t o r y N a t i v e S t u d i e s
component i s i n c l u d e d . P e e r
s u p p o r t g r o u p s w i l l be c r e a t e d
d u r i n g t h e c o u r s e . The d e v e l o p m e n t
of v a r i o u s s k i l l s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e
r e l a t e d t o c o m m u n i c a t i o n and
l e a d e r s h i p , w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d .

129

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE
Instructional

Faculty

ACOSTA, J . , B . A . ( C a l i f . ) , E . S . L .
C e r t . (San F r a n c i s c o S t a t e )
COLLINS, N . , B . A . ( L o n d o n ) , M.A.
Advanced P r o f e s s i o n a l T e a c h i n g
C e r t . (UBC)
FRY, M . , B . E d . (UBC)
KUBICEK, R . , B . A . ( S i r George
W i l l i a m s ) , M.A. (SFU)

General

Information

For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n
986-1911, local 414.

call

Language

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Written
of t h e I n s t r u c t o r .

permission

This course i s s i m i l a r to E n g l i s h
091 e x c e p t t h a t t h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d
have a h i g h e r l e v e l o f a b i l i t y i n
t h e E n g l i s h l a n g u a g e , and t h e
s t r e s s of s t u d y w i l l be on
w r i t i n g , d i s c u s s i o n and e x p r e s s i o n
of i d e a s .

ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING FOR
THE LEARNING HANDICAPPED
Instructional

-

E . S . L . 050
E n g l i s h as a Second Language
Advanced L e v e l
(F,S)

-

Faculty

BORDEWICK, J . , B . S c .
(Ed.)
(Idaho), P.D.P. Faculty Associate
(SFU)
KIRKBY, D . , B . E d . ( W i n n i p e g )

General

Information

The ACT P r o g r a m i s an e i g h t - m o n t h
C a r e e r A w a r e n e s s and E x p l o r a t i o n
p r o g r a m that, e n a b l e s s t u d e n t s t h e
o p p o r t u n i t y f o r c o m p e t i t i v e emp l o y m e n t t r a i n i n g and i n d e p e n d e n t
l i v i n g s k i l l s development.
The p r o g r a m was d e v e l o p e d i n
c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h the North
V a n c o u v e r S c h o o l B o a r d and e n t r y
i s by r e f e r r a l .

ACTP 001
Job Search

Techniques

This course w i l l o f f e r the student
an o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e methods
and t e c h n i q u e s w h i c h w i l l e n h a n c e
t h e j o b s e a r c h . The c o u r s e w i l l
f o c u s on a p p r o p r i a t e b e h a v i o u r s i n
t h e m a r k e t p l a c e and w i l l a l s o
i n c l u d e o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r growth
i n t h e a r e a s o f s e l f - a w a r e n e s s and
i n d e p e n d e n c e as t h e y r e l a t e t o
making l i f e s t y l e d e c i s i o n s .

ACTP 002
Practical

E . S . L . 040
E n g l i s h as a Second Language
Intermediate Level
(F,S)

Field

Experiences

Students are provided w i t h the
opportunity to explore a v a r i e t y
of f i e l d placements which are
c o l l e g e - s u p e r v i s e d . Included are
six practicum periods for a total
t e n weeks o f f i e l d w o r k .

Language

N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e i s not
t r a n s f e r a b l e to u n i v e r s i t y .
A course designed to provide the
s t u d e n t , whose f i r s t l a n g u a g e i s
n o t E n g l i s h , w i t h v e r b a l and
w r i t t e n s k i l l s i n E n g l i s h . The
course w i l l proceed w i t h the
p a t t e r n s s e t by t h e s t u d e n t s '
needs, generally beginning with a

130

E . S . L . 099
E n g l i s h as a Second
(F,S)
(3,0,1)

N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e i s not
t r a n s f e r a b l e to u n i v e r s i t y .

For s t u d e n t s w i t h a f i r s t l a n g u a g e
other than E n g l i s h , the College
o f f e r s a v a r i e t y of c o u r s e s t o
h e l p them a c h i e v e t h e l e v e l o f
competency i n E n g l i s h t h a t t h e y
d e s i r e . To q u a l i f y f o r t h e s e
courses a p o t e n t i a l student should
be e i t h e r a Landed Immigrant or a
Canadian c i t i z e n . A l l a s p e c t s of
the language are covered s p e a k i n g , r e a d i n g and w r i t i n g a t
t h e B e g i n n e r , I n t e r m e d i a t e and
Advanced l e v e l s . The c o u r s e s a r e
presented in three c a t e g o r i e s p a r t - t i m e e v e n i n g , p a r t - t i m e day
and Academic P r e p a r a t o r y . An
E n g l i s h Placement Test r e s u l t or
the I n s t r u c t o r ' s permission is
r e q u i r e d to e n r o l l i n the Academic
P r e p a r a t o r y c o u r s e . Courses are
not t r a n s f e r a b l e to u n i v e r s i t y .

E . S . L . 091
E n g l i s h as a Second
(F,S)
(3,0,1)

r e v i e w of b a s i c s . I n c l u d e d i n t h e
c o u r s e of s t u d y a r e : r e a d i n g and
oral comprehension, sentence
s t r u c t u r e , p a r a g r a p h s and s h o r t
essays, composition, vocabulary,
d i c t a t i o n s , s p e l l i n g and v e r b a l
communication. This course
includes conversation c l a s s e s .

ACTP 003
C o m m u n i c a t i o n s & Math f o r
Living

Everyday

T h i s c o u r s e has been d e s i g n e d w i t h
two c o m p o n e n t s ; c o n s u m e r
m a t h e m a t i c s and c o m m u n i c a t i o n s .
This course p r o v i d e s o p p o r t u n i t i e s
t o m a i n t a i n and d e v e l o p s p e c i f i c
s k i l l a r e a s , w i t h i n t e g r a t i o n of
t h e s e s k i l l s i n t o employment
s i t u a t i o n s being the desired g o a l .

Transfer Guide 1986-87,
This t r a n s f e r guide i s provided as a
convenience to the student and i s
c o r r e c t at the time of p r i n t i n g . Information on any courses not l i s t e d
can be obtained from the department
concerned. Capilano College assumes
no r e s p o n s i b i l i t y for a r t i c u l a t i o n
changes made at the u n i v e r s i t i e s
which i n v a l i d a t e t h i s guide.

Notes
#1 - SFU: ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY
A student who has completed 60
semester hours of c o l l e g e
t r a n s f e r a b l e c r e d i t , and e l e c t s a
major in the Department of Sociology
and Anthropology at SFU, w i l l
receive the following exemptions:

Students should be aware when using
the guide that Capilano College and
Simon Fraser University are on a
semester system. The University of
B r i t i s h Columbia and the University
of V i c t o r i a are on a yearly system.
This w i l l account for the apparent
discrepancy in t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s .

a.
Completion of f i v e Type 1 t r a n s f e r c r e d i t courses in S . A . (15 hrs)
w i l l be judged as s a t i s f y i n g the
Sociology and Anthropology Department lower d i v i s i o n requirement of
f i v e courses (20 h o u r s ) , providing
that program p r e r e q u i s i t e s are being
fulfilled.

NOTE: 1 1/2 units at UBC or U . V i c ,
are equal to 3 or 4.5 Capilano
College c r e d i t hours (see College
Calendar under course d e s c r i p t i o n
for c o r r e c t c r e d i t s ) .

b. Completion of four Type 1
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t courses in S . A . (12
hours) w i l l be judged as completion
of four Sociology and Anthropology
lower d i v i s i o n courses (16 h o u r s ) ,
providing that program p r e r e q u i s i t e s
are being f u l f i l l e d . Such students
w i l l be required to take one
a d d i t i o n a l S . A . lower d i v i s i o n
course at SFU in order to complete
lower d i v i s i o n requirements.

S i m i l a r l y , i f two Capilano College
courses are r e q u i r e d , 3 units at UBC
or U . V i c , could equal 6 or 9 c r e d i t
hours at Capilano C o l l e g e . For
example, Psychology 100 and 101
(three c r e d i t hours each) would
equal 3 units at UBC. •
This t r a n s f e r guide i s accurate as
of February 28, 1986. If further or
updated information i s r e q u i r e d ,
please contact one of Capilano
C o l l e g e ' s counsellors or the i n s t i t u t i o n that you wish to t r a n s f e r t o .
SIMON FRASER UNIVERISTY
Admissions O f f i c e
Burnaby, B . C . V5A 1S6

c.
Completion of three or fewer
Type 1 t r a n s f e r c r e d i t courses in
S . A . (9 hours or l e s s ) w i l l warrant
a department exemption of one
semester hour per c o u r s e .
For further information please
consult the Department of Sociology
and Anthropology or the Director of
Admissions at SFU.

291-3224
#2 - UBC: ART

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
Registrar's Office
#204 - 2075 Wesbrook Mall
Vancouver, B . C . V6T 1Z2 228-2844
UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA
Admissions O f f i c e
P.O. Box 1700
V i c t o r i a , B . C . V8W 2Y2

721-7211

BRITISH COLUMBIA INSTITUTE OF
TECHNOLOGY
3700 Willingdon Avenue
Burnaby, B . C . V5G 3H2
434-5734
CERTIFIED GENERAL ACCOUNTANTS
1555 West 8th Avenue
Vancouver, B . C . V6J 1Y5 732-1211
SOCIETY OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS
1575 - 650 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, B . C . V6B 4W7 687-5891
INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
1155 M e l v i l l e Street
Vancouver, B . C . V6E 4C4 681-3264
(For information regarding t r a n s f e r
c r e d i t to any of the above, you may
also contact the Business Management
Department of Capilano C o l l e g e . )

Students planning to enter the
program leading to a B . A . degree
with a major in Fine Arts should
normally apply a f t e r four semesters.
Where Art (History and/or Studio)
courses are not a v a i l a b l e at the
College attended, t r a n s f e r following
only two semesters would be
a d v i s a b l e . Students planning to
enter the Studio program leading to
the B . F . A . degree should normally
apply to the u n i v e r s i t y following
two semesters. Applicants with four
semesters w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
The maximum c r e d i t p o s s i b l e for
studio courses for a student who has
completed F i r s t Year w i l l be three
units Fine Arts 181. A student who
has completed Second Year w i l l be
allowed a further six units of
c r e d i t in studio courses to c o r r e s pond to a s e l e c t i o n from Fine Arts
281-29U (Fine Arts 281-290 or e q u i v a l e n t , to a t o t a l of 6 u n i t s , i s
required for the B . F . A . ) . Students
applying for the B . F . A . are reminded
that admission to the program i s by
s e l e c t i o n based on standing and
courses and an assessment of a f o l i o
of art work. The year of admission

whether second of t h i r d year w i l l be
at the d i s c r e t i o n of the Department.
The s e l e c t i o n committee to screen
applicants w i l l meet e a r l y in A p r i l
p r i o r to the session to which
a p p l i c a t i o n w i l l be made. Applicants
should contact the Department of
Fine Arts by mid March to obtain the
necessary information on a p p l i c a t i o n
procedure. Late applicants for the
B . F . A . program w i l l be considered at
r e g i s t r a t i o n time i f places are
s t i l l available.
Students who plan to t r a n s f e r Fine
Arts studio c r e d i t into an Art
Education program must produce a
representative f o l i o of work. The
Adjudication Committee of the Art
Education program w i l l determine i f
the work i s of acceptable standard
for t r a n s f e r of c r e d i t .

#3 - SFU: FRENCH, GERMAN AND SPANISH
a.
Exemption from the Department of
Languages, L i t e r a t u r e s , and L i n g u i s t i c s (DLLL) courses w i l l normally be
given depending upon the r e s u l t s of
a placement test or other assessment
procedure p r i o r to r e g i s t r a t i o n in
the student's f i r s t DLLL c o u r s e . For
further information- consult the
language d i v i s i o n concerned.
b. Only those courses which q u a l i f y
a student for exemption from an SFU
course as a r e s u l t of the placement
test w i l l count as Type 2 c r e d i t and
be allowed to count toward major
requirements in DLLL. Other courses
w i l l be given Type 3 c r e d i t and may
only be used for e l e c t i v e c r e d i t .
c.
Students with p r i o r knowledge of
the language are required to consult
with the D i v i s i o n concerned for
placement p r i o r to or at r e g i s t r a t i o n . Native speakers or students
who received t h e i r secondary educat i o n in a Chinese, French, German,
H i n d i , Russian, Spanish, or Swahili
speaking country w i l l not normally
be admitted to a language course in
that p a r t i c u l a r language between 100
and 300 i n c l u s i v e .
d.
Total t r a n s f e r and course
challenge c r e d i t in basic language
courses may not exceed the l i m i t s
given below:
French language
German language
Russian language
Spanish language

-

13 semester
14 semester
12 semester
14 semester

hours
hours
hours
hours

L i t e r a t u r e courses may be taken in
addition to these l i m i t s . Students
interested in course challenge
should consult the Department of
Languages, L i t e r a t u r e s , and
Linguistics.

131

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Anthropology 120

S.A.

(3)

Anthropology (1 1/2)(1st or 2nd year)

Anthropology 100 B (1

1/2)

Anthropology 121

S.A.

(3)

Anthropology (1 1/2)(lst or 2nd year)

Anthropology 100 B (1

1/2)

Anthropology 120 1 121

S.A. 170 (3),

Anthropology 200 (3)

Anthropology 100 B (1 1/2) & (100 level)

Anthropology 120
& Women's Studies 122

S.A. 170 <3), S.A. (3) or S.A. 170 (3),
Women's Studies 200 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Anthropology 100 (3)

Anthropology 121
& Women's Studies 122

S.A. 170 (3), S.A. <3) or S.A. 170 (3),
Women's Studies 200 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Anthropology 100 (3)

Anthropology 123

Archaeology 101 (3)

Anthropology (1 1/2)(1st or 2nd year)

Anthropology 240 (1

Anthropology 124

Archaeology 131 (3)

Anthropology 240 (1

Anthropology 100 A (1

Anthropology 200

S.A. <3)<200 division)

Anthropology (1

1/2)

Anthropology (200

Anthropology 202

S.A. (3X200 division)

Anthropology (1

1/2)

Anthropology (200 level)(1 1/2)

Anthropology 204

S.A. 203 (3)

Anthropology (1 1/2)(2nd year)

Anthropology (200 level)(1 1/2)

Anthropology 249

S.A.

Anthropology (1

Anthropology (200 level H i 1/2)

CAPILANO COLLEGE

ANTHROPOLOGY

S.A. (3)

(3)

1/2)

1/2)

1/2)
1/2)

levelMl 1/2)

For further information on
Anthropology see Note #1 (page

ART
Art 150*. 151*, 152, 154, 158,
164, 166, 167, 171, 172, 174,
178, 182, 183, 184, 185**,
189**

Any one course is equivalent to
Visual Art (Studio)(3). Except Art
150 or 151; these courses will be
equivalent to Visual Art Studio (2)
each.

Art 163, 165, 204, 206, 216,
217

Any one course is equivalent to
Visual Art (Studio)(3)

Art 250. 255. 257, 262*. 263*,
265, 271, 272, 273, 274, 282,
283

Any one course is equivalent to
Visual Art (Studio)(3)
•Credit of 2 units only. Hay not
receive credit for Art 152, 154, 164,
184.

Any two courses are equivalent to
Fine Arts 181 (3)

NOTE: Art Studio courses to be
determined individually on presentation
of portfolio.

Fine Arts (Studio) 1 1/2 units each.
Credit may be granted in courses
from Fine Arts 281-290(6) after
assessment of portfolio.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON
ART SEE 2. PAGE (
)

**Hay not also receive credit for
Art 158, 178.

BIOLOGY
Biology 100

Kinesiology (100 tevel)(3)

Biology (1 1/2)(no credit in Life
Science Departments)

Biology (100 level)(l

1/2)

Biology 101

Bioscience (3)

Biology (1 l/2)(no credit in l i f e
Science Departments)

Biology (100 leveUO

1/2)

Biology 104

Bioscience 101*(3)

Transfers with 105

Biology (100 level)(1 1/2)

Biology 105

Bioscience 102*(3)

Transfers with 104

Biology <100 level)(1 1/2)

Biology 104 & 105

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology (3)(no credit in Life Science
Departments)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 108

Bioscience 101 (3)

To be determined.

Biology (150 partial credit)(1 1/2)

Biology 110

Bioscience 101*(3)

Transfers with 111

Transfers with 111

Biology 111

Bioscience 102*(3)

Transfers with 110

Transfers with 110

Biology 108 S, 111

These courses transfer

separately

Biology 101 (3) or 102 (3)

Biology 150 (3)

Biology 110 ft 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 101 (3) or 102 (3)

Biology 150 (3)

Biology 113

Bioscience 102 (3)

To be determined.

Biology (100 tevel)(1

Biology 152

To be determined.

To be determined.

To be determined.

Biology 200

Bioscience 202 (3)

Biology (1 1/2){2nd yearHprecludes
credit for Biology 334)

Biology 300 (1

1/2)

Biology 204

Bioscience 204 (3)

Biology (1 1/2)(2nd yearHprecludes
credit for Biology 321)

Biology 306 (1

1/2)

1/2)

Biology 205

Bioscience (3)

Biology (1 1/2)(2nd year)(precludes
credit for Biology 322)

Biology (200 level X I

Biology 204 & 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology (3)(2nd year)
(see notes above)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 209

Bioscience 326 (3)

Botany 209 (1

1/2)

Biology 203 (1

1/2)

Biology 210

Bioscience 337 (3)

Botany 210 (1

1/2)

Biology 204 (1

1/2)

Biology 212

Bioscience 306 (3)

Zoology 205 (1

1/2)

Biology 206 (1

1/2)

Biology 213

Bioscience 316 (3)

Zoology 203 (1

1/2)

Biology 207 (1

1/2)

Biology 214

Bioscience 201

Biology 200 (1

1/2)

Biology 200 (1

1/2)

Biology 215

Bioscience 301 (3)

Biology 201 (1 1/2)(when accompanied
by Organic Chemistry)

Biochemistry 200 (1

Biology 220

Bioscience (3)

Transfers with 221

Transfers with 221

Biology 221

Bioscience (3)

Transfers with 220

Transfers wi th 220

Biology 220 & 221

Bioscience 303 (3), Bioscience (3)

Microbiology 200 (3)

Microbiology 200 (3)

(3)

•Students contemplating further work
in Biology should endeavour to take
Biology 110 & 111. Credit will not
be allowed for both Biology 104 &
110, or Biology 105 1 111.

132

1/2)

1/2)

C A P I L A N O COLLEGE

SIMON FRASER U N I V E R S I T Y

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

UNIVERSITY

OF B R I T I S H

COLUMBIA

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

Formerly Commerce

Business Management 171

Statistics <100 level)<1 1/2)

Business Management 172

Transfers with 176

Business Management 172 & 176

Business (3)

Business Management 178 & 179

Business 251 (5)

Business Management 180

Commerce (1 1/2)

Transfers with 176
Commerce (100 level)(1 1/2)

Commerce 151 (1 1/2) plus
Commerce (1 1/2)

Commerce 251 (1 1/2)

Commerce (1 1/2)

Computer Science (100 level)(1 1/2)

Business Management 184

Transfers with 185

Transfers with 185

Commerce 251 (1 1/2)

Business Management 185

Transfers with 184

Transfers with 184

Commerce 253 (1 1/2)

Business Management 184 & 185

Business 222 (3)

Commerce 151 (1 1/2)

Business Management 255

Business (2)

Business Management 256

Business (3)

CHEMISTRY
Chemistry 104

Chemistry (3)

Trnasfers with 105

Transfers with 105

Chemistry 105

Transfers with 104

Chemistry 104 & 105

Chemistry (3)
Chemistry 104 (3) & Chemistry
105 (3) plus exemption for
Chemistry 115 & 118

Chemistry 103 (3)

Transfers with 104
Chemistry 120 <3)(C" required for
entry to 102, 231, & 213)

Chemistry 108

Chemistry 104 <3)<exempts from
Chemistry 115)

Transfers with 111

Chemistry 100 (1 1/2)

Chemistry 108 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 120 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 109

Chemistry 105 (3)(exempts from
Chemistry 118)

Chemistry 110

Chemistry 104 <3)(exempts from
Chemistry 115)

Transfers with 111

Chemistry 101 (1 1/2)

Chemistry 111

Chemistry 105 (3)(exempts from
Chemistry 118)

Transfers with 108 i 110

Chemistry 102 (1 t/2)

Chemistry 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 120 <3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 200

Chemistry 251 <3)<exempts from
Chemistry 256. Will be required
to take SFU 251 if "D" obtained
in 200)
Chemistry 252 <3)(Uill be required
to take SFU 252 if "D" obtained
in 201)

Transfers with 201

Chemistry 231 (1 1/2)

Transfers with 200

Chemistry 232 (1 1/2)*

Chemistry 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 230 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 204

Chemistry 261 (3)
(exempts form Chemistry 218)
Chemistry 232 (3)

Transfers with 205

Chemistry (200 level)(1 1/2)

Transfers with 204

Chemistry (200 level><1 1/2)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 205 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 201

Chemistry 205
Chemistry 204 & 205

I,

Chemistry 102 (1 1/2)

•May take 3rd year organic courses if
213 taken as corequisite in Fall. Consult
Department re placement.

COMMERCE
Commerce 210

No credit

Commerce 110 (1 1/2)

No credit

Commerce 220

Business 270 (3)

Commerce 120 (1 1/2)

No credit

Commerce 251

Transfers wtih 253

Commerce 151 (1 1/2)

Transfers with 253

Commerce 253

Transfers with 251

Transfers with 251

Commerce 251 & 253

Business 251 <3)

Commerce 153 <1 1/2)
These courses ttransfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Commerce 251 (1 1/2)

COMMUNICATIONS
Communications 150 & 156

Communications (3)

COMPUTING SCIENCE

For Mathematics courses please refer to the "Mathematics" section of the guide.

Computing Science 100 (Basic)

Computing Science 100 (3)

Computer Science (1 1/2)
(may allow admission to Computer
Science 118)

Computer Science 100 (1 1/2)

Computing Science 103 (Pascal)

Computing Science 103*(4)

Computer Science 114 (1 1/2)

Computing Science 110 (1 1/2)

Computing Science 104

Computing Science 105 (3)

Computer Science 213 (1 1/2)

Computer Science

Computing Science 105

Computing Science 118 (3)

Computer Science 116 (1 1/2) or
118 (1 1/2){depending on language
used)

Computer Science 110 (1 1/2)

Computing Science 130

Computing Science 104 (1)

Computing Science 222

Computing Science 201 (4)

Computer Science (1 1/2)

Computer Science 115 (1 1/2)

Computing Science 104 & 222

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Computer Science 215 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

(1 1/2)

133

SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY

CAPILANO COLLEGE

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

Computing Science 223

Computing Science (3)

Computing Science 220 (1

1/2)

Math 222 (1

Computing Science 224

To be determined.

Computing Science

1/2)

Computer Science 240 (1

Computing Science 225

To be determined.

To be determined.

Computing Science 226

Computing Science 290 (3),

Computing Science 227

To be determined.

291

(1)

(1

1/2)

Computer Science (200 level)(1 1/2)

To be determined.
Computer Science (1

1/2)

Computer Science (200
1/2)

level)(1 1/2)

Computer Science (200 level)(1 1/2)

Computing Science 229

To be determined.

To be determined.

Computer Science (200 level){1 1/2)

Computing Science 230

To be determined.

Computer Science (1 1/2) second year
(exempts from Computer Science 313)

Computer Science (200 level)(1 1/2)

•If "B" grade achieved, credit will be
101 (4), if below a "B", credit wi11 be
103 (4).

ECONOMICS
Economics TOO

Economics 100

(3)

Economics (1

1/2)

Economics 100 (1

1/2)

Economics 101

Economics 101

(3)

Economics (1

1/2)

Economics 100 (1

1/2)

Economics 100 ft 101

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics 100 ft (100 leve()<1 1/2)

Economics 120

Economics 150

(3)

Economics (1

1/2)

Economics (100 level)(1

Economics 121

Economics 152

(3)

Economics (1

1/2)

Economics (100 level)<1 1/2)

Economics 200

Economics 205

(3)

Economics (1 1/2)(transfer students
taking Economics 100 at UBC may
not also obtrain transfer credit for
one of Economics 200 ft 201)

Economics 202 (1

1/2)

Economics 201

Economics 200

(3)

Economics (1 1/2)(transfer students
taking Economics 100 at UBC may
not also obtain transfer credit for
one of Economics 200 ft 201)

Economics 201 (1

1/2)

Economics 200 ft 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

1/2)

Economics 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics 211

Economics 201

(3)

Economics (200 levelKI

Economics 212

Economics 202

(3)

Economics (200 level)(1 1/2)

Economics 211 ft 212

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics (200 level)(3)

English (3)

See English 100 or 102 listing

English 115 (1

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Any two:

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

1/2)

ENGLISH
English 010

English (3)

English 100
English 100 or 102, 104,
106, 108

105,

English 100

(3)

1/2)

English 102

English 212

(3)

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English 115 <1

1/2)

English 104

English 101

(3)

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English 121 (1

1/2)

English 105

English 102 (3)

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English 122 (1

1/2)

English 106

English 103 (3)

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English 122 (1

1/2)

English 105 ft 106

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English (100

English 108

English 101 or 102 or 103 or
English (3)

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English (100 level)<1 1/2)
Transfers with 191

level)(3)

English 190

English <3)

Transfers with 191

English 191

English (3)

Transfers with 190

Trnasfers with 190

English 190 ft 191

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Creative Writing 202 (3)<permission
to enter senior courses in Creative
Writing subject to assessment of
recent writing by UBC department)

Creative Writing 100

Transfers with 201

(3)

English 200

English (3)(exempts from
English 204 or 205)

Transfers with 201

English 201

English 206

Transfers with 200

Transfers with 200

English 200 ft 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 201 <3)

English 200

1/2)
1/2)

(3)

(3)

English 202

English 221

(3)

Transfers with 203

English (200 levelKI

English 203

English 221 (3) or English (3)

Transfers with 202

English (200 levelKI

English 202 ft 203

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 202

English 202

English 204

English 222

(3)

Transfers with 205

Transfers with 205

English 205

English 222 (3) or English (3)

Transfers wtih 204

Transfers with 204

English 204 ft 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Entlish (3)(2nd year literature)

English 203

English 206 (1

(3)

(3)

1/2)

English (200 level)(1

1/2)

Transfers with 213

English (200 tevelMI

1/2)

English (3)

Transfers with 212

English (200 leveDO

1/2)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English (3)(2nd year literature)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English (3)

English (1 1/2)(2nd year)

English (200 levelKI

English 206

English

English 212

English (3)

English 213
English 212 ft 213
English 215

134

(3)

(3)

1/2)

CAPILANO COLLEGE

SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

English (200 level)(1 1/2)

English 216

English 102 (3) or English (3)

English (1 1/2)(2nd year)

English 290

English (3)

Creative Writing (1

1/2)

Creative Writing 201 (1 1/2)(part credit)

English 291

English (3)

Creative Writing (1

1/2)

Creative Writing 202 {1 1/2)(part credit)

ENSEMBLE
Ens«*le 100 & 150

Music 1S4 (1)

Ensenfcle 110 S 160

Music 150 (1)

Music 180 (1)

Ensemble 200 S 250

Music 154 (1)

Music 280 (1)

Ensemble 210 I 260

Music 150 (1)

Music 280 (1)

FINE

Music 180 (1)

ARTS

Fine Arts 100

Art History (3)

Transfers with 101

Transfers with 101

Fine Arts 101

Art History

Transfers with 100

Transfers with 100

Fine Arts 100 5 101

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Fine Arts 125 (3)

History in Art 120 <3)

Fine Arts 104

Arts (3)

Transfers with 105

Art (100 levelXI

1/2)

Fine Arts 105

Arts (3)

Transfers wtih 104

Art (100 levelXI

1/2)

Fine Arts 104 S 105

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Fine Arts 100

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Fine Arts 210

Art History (3)

Fine Arts (1 1/2)(Hot to be counted
toward the major)

Transfers with 211

Fine Arts 211

Art History

Fine Arts (1 1/2)(Not to be counted
toward the major)

Transfers with 210

Fine Arts 210 I 211

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History in Art 260 (3)

Fine Arts 220

To be determined.

Art History (1

1/2)

To be determined.

Fine Arts 221

To be determined.

Art 'History (1

1/2)

To be determined.

Fine Arts 220 S 221

Art History (3)

Art History (3)
(may not receive credit for
Fine Arts 335)

To be determined.

Fine Arts 250

Visual Art

(3)

Art History (1

1/2)

History in Art (200 levelXI

1/2)

Fine Arts 251

Visual Art

(3)

Art History (1

1/2)

History in Art (200 levelXI

1/2)

Fine Arts 250 t 251

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

French 100

French*(3)

Transfers with 101

Transfers with 101

French 101

French*(3)

Transfers with 100

Transfers with 100

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

French 105 (3)

French 100 (3)

French 120 S 121

French*{3) each

French 110 (3)

French 160 (3)

French 130 S 131

French*<3) each

French (3)(1st year)

French 100 (3)

French 170 ( 171

French*(2) each

French 120 (3)

French 180 (3)

French 190 t 191

French*(3) each

French 115 (3)

French 160 (3)

French 270 t 271

French*(3) each

French 202

(3)

French 290 (3)

French 290 I 291

French*(3) each

French 215 (3)

French 180 <3)

(3)

(3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

FRENCH

French 100 t

101

"For information on the transferability
of any one of the following French
courses see Note #3 (page
).

GEOGRAPHY
Geography 100

Geography 141 (3)

Geography 200 (1

1/2)

Geography 101 8 (1

Geography 101

Geography (3)

Geography 102 <1

1/2)

Geography (100 level)(1 1/2)

Geography 106

Geography 263 (3)

Geography (1

Geography 108

Geography 262 (3)

Geography 103 (1

Geography 112

Geography 111 (3)

Transfers with 114

Geography 203 A (1

1/2)

Geography 114

Physical Geography (3)

Transfers with 112

Geogrpahy 203 B (1

1/2)

Geography 112 I 114

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Geography 101 (3)

Geography 203 (3)

Geography 200

Geography 121 (3)

Geography 201 (1

Geography 201

Geography (3)

Geography (1

Geography 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers

Geography 201

(3)

Geography 205

Geography (3)

Geography (1

1/2)

Geography (1

1/2)

Geography 221

Geography 250 (3)

Geography (1

1/2)

Geography (200 levelXI

Geography 249

Geography (3)

Geography (1

1/2)

Geography 205 B (1

1/2)

1/2)

Geography (100 level)(1 1/2)
1/2)

1/2)

1/2)

Geography (200 level)(1 1/2)

Geography 201 B (1

1/2)

Geography 201 A (1

1/2)

1/2)

1/2)

CAPILANO COLLEGE

SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

GEOLOGY
Geology 110

Geology (3)

Transfers with 111

Trnasfers with 111

Geology 111

Geology (3)

Transfers with 110

Transfers with 110

Geology 110 ( 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Geology 105 (3)

Geology 100 (3)

GERMAN
German 100 & 101

German*(3) each

German 100 (3)

German 100 (3)*

German 200 ( 201

Germen*(3) each

German 200 (3)

German 200 (3)*

•For information on the transferability
of any one of the following German
courses see Note #3 (page
).

*Must complete survey of German Grammar
Grade of "C" or above required.

HISTORY
History 102

History 223 (3)

History (1

1/2)

History 240 (1 1/2)(part credit*)

History 103

History (3X200 Division)

History (1

1/2)

History 240 (1 1/2)(part credit')

History 102 t 103

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History 120 (3)

History 240 (3)

History 108

History 212 (3)

History (1

1/2)

History 210 (1 1/2Xpart credit*)

History 109

History 213 (3)

History (1

1/2)

History 210 (1 1/2)(part credit*)

History 108 ( 109

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History 210 (3)
History 230 (1 1/2)(part credit*)

History 110

History 101 (3)

History (1

1/2)

History 111

History 102 (3)

History (1

1/2)

History 110 t 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History 135 (3)

History 230 (3)

History 230 (1 1/2Xpart credit*)

History 200

History (3X200 division)

History (1

1/2)

History (200 level)(1 1/2)

History 201

History (3X200 division)

History (1

1/2)

History (200 l e v e l x !

History 205

History 201 (3)

History (1

1/2)

History (200 levelXI 1/2)(students
should not be permitted to take 355)

History 207

History 0X200 division)

History <1 1/2)(precludes credit
for History 101)

1/2)

History 236 (1 1/2)(part credit*)
*If half of the course has been completed
students will not be permitted to take
the complete course at U.Vic.
For further information contact the U.Vic.
History Department.

LEGAL STUDIES
Legal Assistant Studies 150

Political Science 151 (3)

Legal Assistant Studies 151

Criminology (3)

Legal Assistant Studies 258

Legal Studies (3)

Legal Assistant Studies 268

Legal Studies (3)

MATHEMATICS

For Computing Science courses please refer to the "Computing Science" section of the guide.

Mathematics 009, 010, 011, 012
Mathematics 010, 011, 012

Mo equivalent.
All three must be taken
- Mathematics 100 (3)

Mathematics 100

Hathematics (3)

Mathematics 101

Mathematics 101 (3)

Ho credit.

Hathematics 012 (0)
Mathematics (100 levelXI
Statistics 203* {1

1/2)

1/2)

Statistics (100 levelXI 1/2) with Algebra 12;
without Algebra 12 (0) credits

Mathematics 100 t 101

These course transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 130 (3) or Statistics 203*
(1 1/2) plus (1 1/2)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 100 & 108

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 140 (1 1/2),

plus 1 1/2*

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 100 I 110

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 100 (1 1/2),

plus 1 1/2*

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 101 I 102

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Statistics (100 level)((3) with
Algebra 12; without Algebra 12
Statistics (100 levelXI 1/2)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Statistics 105 (1 1/2) and
Mathematics 100 (1 1/2)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Statistics 250 £ 251 (3)

Mathematics 101 & 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Statistics 250 (1

1/2)

Mathematics 102

Hathematics 302 (3)

Statistics 204 (1

Statistics 250 (1

1/2)

Mathematics 103

Computer Science 100 (3)
Student should contact Computing
Department if Pascal version taken.

Hathematics 105

Hathematics 100 (3)

Transfers with 108 or 110

Mathematics 012

Mathematics 105 I

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Hathematicds 111 (3)(1.5 units in
Faculty of Science)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 101 t 110
Mathematics 101

136

102 4 205

1/2)

(0)

C A P I L A N O COLLEGE

SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY

U N I V E R S I T Y OF B R I T I S H

COLUMBIA

U N I V E R S I T Y OF V I C T O R I A

Mathematics 105 8 110

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Hathematics 111 (3X1.5 units in
Faculty of Science)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 108

Mathematics 157*(3)

Hathematics 140*(1 1/2)

Mathematics 102 (1

1/2)

Mathematics 109

Mathematics 158 (3)

Hathematics 141* (1

1/2)

Mathematics 110

Mathematics 151*(3)

Mathematics 100 (1

1/2)

Hathematics 100 (1

1/2)

Mathematics 111

Hathematics 152 (3)
& Mathematics (1)

Hathematics 101 (1

1/2)

Mathematics 101 (1

1/2)

Mathematics 110 ( 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Hathematics 100 (1 1/2), Mathematicds
101 (1 1/2) t Hathematics (100 l e v e l X D

Mathematics 200

Mathematics 232 (3)

Hathematics 221 (1

Hathematics 233 A (1

Mathematics 205

Mathematics 272 (3)

Mathematics or Statistics 205 (1

Mathematics 215

Mathematics 242 (3)

Hathematics 220 (1

1/2)

Hathematics (2100 levelXI

Mathematics 230

Mathematics 251 (3)

Mathematics 200 (1

1/2)

Hathematics 200 (1

Hathematics 231

Mathematics 252 (3)

Hathematics 201 (1

1/2)

Hathematics (200 levelXI

Hathematics 235

Hathematics 310 (3)

Hathematics 315 (1

1/2)

Mathematics 201 (1

•Credit is permitted for only one
of Mathematics 151 or 157.

•Not for faculty of Science or
Mathematics students.

1/2)
1/2)

1/2)

Statistics (200 levelXI

1/2)
1/2)

1/2)
1/2)

1/2)

MEDIA
Media 053

Film Studies (3)

Media 075

Film (Studio)(2)

Media 153

Film (3)

Media 171 S 271

Communications 257 (3)

Media 181 8 182

Communications 258 (3)

Media 183 & 185

Credit may be assigned after
portfolio interview with student.

Media 253

FiIm (Studio)(3)

,

....

MUSIC
Music 100

Music (3)

Transfers with 101

Music (100 levelXI)

Music 101

Music (3)

Transfers with 100

Husic (100 levelXI)

Music 100 8 101

these courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 100(3) or Music 101*(3)

Music 100 A, 100 B, 1 170 (3)

Music 110 t 111

Music 102 (2)

Music (200 levelXI

I 115

Music 141 (1)

Music 236 (1

Music IK

1/2)

1/2)

Music 120

Music History (3)

Transfers with 121

Husic (100 levelXI

1/2)

Music 121

Music History (3)

Transfer with 120

Music (100 levelXI

1/2)

Music 120 & 121

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 120 (3) or Music
Education 102 (3)

Husic (100 levelXI

1/2)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 110 (3), Husic (100 level)(3)

Music 120,

21 ( 220, 221

Husic (100 level)(1/2)

Music 170
Music 170 & 171

Music (3)

Music 180

Music (Studio)(3)
Music (100 levell(l)

Music 180 & 181
Music 184

Music (Studio)(3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 185

Music (Studio)(3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.
Music 170 (1)

Music 184 i 185

Music 181 (1)

Music 194 & 195

Husic 100 A (1)

Music 200

Music (3)

Transfers with 201

Music 201

Music (3)

Transfers with 200

Husic 100 B (1)

Music 200 S 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 200 (3) or Husic
Education 201*(3)

Music (200 level)(3)

Music 210 8 211

....

Husic 122 (2)

Music (200 levelXI

Husic 241 (1)

Husic 236 (1

Music 214 I 215

1/2)

1/2)

Music 220

Music History (3)

Transfers with 221

Husic (100 levelXI

1/2)

Music 221

Music History (3)

Transfers with 220

Music (100 levelXI

1/2)

Music 220 8 221

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 320 (3) or Husic
Education 102 (3)

Music (100 level)(3)

Music 220, !21 8 120, 121

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 110 (3), Music (100 levelXI)
Music 181 (1)

Music 294 8 295
•Applicants for a major or concentration
in Husic Education must have at least
65X (or equivalent) in both Music
Education 101 & 201.

CAPILANO COLLEGE

SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

PHILOSOPHY
Philosophy

101

Philosophy

100

(3)

Philosophy

(1

1/2)

Transfers

with

102

Philosophy

102

Philosophy

120

(3)

Philosophy

(1

1/2)

Transfers

with

101

Philosophy

101 (

(3)

Philosophy

100

(3)

Phitosophy

101 (

P h i l o s o p h y 101,

Philosophy

102

210

210 I

211

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P h i l o s o p h y 100

P h i l o s o p h y 100

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l
numbers.

101 t r a n s f e r s w i t h 102.
210 t r a n s f e r s
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l
numbers.

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

101 t r a n s f e r s with 102.
210.
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l

P h i l o s o p h y £1 1 / 2 ) ( p r e c l u d e s
P h i l o s o p h y 102)

Philosophy

Philosophy

110

P h i l o s o p h y 110 (

(3),

P h i l o s o p h y 100 ( 3 ) ,
P h i l o s o p h y (3)

(3)

P h i l o s o p h y 203

(3)

(3)

120

Philosophy

120

To be

Philosophy

200

Philosophy

Philosophy

201
201

creditJfor

(3)

(100

level)(1

1/2)

Philosophy £100 l e v e l X I

1/2)

P h i l o s o p h y 102

<1

P h i l o s o p h y (1

1/2)

P h i l o s o p h y 232

(1

1/2)

(1

1/2)

211 t r a n s f e r
numbers.

1/2)

determined.

(3)

P h i l o s o p h y (1

1/2)

P h i l o s o p h y 326

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P h i l o s o p h y 201

(3)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P h i l o s o p h y 220

P h i l o s o p h y 200 (

Philosophy

Philosophy

210

Philosophy

100

(3)

P h i l o s o p h y (1

1/2)

Philosophy

(200

levelXI

1/2)

Philosophy

211

P h i l o s o p h y 203

(3)

P h i l o s o p h y (1

1/2)

P h i l o s o p h y (200

level)(1

1/2)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P h i l o s o p h y 250

(3)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P h i l o s o p h y (1

1/2)

Philosophy

(200

level)(1

1/2)

P h i l o s o p h y (1

1/2)

Philosophy

(200

levelXI

1/2)

Transfers

with

105

Transfers

wi th

104

P h i l o s o p h y 210 (

211

Philosophy

220

P h i l o s o p h y 241

Philosophy

221

Philosophy

(3)

(3)

PHYSICS
Physics

104

P h y s i c s 100

Physics

105

Physics

Physics

<3)

(3)

104 & 105

Students w i l l
P h y s i c s 131

108

P h y s i c s 101

be exempted from
(2)

P h y s i c s (1 1/2) not
Science Faculty

for

credit

in

the

P h y s i c s (1 1/2) not
Science Faculty

for

credit

in

the

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P h y s i c s (100

leveDO

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P h y s i c s 110

(3)

P h y s i c s 102

(3)

P h y s i c s 108 & 115

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l
numbers.

P h y s i c s 110

(3)

108 t r a n s f e r s s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l
numbers.

Physics

110

P h y s i c s 101

(3)

Transfers

with 111

or

115

Transfers

with

111

Physics

111

P h y s i c s 102

(3)

Transfers

wtih 110 or

108

Transfers

wtih

110

P h y s i c s 108 &

P h y s i c s 110 4
P h y s i c s 110 t

Students wi11
P h y s i c s 131

111

115

Physics

(1)

be exempted from
(2)

with 111

P h y s i c s 110

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l
numbers.

P h y s i c s 110

or

115

(3)

111

Physics

(3),

Transfers

P h y s i c s 103

(3)

P h y s i c s 102

<3)

110
115

Physics

114

P h y s i c s 120

(3)

Transfers

with 111 I

115

Physics

115

P h y s i c s 121

(3)

Transfers

with 108 o r

110 o r

P h y s i c s 114 &

111

P h y s i c s 114 & 115

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P h y s i c s 110

(3)

Students w i l l
P h y s i c s 233

P h y s i c s 115

(3)

Physics

200

Physics*(3)

Physics

201

be exempted from
(2)

114

level)(1

1/2)

P h y s i c s (100

levelXI

1/2)

111
114

t r a n s f e r s w i t h 108 t
t r a n s f e r s with 115

P h y s i c s 110/120

with

210

Transfers

with

210

with

211

Transfers

wtih

211

Transfers

P h y s i c s 213

(2)

P h y s i c s 201

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P h y s i c s 215

(2)

Physics*(1)

Transfers

with 200

or

211

Transfers

w i t h 201

or

210

210
211

P h y s i c s 210 I

211

Physics*(1)

Transfers

P h y s i c s 235*<2)

P h y s i c s 239

(1)

P h y s i c s 217

(1

P h y s i c s 216

(1

1/2)

1/2)*

with

200

Transfers

with

201

Transfers

with 200 & 201

Physics

220

Physics*(3)

Transfers

with

221

P h y s i c s 120

(1

1/2)

Physics

221

Physics 211*(3)

Transfers

with

220

P h y s i c s 220

(1

1/2)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l
numbers.

P h y s i c s 216

P h y s i c s 220 & 221

<2),

Physics

(1)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l
numbers.
' C o n t a c t Department
P h y s i c s 214 w a i v e r

' S t u d e n t s who have completed
P h y s i c s 200, 201, 210, 211, 220,
221
at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e w i l l be p r e p a r e d
to e n t e r t h i r d y e a r P h y s i c s c o u r s e s
at S F U .

110

(3)

Transfers

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r
separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

Physics

111
114

P h y s i c s (100

P h y s i c s 221*<3)

Physics

(3)

t r a n s f e r s with
t r a n s f e r s with

P h y s i c s 200 & 210

& 211

1/2)

re:

POLITICAL STUDIES
Political

Studies

100

Political

S c i e n c e 111

(3)

Political

S c i e n c e (1

1/2)

Political

S c i e n c e (100

S c i e n c e 212

(3)

Political

S c i e n c e 202

(1

1/2)

political

S c i e n c e 202

(1

1/2)

S c i e n c e 131

(3)

Political

S c i e n c e 201

(1

1/2)

Political

S c i e n c e 210

(1

1/2)

Political

Studies

101

Political

Political

Studies

102

Political

138

level)(1

1/2)

SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

Political Studies 104

Political Science 221 (3)

Political Science 200 (1 1/2)

Political Science (200 levet)C11/2)

Political Studies 201

Political Science 241 (3)

Political Science (1 1/2)

Political Science (200 levelXI 1/2)

Political Studies 202

Political Science (3)(Can.)

Political Science (1 1/2)

Political Studies 203

Political Science 141 (3)

Pol it cal Science (1 1/2)

Political Science 240 (1 1/2)

Political Studies 201 & 203

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Pol it cal Science 204 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual nunbers.

Political Studies 206

Political Science 211 (3)

Pollt cal Science 203 (1 1/2)

Political Science (200 levelXI 1/2)

Music 172 or 182 <2)*

Husic 140 or (100 level)(2)*

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Husic 140 or (100 level)C2)*

PHI 102 I 202

Music 172 or 18? <2>*

Husic 140 or (100 level)(2>*

PHI 103 ( 203

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Husic 140 or (100 level)(2>*

PHI 104 ( 204

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Husic 140 or (100 level)(2>*

PHI 105 t 205

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Husic 140 or (100 level)(2>*

PMI 106 ( 206

Music 172 or 182 (2)"

Husic 140 or (100 level>(2>*

PMI 107 1 207

Music 172 or 182 <2>*

Husic 140 or (100 level)(2)*

PMI 109 8 208

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Husic 140 or (100 level)(2>*

PHI 109 ( 209

Music 172 or 182 <2>*

Husic 140 or (100 level)(2)*

PHI 110 t 210

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Husic 140 or (100 level>(2)«

PMI 111 ( 211

Music 172 or 182 <2>*

Music (100 level)(2)

PM! 112 I 212

Music 172 or 1(2 (2)*

Husic (100 level)(2)

PMI 113 ( 213

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 level>(2>*

PHI 114 ( 214

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Husic 140 or (100 level)(2)*

PMI 115 I 215

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 level0(2>*

PHI 116 t 216

Music 172 or 182 <2>*

Husic 140 or (100 level)(2>*

PMI 117 t 217

Husic 172 or 182 (2)*

Husic 140 or (100 level)(2)«

PHI 118 S 218

Husic 172 or 182 (2)*

Husic 140 or (100 level X2)'

PMI 119 1 219

Husic 172 or 182 (2)*

Husic (100 level)(2)

PHI 120 1 220

Husic 107 (3)*

Husic 105 or (100 level)"

PHI 150 S 250

Husic 171 or 181 (1)*

CAPILANO COLLEGE

PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION
PMI 100 ( 200
PHI 101 t 201

PHI 151 t 251

....

....

Music 171 or 181 (D*

PHI 152 ( 252

Music 171 or 181 (1>*

PMI 157 4 257

Husic 171 or 181 (1)*

PHI 159 I 259

Husic 171 or 181 (1)'

PHI 163 I 262

Husic 171 or 181 (1>*

PHI 164 I 264
PMI 165 t 265

Husic 171 or 181 (1)«

....

Husic 171 or 181 (1 )•

PHI 166 t 266

Husic 171 or 181 (!>•

PHI 167 t 267
PMI 169 t 269

Music 171 or 181 (1)*
Music 171 or 181 <!>*

PMI 300 1 400

Husic 272 or 282 (2)*

Husic 240 or (200 level)(2)

PHI 301 t 401

Husic 272 or 282 (2)*

Husic 240 or (200 levet>(2>*

PMI 302 | 402

Husic 272 or 282 (2)*

Husic 240 or (200 level)(2)*

PHI 303 8 403

Husic 272 or 282 (2)*

Husic 240 or (200 level>(2)*

PHI 304 I 404

....
....

B

Husic 272 or 282 (2)*

Husic 240 or (200 level>(2>*

Husic 272 or 282 (2>*

Husic 240 or (200 level>(2>*

PHI 306 1 406

Husic 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 level)(2)*

PHI 307 8 407

Husic 272 or 282 C2>*

Husic 240 or (200 level )(2)*

PMI 308 8 408

Husic 272 or 282 (2)*

Husic 240 or (200 level)(2>*

PMI 309 8 409

Husic 272 or 282 (2)*

Husic 240 or (200 level)(2>*

PHI 310 8 410

Husic 272 or 282 (2)*

Husic 240 or (200 level>(2>*

PHI 311 t 411

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music (200 level)

PHI 312 1 412

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Husic (200 level)

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 level X2>*

PMI 314 8 414

Husic 272 or 282 (2)*

Husic 240 or (200 level)(2>*

PMI 315 8 415

Husic 272 or 282 (2)'

Husic 240 or (200 level)(2>*

PHI 316 8 416

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 level)(2>*

PHI 317 & 417

Husic 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 level)(2)*

PHI 318 a 418

Husic 272 or 282 C2>*

Husic 240 or (200 level>(2>*

PHI 305 ( 405

PHI 313 8 413

....

SIMON FRASER U N I V E R S I T Y

CAPILANO COLLEGE

PMI

319 1

419

t 420
PHI 350 t 4S0
PMI

320

....

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

Music 272

or 282

Music

Music 207

(3)*

Music 271

o r 281

(1)*

(2)*

PHI

351

i

451

Music 271

o r 281

(1)*

PHI

352

(

452

Music 271

or 281

(1)*

PMI

357 S 457

Music 271

o r 281

(1)*

PHI

359

Music 271

o r 281

(1)*

PMI

363 1

463

Music 271

o r 281

(1)*

PHI

364

464

Music 271

o r 281

(1)*

Music 271

o r 281

(1)*

Music 271

o r 281

(1)*

Music 271

o r 281

(1)*

1 Music 271

o r 281

(1)*

....
....

t 459
I

1

t 465
PHI 366 t 466
PHI 367 S 467
PHI 369 t 469
PHI

365

....
....

(200

level)

Music 205

o r (200

level)(2)**

....
....
....

* As d e t e r m i n e d by the A d m i s s i o n s
and A u d i t i o n i n g Committee.
To be d e t e r m i n e d a f t e r s u b m i s s i o n
of s c o r e s and t a p e s .

• C r e d i t t o be c o n f i r m e d by
examination for B.Music.

**

PSYCHOLOGY
Psychology

100

Psychology

(3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1

1/2)

P s y c h o l o g y (100

leveOO

Psychology

101

Psychology

(3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1

1/2)

P s y c h o l o g y (100

level)

Psychology

100 &

(3)

(3)

P s y c h o l o g y 100

(3)

P s y c h o l o g y 100

P s y c h o l o g y 100 & 200

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P s y c h o l o g y 100

(3)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

Psychology

100 & 201

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

Psychology 100

(3)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

Psychology

100 1

204

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P s y c h o l o g y 100

(3)

P s y c h o l o g y 100

Psychology

100 t

205

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

P s y c h o l o g y 100

(3)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

Psychology

200

P s y c h o l o g y 360

P s y c h o l o g y (1 1 / 2 ) ( p r e c l u d e s
f o r P s y c h o l o g y 308)

credit

P s y c h o l o g y (200

level)(1

1/2)

Psychology

201

Psychology

P s y c h o l o g y (1 1 / 2 ) ( p r e c t u d e s
f o r P s y c h o l o g y 308)

credit

P s y c h o l o g y (200

level){1

1/2)

Psychology

204

P s y c h o l o g y 351

(3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1 1 / 2 ) ( p r e c l u d e s
f o r P s y c h o l o g y 301)

credit

P s y c h o l o g y (100

leveOO

1/2)

Psychology

205

P s y c h o l o g y 357

(3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1

1/2)

Psychology (200 level)(1 1/2)

Psychology

206

P s y c h o l o g y 355

(3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1

1/2)

P s y c h o l o g y (200

levelXI

1/2)

Psychology

220

P s y c h o l o g y 370

(3)

P s y c h o l o g y * (1

1/2)

P s y c h o l o g y (200

levelXI

1/2)

Psychology

222

P s y c h o l o g y 340

(3)

Psychology*

(1

1/2)

P s y c h o l o g y (200

levelXI

1/2)

These courses t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

Psychology

206*(3)

P s y c h o l o g y 220

(3)

P s y c h o l o g y 220

101

& 222

P s y c h o l o g y 101

(3),

Psychology

1/2)

(3)

<3)

(3)

• C r e d i t f o r C a p i l a n o P s y c h o l o g y 220
a n d / o r 222 p r e c l u d e s c r e d i t f o r UBC
P s y c h o l o g y 300 a n d / o r 305
respectively.
NOTE: Maximum advance c r e d i t
permitted in Psychology i s 9 u n i t s .

RECREATION
Recreation

160

Kinesiology

143

(3)

Recreation

180

Kinesiology

143

(3)

Recreation

280

Kinesiology

(3)

Recreation

281

Kinesiology

(3)

R e c r e a t i o n 280

t

281

K i n e s i o l o g y 343
Kinesiology
(3)

....
....
....

....
(3)

SOCIOLOGY
Sociology

100

S.A.

150

(3)

S o c i o l o g y (1

1/2)

Transfers

with

101

Sociology

101

S.A.

250

(3)

S o c i o l o g y (1

1/2)

Transfers

with

100

Sociology

100 I

S o c i o l o g y 200

( 3 ) ( 1 s t or 2nd y e a r )

Sociology

100

(3)

with

201

with

200

101

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

Sociology

200

S.A.

(3)

S o c i o l o g y (1

1/2)

Transfers

Sociology

201

S.A.

(3)

Sociology

(1

1/2)

Transfers

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

S o c i o l o g y 210

(3)

S o c i o l o g y 200

S o c i o l o g y 200 I

201

1/2)

Sociology

(200

level)(1

1/2)

1/2)(2nd year)

Sociology

(200

levelXI

1/2)

S o c i o l o g y (1

1/2)

Sociology

(100

levelXI

1/2)

S o c i o l o g y (1

i/2)(2nd year)

Sociology

(100

level)(1

1/2)

Sociology

210

S.A.

260

(3)

Sociology

Sociology

211

S.A.

280

(3)

S o c i o l o g y (1

Sociology

222

S.A.

(3)

Sociology

223

Communications
For f u r t h e r
see Note #1

140

230

(3)

i n f o r m a t i o n on S o c i o l o g y
(page
).

(3)

(1

SIMON FRASER

CAPILANO COLLEGE

UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BR TISH COLUMBIA

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

SPANISH
S p a n i s h 100 S 101

Spanish*(3)

S p a n i s h 100

(3)

S p a n i s h 100

S p a n i s h 200 I

Spanish*(3)

S p a n i s h 200

(3)

S p a n i s h 260 <3)(grade of " C * " r e q u i r e d ,
o r a l t e s t i f c o n t i n u i n g in Spanish)

201

(3)

* F o r i n f o r m a t i o n on the
transferability
of any one of the f o l l o w i n g Spanish
c o u r s e s s e e Note #3 (page
).

THEATRE
Theatre

100

Theatre

(Studfo)(3)

Theatre

(1

1/2)

Theatre

(100

level)(1

1/2)

Theatre

101

Theatre

(Studio)(3)

Theatre

(1

1/2)

Theatre

(100

level)(1

1/2)

Theatre

100

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

Theatre
Theatre

I 101

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

T h e a t r e 200

(3)

120

Theatre

History

(3)

Theatre

(1

1/2)

T r a n s f e r s with

121

121

Theatre

History

(3)

Theatre

(1

1/2)

T r a n s f e r s with

120

Theatre

120 & 121

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

Theatre

120

(3)

Theatre

100

(3)

Theatre

200

Theatre

(Studio)(3)

Theatre

(1

1/2)

Theatre

(200

level)(1

1/2)

Theatre

201

Theatre

(Studio)(3)

Theatre

(1

1/2)

Theatre

(200

level)(1

1/2)

E n g l i s h (100

levelXI

1/2)

W O M E N ' S STUDIES
Women's S t u d i e s

100

Women's S t u d i e s 202

Women's S t u d i e s

101

Women's S t u d i e s

(3)

Women's S t u d i e s

104

Women's S t u d i e s

(3)

Women's S t u d i e s

105

Women's S t u d i e s

(3)

Women's S t u d i e s

106

Women's S t u d i e s

(3)

Women's S t u d i e s

107

Women's S t u d i e s

(3)

Women's S t u d i e s

110

Women's S t u d i e s

(3)

Women's S t u d i e s

112

Women's S t u d i e s

(3)

Women's S t u d i e s

120

Women's S t u d i e s 200 (3)
( S t u d e n t s may r e q u e s t c r e d i t
H i s t o r y (3)
instead.)

Women's S t u d i e s

121

Women's S t u d i e s

Women's S t u d i e s

122

Women's S t u d i e s 200

(3)

A r t s (1

1/2)

Women's S t u d i e s (100

H i s t o r y (1

H i s t o r y (200

1/2)

levelXI

levelXI

1/2)

for

(3)
(3)

Anthropology

(1 1 / 2 ) ( 1 s t

or 2nd y e a r )

Women's S t u d i e s 200 A (1

Women's S t u d i e s 122
& A n t h r o p o l o g y 120

S . A . 170 ( 3 ) , S . A . (3)
Women's S t u d i e s 200

o r S . A . 170
(3)

(3),

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

A n t h r o p o l o g y 100

(3)

Women's S t u d i e s 122
& A n t h r o p o l o g y 121

S . A . 170 ( 3 ) , S . A . (3)
Women's S t u d i e s 200

o r S . A . 170
(3)

(3),

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l numbers.

A n t h r o p o l o g y 100

(3)

Women's S t u d i e s

ISO

Women's S t u d i e s

(3)

Women's S t u d i e s

151

Women's S t u d i e s

(3)

Women's S t u d i e s

192

Theatre

(Studio)(2)

\

1/2)

1/2)

5

ff

®
§

V

J

*

J? — •

s

I CO |
!&>

O
o
o

CD
CD
CD

^

i

II

9"
ZL
a

II

a

o'
CO

I
(D

3

3

3- 0)

§ 5a <

C
XD -™

s o
® 05

•co _
a
(0

5'
(O
o

1
CD

a

3

T3

05

T3

I

B
I)

g

N
O

(O
CO
13
O

Z
o

"D
3
<Q

13
CP
ca
CD

3

3
CD

z

OJ
O-

Tl

5

m

<Q

Q

TJ

g

<=

5'

CD
3

CD

a

Dl
7T
<Q

I
CD

Dl

"5.

>

3

i CO

w

3
5

(O0 T3B)
—r1
3
j3'
«
CO

><

5

J)

TJ Z

I

I

.

I

I

i

1

19909000

O

co

1

1

1

to^aciiikcbro
1
3 0

H CD m O O CO
CO > o O J 0 2 >
J S co' oi
B> §• ° we- »
ff 55,
3» ST
eo ~ co 3 3

II

I •» is

1 1 1 1 1 1

\

0WOO

CD DJ CD

>C0
, C

C B) 5.o«> £2 o3 S2?CD2: Q >r— CrpD 5 *o^ ••
3

3

If ills
II
•Ft
t
if TW
>
j B
> (B l i fli

f i l l
3- 93 (O —.
i
X CO CO
CD gS CD CO
a fii S '
2D T3
C
C
5.
w
52.
C
D
<
A
O
S
2
- 3 ?
o
- . - 3i n 5
O O 3 '
fo* 3 -r.fi
3 CD a,
CO O =
SK o <
to CA
O 2
3 - 3
T3
"T) P o33
o • | s . J
>
CO
Q.
-n
C
D
CA
to -nO c—
i 0)
<
B7
O
S
C
D
3 CD
O
O 3 0 (A 33 r
o 3 3 » B 3 CD
c §
co
CD C J
a -? D)
o
CD
O
CD 5 <Q co
CO CD =
CD (O
CD
C
C
A
d o
CO C
•<
>
o
3
3,03
<
1
C
D
»
o
®
»
13
(Q
3
3
• =?
3, Si3
<
8
1 CD CO- ° " CO S
* 3
ft)
Q.
O 2
o '
cr
c
7 CD CD >
O
tr o
S co o
CO ^ 3
CO
CO o
S
t
o
C
D
o
I
3"
co
CA
o
g
S
c
§
^
B
7
O
_ 5' CD 1
§ 2
- CD CD
CO
_ . 3 cr <
T3
CD CD
S
CO
3 B)
3 O"
fn
O
<
CD CO
co »
o S §
CA
X ff.
O
O 3.
5' > 2 o
C
D
3
3 3
-1
co
g°
o
o'
co
C
D
C
D
3
o
o
3 fl> w
O
3 (f> 3
3
CO
OSCD
3
o
m°>
O 3
3
3
3
3c?
T3 3 CD
O
CA
O
03
C
D
3
c
o 3
0
CD
SBT
-.
C, » '
CD
CO
3
CO i l f
CD •
5'
co
o'
o
CO
1—
o
to
c
3
-^
i l l
cr
D"
3
3
o
B7 0'
L
7
ff.
M
C
O
C
D
co
C
O
3
CD
CD
3
co
co"
Q
3:
o
CD

•1

0

B) X m i

CT

v|

C

1st"

(8 *

0

I

C

li

f

fit!

B
>

III
ill

S

E

*

r

s

3

a

3

gs

X

ii

Bl

3

1

U

7s

m
F -<

Index
ACADEMIC D I F F I C U L T I E S
10
ACADEMIC P O L I C I E S :
Grades
9
Transcripts
9
D i p l o m a s and C e r t i f i c a t e s . . . 10
ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY
TRANSFER
'
22
For I n d i v i d u a l d i s c i p l i n e s ,
c o u r s e s and f a c u l t y , see
"Course D e s c r i p t i o n s "
ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE:
General I n f o r m a t i o n :
L y n n m o u r , S e c h e l t , Squamish . 15
Course D e s c r i p t i o n s
125
ADDING COURSES
6
ADDRESSES & PHONE NUMBERS OF
CAMPUSES
inside front
ADMINISTRATION
i n s i d e back
ADMISSION:
Who i s E l i gi b l e
3
A p p l i c a t i o n Procedure
3
S e c h e l t ft S u n s h i n e C o a s t
3
D a t e s - C a r e e r ft V o c a t i o n a l . 60
ADMISSIONS ADVISING
14
ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/ .
FOUNDATIONS
127
ADVISING CENTRE ft HOTLINE
14
ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING FOR
THE LEARNING HANDICAPPED . . . 130
APPEAL OF GRADES
9
ART PROGRAMS:
General Information
61
S t u d i o A r t Program
62
C r a f t s Program
66
C o m m e r c i a l A r t Program
69
F o u n d a t i o n s of V i s u a l
Communications
70
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS ft SCIENCE
DIPLOMA
10
ATHLETICS
13
ATTENDANCE
8
AUDIT STATUS
8

BARTENDING
126
BOOKSTORE
13
B . C . STUDENT ASSISTANCE
17
BURSARIES
17
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS:
General Information
76
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management . . . 76
F i n a n c i a l Management
76
M a r k e t i n g Management
77
Computer Systems Mgmt
77
R e t a i l Management
77
A c c e l e r a t e d Programs
78
P a r t Time E v e n i n g C e r t i f i c a t e
Programs
79
R I A , CGA, CA T r a n s f e r
79

CAFETERIAS
CALENDAR FOR 1986/87

13
2

CAMPUS MAP
131
CANADIAN STUDIES SPECIALTY
23
"CAP CORNER" - See S t u d e n t S t o r e
CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE
14
CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS:
General Information
59
CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA
REQUIREMENTS
10
CHALLENGING COURSES
8
CHANGE OF NAME OR ADDRESS
5
CHANGING REGISTRATION STATUS . . . 6
CHEATING ft PLAGIARISM
11
COLLEGE ACHIEVEMENT ft SUPPORT
PROGRAM ( C . A . S . P . )
129
COLLEGE BOARD ft ADMINISTRATION
i n s i d e back
COLLEGE FOUNDATION
17
COMPUTER SYSTEM MISUSE
11
CONTRACT EDUCATION
16
CORRESPONDENCE COURSES - See
Open L e a r n i n g I n s t i t u t e
COUNSELLING
14
COURSE CHALLENGE PROCEDURE
8
COURSE CREDITS
8
COURSE DESCRIPTION CODE
11
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS:
A.R.C
125
Adult Basic Education
127
Anthropology
26
Art
63
Biology
27
B u s i n e s s Management
80
B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g . . . 107
C.A.S.P.
129
Chemistry
29
Commerce
30
Communications
87
Computer A i d e d D r a f t i n g . . . . 127
Computing S c i e n c e
32
D i a l o g u e Canada - see F r e n c h
Economics
34
Education
89
English
35
E n g l i s h as a Second Language 130
Fine Arts
38
French
39
Geography
41
Geology
42
German
43
History
44
Labour S t u d i e s
45
L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s . . . . 109
Legal S e c r e t a r y
112
Mathematics
47
Media
94
M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t . . . 114
Music
100
M u s i c Therapy
104
O f f i c e Technology
115
Office Training
116
Philosophy
50
Physics
51
P o l i t i c a l Science
53
Psychology
54

Recreation
121
R e t a i l Management
85
Sociology
55
Spanish
56
Theatre Arts
57
Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e
126
Women's S t u d i e s
58
Word P r o c e s s i n g
116
COURSE OVERLOAD
5
COURSE VERIFICATION
6
CREDIT FREE COURSES - See
E x t e n s i o n Programs ft S e r v i c e s
CREDIT FREE STATUS
8
CREDIT STATUS
8

DEAN'S LIST
10
DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE
REQUIREMENTS
10
DISRUPTIVE STUDENTS
10
DOGWOOD PROGRAM - See B u s i n e s s
Management A c c e l e r a t e d Programs
DRAFTING
125
DROPPING COURSES
6

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
88
ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE . 130
ENGLISH ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
( E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c T e s t ) . . . 22
ENGLISH PROFICIENCY
5
EXAMINATION WEEK
8
EXEMPTION STANDING
59
EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND SERVICES:
General Information
16
Fees P o l i c y
7

FACULTY - R e f e r t o s p e c i f i c
Programs and C o u r s e A r e a s
FEES - See F i n a n c i a l I n f o r m a t i o n
FINANCIAL AID ft AWARDS
17
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
T u i t i o n Fees
7
D e a d l i n e s f o r Payment
5
C o n d i t i o n s of R e g i s t r a t i o n . . . 7
Non-Registration
7
Fee W a i v e r s f o r S e n i o r s
7
F e e s P o l i c y , E x t e n s i o n Programs
and S e r v i c e s
7
FIRST AID AND HEALTH
14
FITNESS CENTRE
•
13
FOOD SERVICE WORKER PROGRAM . . . 92
FOOD SERVICES
13

GENERAL COURSE INFORMATION
GRADES
GRADE POINT AVERAGE
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

8
9
9
10

HANDICAPPED STUDENT SERVICES
S p e c i a l Needs S e r v i c e s

See

143

HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAMS
E a r l y C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n . . . 88
Long Term C a r e A i d e
91
Food S e r v i c e W o r k e r s
92
HEALTH SERVICES & FIRST AID . . . 14
HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY - See
Adult Basic Education
HOLIDAYS IN 1986/87
2
HOSPITALITY COURSES
125
HOWE SOUND CENTRE - See S q u a m i s h
Centre

" I " GRADES
IDENTIFICATION CARD
INSTRUCTIONAL GUIDELINES
INSTRUCTIONAL YEAR

9
3
5
8

JOB PLACEMENT

14

KNOWLEDGE NETWORK

11

LABOUR STUDIES PROGRAM
45
LANDSCAPE PROGRAM - See O u t d o o r
Recreation
LEARNING ASSISTANCE - See
Achievement Resource C e n t r e
LIBRARY - See M e d i a C e n t r e
LIMIT OF RESPONSIBILITY
11
LOANS - See F i n a n c i a l A i d
LONG TERM CARE - See H e a l t h and
Human S e r v i c e s
LOST AND FOUND
12
LYNNMOUR CENTRE:
A d d r e s s X Phone . . . i n s i d e f r o n t
Map o f
131

O f f i c e Technology
115
Word P r o c e s s i n g
116
OPEN LEARNING INSTITUTE
11
OPEN UNIVERSITIES CONSORTIUM . . 11
OUTDOOR RECREATION:
General Information
118
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Diploma

Program

118

Wilderness Leadership
119
Fitness Leadership
120
A p p l i e d Landscape H o r t i c u l t u r e
Program
124
OVERLOAD OF COURSES
5

PARKING
PLACEMENT CENTRE
PLAGIARISM * CHEATING
PRIORITY SEQUENCE FOR
REGISTRATION

13
14
11

RECORDS, STUDENT
REFUND OF FEES
REGISTRATION:
How & When t o R e g i s t e r
P r i o r i t y Sequence
Dates
REPEATING A COURSE
RESTAURANT TECHNOLOGY

11
7

4

4
4
5
9
125

NATIVE STUDENT CENTRE
15
NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS - See
E x t e n s i o n Programs X S e r v i c e s

SCHOLARSHIPS
17
SCHOLASTIC AWARDS
10
SCIENCE: GENERAL INFORMATION . . 24
S C I E N T I F I C COMPUTING APPLICATIONS
TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM (SCAT) 2 3 , 32
SECHELT CENTRE ADDRESS &
PHONE NUMBER
inside front
SELF PACED LEARNING
23
SENIOR C I T I Z E N FEE WAIVERS
7
SEXUAL HARASSMENT
12
SKI TECHNICIAN COURSE
125
SPECIAL NEEDS SERVICES . . . . 1 2 , 15
SPORTS
13
SQUAMISH CENTRE ADDRESS &
PHONE NUMBER
inside front
STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE
7
STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD . . . . 3
STUDENT LOANS
17
STUDENT NEWSPAPER
12
STUDENT NUMBER
3
STUDENT RECORDS
11
STUDENT STORE
12
STUDENT SOCIETY
12
SUNSHINE COAST - See S e c h e l t

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION:
General Information
Business Office Training . . .
Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s . . . .
Legal S e c r e t a r y Program . . . .
Medical O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t . . .

TABLE UF CONTENTS . . . i n s i d e
TELEPHONE SYSTEM
TOWTRUCKS
TRANSCRIPTS
TRANSFER GUIDE
TRANSFER TO AND FROM OTHER

MAP
131
MATH LEARNING CENTRE
1 5 , 23
MEDIA CENTRE:
L y n n m o u r , S e c h e l t & S q u a m i s h 15
MEDIA RESOURCES PROGRAM
93
MERIT L I S T
10
MISUSE OF COMPUTER SYSTEM
11
MUSIC PROGRAMS:
Commercial Music
97
B a c h e l o r o f M u s i c T r a n s f e r . . 98
Music Therapy
99

144

106
106
108
112
114

front
12
13
9
132

INSTITUTIONS:
Academic
Career
TUITION - See F i n a n c i a l

22
60
Info.

UNIVERSITY TRANSFER/ACADEMIC

..

22

VISITORS
8
VOCATIONAL, PRE-EMPLOYMENT AND
UPGRADING PROGRAMS
125

WAIT L I S T S
WAITER/WAITRESS TRAINING
WELCOME TO CAPILANO COLLEGE
WHISTLER COURSES
WITHDRAWING FROM A COURSE
WOMEN'S ACCESS CENTRE
Courses
WOMEN'S STUDIES SPECIALTY
WORK-STUDY PROGRAM
WRITING LAB

6
125
1
125
6
16
126
23
17
23

Administration
College Board Members
Hilda R i z u n , Chairman
Michael Smith, Vice-Chai rman
David C r a i g
John Gregory
Roberta K e l l y
Norris Martin
Douglas Vincent
Board Representatives
Ed L a v a l l e , Faculty A s s o c i a t i o n
(CCFA)
Judy Sankey, S t a f f Union (CEU)
Joyce Simpson, Faculty A s s o c i a t i o n
(CCFA)
Plus two representatives to be
named by the Student Union
General A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Douglas K. J a r d i n e , B . A . S c ,
P h . D . ; President
Marie J e s s u p , C . G . A .
Bursar
Alan P.D. Smith, B . A . , M.A.
D i r e c t o r of Planning
David Woolley, B . S c .
Regi s t r a r
Jim D i l l o n , B . A . , L L . B .
Director of Personnel Services
David Brewer, P . P .
Director of Supplies ft Services
Alan Ng, B . S c , C . G . A .
Comptrol1er
Ken Hughes
F a c i l i t i e s Supervisor
Instructional

Administration

F r a n k l i n C. G e l i n , B . A . , M.A.,
P h . D . ; Dean of Academic Studies
W.G. Gibson, B . A . , D i p l . E d . ,
P h . D . ; A s s o c i a t e Dean, Academic
Studi es
G.F. Lee, B . S c , M . S c , P h . D . ;
Dean of Career/Vocational
Programs
Nancy Lynch, B . A . , M.A., M . B . A . ;
Associate Dean,
C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l Programs
P a t r i c i a Heffron Groves, B . A . ,
P h . D . ; Associate Dean,
I n s t r u c t i o n a l Services
Beverley A. H a r n e t t , B . A . , B . E d . ;
Associate Dean,
C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l Programs
Janet M o r r i s , D i p . Management;
A s s i s t a n t to Dean, I n s t r u c t i o n a l
Servi ces

I

Capilano College
serving
North & West Vancouver, Howe Sound, & the Sunshine C o a s t .
Administrative

Offices

2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B . C . V 7 J 3H5

Telephone (604)

986-1911